Clarity on Fire: Recent Episodes

Rachel East and Kristen Walker

Clarity on Fire is a podcast for people who know what they DON’T want out of their life and career, but aren’t sure what they’d RATHER be doing. We're Kristen and Rachel, two best friends from college and certified life coaches who are here to help you cut through the information overload, get unstuck, and focus not JUST on how you can have a career you’re passionate about, but how to create a whole LIFE that feels fulfilling.

In a world where it’s easy to exist but hard to feel alive, we want you to experience the relief of knowing that YES, you’re allowed to want more out of your life and career. And NO, you don’t have to wander through the dark anymore. Our job is to light the fire that shows you the way.

View Details

In case you missed it, last week we announced that we’re taking a podcasting hiatus – for a few reasons, but mostly because Rachel is having a baby later this year!

If you’re new-ish to Clarity on Fire – or have been around for a while but want to introduce new people to us – that gives you an excellent opportunity to catch up on our over-400 episodes.

Buuuut we also know that’s a LOT of content and you might be overwhelmed! 😅 So, we’re making it easy for you (or your friends) to know where to start.

Here’s where we recommend starting if you’re new to Clarity on Fire:

  • Before you do anything else, take (or re-take!) the Passion Profile Quiz. It’s designed to help you pinpoint the intersection between your career and passions in a way that LITERALLY NO ONE ELSE ever talks about.

  • After that, if you want to dive in to Passion Profiles on a deeper level, sign up for our free on-demand workshop: 3 Steps to Take Your Career from Stuck to Clear, Using Your Passion Profile

  • Listen to the podcast episodes we list below (in order, for the biggest impact)!

If you’re new, have fun diving in! And if you’re a longtime fan, we’d love it if you forwarded this to someone who needs a little help getting unstuck and finding direction + fulfillment. ✨

TOP 13 EPISODES FOR MAXIMUM CLARITY

We’ve got SO MANY podcast episodes, it’s hard to pick favorites. But if you’re looking for life and career fulfillment and you need to learn the fundamentals of how to get there, in a way that most people aren’t going to tell you, then look no further than these 13 episodes.

We’ve broken them down by category. Start with whatever category you like, but we recommend listening to the episodes in the order listed, in each section:

Life & Career Direction:

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (& keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: 6 MORE ways to have a career you love (January 2023)

Side Chat: Why obsessing over your career doesn’t work (March 2022)

Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career (October 2020)

Side Chat: The top questions to ask yourself when job searching, according to Passion Profile (April 2023)

Cultivating Intuition & Feminine Energy:

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Side Chat: How to actually do feminine energy (June 2021)

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to) (April 2018

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Personal Growth Fundamentals:

Side Chat: A deep dive into emotional maturity (February 2023)

Bonus Book Club! Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy (March 2023)

Bonus Book Club! Attached by Amir Levine & Rachel S.F. Heller (March 2024)

Side Chat: How attachment theory plays out at work (May 2023)

ONE MORE BIG THING

Even though we won’t be podcasting for a while, we will still be coaching … but we won’t be back with another official coaching enrollment this year!

So, if you’re feeling the urge to work with us 1-on-1, reach out to us directly!

Fill out the form on this page at any time, and we’ll schedule an intro chat to talk about the possibility of coaching.

And if you want to try out a little coaching before making a big commitment, then grab yourself a Power Hour! It’s a 75-minute coaching session where we’ll laser-focus on whatever issue is keeping you most stuck. Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Yes, you read that subject line right — we’re taking another hiatus from the podcast … because one of us is having a baby! 🤰🏼👀

So, without further ado, dive into this special episode where we share …

  • ALL the details behind this baby announcement
  • Our plans during the hiatus
  • When you might hear from us on the podcast again
  • And where you can find us in the meantime (because we’ve got new things cooking, in addition to the bun in the oven!)

We’ll still be posting on Instagram occasionally while we’re away, so follow us @clarityonfire if you haven’t yet. You can also follow Rachel personally @racheleast18 and Kristen @whitestorkcoffeeco!

YOU CAN STILL WORK WITH US 1-ON-1 WHILE WE’RE ON HIATUS!

Even though we won’t be podcasting for a while, we will still be coaching (until one of us starts maternity leave)!

So, if you’re feeling the urge to work with us, you don’t wait for a nudge!

Feel free to fill out the form on this page at any time, and we’ll schedule an intro chat to talk about the possibility of coaching.

And if you want to try out a little coaching before making a big commitment, then grab yourself a Power Hour! It’s a 75-minute coaching session where we’ll laser-focus on whatever issue is keeping you most stuck. Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching!

FOLLOW RACHEL ON SUBSTACK

Rachel started a Substack account! Her newsletter is Half Agony / Half Hope: Content, community, & coaching for women navigating the perils and joys of singledom, dating, and relationships.

Subscribe for FREE for access to new blogs and other fun content, like surprise podcast episodes, as well as to read Forever Alone in written form (and get season 2, when it releases)!

Paid subscribers get access to everything included in the free subscription, PLUS access to the community, where you can post comments and get feedback in the group forum, and join monthly community Zooms with Rachel.

And there’s also a special 1-on-1 coaching subscription! These members receive everything paid subscribers do, as well as six hour-long coaching sessions a year (one every 2 months)!

Explore more and subscribe here!

CHECK OUT KRISTEN’S LATEST VENTURE – WHITE STORK COFFEE!

As you may already know, but definitely learned if you heard this episode, Kristen started another business! It’s called White Stork Coffee, and it’s a coffee & wellness company for women who are pregnant, trying to conceive, or generally wanting to balance their hormones for optimal health.

She’s offering a limited number of people who fill out this form a totally free (shipping also free!) sample of her soon-to-be-released Fertility Spice Blend.

Plus, get 25% off your first order of coffee here!

And be sure to follow White Stork Coffee on Instagram @whitestorkcoffeeco.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In the last few years my client Susanne went from having a very normal, run-of-the-mill career to relocating to Italy, renovating a beautiful property, and opening a retreat space (she calls it a “thinker’s residence”) for creative people who long for peace and quiet to work on their most important projects.

Getting to help Susanne take this dream from vision to reality has been a highlight of my last few years as a coach, and I’m so excited to finally get to share her story with all of you!

Listen in to this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, where Susanne and I get into…

  • How she came up with such a big vision for her life, and how long she marinated on it before taking it seriously
  • Why she blocked herself from acting on what she wanted for many years
  • How she released some of her biggest, most debilitating limitations, and took huge risks (that clearly ended up paying off)
  • The many ups and downs of turning her vision into a reality
  • And what it’s like now, running a property in Italy for creative people (and how you can stay there!)

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Susanne’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT SUSANNE

Spiritually confused, fearful of action and inaction, and utterly confused by life—what it means and how to live it—while maintaining a façade of "functioning" ... this was Susanne’s state of mind a couple of years ago. For way too long she tried to fit in, avoid mistakes, and attempt to act, be, and do what she thought others might find acceptable. Finally, she found the courage to cast off her debilitating fears and pursue what she truly wanted, and go all in on it. She allowed herself to dream—not bigger, but more aligned to who she is. She realized that once she let go of the fear of others' opinions, her life would no longer feel so exhausting. She discovered that she didn’t need to change herself as much as her environment to better suit her, leading her to finally feel happy, fulfilled, and in love with life.

Susanne is the owner of Suflora, a sanctuary for thinkers, creators, and dreamers who want to rediscover their passion, dive deep into their work, and to emerge with something not just completed, but transformed into a masterpiece. Suflora's fully-equipped apartments are designed as your private think-tank, where you can work, cook, eat, rest, and create at your own pace, surrounded by the inspiring beauty of Umbria, Italy.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

A minor pivot into a major dream life with normal person V. (May 2023)

Choose your own adventure with Austin Rose (April 2023)

From the hood of despair to happiest you’ve ever been with Tiffanie Hoang (September 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from two listeners, who both happen to be teachers (but their issues are relevant to all of us)!

  • Worry Worm, whose confidence takes a hit whenever her students don’t meet their expected results. Is she bad at what she does, or are the kids slacking off?

  • Tired Thriver, an elementary school teacher in her late 20’s who likes a lot of the perks of teaching (predictable schedule, steady pay, job security, great benefits, and summers off to name a few), but who feels mentally and emotionally drained at the end of the work day. She doesn’t necessarily want to have to change careers, but how possible is it for a Thriver to make a demanding job like this work?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: The top question to ask yourself when job searching, according to Passion Profile (April 2023)

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (& keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: 6 MORE ways to have a career you love (January 2023)

Side Chat: Passion Profiles & the Scale of Ambition (October 2021)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s the fifth Friday of the month, which means this should be a “bonus book club” episode––it isn’t, but it’s also not NOT a book club episode, either. 🙃😂

During our last book club conversation about Attached with Amanda Johnson – our friend, fellow coach, and all-around expert on attachment theory – we said that we wanted to have Amanda back on the podcast to have an episode devoted completely to the nervous system.

So, that’s what we did!

Amanda is back on the podcast this month to help us explore all facets of the nervous system, using one book in particular to guide the way.

Listen in as we get into…

  • What the nervous system actually is, and why it’s SO important to understand your own
  • What’s happening in our bodies when we get triggered/scared/excited
  • How to heal old, stuck issues that have been plaguing you for years (maybe even your entire life!)
  • And soooo much more!

We’re convinced that, at this point, there is NOTHING more important than understanding your nervous system. There’s something all of us can learn in this episode!

And stay tuned until the end of the episode for a VERY generous offer from Amanda. 👀

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to let us know what resonated most from this conversation.

MORE ABOUT AMANDA

Amanda Johnson is the owner of Heartspark – a heart-centered life coaching and intuitive energy work practice based outside of Boston. Amanda's passion lies in the idea that each of our hearts is guiding the way to our most expansive lives – but that to live from the heart, we need to first get in touch with who we really are, not who we've been told to be. That requires a deep dive into how our emotions and energy are currently showing up, and identifying what shifts can be made to uncover the magic that exists within each of us. It also requires an understanding of how our bodies and minds work, so that we can bring ourselves into balance.

Through Heartspark, Amanda combines her experience, education and interests (she loves an adhd tangent!) to offer a variety of session types – everything from energy-focused coaching to intuitive visioning to workshops on the nervous system. Amanda has an undergraduate degree in journalism, an MBA from Boston College, and is a Reiki Master and iPEC Certified Life Coach. She believes that all of the answers you are looking for are within you, and that having the support to listen to yourself to find your truth is the way to freedom, evolution and fully enjoying your life experience! Heartspark is dedicated to creating a safe space for anyone with a curiosity about themselves to deeply connect with their soul purpose and unique gifts, and take steps to reach alignment.

You can find her at heartsparksoul.com and on IG @heartsparksoul

And get $100 off of Amanda’s Nervous System Mapping Workshop with code CLARITYONFIRE throughout the entire month of June!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Attached by Amir Levine & Rachel S.F. Heller (March 2024)

Bonus Book Club! Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy (March 2023)

Side Chat: How attachment theory plays out at work (May 2023)

From totally shut down to feeling your feelings again with Amanda Johnson (June 2023)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back (for the third month in a row, lucky you!) with another Message from the Universe episode. ✨🔮

As usual, we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Today’s message was SO interesting and on-point, if we do say so ourselves. 👀

After you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Message from the Universe: Step aside and watch what happens next (April 2024)

Message from the Universe: Resist second-guessing yourself (March 2024)

Message from the Universe: Trust … and all will be revealed (January 2024)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You know we can’t resist a good Instagram post—and maybe even ruthlessly tearing one apart on the podcast (and having a grand time doing it)!

A friend DM’d us this reel recently from Caroline Middelsdorf, a coach and psychologist, about how your childhood trauma might be covertly influencing your career choices.

Naturally, we decided to dissect our reaction to this theory on the podcast!

So, listen in as we chat about…

  • Three major career fields, and the childhood backstory you might have if you ended up in those industries
  • How much credence you should give to this theory, and when it might not be impacting you
  • Why feeling bored and unstimulated in your job might actually be a sign of health

This one might spark some strong opinions, one way or the other, so come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your reaction!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: The 8x8x8 Rule … and why we hate it! (March 2024)

Bonus Book Club! Attached by Amir Levine & Rachel S.F. Heller (March 2024)

Side Chat: How attachment theory plays out at work (May 2023)

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You know what I’m tired of?

Neat, tidy stories of success that tie everything in a bow by the end and make life look a little too simple.

To be fair, we’ve published our fair share of stories like that on this podcast! But this year, we’ve made a big effort to showcase “normal person” stories that are very much still unfolding–because when it comes to your actual life, the story is never done. There’s always a new twist, a new drama, or something else you haven’t achieved yet.

Which is why I’m really excited to share my client Sarah’s story with you!

Sarah has been through some major highs and lows in the last year, and the plot twists keep coming. Listen in as Sarah and I get into…

  • Working through her fears that she wasn’t capable of making a big career transition
  • How we created a list of non-negotiable needs she must get met in a new job (and how she ended up with a job that checked EVERY box)
  • How she gave the Universe a deadline about finding a job, and the nail-biting process of trusting that it would come through in time
  • The surprise twist that unfolded after she got her ideal job

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Sarah’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT SARAH

Sarah's life story is a rich blend of unexpected twists and turns. Spending many of her formative years overseas as an expat, she developed a love of diverse cultures and people, which led her to seek beauty in the world around her. From immersing herself in the beauty and medical aesthetics industry to creating one-of-a-kind charcuterie boards that she sold in West Elm, and even working in media & public relations, she's embraced creative and diverse paths.

Sarah's career journey has taken her from department and specialty store settings to clinical environments, where she's witnessed the transformative power of self-care. Still, despite her past roles in various industries, Sarah's true passion lies in helping others discover their inner and outer beauty while embracing their true identity and living wholeheartedly. With an all-in commitment to relinquishing control and allowing her faith in God to guide her, Sarah's story serves as a beacon of hope for those seeking to navigate life's uncertainties. So, to anyone feeling weary and overwhelmed, take heart—Sarah's experiences demonstrate that with hope, courage and openness, remarkable transformations are within reach. Dream BIG.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Overcoming fear of literally everything with Mary Cardenas (January 2024)

Getting what you want even when it feels impossible with Kayla Neitzel (February 2024)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Blue Millennial, who is still only just scraping by financially after 10 years in the working world. The hobby that brings her joy is traveling, but she can’t afford it very often. She doesn’t have the energy to take on a side gig for extra income, and she doesn’t want to switch jobs yet again (which never solves her problems, anyway). How can she possibly improve her life under such confining circumstances?

  • Renee, who works in large organization with a pretty rigid hierarchy. Her boss’ boss is rude, condescending, abrasive, and judgmental to almost everyone, Renee included. Except she needs this higher-up to at least kind of like her if she wants to get promoted. How do you build a relationship with someone who wants nothing to do with you?

  • Maddy, who in recent years has worked on developing her intuition and has gotten better at following nudges and signs. But now she’s wondering, does she need to act on every nudge? How do you tell which intuitive hits are worth acting on, and what might just be shiny objects you’re mistaking for intuition?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LAST DAY TO SIGN UP FOR COACHING!

If you’re relating a little too hard to this episode – maybe you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own –well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months.

And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until the end of TODAY, Friday, May 3rd.

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in the next 4-6 weeks.

  • We’re offering both 3-month & 6-month options. You can explore the difference here.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the interest form here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

Found us after May 3rd? Fill out the form and we’ll add you to our waitlist and let you know when we have availability. 😄

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back (only a month after our last MFTU episode––surprise!) with another Message from the Universe episode. ✨🔮

As usual, we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Today’s message felt kind of feisty, but in a great way. 👀

After you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you! And don’t forget…

ONE MORE WEEK TO TALK TO US ABOUT 1:1 COACHING!

If you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own … well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months. And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until next Friday, May 3!

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in the next 4-6 weeks.

  • We’re offering both 3-month and 6-months options. We’ll walk you through the difference when we have an intro call with you.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the interest form here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few weeks ago, one of Rachel’s clients asked a GREAT question (well, series of questions) that was immediately deserving of its own podcast episode. We love when that happens.

When is it okay to NOT have goals? Is it ever acceptable? If so, under what circumstances??

So, listen in as we chat about…

  • How to figure out if feeling aimless/directionless is actually a problem, or maybe something you should be letting happen (for now)
  • When it’s best to set goals and when it’s okay to let them slide
  • The difference between goals and intentions
  • How goal-setting ties into masculine/feminine energy
  • …and a lot more!

We also spent a very solid chunk of this episode giving you some major life updates about what’s been happening behind the scenes for both of us. 👀

And read on for one more major alert!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

If this episode hits home – maybe you’re feeling aimless and need a vision for your life, OR maybe you’ve got too many goals and no idea which to pursue – then we’ve got good news for you:

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 10 clients this time, and some of those spots are already gone!

  • This is for people interested in getting started in April or May.

  • We have two tiers of options when it comes to 1:1 coaching (3 or 6 months), and we can discuss which is best for you in an intro conversation.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Guilty Thriver, who’s 4 months pregnant with her first baby and wants to be a stay at home mom. Her husband makes plenty of money and is happy to support her desire, but she can’t get over her guilt for “only” contributing to the family on the domestic front. How can she embrace this decision and fully enjoy a new phase of life?

  • Sensational Quitter, who had a very traumatic “break up” with a job a couple of years ago. Since then she’s had two other jobs and has quit both of them, too! She lives with regret of how she handled herself at the first job, and wonders if she ruined her chance at something great. How can she leave the past behind, break the cycle of crappy jobs, and secure a role that finally feels right?

  • Skyler, a woman in her 30s who’s recently gone through the process of freezing her eggs. She knows her true desire is to meet a man, fall in love, get married, and have biological kids together. But if that doesn’t happen, should she plan on becoming a single mother? Or is planning for that somehow going to block her from getting what she truly desires?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: I quit my job and have huge regrets! I can’t go back, so now what? (June 2023)

Bonus! Let’s talk about quiet quitting (September 2022)

From quitting with no plan to dream job with Sonya Shen (May 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of.

It was WAY overdue for us to dedicate a book club episode to attachment theory, considering how much we’ve talked about it on the podcast in the last year.

So, this month, we’re cracking open Attached: The New Science of Adult Attachment And How It Can Help You Find––And Keep––Love.

But wait, there’s more!! 😂

We love this topic, but our friend (and fellow coach, and former podcast guest!) Amanda Johnson is OBSESSED with it. She’s become our go-to expert on not just the book Attached, but all things attachment theory. So, naturally, we invited her to lead our book club discussion this month!

So, join us for an incredibly education, fascinating, important episode of the podcast! You’ll hear us get into …

  • What attachment theory is, and how it connects to your nervous system––this is so overlooked by a lot of “experts” and couldn’t be more important!
  • A thorough breakdown of each of the 4 main attachment styles (secure, anxious, avoidant, and disorganized)
  • Plenty of stats and examples (both from the book and our personal lives) of how our attachment style impacts our relationships and day-to-day lives
  • How to heal an insecure attachment style, having healthier relationships, and become more secure

And stayed tuned until the end of the episode for TWO incredibly generous offers from Amanda. 👀

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to let us know what resonated most from this conversation.

JOIN AMANDA’S ATTACHED GROUP COACHING EXPERIENCE!

As you’ll hear if you listen to the end of the episode, Amanda has paired her talent as a coach and energy healer with her passion for healing attachment trauma and created a brand-new group coaching experience!

Join her for an 8-week journey where you’ll gather together over Zoom to learn about attachment theory and get curious about how your individual attachment style is impacting your life. Part information sharing, part open discussion & coaching, and part energy work, think of this as a supportive group discovery experience. In each session 1.5 hour long session, you will deeply explore the many facets of attachment and its connection to your energy so you walk away feeling confident in understanding your style and knowing how to recognize when it shows up. You can expect to work with your body, energy and mind to understand and heal how attachment affects your relationships and life.

The group coaching experience begins on April 22! And for all listeners of Clarity on Fire, enjoy a 20% discount (applied automatically) on this page: Heartspark Group Experience: Attachment Theory

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy (March 2023)

Side Chat: How attachment theory plays out at work (May 2023)

From totally shut down to feeling your feelings again with Amanda Johnson (June 2023)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode!

We pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Annnd we also took a little tangent at the end to discuss Rachel’s new obsession with Love Is Blind. 👀

After you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Message from the Universe: Trust … and all will be revealed (January 2024)

Message from the Universe: You’re free to be yourself (May 2023)

Message from the Universe: Success is yours if you follow the signs (March 2023)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A while back I was scrolling on Instagram and came across a post by a well-known personal development guru. What I read ENRAGED me.

So much so, in fact, that my ensuing rant lasted for almost an hour – and now you get to hear it on the podcast. 👀😅

Buckle up for this month’s brand-new Side Chat, where Kristen and I break down (and take down!) this post, and allllll of the reasons why advice like this—be it well-meaning or not—ends up being incredibly harmful to most people reading it.

We get into…

  • What the “8+8+8 Rule” is and why it makes NO SENSE for 99.9% of people
  • The difference between advice that’s coming from a place of masculine energy vs. feminine energy
  • How to go about finding balance in your daily life that doesn’t feel unrealistic and impossible to achieve

You may be expecting a lot of rage (and you’ll get it!), but you’re probably not expecting to hear how much we CRACKED UP while tearing this terrible advice to pieces. I don’t think Kristen and I have ever laughed so hard on any episode, ever!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

Side Chat: What to do when you’re tired of being tired (July 2022)

Side Chat: Please care a little less about your career (February 2024)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I was on the phone recently with my and Kristen’s friend Joanna (who’s appeared on the podcast a time or two before!), who was telling me about exhausted and demoralized she’s been about her career lately.

Joanna’s Passion Profile is Collaborator, which means the thing she values above everything else is connection and, well, collaboration. Except she’s been trying for 5 years to run a business … by herself.

It became clear as we were talking that her career woes are almost certainly a result of working out of alignment with her Passion Profile for so long.

Before we hung up she said, “If you ever want me to come on the podcast to talk about this, I totally would!” And hey, I’m not one to turn down a good guest!

So, listen in to this month’s brand-new episode with a normal person, where Joanna and I get into:

  • How she got tunnel vision around her career, and blocked out signs that the path she was going down might not be right for her
  • Why having the freedom to whatever she wanted, whenever she wanted day after day – a dream come true for some people – actually made her miserable
  • The difference between career problems and “alignment problems,” and how to recognize when you’re out of alignment

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this conversation resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT JOANNA

Joanna Platt is the creator of The Joy of Enough Method, a system that helps high-achievers break out of the cycle of burnout so they can have more “life’s good” moments. Joanna coaches high-achievers who are on a never-ending treadmill of obligations and to-dos and burn themselves out again and again. She helps her clients create and implement a Burnout to Balance Blueprint so that they can be present with their people, take care of their health and wellbeing, and be an A-player at work. You can further connect with Joanna through her podcast, The Joy of Enough, available on Apple Podcasts and Spotify, or on Instagram @joanna_platt.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Emotional Constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

A best friend’s roundtable on people pleasing with Stacy Campesi & Joanna Platt (August 2019)

The top questions to ask yourself when job searching, according to Passion Profile (April 2023)

Dear Krachel: Will I regret pursuing a career that’s not aligned with my Passion Profile? (December 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Pondering in CA, who’s worked in corporate marketing for 15 years and dreads going to work every day. She wants to pivot into real estate … but should she be wary of making such a big transition this far into her career?

  • Val, who will have the opportunity to leave a stressful job and retire – but not for another 5 years. She wants to have a plan for what to do with her life once she reaches that milestone, but how and when does someone start planning for something so far down the road?

  • Lisa, a textbook Side Hustler who’s been contemplating a transition into a wide array of paths, from data analytics, to yoga instructor, to math teacher, to medical doctor, to therapist. Should she pick a direction and run with it, or is there a better way to make this decision?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

Ending up back where you started with Kristen Kalp (June 2021)

Side Chat: The top questions to ask yourself when job searching, according to Passion Profile (April 2023)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re looking for a job right now, there’s no way it’s escaped your notice that it’s rough out there.

We keep hearing stories from friends and clients about how the current job market is unlike anything they’ve ever seen before.

From applying to hundreds of jobs and getting ZERO interviews, to being completely overlooked despite being incredibly qualified, to seeing literally thousands of people apply to a job you’re interested in … it’s feeling REALLY difficult and demoralizing right now.

Which is why we knew we had to bring our friend and job search coach Emily back on the podcast (for the fourth time!) to get her take on job searching in 2024.

So, listen in as Emily and the two of us dive into …

  • Why so many SUPER qualified candidates are being overlooked
  • The discrepancy between what the media is reporting – There’s a labor shortage! It’s so hard to find good employees! – versus how hard it is for most job seekers to actually get hired
  • How AI and ChatGPT are affecting your chances of being noticed during your job search
  • When to bother applying for jobs on job boards, and when to let them go
  • How to access the “hidden job market” and guarantee more visibility, even for super competitive jobs

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT EMILY

Emily Liou is a career happiness coach and job search expert at CultiVitae who helps professionals make wildly successful career transitions - even when they don't have all the skills, experience, education, or go-to network. As a former recruiter and HR professional for Fortune 500 Companies and Silicon Valley startups, she knows exactly what allows professionals to stand out, get visible, and get hired. Emily strongly believes life is too short to not wake up happy on Mondays and has been featured as LinkedIn's Top 10 Voices to follow in Career & Job Searching for 2022. As the creator of her ultimate job search course, Happily Hired Formula, Emily not only provides the strategies to make any career transition possible but also coaches them through building a positive self-image to go after their biggest dreams.

Check out her free masterclass training: How to land your dream job with more income and impact ... without applying online and wasting time

Follow her on Instagram @cultivitae

CHECK OUT OUR PAST EPISODES WITH EMILY

All of your job search & career pivot questions answered with Emily Liou (September 2022)

Finding a job with less force, more ease, and amazing results with Emily Liou (February 2022)

A former recruiter tells all (and helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s quite possible you saw the title of this episode and immediately started to sweat. 😅

Our perspective on the whole concept of a career – what it even is, how to have an enjoyable one, what it takes to keep one going – has evolved SO much over the last decade and beyond.

What we believe now versus what we believed when we first started out as career coaches … whew, it’s completely different. So much so that we wanted to bring you up to speed with where we stand now, in 2024!

So, hang in there with us as we make a case for why you might need to care a little less about your career. We get into…

  • Why our absolute obsession with our careers, especially in our 20s, was probably unhealthy
  • Why we, and so many others, fixated on needing our career to be a 10/10 on the fulfillment meter
  • Our take on how much fulfillment you actually need in your career
  • Bolstering the satisfaction you get out of ALL the areas of your life (not just your career)

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: How career trauma plays out at work (May 2023)

Side Chat: Passion Profiles & The scale of ambition (October 2021)

Side Chat: Problem Transfiguration (November 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’ve loved every minute of every interview with a normal person I’ve ever had the pleasure to do – there’s something so gratifying about getting to share the trials and tribulations that everyday people have overcome, as well as the revelations and breakthroughs they’ve had (that can hopefully help inspire other people on a similar journey).

But every once in a while a normal person interview comes along that I’m practically itching for you to hear … and that’s this one, with my client Kayla!

Kayla and I had a conversation that you’re going to deeply relate to AND I predict will give you hope.

Listen in as Kayla and I talk about …

  • Getting to the bottom of a decade-long pattern of terrible burnout and even more terrible bosses
  • Why understanding her attachment style helped her heal her unhealthy relationship to her career
  • Being convinced that things were never going to work out … and how nice it was to be proven wrong about that, in the end

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Kayla’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT KAYLA

Kayla is a Thriver through and through (five Passion Profile Quizzes taken over the last 7 years have confirmed this). She’s also an INFJ, Highly Sensitive Person, Enneagram Type 2, and a Pisces - she’s got a lot going on. Professionally, she works in Human Resources, helping people make informed decisions about important aspects of their lives. She spends her very precious free time either with her husband and their little circus of animals, or out hiking in the Mt. Hood Wilderness and Columbia River Gorge.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Overcoming fear of literally everything with Mary Cardenas (January 2024)

From totally shut down to feeling your feelings again with Amanda Johnson (June 2023)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Sabrina, who wants to have a better, more trusting relationship with the Universe, but who’s struggling with a lot of anxiety. What happens if it’s “divine will” that she loses her job or that her relationship ends?

  • Erin, a woman in her mid-30s who’s been single her entire life. She knows she wants a healthy relationship and marriage one day, but she can’t bring herself to date. How can she identify – and get over – the mental block she has around dating?

  • To Bail or Not to Bail, who works at a company that’s recently undergone several rounds of layoffs. Should she take this is a sign to focus on finding her dream job, or is it a better idea to get a bridge job for now?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Overcoming fear of literally everything with Mary Cardenas (January 2024)

Dear Krachel: I quit my job and have huge regrets! I can’t go back, so now what? (June 2023)

WHITE STORK COFFEE!

As you you’ve heard by now, Kristen started another business! It’s called White Stork Coffee, and it’s a coffee & wellness company for women who are pregnant, trying to conceive, or generally wanting to balance their hormones for optimal health.

She still has a few samples of her soon-to-be-released Fertility Spice Blend available! If you’d like to try it, fill out this form and she’ll send you a totally free (shipping also free!) sample.

Plus, get 25% off your first order of coffee here!

And be sure to follow White Stork Coffee on Instagram @whitestorkcoffeeco.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode … the first in 8 months!

We pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

As usual, by the end of this episode we were laughing and a little dumbstruck by what happened as we read the cards.

After you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

LAST DAY TO APPLY FOR COACHING!

If you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own … well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months. And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until the end of TODAY, Friday, January 26!

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in the next 4-6 weeks.

  • We’re offering both 3-month & 6-month options. You can explore the difference here.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

Found us after January 26? Fill out the form above and we’ll add you to our waitlist and let you know when we have availability. 😄

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

When I first met Mary, she was at a near-breaking point.

She’d pivoted from one industry to the next, over and over again, and was no closer to career satisfaction.

She was incredibly burned out from a job that expected her to handle more than one person’s workload in a day (and where she never, EVER took a lunch break).

And she was scared of everything, even reasonable things––taking her daily lunch, asking for a work-from-home day (at a company where other people worked remotely), setting boundaries around her time.

In this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, Mary and I get into …

  • Why she ended up so terrified of literally everything
  • How things started to make sense once I told her she was suffering from “vulnerability intolerance”
  • The small shifts she made that helped her go from petrified 24/7 to living a life of ease, peace, and creativity
  • Our shared thoughts about how fear shows up in dating, in particular, and how we both overcome that
  • And SO much more!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Mary’s journey resonated with you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

If Mary’s journey resonated with you – If you find yourself fearful, stuck, overwhelmed and are SO ready for things to change – then we’ve got good news:

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 10 clients (and some of those spots are already gone!), so act quickly if you think this could be for you.

  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (in January/February).

  • We have both smaller and larger options for 1:1 coaching, and can talk through which one is best for you.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

MORE ABOUT MARY

Mary Cardenas is a writer, Thriver, and recovering people pleaser. Between turns as a makeup artist and an assistant in LA’s film and television industry, Major League Baseball, and higher education philanthropy… Mary continued to find herself at odds with how she wanted to feel- and actually felt in each new role. A few months in, regardless of how different each landscape or location was- she was inevitably frustrated by each new job. Tired of not feeling like her most-favorite-version of herself all of the time, Mary enrolled in coaching. With Rachel’s guidance, her work-life balance, creative flow, and her authentic self all finally fell into alignment.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Surprise! After a 7-month hiatus, we’re back today with a brand-new episode of the podcast! 🤩

And wow … a lot can happen in 7 months. So much so that we took almost 90 minutes just to update you on everything that’s happened since June of last year.

So, listen in as we get into:

  • How Rachel’s foray into change management went
  • Rachel’s major shift in relationship status (!!!)
  • Kristen starting a new business (?!)
  • And plenty of other life updates

And it’s not just the podcast that’s back. As of today, we’re also opening the doors for a handful of new coaching clients … read on for more info!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

If you’re …

✅ Very clear about what you don’t want out of your life and career, but know you need to dive a whole lot deeper into what you do want …

✅ A little nervous about the prospect of massive change (but at this point in your life, you also deeply understand that the only real risk is not changing) … ✅ Looking for individual attention – someone to hold you accountable – and the benefit of substantial coaching expertise focused solely on you, then we’ve got good news …

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 10 clients, so act quickly if you think this could be for you.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in January or February.

  • We have both smaller and larger options for 1:1 coaching, and can talk through which one is best for you.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

WHITE STORK COFFEE!

As you heard if you listened to this episode, Kristen started another business! It’s called White Stork Coffee, and it’s a coffee & wellness company for women who are pregnant, trying to conceive, or generally wanting to balance their hormones for optimal health.

She’s offering the first 100 people who fill out this form a totally free (shipping also free!) sample of her soon-to-be-released Fertility Spice Blend.

Plus, get 25% off your first order of coffee here!

And be sure to follow White Stork Coffee on Instagram @whitestorkcoffeeco.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In case you missed it, last week we announced that we’re taking a podcasting hiatus!

If you’re new-ish to Clarity on Fire – or have been around for a while but want to introduce new people to us – that gives you an excellent opportunity to catch up on our almost-400 episodes.

Buuuut we also know that’s a LOT of content and you might be overwhelmed! 😅 So, we’re making it easy for you (or your friends) to know where to start.

Here’s where we recommend starting if you’re new to Clarity on Fire:

  • Before you do anything else, take (or re-take!) the Passion Profile Quiz. It’s designed to help you pinpoint the intersection between your career and passions in a way that LITERALLY NO ONE ELSE ever talks about.

  • After that, if you want to dive in to Passion Profiles on a deeper level, sign up for our free on-demand workshop: 3 Steps to Take Your Career from Stuck to Clear, Using Your Passion Profile

  • Listen to the 10 podcast episodes we list below, in that order!

If you’re new, have fun diving in! And if you’re a longtime fan, we’d love it if you forwarded this to someone who needs a little help getting unstuck and finding direction + fulfillment. ✨

TOP 10 EPISODES FOR MAXIMUM CLARITY

We’ve got SO MANY podcast episodes, it’s hard to pick favorites. But if you’re looking for life and career fulfillment and you need to learn the fundamentals of how to get there, in a way that most people aren’t going to tell you, then look no further than these 10 episodes:

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (& keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: 6 MORE ways to have a career you love (January 2023)

Side Chat: Why obsessing over your career doesn’t work (March 2022)

Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career (October 2020)

Side Chat: A deep dive into emotional maturity (February 2023)

Side Chat: How attachment theory plays out at work (May 2023)

Side Chat: The top questions to ask yourself when job searching, according to Passion Profile (April 2023)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Side Chat: How to actually do feminine energy (June 2021)

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to) (April 2018)

ONE MORE BIG THING

Even though we won’t be podcasting for a while, we will still be coaching!

But we may or may not (we just don’t know yet!) be back with another official coaching enrollment later this year.

So, if you’re feeling the urge to work with us, you don’t wait for us to give you a nudge!

Feel free to fill out the form on this page at any time, and we’ll schedule an intro chat to talk about the possibility of coaching.

And if you want to try out a little coaching before making a big commitment, then grab yourself a Power Hour! It’s a 75-minute coaching session where we’ll laser-focus on whatever issue is keeping you most stuck. Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Yep, you read that subject line right — starting today, we’re taking another hiatus from the podcast. 😲

We’ve been podcasting for 5 years now, with only one significant break (late last year) during that entire run! Honestly, we’re impressed with our stamina.

There’s a lot that went into our decision to take another hiatus — it’s about soooo much more than just podcasting.

So, listen in as we get into:

  • A magical series of events that led Rachel down a new and interesting path
  • Our very honest feelings about what we want Clarity on Fire to be: A serious business or a fun hobby?
  • Why all the conversations we’ve had on the podcast about masculine vs. feminine energy persuaded us to make some big changes
  • And, of course, when we expect to return!

We’ll still be posting on Instagram occasionally while we’re away, so follow us there if you haven’t yet!

ONE MORE BIG THING

Even though we won’t be podcasting for a while, we will still be coaching!

But, as you’ll hear in the episode, we may or may not (we just don’t know yet!) be back with another official coaching enrollment later this year.

So, if you’re feeling the urge to work with us, you don’t wait for us to give you a nudge!

Feel free to fill out the form on this page at any time, and we’ll schedule an intro chat to talk about the possibility of coaching.

And if you want to try out a little coaching before making a big commitment, then grab yourself a Power Hour! It’s a 75-minute coaching session where we’ll laser-focus on whatever issue is keeping you most stuck. Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Special Episode! The inside scoop on Kristen’s full-time job (July 2022)

Special Episode! Why Kristen just got a JOB (July 2021)

Side Chat: Permission to do something crazy (August 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

For most of her life, Amanda Johnson excelled at being “the good girl.”

She was a stellar student who knew how to play by the rules, whether that was in school, at church, or with friends or family.

She implicitly understood what was acceptable, and what wasn’t, so she followed the prescription for a successful life: Go to college, major in something respectable and useful, get a good job, get married, have 2 children, get an MBA, move up the career ladder.

Until one day, almost like coming out of a coma, she said she “woke up in the middle of a life.” She’d built an entire life, and wasn’t sure how she’d done it, or whether she’d truly chosen any of it consciously.

And then the real work began.

Listen in as Amanda and Rachel get into…

  • What it means to be living a “good girl” kind of life, and what happened when Amanda decided to be “bad,” instead
  • How she started to access her true feelings and opinions again, after a live lived mostly on autopilot
  • Amanda’s 180-degree career pivot, and how she exited the corporate world
  • The incredible gifts she quickly developed once she was free to be herself, and how she’s using them to help herself and others

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Amanda’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT AMANDA

Amanda Johnson is your typical high-energy, over-achieving, perfectionist, people pleaser type who, by all accounts, looked great on paper, but wasn't feeling a whole lot of anything for a long time. After years of building a successful career in the marketing world, Amanda had a wake up call in the form of a full blown spiritual awakening and started questioning pretty much every facet of her life. After coaching with Rachel, and working for the past several years toward calling in more authenticity and alignment, Amanda's gifts came online in a big way.

Recently, Amanda made some serious changes to her life, including pivoting away from her corporate life to launch Heartspark, an intuitively based energy work and life purpose coaching business. Amanda is trained in reiki, completed iPEC's coach training program and loves questioning the mysteries of the universe. When Amanda isn't working with clients or chasing her two little boys around, she loves to spend hours talking to her friends and family about signs, dreams and hopeless romantic things, traveling to far off places, reading 1,000 books all at the same time and dipping her toes in the ocean as much as possible (preferably in San Diego!) She's all about living her life with an open heart, and hopes she can inspire you to do the same.

You can find her at heartsparksoul.com and @heartsparksoul on Instagram.

And just for Clarity on Fire listeners, Amanda is offering the first 10 people who book a classic Heartspark Session 20% off (through the end of June, or until all spots are taken, whichever comes first) with code KRACHEL.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Carley, who’s tried several jobs that promise the Thriver lifestyle, but don’t fulfill her or allow her to work on her terms. How can she tell if she’s turning into a trailblazer who could manage self-employment, or if she’s just surpassed her tolerance to work for “self-absorbed nincompoomps?!”

  • Courntey, who recently took a huge risk by leaving her (very well paid) job for a new opportunity, but now she’s 3 months in and has huge regrets. She absolutely cannot go back, so how can she stay focused on her new path despite the fact that she can’t stop thinking about her old job?

  • Eva, whose major ambition is to have a job where she can finish what’s expected of her in a couple hours, then have plenty of time left for a life of leisure. Except she keeps self-sabotaging her dreams of ease by poking into new issues, volunteering herself for other people’s projects, and generally staying busy when that’s the last thing she actually wants! Why does she keep doing this to herself and how can she put a stop to it?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How can we get both freedom AND stability in our lives & careers? (June 2022)

A minor pivot into a major dream life with normal person V (May 2023)

Bonus Book Club! Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy (March 2023)

Side Chat: How attachment theory plays out at work (May 2023)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode! ✨👀🔮

We pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

And we started this episode with a little sermon from Rachel about a very hot, dare we say controversial topic, that you REALLY need to hear. 🔥

After you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

LAST DAY TO APPLY FOR COACHING!

If you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own … well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months. And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until the end of TODAY, Friday, May 26!

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in the next 4-6 weeks.

  • We’re offering both 3-month & 6-month options. You can explore the difference here.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

Found us after May 26? Fill out the form above and we’ll add you to our waitlist and let you know when we have availability. 😄

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Back in March we hit you with a major episode about our new favorite book, Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy.

On the surface, the book is about parenting. But as we were reading, we couldn’t help but notice just how much what we were learning applied to WORK, too.

So, in this brand-new Side Chat we sat down to talk about one pattern, in particular – something that’s probably affecting every single person who will hear this episode:

How your childhood wounds, blueprints, and unhealthy patterns play out in your career in adulthood.

Listen in as we chat about…

  • A refresher on what Attachment Theory is, and why it’s super relevant to your career
  • The patterns and connections that most people are missing between childhood history and present-day career issues
  • MANY examples of how our clients have seen their unhealthy patterns play out at work, and how we helped them heal, up-level, and move on

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

If this episode hits a little too close to home – maybe you’re starting to suspect that there’s a lot more to your career confusion and dissatisfaction than meets the eye – then we’ve got good news for you:

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 10 clients this time, and some of those spots are already gone!

  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.

  • We’ve temporarily brought back the option of doing 3 months of coaching, rather than the traditional 6!

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy (March 2023)

Side Chat: What to do when you’re tired of being tired (July 2022)

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A couple of years ago, my client (who we’re very mysteriously dubbing) “V” felt quite literally trapped.

The pandemic was still raging and she was working for a company whose workload and hours were so demanding that the only time she went outside every day was for her dog. Otherwise, it was a wake up/work/eat sometimes/work until midnight or later/repeat kind of situation.

She dreamed of a life somewhere abroad – maybe in Europe or Latin America – where she could wake up slowly, meditate for 30 minutes, make a leisurely breakfast, and maybe even take a walk! Where she could take her time on her work, rather than juggling too many projects at once and being hounded by constant meetings.

Maybe after work she’d go to dinner with friends, go take a ceramics class, or have time to date some beautiful men!

It sounds like something out of a movie, and it did to V, too … back then. Except now, V lives in Spain and that daydream is her life. She made it happen in less than a year! And it wasn’t nearly as hard as you’d think.

Listen in as we chat about …

  • Why V thought she needed to leave her industry entirely to start a new life
  • How the shifts she needed to make were actually a LOT smaller than she expected
  • How she overcame a lot of false assumptions and interpretations that had been keeping her stuck
  • What her new life in Spain looks like

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how V’s journey resonated with you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

There comes a point where you’re ready to stop hoping things will change and start knowing they will. You’re probably very clear about what you don’t want out of your life and career, but know you need to dive a whole lot deeper into what you do want.

You might be a little nervous about the prospect of massive change … but at this point in your life, you deeply understand that the only real risk is not changing. If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you, then we’ve got good news:

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 10 clients, so act quickly if you think this could be for you.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.

  • We’ve temporarily brought back the option of doing 3 months of coaching, rather than the traditional 6!

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Supportive but Struggling, who’s been struggling with her mental health while watching close friends move on to new phases of life. How can she be a good friend and support their milestones without bringing more loneliness and sadness on herself?

  • Priya, a self-admitted over-thinker who’s worried that she might be in denial about why she re-downloaded dating apps. Is there an uncomfortable truth she’s refusing to see? And how do we even begin to untangle the difference between fearful thoughts and our intuition?

We also got a very interesting update from Ready to Rebel, who wrote to us back in June of 2022 to ask if it was possible to have both freedom and stability in our careers! 👀

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

WANT TO WORK WITH US 1:1?

It’s almost time for our next round of coaching enrollment — that small window, a few times per year, when take on new coaching clients!

We’ll be accepting applications starting next Friday, May 12!

You’re the right person to work with us if:

🔥 You know that getting a better job (or partner, or more money, or whatever) isn’t going to turn you into a brand-new person…

🔥 BUT, you believe that becoming a brand-new version of yourself will get you a better career (or partner, or more money, or whatever).

🔥 And, you’re done with figuring things out on your own. If you knew how to solve all of your problems, you’d have done it already!

🔥 AND you want some serious accountability — an expert to guide you through the changes you need to make and make SURE it actually sticks.

If you’re nodding along, then check out all the details about 1:1 coaching here, so you’re ready when we open enrollment next Friday!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How can we get both freedom AND stability in our lives & careers? (June 2022)

Side Chat: When to trust (& when NOT to trust) your own thoughts (February 2022)

Side Chat: 7 signs that you’re in denial (September 2019)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If there’s one thing literally everyone has in common, it’s the desire for something in your life (maybe many things) to be different.

Humans aren’t satisfied (cue Hamilton: I will never be satisfied!! 🎶) by nature. As much as we might resist change, we also deeply crave it.

But we’re also not great at making change! We have a lot of assumptions about how to do it, most of which don’t actually work.

So, in this month’s brand-new interview with an expert, Rachel sits down with Amy Johnson, Ph.D., to talk about how to make big change without having to force anything or exert a ton of willpower.

Listen in as they got into …

  • How Amy broke free of a lifetime of anxiety and an 8-year struggle with an eating disorder, using an approach that’s simple but very powerful
  • Why it’s not necessary (or helpful) to rely on our mind/thoughts when trying to change, and what to lean on instead
  • Amy’s take on things like intrusive thoughts, beating yourself up, and wishing things could be different than they are
  • And a LOT more!

This was a really interesting and profound conversation. We can’t wait for you to hear it!

MORE ABOUT AMY JOHNSON, PH.D.

Amy Johnson, Ph.D. is a psychologist, coach, author, and speaker who shares a groundbreaking new approach that helps people find lasting freedom from unwanted habits, anxiety, and self-doubt via insight rather than willpower. She is the author of Being Human; The Little Book of Big Change: The No-Willpower Approach to Breaking Any Habit; and Just a Thought: A No-Willpower Approach to End Self-Doubt and Make Peace with Your Mind. In 2017 she opened The Little School of Big Change, an online school that has helped thousands of people find freedom from anxiety and habits and live a more peaceful life. Amy also shares the no-willpower approach in her top-rated podcast, Changeable, and she’s trained over 70 coaches in her Change Coach Training Program. She has been a regularly featured expert on The Steve Harvey Show and Oprah.com, as well as in The Wall Street Journal and Self magazine.

You can find her at dramyjohnson.com and on Instagram @dr.amy.johnson

LAST DAY FOR $300 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE!

We spent the last year renovating and completely updating ALL of the content in the Passion Profile Short Course, and to celebrate we're giving you $300 off – but the sale expires TODAY, Friday the 28th!

No need for a discount code – the price is temporarily lower on our site, through the end of the day! Get the course here.

The PPSC is a GREAT place to start if you're spinning your career wheels. It's designed to help you cut through burnout and start finding direction in less than 1 day!

If you want to ...

  • Stop hemorrhaging energy and learn how to work in a way that feels good and actually works for you,
  • Get to a place where working feels more like living,
  • No longer over-analyze or second-guess your choices, because you're clear on where you're going and how to get there,
  • Have a career that actually meets your deep needs — for flexibility, autonomy, connection, and purpose,

...then you couldn't ask for a better place to begin than the Passion Profile Short Course!

It's about 5 hours of video content + workbook prompts, plus a forum where you can post questions and get answers from us. You can do it at your own pace, once you buy it you have access forever.

There are some VERY cool bonuses, too, including a brand-new one: A big list full of jobs that are ideal for each Passion Profile.

You can check out more details and get the course here!

And if you're a long-time fan of Clarity on Fire, we'd love it if you forwarded this to someone in your life who needs career direction — help them save some serious $$$ and get unstuck. Win-win!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few weeks ago I was on a call with one of my current clients, Danielle, who’s actively looking for new jobs so that she can finally get out of a job that’s been draining her for a long time.

Like a lot of people in her situation, Danielle is a little worried that she’s going to lose sight of what matters – that she’ll be perusing job postings and get confused about what makes sense for her and what doesn’t, or that she’ll end up in an interview and get dazzled by talk, but won’t recognize a truly bad fit.

So, to help her stay calm, confident, and focused on what she wants – a job that’s going to be a great fit for her Passion Profile, which is Thriver – we came up with a few filter questions she can ask herself as she considers any new possibility.

It was so helpful for her that I decided everyone could use a list like hers … so, that’s what Kristen and I came up with!

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we share the top 3 questions you should ask yourself, according to your Passion Profile, when looking for a new job (or even when you’re hoping to improve the job you already have).

Here’s a sneak peek of a few of the questions we came up with:

  • How bought into the mission of this company/role do I feel?
  • How much of an impact will this job allow me to have?
  • What is going to support my ideal lifestyle?
  • How open is the work culture to new ideas?

Listen in to the episode to find out which Profile the questions above are paired with, and to hear the full list of filter questions!

GET $300 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE FOR 1 MORE WEEK!

We spent the last year renovating and completely updating ALL of the content in the Passion Profile Short Course!

It's all shiny and new again, and to celebrate we're giving you $300 off now through next Friday, April 28th. No code needed! The price is already lowered on our site.

The PPSC is a GREAT place to start if you're spinning your career wheels. It's designed to help you cut through burnout and start finding direction in less than 1 day!

If you want to ...

  • Stop hemorrhaging energy and learn how to work in a way that feels good and actually works for you,
  • Get to a place where working feels more like living,
  • No longer over-analyze or second-guess your choices, because you're clear on where you're going and how to get there,
  • Have a career that actually meets your deep needs — for flexibility, autonomy, connection, and purpose,

...then you couldn't ask for a better place to begin than the Passion Profile Short Course!

It's about 6 hours of video content + workbook prompts, plus a forum where you can post questions and get answers from us. You can do it at your own pace, once you buy it you have access forever.

There are some VERY cool bonuses, too, including a brand-new one: A big list full of jobs that are ideal for each Passion Profile.

You can check out more details and get the course here!

And if you're a long-time fan of Clarity on Fire, we'd love it if you forwarded this to someone in your life who needs career direction — help them save some serious $$$ and get unstuck. Win-win!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (& keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: 6 MORE ways to have a career you love (January 2023)

Side Chat: Passion Profiles & the Scale of Ambition (October 2021)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

Top Questions To Ask When Job Searching According to Passion Profile

View Details

Just a couple years ago, Austin was working in a job that he always thought he wanted, but turned out to be all wrong for him. Even though he’d been preparing for this job for years, he trusted his gut and ultimately quit.

Since then, Austin’s life has been like a choose-your-own-adventure novel: he’s lived in a Buddhist monastery, worked as a ranch-hand with cowboys in South Dakota, dug up dinosaur bones in Montana, taken care of stray dogs in Costa Rica, property-sat a retreat center in Wyoming, lived on a farm in Ireland… and that’s just a few of his many adventures!

As you might imagine, he’s learned a ton about himself through all of these experiences, and they’ve helped him redefine what an ideal job means for him.

And if you’re thinking, “Wow, that sounds so cool! But there’s no way I could do that…,” Austin will be the first to tell you that his lifestyle is far more accessible than you ever thought possible.

Listen in as we get into…

  • How he knew when it was time to quit his job, and the fears he had to overcome before quitting
  • The intense self-discovery he’s gone through as a result of his many adventures
  • Specifics about HOW he’s been able to live such an unconventional lifestyle, and his tips for anyone who’s craving an adventure of their own
  • Austin’s advice for anyone who’s currently feeling trapped in a toxic, unfulfilling job

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this episode resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT AUSTIN ROSE

Austin is a twenty-eight-year-old who worked for three years as a police officer before finally being able to accept that it wasn’t the right fit, at which point he took the leap and walked away from the stable career he had spent years preparing for. He resigned in September of 2021, and since then has been using a variety of methods to travel the world, connect with new people, dabble in new work, and adventure. Since quitting, Austin has lived in a Buddhist monastery, worked as a ranch-hand with cowboys in South Dakota, dug up dinosaur bones in Montana, taken care of stray dogs in Costa Rica, property-sat a retreat center in Wyoming, lived on a farm in Ireland, and more. To this day, he continues to explore the world and try on new hats, and he’s here to tell you that you can do it too.

Links Austin Shared:

https://www.workaway.info

https://www.couchsurfing.com

https://www.volunteerhq.org

https://www.volunteerworld.com

https://elevationscience.org

https://bhavanasociety.org

Contact Austin:

austinrosepa@gmail.com

Instagram: austin_r0

GET $300 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE!

We spent the last year renovating and completely updating ALL of the content in the Passion Profile Short Course!

It's all shiny and new again, and to celebrate we're giving you $300 off now through Friday, April 28th. No code needed! The price is already lowered on our site.

The PPSC is a GREAT place to start if you're spinning your career wheels. It's designed to help you cut through burnout and start finding direction in less than 1 day!

If you want to ...

  • Stop hemorrhaging energy and learn how to work in a way that feels good and actually works for you,
  • Get to a place where working feels more like living,
  • No longer over-analyze or second-guess your choices, because you're clear on where you're going and how to get there,
  • Have a career that actually meets your deep needs — for flexibility, autonomy, connection, and purpose,

...then you couldn't ask for a better place to begin than the Passion Profile Short Course!

It's about 6 hours of video content + workbook prompts, plus a forum where you can post questions and get answers from us. You can do it at your own pace, once you buy it you have access forever.

There are some VERY cool bonuses, too, including a brand-new one: A big list full of jobs that are ideal for each Passion Profile.

You can check out more details and get the course here!

And if you're a long-time fan of Clarity on Fire, we'd love it if you forwarded this to someone in your life who needs career direction — help them save some serious $$$ and get unstuck. Win-win!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (& keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: 6 MORE ways to have a career you love (January 2023)

Side Chat: Passion Profiles & the Scale of Ambition (October 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Corina, who’s struggling at the moment to make enough money to cover her basic needs. What’s our advice for how someone can focus on getting clarity when they’re also in survival mode?

  • Brittany, who’s torn between whether to pursue career advancement right now, or a job that’s not as demanding so that she won’t be so overwhelmed by the challenges of balancing work and parenting. She has two interviews coming up — one job is more about career advancement, the other would be more balanced but involve less growth. How can she know for sure which path to pursue?

  • Slippage in the System, who gets really close to what she wants, then gets excited about how it’s FINALLY happening … only for the thing to slip through her fingers. This pattern keeps repeating! So, what is she doing wrong?!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

POWER HOURS ARE BACK!

One session, 75 minutes, and a LOT of clarity around whatever is keeping you most stuck.

Sound good? Sign up for your Power Hour here.

A Power Hour is ideal for you right now if:

  • You’re overwhelmed and don’t know where to start when it comes to untangling your various issues
  • You’d like to experience some relief ASAP
  • You want to ignite new momentum quickly
  • You like the idea of working with a coach and want to try a little coaching in a low-risk way before making a commitment

Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching and sign up for coaching in between official client enrollment periods. 🙌

Get your concentrated shot of clarity here. 🔥

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How can we get both freedom AND stability in our lives & careers? (June 2022)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (and knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

How to negotiate anything (even if you’re a people pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of.

And wow, we REALLY cannot get enough of Good Inside by Dr. Becky Kennedy.

This book is incredibly popular for the best of reasons — there’s a rapidly growing group of smart, conscious, compassionate people who want to parent their children in a way that helps them develop into confident, emotionally intelligent, authentic, successful adults.

But before you assume this book isn’t for you — because you aren’t a parent yet, or don’t want kids, or because your kids are long grown — know this: We’ve been telling ALL of our clients to read this book because it’s SO good at helping you learn to parent yourself.

All of things we struggle with in adulthood — people pleasing, perfectionism, procrastination, anxiety, depression, difficulty feeling your feelings — stem back to childhood. And it’s 100% possible (and necessary) to give yourself what you might not have received as a kid.

So, buckle up for a very in-depth, incredibly valuable episode of the podcast! You’ll hear us get into …

  • How you can genuinely have the best of both worlds — be a kind, emotionally intelligent parent and have kids who love you and respect your authority,
  • Why trying to control behavior never works, and what major shift to make for kids who actually listen to you,
  • The best strategies to ensure your kids grow up resilient and happy, rather than anxious and fearful,
  • Word-for-word scripts about how to handle and speak to your kids in so many different situations,
  • And how ALL of the above can apply to your relationship with yourself, too.

This book is one of the most important personal development books we’ve read in a LONG time. We can’t wait for your mind to be blown by much of what we talked about in this episode!

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to let us know what resonated most from this conversation.

POWER HOURS ARE BACK!

One session, 75 minutes, and a LOT of clarity around whatever is keeping you most stuck.

Sound good? Sign up for your Power Hour here.

A Power Hour is ideal for you right now if:

  • You’re overwhelmed and don’t know where to start when it comes to untangling your various issues.
  • You’d like to experience some relief ASAP.
  • You want to ignite new momentum quickly.
  • You like the idea of working with a coach and want to try a little coaching in a low-risk way before making a commitment.

Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching and sign up for coaching in between official client enrollment periods. 🙌

Get your concentrated shot of clarity here. 🔥

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Burnout by Emily & Amelia Nagaski (September 2022)

Bonus Book Club! Atlas of the Heart by Brené Brown (April 2022)

Bonus Book Club! The Artist’s Way by Julia Cameron (January 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode! ✨👀🔮

We pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid (plus some bonus cards from our new Tosha Silver deck!). One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

We started this episode with a little ~dream interpretation.~ Back in January we asked you to share your dreams, and you stepped up! Not only does Rachel interpret a couple, but one of them leads to a top-tier, mic-drop-worthy sermon that you’re NOT going to forget any time soon.

Check out the cards and written descriptions here. And after you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

POWER HOURS ARE BACK!

One session, 75 minutes, and a LOT of clarity around whatever is keeping you most stuck.

Sound good? Sign up for your Power Hour here.

A Power Hour is ideal for you right now if:

  • You’re overwhelmed and don’t know where to start when it comes to untangling your various issues
  • You’d like to experience some relief ASAP
  • You want to ignite new momentum quickly
  • You like the idea of working with a coach and want to try a little coaching in a low-risk way before making a commitment

Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching and sign up for coaching in between official client enrollment periods. 🙌

Get your concentrated shot of clarity here. 🔥

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Message from the Universe: You have everything you believe you lack (January 2023)

Side Chat: A deep dive into emotional maturity (February 2023)

Renovating every area of your life in a year with Rachel (August 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’ve heard us say it once, you’ve probably heard us say it a million times:

Your career doesn’t have to be linear.

It doesn’t even have to make logical sense!

When you think of your career more like life — something that unfolds in a winding, often mysterious, hopefully joyful, but sometimes difficult path — then it’s easier to make peace with the journey.

The two of us walk our talk, which is why in this month’s Side Chat we’re talking about two BIG changes we just made to our own careers.

Here’s a sneak peek! 👀

  • Big Change #1: Literally NINE years since we last offered them, we’re bringing back Power Hours — AKA, a 75-minute single coaching session that you can sign up for any time, even if you’ve never worked with us before.

  • Big Change #2: People keep coming to Rachel asking her to help them bring their creative projects to life — businesses, podcasts, courses, books, websites — you name it, she’s done it. So, she decided to open her talents to everyone who needs some of her magic directed on their project. You can explore her new site, here!

Listen in (episode 378) wherever you get your podcasts to hear the rest of the story, and come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this episode resonated with you!

AFTER THE MOST DRAMATIC PAUSE EVER … POWER HOURS ARE BACK!

One session, 75 minutes, and a LOT of clarity around whatever is keeping you most stuck.

Sound good? Sign up for your Power Hour here.

A Power Hour is ideal for you right now if:

  • You’re overwhelmed and don’t know where to start when it comes to untangling your various issues
  • You’d like to experience some relief ASAP
  • You want to ignite new momentum quickly
  • You like the idea of working with a coach and want to try a little coaching in a low-risk way before making a commitment

Bonus, you can apply the cost of your Power Hour toward future 1:1 coaching and sign up for coaching in between official client enrollment periods. 🙌

Get your concentrated shot of clarity here. 🔥

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

My former client Kara is one of those women who was good at doing what she was “supposed” to do.

She went to college, studied engineering (just like her dad), and became an engineer. She also got married and had kids, all while progressing in a very demanding field.

But eventually, as life tend to do when it isn’t built on the sturdiest, most authentic foundation, things started to fall apart. Kara went through a divorce, became a single working mom, and was faced with a whole new reality.

She’d spent 20 years checking a lot of boxes, only to realize that she wasn’t satisfied and desperately needed a change (and a break).

In this month’s interview with a normal person, Kara and I talk about what it’s like to leave a career after so long and start something entirely new.

Listen in as we talk about…

  • How she realized it was time to move on
  • Her advice for women who are in more traditional, heavily-masculine-energy-type fields like engineering
  • Taking an 8-month sabbatical from working, and what she did with all of her free time
  • Processing her fears around moving in an entirely new career direction

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Kara’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT KARA HEASLEY

Kara is an ISTJ, a Thriver, and an Enneagram Type 9. She’s also a civil engineer, a single mom of two, and an amateur gardener, chef, and chicken collector who left her full-time job as an engineering manager almost two years ago to embark on an 8-month sabbatical and rediscover her purpose.

She discovered her passion for financial coaching after going through her own journey to pay off debt, and helping several friends get their own finances in order. She’s now on a mission to help women build healthy money habits so they can eliminate debt, build wealth, and start living The Good Life – whatever that may mean for them!

The Good Life Financial Coaching

LinkedIn

Instagram

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Creating your own Eat, Pray, Love journey with Samantha Lenkic (February 2022)

Taking a year-long sabbatical from work with Francine Mends (January 2022)

How to work less, live more, & make great money with Katie Mongelli (July 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Anonymous, a sensitive and empathic person who people at work often pick on (sometimes very publicly) because she’s an easy target. What’s the best way to handle bullies in the workplace?

  • Unfulfilled in Ohio, a highly credentialed professional whose job is literally and figuratively killing him. He’s never been an entrepreneur but has two potential opportunities he could explore. If both would be equally fulfilling, but one makes some use of his credentials and the other doesn’t, how does he decide which to do? Is it possible to start two businesses at once?

  • Marina, who is thinking of re-entering the workforce after staying home with her kids (and getting a Master’s degree, NBD) for the last few years. How can she let her gifts and talents take center stage and avoid justifying her chosen path?

We also got a VERY interesting update from Bummed Entrepreneur, who wrote to us back in August of last year asking for help figuring out why she still felt so unfulfilled after getting what she wanted. You’ve got to hear what happened next! 👀

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: Should I feel guilty if I quit my job with no notice? (August 2022)

Bonus Book Club! Effortless by Greg McKeown (October 2021)

Blog: How to break up with toxic people (with as little guilt as possible) (July 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Did you know that the median age of a woman being diagnosed with ADHD is 38 years old? Wild, right?!

Not only are so many girls with ADHD overlooked as kids and teenagers, but the boys who get a diagnosis at a young age are expected to “grow out of it” once they become adults.

There are countless misinterpretations about this disorder. So it’s no wonder that most adults with ADHD feel confused, overwhelmed, and worst of all, ashamed that doing this whole “adulting” thing is so much harder for them than other people.

That’s why we’re so grateful that Kristen Carder has made it her mission to help adults with ADHD learn the truth about how their brain works, accept themselves, and get access to the resources and community they need to build a life that works for them.

Listen in as we get into…

  • The most common misconceptions about ADHD vs. what’s really true
  • An overview of the symptoms of ADHD, and how they show up in adulthood (some of these will surprise you!)
  • Why you don’t need to be consistent in order to be successful, and what you need instead of consistency (this applies to everyone, not just adults with ADHD)
  • How someone who doesn’t have ADHD can best support the people in their life who do

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this episode resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT KRISTEN CARDER

Kristen Carder is an ADHD expert, a top podcast host, and an internationally-recognized life coach for adults with ADHD.

Kristen’s extensive experience supporting people with ADHD began in 2012, and for the last four years she has provided coaching and consulting to thousands of ADHD adults.

She started studying ADHD and its effect on adults long before it was trending on TikTok, and has had the privilege of learning directly from the leading psychiatrists and psychologists in the ADHD industry.

Kristen’s life’s purpose is to help adults with ADHD accept themselves and move from Point A to Point B. She does this through the I Have ADHD Podcast and her group coaching program, FOCUSED.

Website: ihaveadhd.com

Instagram: @i.have.adhd.podcast

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: What we actually do for our mental health every day (September 2021)

Side Chat: What to do when you're tired of being tired (July 2022)

Blog: What to do when you feel like you're behind in life (July 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Last month we did an episode many of you told us you really liked where we dove into our newest thoughts on some big ways to have a career you love.

One of the tough-but-true points we made in that episode was that your ability to have a healthy career (or relationship, or anything) that you love hinges upon your emotional maturity … or lack thereof.

We promised we’d be back with a full-length episode about emotional maturity, and here it is. This one is SO jam-packed with helpful info you can put into practice immediately!

Listen in as we get into…

  • Why you might struggle with fear or conflict, or become extremely emotional or shut down when things go wrong
  • How we end up in relationships (including ones at work!) with emotionally unavailable or dismissive people
  • Why you struggle to trust yourself and your intuition
  • How you can develop more emotional maturity and resilience, including how to not freak out when things go wrong, trust yourself more, have great boundaries, and create a really strong sense of self

This episode was inspired by Dr. Nicole LePera, a fantastic psychologist you can follow on Instagram @the.holistic.psychologist. The posts we reference are this one and this one!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this episode resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: 6 ways to live (and keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: 6 MORE ways to have a career your love (January 2023)

Side Chat: The 4 attachment styles (October 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Allie with the ADHD, who recently got an ADHD diagnosis and is wondering … how much of the things that stress her out are “real” stressors, and which are “just me trying to function” stressors?

  • Juliette, who’s reluctantly ready to go back to the working world after a sabbatical, but is freaked out by how many high-profile companies seem to want you to sacrifice everything and make work your top priority. Is there any way to go back to the working world and not end up in a toxic hellhole?!

  • Nihilistic Nelly, who’s realizing that her worldview is actually kind of depressing, and doesn’t want it to be that way. How can she go from automatically thinking, “What’s the point, the world is terrible?” to actually having hope and feeling better about life without being fake or nauseatingly positive?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LAST DAY TO APPLY FOR COACHING!

If you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own … well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months. And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until the end of TODAY, Friday, February 3rd.

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.

  • This is for people interested in getting started in the next 4-6 weeks.

  • We’re offering both 3-month & 6-month options. You can explore the difference here.

  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

Found us after February 3rd? Fill out the form and we’ll add you to our waitlist and let you know when we have availability. 😄

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: What to do when you’re tired of being tired (July 2022)

Bonus! Let’s talk about quiet quitting (September 2022)

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

Bonus Book Club! Atlas of the Hearts by Brené Brown (April 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode! And oooh, it’s a good one. ✨👀🔮

We pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

And, mini spoiler (but not really): We ended the episode by talking about how good Rachel is at dream interpretation (not to brag but, VERY good), and how fun it would be to interpret a few listener dreams on the next Message from the Universe episode.

So, if you’ve got a good one to share, email contact@clarityonfire.com, subject line “Dream,” and maybe you’ll hear us unpack it in a future episode!

Check out the cards and written descriptions here. And after you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

If you need more guidance than one little message from the universe episode can give you, then you’re in luck because…

One-on-one coaching is open for enrollment NOW through Friday, February 3! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we accept applications a few times per year, in waves.

  • We’re only taking on about 10 people this time, and some of those spots are already taken! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.

  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (in January/February).

  • We’re offering both 3-month and 6-months options. We’ll walk you through the difference when we have an intro call with you.

  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you.

We’re excited to work with some of you more officially!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Back in May of last year we did an episode that quickly became a classic: 6 ways to love (and keep) your job for years and years.

It hasn’t even been a year yet, but we’ve been mentally adding to that list ever since!

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re back with a sequel to that conversation. No need to listen to last year’s episode first, though you’ll definitely want to after hearing this new list!

Listen in as we talk about…

  • Why focusing on figuring out what job you want really, truly DOES NOT MATTER,
  • The one trait you need to develop that will make or break your life & career fulfillment,
  • What your childhood blueprint is, and why you’ve got to examine it before making any kind of life or career transition,
  • And a lottttt more!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this episode resonated with you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

How awful would it be to keep quitting jobs, over and over, thinking you just haven’t found the right one yet … when really, the solution is to work on yourself?

We’re proof that when you address you first — your desires, your triggers, your boundaries, your default settings, your talents, your bad habits, your emotional ups and downs, your identity — then a job (or a relationship, or anything) you truly enjoy (and one that has staying power) is the natural byproduct.

That’s what we do for other people in coaching. And if you like the sound of that, then allow us to inform you that TODAY, January 20th, we’re officially accepting applications for new coaching clients!

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we accept applications a few times per year, in waves.
  • We’re only taking on about 10 people this time! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (in January/February).
  • We’re offering both 3-month and 6-months options. We’ll walk you through the difference when we have an intro call with you.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you.

We’re excited to work with some of you more officially!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: 6 ways to live (and keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: Why obsessing over your career doesn’t work (March 2022)

Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career (October 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A year ago, Kim Scott found herself in an all-encompassing funk.

Nothing was going right. Issues with family were popping up, friendships were coming apart at the seams, and she was totally unsatisfied with her job.

She vaguely remembered a time, too long ago, that she had mojo — when she was vibrant and alive and full of energy — but hadn’t connected with that version of herself in so long, it was hard to believe she’d ever existed.

In this month’s new interview with a normal person, my former client Kim and I got into how she went from totally groove-less to getting her groove back in less than a year.

Listen in as we talk about…

  • How she lost her groove in the first place and found herself overwhelmed by problems,
  • Some major signs that you’ve lost your energy and zest for life,
  • The most important thing to do every day if you want to deeply enjoy life again,
  • Some really fun and inspiring stories about what’s happening for Kim now that she’s turned things around.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Kim’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT KIM

Kim has always been open to taking risks and isn't afraid to step out and try new things. She joined the Army at 17, moved to Dallas when she got out, and made a life for herself without knowing anyone personally. All she knew was that she had a cousin there, and figured she’d make it work! Kim was pulled into project management in 2016 and really liked it. But after getting PMP certified and leaving that employer, things still weren’t glamorous. After reaching a breaking point, she reached out to Clarity on Fire (after listening for years!). Like many at the beginning of coaching, Kim had family issues, work issues, and the isolation from Covid hadn't helped. Today, Kim is at a much better organization. She may not be 100% in love with her work, but knows that the career journey is a never-ending cycle, so she's ready to keep taking risks in this new phase of life and use the tools she learned while working with Rachel to move onwards and upwards.

WANT TO WORK WITH US?

It’s almost time for our next round of coaching enrollment — that small window, a few times per year, when take on new coaching clients!

We’ll be accepting applications starting next Friday, January 20!

You’re the right person to work with us if:

🔥 You know that getting a better job (or partner, or more money, or whatever) isn’t going to turn you into a brand-new person…

🔥 BUT, you believe that becoming a brand-new version of yourself will get you a better career (or partner, or more money, or whatever).

🔥 And, you’re done with figuring things out on your own. If you knew how to solve all of your problems, you’d have done it already!

🔥 AND you want some serious accountability — an expert to guide you through the changes you need to make and make SURE it actually sticks.

If you’re nodding along, then check out all the details about 1:1 coaching here, so you’re ready when we open enrollment next Friday!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

From the hood of despair to happiest you’ve ever been with Tiffanie Hoang (September 2022)

From quitting with no plan to dream job with Sonya Shen (May 2022)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’re baaaack! Did you miss us? 💁🏼‍♀️

We feel refreshed and ready to dive back into podcasting after our little hiatus, so let’s start with a brand-new episode of Dear Krachel!

If you’re new to Clarity on Fire, Dear Krachel is a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Naked & Afraid, who left the corporate world and has been teaching yoga and freelancing for the last 8 years! The lifestyle freedom has been great, but the financial ups and downs have gotten to her. She thinks she’s ready to transition back into a more traditional job, but she’s afraid of giving up her freedom. What advice do we have for going back to the corporate world?

  • Laura, a Thriver and people-pleaser whose company is open to paying for professional development. She’s interested in taking a course, but worried that if she does, her company might take that the wrong way — she doesn’t want to get pushed down a new career path or asked to take on extra responsibilities. How can she pursue growth without sending the message that she wants to take on more work?

  • No Man’s Protégé, a Firestarter whose boss is the CEO of a small start-up. He’s decided to mentor her — AKA, try to turn her into another version of him — and she’s not down with that. Then again, maybe there’s something she could learn from someone in his position, if she could just get over her frustration with him? How should she navigate this tricky dynamic with an overbearing boss?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How do I get my boss to let me work less? (June 2021)

Dear Krachel: What if I don’t want a big, fancy career? (April 2018)

Blog: Stop going to the hardware store for milk (November 2018)

Blog: Are YOU the reason you’re stuck? Or is your job to blame? (June 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Yep, you read that subject line right — starting today, we’re taking a hiatus from the podcast! 😲

We’ve been podcasting for 4.5 years now, if you can believe it, with verrrry few short breaks (mostly time off around the holidays).

The urge to take a longer break has been creeping up on us slowly-but-surely for a while, and as people who walk our talk, we can’t very well encourage others to take breaks and sabbaticals and listen to their intuition and then not do the same for ourselves!

So, in the final new podcast episode of this year, we’re getting into our decision to take a hiatus. We’re talking about…

  • How we could tell we were on the path to burnout (and how you can, too),
  • The worries that came up around making such a big decision,
  • What we’re going to be doing in the meantime,
  • And when we expect to be back!

If you’re a longtime fan of the podcast, we SO appreciate your dedication and hope you won’t miss us too much during this time off.

And if you’re newer to Clarity on Fire, congrats, because you just got the perfect opportunity to catch up on about 370 episodes! 😉

We’ll still be posting on Instagram while we’re away, so follow us there if you haven’t yet!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Why you don’t need motivation (August 2021)

Side Chat: Balancing the mind, body, & soul (July 2021)

Side Chat: Permission to do something crazy (August 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Clarity on Fire Discord Server

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Like many of us, Jamie Hillman spent years following the typical life roadmap that was supposed to lead to happiness.

Go to school? Check.

Get a job? Check.

Generally figure out how to be a functioning adult? Check.

But somewhere along the way, she started to question… Where is this roadmap even taking me. Who created it in the first place? And (most importantly), if I’m doing everything “right,” why do I still feel lost?

All that questioning led to an overconsumption of books, articles, personality assessments, podcasts — anything she could find that would help her finally get some answers to the big life questions that kept plaguing her.

Eventually, she realized that no expert could answer these questions for her … she’d have to go inward to find the answers unique to her and the life she wanted to create.

As Jamie developed her own intuition and self-trust, she wanted to help other women go through the same process. So … she wrote a book about it! (Check it out: 7 Signposts: Find Your Direction in Life's Foundational Decision)

Listen in as I ask Jamie about…

  • What the book-writing process was like, and how it deepened her practice of going inward for her own answers.
  • How much we all crave a one-size-fits-all answer, and why that almost never works.
  • The seven big life decisions Jamie identified that most of us get stuck on, and a deep-dive into one of the seven.
  • The two conflicting approaches for finding direction about each of these big life questions, and how to figure out which is right for you.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Jamie’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT JAMIE HILLMAN

For as long as she can remember, Jamie has felt the unyielding desire to make the world a better place, especially for girls and women. As a Passion Profiles Firestarter, an Enneagram 3w4, and a Questioner type on the Four Tendencies, she has never been one to accept the status quo. She began writing her new book, 7 Signposts, while in her former day jobs of software & management consulting and teaching at the University she graduated from. Now, she is running her Jamie on Purpose brand full time, which provides resources for personal & professional development for young professional women through her blog, podcast, courses, and now her book, 7 Signposts.

The book is a guide for young women on how to navigate 7 of the most important decisions she must make to create a life that's aligned to her, by exploring the two most often debated "right" choices for each decision, and encouraging her to trust the compass, not the map.

7signposts.com

jamieonpurpose.com

instagram.com/jamieonpurpose

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Early Entrepreneur, who’s torn between taking it slower in her business-building efforts so that she can enjoy her lifestyle, or amping up the hustle so that she can make money faster. Isn’t there an inevitable amount of extra work it takes to build a business, anyway? Is it even realistic to think she could grow a business while enjoying a good lifestyle?

  • Shelby, who’s gone from being adamantly against the idea of marriage, to now being in favor of it for herself in the future! But how does someone who’s been vocally critical of something turn around and tell her friends and family that she’s changed her mind?

  • Nonplussed with myself, who’s recently achieved a lifelong dream after years of work (and many years before that of not even acknowledging her dream was possible). But now that she’s arrived she feels … totally flat. Where are all the feelings of elation and achievement? What’s wrong with her for not being able to feel anything?!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: I thought this choice would make me happy, but it doesn’t feel right. What now? (March 2021)

Dear Krachel: I feel like what I want, doesn’t want me? (May 2022)

Dear Krachel: How can we get both freedom AND stability in our lives & careers? (June 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for part TWO of our book club conversation about Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress Cycle by Emily & Amelia Nagoski.

In part one (listen to this first!) we learned about where burnout comes from, how to process stress in a never-heard-before way, and how to navigate the controllable AND uncontrollable stressors in your life.

Now we’re on to part two! Listen in as we talk about…

  • The system that keeps all of us (but especially women) stuck in a stress cycle that never ends (and how to break free of it).
  • The 3 big things that can free you from burnout.
  • Some truly wild facts and figures about sleep and physical health that will change the way you think about your body and your need for rest.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what resonated with you most from our conversation about Burnout!

LAST DAY TO APPLY FOR COACHING!

If you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own … well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months. And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until the end of TODAY, Friday, September 30th.

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • We’re offering both 3-month & 6-month options. You can explore the difference here.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

Found us after September 30th? Fill out the form and we’ll add you to our waitlist and let you know when we have availability. 😄

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of … except you’ll notice that today is Tuesday. 🙃 We had so much to say about this book that we split it into two episodes! Part one is available today and part two will drop on Friday.

This month we read Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress Cycle by Emily & Amelia Nagoski.

We’re pretty sure we don’t need to sell you on listening to a book about burnout – we already know you can relate. So listen in as we get into:

  • A 3-part quiz for knowing if you’re burned out (and how bad it is)
  • Why burnout isn’t the REAL problem most of us are struggling with … and what the problem really is
  • A mind-blowing explanation of stress that we’d never heard of, and will change the way you think about (and handle) stress from here on out
  • How to deal with controllable vs. uncontrollable stressors in life
  • And soooo much more!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our take on the first part of Burnout resonated with you, and get excited for part two of this conversation, coming your way in a few days.

3 MORE DAYS TO SIGN UP FOR COACHING!

If you’re burned out and need a change but can’t imagine how you’d find the energy or know-how to make it happen on your own … well, that’s what 1:1 coaching is for!

It takes you from doubt, confusion, and burnout to confidence, clarity, and fulfillment in a matter of months. And the best part? You don’t have to think about how to get from Point A to Point B – we already know how.

If that sounds like a massive relief, then let’s chat!

We’re currently accepting applications for new 1:1 coaching clients –– something we only do a few times per year –– until this FRIDAY, September 30th.

  • We have very limited space, so apply ASAP if you don’t want to get wait-listed.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • We’re offering both 3-month & 6-month options. You can explore the difference here.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

We’re excited to work with some of you more officially!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you have no idea what you want to do with your life and career, well, you’ve come to the right place.

Our specialty is helping you go from stuck, overwhelmed, and confused to clear, confident, and full of direction and fulfillment.

But once you have that direction, you might need help with the technical details — especially if what you want next is a new job.

That’s where our friend Emily Liou takes over! Her specialty is helping people actually find and get a great job, even when they don’t have all the skills, experience, education, or go-to network.

We brought Emily back (for a third time!) because for the last 6 months we’ve been collecting a bunch of questions from listeners about job searching and career pivoting, and we just knew she’d have really good answers for them.

So, listen in as Emily and the two of us answer questions like…

  • Where’s the line between spinning and being honest in a job interview?
  • How can someone increase their salary without having to take on a leadership role or a bunch of extra responsibilities?
  • I know what I like and don’t like in my current job, but I don’t know what job title to pivot to based on that!
  • How do I search for new jobs/careers based on my skills rather than by job title?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT EMILY

Emily Liou is a career happiness coach and job search expert at CultiVitae who helps professionals make wildly successful career transitions - even when they don't have all the skills, experience, education, or go-to network. As a former recruiter and HR professional for Fortune 500 Companies and Silicon Valley startups, she knows exactly what allows professionals to stand out, get visible, and get hired. Emily strongly believes life is too short to not wake up happy on Mondays and has been featured as LinkedIn's Top 10 Voices to follow in Career & Job Searching for 2022. As the creator of her ultimate job search course, Happily Hired Formula, Emily not only provides the strategies to make any career transition possible but also coaches them through building a positive self-image to go after their biggest dreams.

Check out her free masterclass training: How to land your dream job with more income and impact ... without applying online and wasting time

Follow her on Instagram @cultivitae

NEED TO GET CLEAR ON YOUR DIRECTION

That’s exactly what our style of coaching is for!

It takes YEARS (if not decades) of doubt, confusion, and untapped potential and transforms it into confidence, clarity, and fulfillment … in a matter of months.

If now is the right time for you to figure out where you’re going with your life and career (and then have someone help you actually DO IT), then we’re here to remind you that we’re taking on clients NOW!

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we accept applications a few times per year, in waves.
  • We’re only taking on about 10 people this time! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (in September/October).
  • We’re offering both 3-month and 6-months options. We’ll walk you through the difference when we have an intro call with you.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

We’re excited to work with some of you more officially!

LINKS

Sites Emily mentioned in this interview are: O*NET Online and Bankrate

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Sometimes something becomes such a hot topic that it even reaches Millennials in their 30s who don’t have TikTok. 👵🏼

Unless you’ve been living under a rock, you’ve probably heard the phrase “quiet quitting” floating around the Internet for the past couple of weeks.

We’re dropping in with a special bonus episode today because, after being career coaches for a decade, how could we not weigh in on this trend??

Listen in as we get into…

  • The real origin of “quiet quitting”
  • Where we land on whether it’s valid … or totally B.S.
  • A phrase we like even better than “quiet quitting”
  • People who absolutely should proceed with “quiet quitting,” and who needs to cut it out immediately

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

WANT TO HAVE A CAREER THAT DOESN’T MAKE YOU WANT TO QUIT, QUIETLY OR LOUDLY?

That’s what coaching is for!

It takes YEARS (if not decades) of doubt, confusion, and untapped potential and transforms it into confidence, clarity, and fulfillment … in a matter of months.

If now is the right time for you to figure out where you’re going with your life and career (and then have someone help you actually DO IT), then we’re here to remind you that we’re taking on clients NOW!

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we accept applications a few times per year, in waves.
  • We’re only taking on about 10 people this time! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (in September/October).
  • We’re offering both 3-month and 6-months options. We’ll walk you through the difference when we have an intro call with you.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

We’re excited to work with some of you more officially!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: What to do when you’re tired of being tired (July 2022)

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (and keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Bonus Side Chat: All the (embarrassing) things we’ve quit (October 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of Kristen’s clients came to her recently in a bit of a frenzy, saying:

“I have SO many things that need work — my career, my marriage, my health, my friendships — and they’re ALL important. How do I pick one thing to focus on? And what if it takes forever and then the other things start to suffer even more?? Or I miss out on opportunities because I was too fixated on one thing?!”

If just reading that gave you anxiety, take a deep breath. 😮‍💨

And then listen in to this brand-new Side Chat, because we’re diving into how to spend your time and make good choices, especially when everything feels urgent and you’re pressed for time.

We’re talking about…

  • The two ways to think about time — one will amp up your anxiety, the other will decrease it,
  • How to know for sure the right order in which to tackle your life’s biggest to-dos and conundrums,
  • How to make it feel like you’ve got more time to do what matters to you.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

WANT TO MAKE SURE YOU’RE NOT WASTING TIME?

That’s what coaching is for!

It takes YEARS (if not decades) of doubt, confusion, and untapped potential and transforms it into confidence, clarity, and fulfillment … in a matter of months.

If now is the right time for you to figure out where you’re going with your life and career (and then have someone help you actually DO IT), then we’re here to remind you that we’re taking on clients NOW!

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we accept applications a few times per year, in waves.
  • We’re only taking on about 10 people this time! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (in September/October).
  • We’re offering both 3-month and 6-months options. We’ll walk you through the difference when we have an intro call with you.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

Fill out the application here and one of us will be in touch ASAP to schedule a chat with you!

We’re excited to work with some of you more officially!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Have you ever felt so distraught about your life that you had no other option than to don a sweatshirt, throw the hood up, cinch it tight, and lie on the floor and proceed to sob uncontrollably?

I call it The Hood of Despair. Try it out sometime! I highly recommend it. 🙃

My former client Tiffanie is well-acquainted with THOD, which is why I invited her to be this month’s “interview with a normal person” – I wanted her to share how she went from a real low point in life to being, and I quote, “happier than I thought it was possible to be.”

Listen in as Tiffanie and I get into:

  • Taking a big risk that ended badly and landed her back where she started
  • How she used what she knew she didn’t want to fuel getting clear on what she did want
  • Why it became easy for her to stop comparing herself to other people
  • What she learned that passion and fulfillment are, and what they aren’t
  • Why she’s happier now that she thought she ever could be

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Tiffanie’s journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT TIFFANIE

Tiffanie has an unquenchable thirst for knowledge, a huge heart to help others, and an insatiable curiosity about the world around her, where she has already traveled over 30 states and 15 countries. At first glance, you would never guess that she is chainsaw certified, which allowed her to restore the habitat for a threatened species of ornate box turtle in Iowa and reopen a youth camp in Michigan. After completing over 1,700 hours of service helping communities with disaster relief and unmet needs, Tiffanie came home lost about what direction to go next.

After stumbling upon the Passion Profile Quiz and listening to the Clarity on Fire podcast everyday, she sought out Rachel's help to figure out what was next. After identifying the roadblocks in her path and the values that were important to her, Tiffanie finally figured out how to tie in her passion with her career and create a fulfilling life that is aligned with the Universe. She is in constant awe of the Universe's plans and how they unfold – are you ready to trust the Universe too?

Connect with Tiffanie on LinkedIn.

WANT TO WORK WITH US?

It’s almost time for our next round of coaching enrollment – that small window, a few times per year, when take on new coaching clients!

We’ll be accepting applications starting next Friday, September 16!

You’re the right person to work with us if:

🔥 You know that getting a better job (or partner, or more money, or whatever) isn’t going to turn you into a brand-new person…

🔥 BUT, you believe that becoming a brand-new version of yourself will get you a better career (or partner, or more money, or whatever).

🔥 And, you’re done with figuring things out on your own – If you knew how to solve all of your problems, you’d have done it already!

🔥 AND you want some serious accountability – an expert to guide you through the changes you need to make and make SURE it actually sticks.

If you’re nodding along, then check out all the details about 1:1 coaching here, so you’re ready when we open enrollment next Friday!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career (October 2020)

Side Chat: 6 ways to love (and keep) your job for years and years (May 2022)

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Coach Curious, who’s attracted to the possibility of becoming a coach (like some of you might be, if you’ve been following us for a while!), and wants to know what makes for a good coach? What kind of training is best? What are the pros and cons?

  • Sarah, a woman in her 40s who’s in a committed relationship, but is reluctant to tie the knot. How do you know if someone is your forever person? What if there’s someone better out there?

  • Bozzieboo, a 57-year-old woman struggling to bounce back after a series of major emotional hits. She stepped away from the workforce for a while, and now wonders whether it’s worth it to start over at this stage of life.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

PSST … WANT TO WORK WITH US?

It’s almost time for our next round of coaching enrollment – that small window, a few times per year, when we accept applications for new coaching clients!

We LOVE working with people who understand this one big truth:

Getting a better job (or partner, or more money, or whatever you most want) isn’t going to turn you into a brand-new person. But becoming a brand-new version of yourself will get you a better job (or partner, or more money, or whatever).

If that’s what you want, and you don’t want to figure out how to become that person on your own, then check out all the details about 1:1 coaching here, so you’re ready when we open enrollment in a couple weeks.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Renovating every area of your life in a year with Rachel (August 2022)

Magic 8-Ball: Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career (October 2020)

Therapy vs. Coaching with Sarah Rossmiller, LPC (November 2018)

Refuse to choose with Rachel Lowe (April 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up?

Then today’s your day, because we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode! 🔮

Today we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

We also started out this episode with a wild story a listener submitted after hearing our last Message from the Universe episode. Thanks to everyone who shared their stories with us! It’s SO fun to hear how the Universe has showed up for you lately.

If you’ve got a good one to share, we’d love to hear (and maybe share it in a future Message from the Universe episode)! Email us at contact@clarityonfire.com, subject line “Universe,” with your stories. ✨

Check out the cards and written descriptions here. And after you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Message from the Universe: Can you see how far you’ve come? (June 2022)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

A deep dive into manifestation with Chelsea Jewel (March 2022)

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August 2018)

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A couple months ago, we told you the best way to successfully make it out of your comfort zone is with a slow-and-steady approach.

Annnd because we love to contradict ourselves (but not really, because didn’t someone say once that the best way to understand life is through paradox? 🙃), now we’re going to tell you the exact opposite … and somehow, both are still true!

In this month’s Side Chat, we’re making a case for why sometimes the best way to get unstuck is by giving yourself permission to do something big and crazy.

Listen in as we get into…

  • What counts as “crazy,”
  • Why allowing your imagination to go to a wild place often unblocks you,
  • Ideas we and our clients have had that definitely count as a little nuts,
  • And a homework assignment to help you get your ideas churning.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your “crazy” ideas — we’d love to hear them!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: What if it’s not practical to do what you love? (March 2022)

Side Chat: How to successfully get out of your comfort zone (June 2022)

Ending up back where you started with Kristen Kalp (June 2021)

Renovating every area of your life in a year with Rachel (August 2022)

Rachel Rants: You can’t make the wrong decision! (January 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A year ago, on my birthday, I did something I’m prouder of than almost anything I’ve ever done: I published my own solo podcast!

Forever Alone: One introverted millennial’s half-agonizing, half-hopeful journey through singledom.

It’s like a memoir, in audio form. But people tell me it feels less like non-fiction and more like listening to a novel. Whether you’re single or not, it’ll resonate with you if you’re someone who’s been hoping for something for a long time that you haven’t gotten (and if your heart and spirit are a little bruised from the effort of trying).

So, in honor of Forever Alone’s one-year anniversary, I’m letting Kristen interview me again (we did one last year, too!) about everything that’s happened since then. And oh boy … is it a doozy.

We got into…

  • What happened after I left off at the end of Chapter 7, when I went to the UK (in search of a Scottish husband),
  • My house flooding, moving back in with my parents, and deciding to get on Bumble for the first time,
  • How I managed to survive 3 areas of my life (home, career, and relationships) getting renovated, figuratively and literally, all at once,
  • A peek into the dates I’ve been on, including that time I went out on 3 dates with 2 guys in 1 day (if you’re wondering who I’ve become, I’m wondering, too!!),
  • And a BIG revelation: The 5 things you need in order to have true compatibility with someone (single people, take notes during this part!).

I’d love for you to leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this landed with you – especially the part about compatibility.

If you haven’t listened to Forever Alone, start with Chapter 1!

Search for and subscribe to “Forever Alone” wherever you get your podcasts: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube, then hit me up with a 5-star rating and review, of course.

LAST DAY TO ENROLL IN GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING!

Today, Friday the 12th, is the LAST day to enroll in Getting Over People Pleasing!

We don’t know when we’ll run this course again! It’s been 2 years between this time and last time. So if you’re interested in kicking this habit to the curb, then now is your shot!

Here are some quick FAQs if you’re on the fence and need help deciding if this is right for you:

How do you get the content?

In short videos released weekly, for four weeks. You’ll listen to a lesson, then be prompted to do some exercises in your workbook. The first lesson drops tomorrow, August 15th!

How much of a time commitment is it?

Probably 3-ish hours per week. And though we’ll be releasing content weekly, you can go slower if you need to. You have forever access to the course, so take your time!

How do we interact with you two (Kristen and Rachel)?

There’s a private community page where course members can connect with each other, ask questions, share their experiences, and get responses directly from us. This is where the daily conversation about the content will be happening.

When does the course actually start?

You’ll get your first official lesson tomorrow, Monday, August 15th, and the next 3 lessons on the Mondays after that. But again, you can go at your own pace.

Is this course always available?

Nope. We don’t know if/when we’ll run this course again! If August isn’t a good time, then you can always enroll now and start when the time is right for you, because you have access to the content forever.

All the details, including a summary of what each lesson covers, is here.

We hope to see some of you in there!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Bummed Entrepreneur, who worked her buns off for years to build a successful business. She has a great business partner, a staff, and more growth than she expected—and she’s “miserably numb.” She woke up one day and just … didn’t care, and nothing (not a vacation, not therapy) is changing how she feels. Why is she so bummed after getting everything she asked for?

  • Angelica, who worked hard (both on herself as a person, and on her career) to land a true dream job that she LOVES. But she finds herself bumping up against a fear that won’t go away—that maybe it’s not possible to have both a dream career AND a dream relationship. How can she let go of the idea that she can’t have both?

  • A Quitter with Qualms, who’s super disengaged and is seriously considering up and quitting with no notice. But is that wrong, and should she feel guilty?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

ENROLLMENT FOR GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING IS OPEN! – EARLY BIRDS SAVE $300 TIL MONDAY!

Raise your hand if this sounds like you:

🙋‍♀️ You know you shouldn’t care what people think … but you still do.

😬 You wish you could speak up … but the thought of confrontation makes you clammy.

🙋‍♀️ You’re hard on yourself, almost all the time … especially when you catch yourself people-pleasing, yet again.

😬 You wish you knew where you stopped … and everyone else began.

You might be scared, but you’re willing to make a change. And you know that, without some accountability, change is a LOT LESS likely to happen.

Your life doesn’t have to belong to everyone but you.

We created Getting Over People Pleasing to help set you FREE

Here’s a preview of what we’re diving into over this 4-week experience:

  • Intro: Discover how your personality type contributes to people-pleasing problems, and get clear on which type of people-pleaser you are.

  • Lesson 1: Explore the childhood wounds that keep you stuck, and finally let them go.

  • Lesson 2: Learn how to weather the discomfort (and actually make peace with the idea) of not pleasing people.

  • Lesson 3: Become an independent person — someone who knows where the line is between themselves and everyone else, and who can set boundaries, say no, and handle confrontation.

  • Lesson 4: Build healthy relationships — become someone who can be their own person while maintaining solid connections with others. Learn to speak up, put yourself out there, and take imperfect action.

Plus, you’ll get to ask questions and get answers from us in our private forum, and connect with other recovering people pleasers going through this experience with you!

Early birds save $300 until Monday!

Join us now if you don’t want to miss out on the early bird rate, and you want a chance to add on a single coaching session before we run out!

Sign up here.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: I’m burned out and afraid NO job can reignite my passion! (July 2022)

Side Chat: What to do when you’re tired of being tired (July 2022)

Side Chat: The dread of good things (June 2020)

Blog: Why you don’t need to feel guilty about quitting your job (April 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A lot of you are people pleasers, and you know it. You cycle through the greatest hits every day! 🤘

🎶 Avoiding conflict

🎤 Saying yes to everything, when you want to say no

🎸 Not setting boundaries

🥁 Refusing to speak up

They’re classics for a reason! But there’s so much more to people pleasing than the popular stuff — there are deep cuts, too. Stuff you probably haven’t heard about, because it’s kind of underground, man. 🙃

In this BONUS Side Chat, we got into 5 surprising (or maybe uncomfortable, depending on how it makes you feel!) things you might not know about people pleasing.

Listen in as we talk about why…

  • Feeling guilty is actually a VERY good sign,
  • People pleasers are magnets for energy vampires,
  • Perfectionists are almost always people pleasers, even if they’d deny it,
  • People pleasers secretly struggle with a certain kind of narcissism (this one’ll make you sweat),
  • And more!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your reaction to this one!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING — COMING AUGUST 5!

A four-week course for people-pleasers, perfectionists, and anyone who wants to stop caring so much about what others think.

Get on the VIP list for more info (and a BIG early bird discount) when we open enrollment for Getting Over People Pleasing next week!

  • We haven’t run this course in 2 years, and we have no idea if/when we will again. So consider it a one-time thing!
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get short weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: The 3 types of people pleasers (& why you might unknowingly be one) (July 2019)

Bonus Book Club: Dodging Energy Vampires (May 2019)

The 1 thing you WON’T hear us talk about in Getting Over People Pleasing (August 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

There’s not much worse than wanting your life and relationships to change — to deeply thrive — and not seeing or understanding why you can’t seem to get there.

One of the silent causes behind SO many relationship woes (romantic, of course, but ALL of them, including the ones you have at work and with work) is your attachment style.

Never heard of it? Well, you need to! And we happen to have the person to teach you all about it.

On this month’s interview with an expert, we talked to therapist Shira Myrow about the nuances of attachment. Listen in as we explore…

  • What exactly attachment is, and how to tell if your style is healthy or unhealthy,
  • Examples of how to identify unhealthy attachment in your life and relationships,
  • Ways to regulate and overcome the unhealthy patterns that keep you stuck,
  • Some surprising facts about how the brain works that had us reeling!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Shira’s take on attachment resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT SHIRA

Shira is a mindfulness-based psychotherapist and relationship expert who is deeply committed to helping people heal from traumatic experiences and turning dysfunctional relationships into secure ones.

Shira’s hybrid approach includes the Gottman Method and Emotionally Focused Therapy which focuses on empowering couples and individuals to learn how to attune with their emotions, unhook from perpetual conflict patterns and create a clear road map for resilient relationships. Shira also has a special focus on treating attachment disorders for adult children of severely mentally ill parents.

Shira is also a writer, podcast host, educator and speaker. She has been a Ted X speaker and TED Women Leadership presenter and has been a featured writer in Goop and a guest on multiple outlets and publications.

You can find her at Shira Myrow Therapy and on Instagram @shiramyrow_mft

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING — COMING AUGUST 5!

A four-week course for people-pleasers, perfectionists, and anyone who wants to stop caring so much about what others think.

Get on the VIP list for more info when we open enrollment for Getting Over People Pleasing on August 5th!

  • We haven’t run this course in 2 years, and we have no idea if/when we will again. So consider it a one-time thing!
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get short weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Are you a wee bit tired? Burned out? Exhausted to your core? Weary to the marrow of your being?

🙋‍♀️🙋‍♀️🙋‍♀️

It’s OK if the world feels like a lot. It IS a lot, and has been for a long time (I mean, we’re all still pandemic fatigued, on top of … gestures wildly to everything else). Big, big things — planetary, global, national — have a personal impact on us, even though we, individually, don’t have much control over any of it. And that lack of control is bound to be exhausting.

The only thing we do have some modicum of influence over is our lives. But we’ve noticed a pretty big problem lately. It’s showing up in MANY of our clients, and it’s time to call it out.

A lot of us are tired because we’re actively avoiding opportunities to make our own lives better. Worse, we’re actually enabling a lot of the suffering we’re experiencing, particularly at work. So, in this month’s Side Chat we got into:

  • Why so many of us are convinced we can’t make shitty work situations better,
  • How people-pleasing plays a HUGE part in letting the system take advantage of us,
  • Examples of clients who were suffering under the weight of toxic environments, and how we helped them stop gaslighting themselves and get what they deserved,
  • Why being a rebel is the sanest, healthiest thing you could possibly do.

If you’re tired, burned out, overwhelmed, apathetic, panicked, stressed, mojo-less, or stretched to your breaking point, this one is a MUST-LISTEN!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what you’re going to change to make your work life healthier.

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING — COMING IN AUGUST!

A four-week course for people-pleasers, perfectionists, and anyone who wants to stop caring so much about what others think.

Get on the VIP list for more info when we open enrollment for Getting Over People Pleasing in August!

  • We haven’t run this course in 2 years, and we have no idea if/when we will again. So consider it a one-time thing!
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get short weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

Dear Krachel: I’m burned out and afraid NO job can reignite my passion! (July 2022)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you haven’t been in the Clarity-verse (it’s a thing, I’ve decided) for a while, you might have missed the fact that one year ago Kristen got a full-time job.

Not because she desperately needed one. Or because Krachel was on the verge of a breakup (going strong, thanks!).

It was because she wasn’t walking her talk.

Ironically, one of the people who created the Passion Profile Quiz was struggling because, go figure, she wasn’t working like a Thriver. They say you teach what you most need to learn!

So, on the year anniversary of Kristen getting a full-time job, I got the inside scoop about how it’s going. We got into…

  • How she knew this job was going to be able to meet her needs, before she got hired.
  • What it’s been like to balance a job with coaching and running a business.
  • How her energy levels have totally shifted in the last year.
  • How she’s dealt with overwhelm when it’s come up.
  • Why making a decision that seemingly defies logic might land you with more time and energy than you thought possible.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Kristen’s update is landing with you!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING — COMING IN AUGUST!

A four-week course for people-pleasers, perfectionists, and anyone who wants to stop caring so much about what others think.

Get on the VIP list for more info when we open enrollment for Getting Over People Pleasing in August!

  • We haven’t run this course in 2 years, and we have no idea if/when we will again. So consider it a one-time thing!
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get short weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Giamhi, a senior in high school whose parents are pushing her to go into a field like engineering or teaching. She doesn’t know what she wants — but she knows she doesn’t want to do that. How do you make a career choice when you’re feeling pressured to do something that will make other people happy?
  • Summer, who asked us, “What do I do when I’m burned out and not sure if ANY job will reignite my passion?”
  • Less than Optimistic, who was excited to pursue a career in a very specific field, but after applying to over 100 jobs and never getting anything, moved on to something totally different. After a decade, he still has dreams of pursuing his original interest … but obviously he’s not hopeful. How can you tell if something is a pipe dream vs. a real possibility?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING — COMING IN AUGUST!

Get on the VIP list for more info when we open enrollment for Getting Over People Pleasing in August!

  • We haven’t run this course in 2 years, and we have no idea if/when we will again. So consider it a one-time thing!
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get short weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How do I get my boss to let me work less? (June 2021)

Blog: What if we told you that you could major in life? (June 2018)

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

Finding a job with less force, more ease, & amazing results (February 2022)

Side Chat: Is it not working? Or is it not working YET? (November 2020)

LINKS

Emily Liou’s free career transition masterclass

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception — you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But that takes time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

In that spirit, we’re back with another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

We also started out this episode with some fun stories we’ve heard lately from clients about how the Universe showed up for them. If you’ve got a good one to share, we’d love to hear (and maybe share it in a future Message from the Universe episode)! Email us at contact@clarityonfire.com, subject line “Universe,” with your stories. ✨

Check out the cards and written descriptions here. And after you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Message from the Universe: Prepare to be amazed (April 2022)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

A deep dive into manifestation with Chelsea Jewel (March 2022)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019)

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Ever seen that meme of a circle with text in it that says “your comfort zone,” and then a little dot way outside the circle that says, “where the magic happens?”

Ugh, makes us want to roll our eyes. Because it’s TRUE. And we wish it weren’t!

But alas, magic does happen when you’re willing to get uncomfortable. Except it’s not easy at ALL to get out of your comfort zone. Especially if you want to get out and stay out.

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re diving into how to successfully exit your comfort zone. We talked about …

  • An interesting way to train your body/nervous system to be OK with emotional discomfort.
  • How to know whether you should get out of your comfort zone — what if it’s just not worth it?
  • A little tough love about ways you might be sneakily sidestepping hard things.
  • And a simple way to figure out the first step you should take, so that you don’t end up crashing and burning.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this inspired you to get out of your comfort zone!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Copping out vs. letting yourself off the hook (April 2020)

Blog: When is it worth getting out of your comfort zone? (September 2018)

Magic 8-Ball: 7 questions to ask yourself before saying yes to anything (April 2020)

Getting over your ‘all or nothing’ obsession with Amy Everhart (October 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

For those of you who don’t know (or maybe forgot, since it’s been so long), Rachel and I used to write a new blog post every single week for YEARS. In fact, our writing was what we were most known for in the early years of Clarity on Fire.

All of our old blogs are still available on our site (check out our full library). But many of those old posts haven’t seen the light of day in a while, even though they’re just as relevant today as they were when we first wrote them.

So today, I’m highlighting one of those old posts! This is a concept I still share with my clients when they’re struggling with burnout. Listen in as I read you the blog, or read it in full on our site.


I’m sitting here on a Friday afternoon, and I have a running mental list of everything I could or should be doing right now. I should be responding to emails, or going to the gym, or running errands, or planning dinner, and on and on.

But it’s Friday afternoon, and I’m just not feelin’ any of it. All I want to do is sit outside with an iced coffee on this gorgeous sunny afternoon and do some writing. So that’s what I’m doing.

An older version of me would have shamed myself into doing something “more productive.” I would have pushed through my “laziness” until I checked everything off my list. And the quick thrill of satisfaction that comes from being productive would’ve soon been replaced by exhaustion and a nagging sense that I’d betrayed myself.

I’ve fought this internal battle over and over again: What I WANT to do today vs. what I SHOULD do today…

Listen in to hear the blog in-full!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Healing burnout through creativity with Kara Guilfoyle (October 2021)

Dear Krachel: How do I recover from burnout? (January 20219)

How to feel more energized at work (& generally in life) (December 2019)

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Andrea, an artist who’s been working in her field for 4 years. She’s struggling to enjoy her job because her work isn’t as good as other, more senior artists. Does she need to be good at her job to enjoy it? Or is the lack of enjoyment a sign she’s on the wrong path?
  • Bailey, who’s made an admirable effort to “stop going to the hardware store for milk”—AKA, she’s not trying to get emotional support from people who can’t meet her needs. But where CAN she go to get the support she craves, when there’s nothing but proverbial hardware stores everywhere?
  • Ready to Rebel, a Firestarter/Thriver combo who’s struggling to balance her conflicting Passion Profiles. She deeply craves freedom BUT has a crippling fear of losing stability. How can she somehow find both?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Blog: Stop going to the hardware store for milk (November 2018)

Dear Krachel: How do I ask people to meet my needs? (April 2021)

Special Episode! Why Kristen just got a JOB (July 2021)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I recently heard Sam Laura Brown get interviewed on a podcast I occasionally listen to, and I immediately had three visceral reactions:

  1. This woman deeply understands what’s behind perfectionism and talks about it in a way I’ve never heard before.
  2. I really want our listeners to hear her wisdom, because I know so many of them will relate.
  3. Uh oh, I think I might be more of a perfectionist than I thought… 😬

Trust me, you’re going to want to listen to this one in-full, even if you don’t necessarily think of yourself as a perfectionist (Sam actually shares why so many perfectionists don’t see themselves that way).

Listen in as Sam and I talk about…

  • How she figured out she was a perfectionist, and how to recognize if YOU are one too.
  • Some of the most common misconceptions about perfectionism, and what’s really behind it.
  • The relationship between perfectionism, procrastination, and motivation (and why trying to force motivation never works long-term).
  • The difference between a growth vs. fixed mindset, and why this is critical for letting go of perfectionist tendencies.
  • A few surefire ways to start releasing perfectionism, so you can finally make progress in your life and career.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Sam’s widsom resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT SAM LAURA BROWN

Sam Laura Brown is a perfectionism coach, host of the top-rated podcast The Perfectionism Project and founder of Perfectionists Getting Shit Done - a group coaching program for perfectionists who are building businesses. Sam teaches perfectionists how to follow through with their plans and get out of their own way in their business.

Tune in to The Perfectionism Project – samlaurabrown.com/podcast

Join the PGSD Waitlist – samlaurabrown.com/pgsd

Sign up for daily Perfectionist Power-Ups – samlaurabrown.com/power

Follow Sam on Instagram @perfectionismproject

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Ditching your perfectionism with Terece Hahn (August 2020)

Why highly sensitive people struggle with perfectionism (June 2019)

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May 2018)

You will NEVER be done (August 2019)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In the 17-or-so years that I’ve been working, I’ve quit a LOT of jobs. I could probably do an Ariana Grande-style 7 rings musical rendition of all the jobs I’ve quit … but I’ll spare you.

(Though if you did want a list, you could just go back and listen to us recount all the (embarrassing) things we’ve quit on the podcast.)

From the Old Navy store at the outlet mall, to nannying, to investment firms, to law firms — I’ve quit ‘em all.

The longest I ever had any job was about a year-and-a-half — hardly long enough to achieve anything, but certainly long enough to know I hated it!

So, how did someone practically allergic to employment end up doing a job (I’m talking about coaching, obviously) for 10 years without quitting?

That’s what Kristen and I are diving into in a brand-new, super in-depth Side Chat! Listen in as we talk about:

  • Learning the hard way what a job is, and isn’t, meant to do for you
  • How your enjoyment of a job can magically change, even if you hated it before, when your mindset shifts
  • Getting clear about whether the problem is you, or the job
  • And a LOT more!

LAST DAY TO APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

How awful would it be to keep quitting jobs, over and over, thinking you just haven’t found the right one yet … when really, the solution is to work on yourself?

We’re proof that when you address you first — your desires, your triggers, your boundaries, your default settings, your talents, your bad habits, your emotional ups and downs, your identity — then a job (or a relationship, or anything) you truly enjoy (and one that has staying power) is the natural byproduct.

That’s what we do for other people in coaching. And if you like the sound of that, then allow me to inform you that TODAY, May 20th, is the last day we’re accepting applications for new coaching clients!

  • We have space for maybe a couple clients, so act quickly if you think this could be for you.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • We’ve temporarily brought back the option of doing 3 months of coaching, rather than the traditional 6! We probably won’t offer that level of coaching next time we accept applications.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Side Chat: All the (embarrassing) things we’ve quit (October 2020)

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (June 2018)

Expecting the perfect job to be your savior with Sarah Knight (October 2019)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Side Chat: Problem transfiguration (November 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Ever been so burnt out that you were ready to up and quit your job with no plan?

We’ve been there — and actually done it … more than once. 😅 My client Sonya has, too, which is why I invited her to be this month’s “interview with a normal person.”

Listen in as Sonya and I get into:

  • How a toxic job and boss made her start questioning a career she thought she loved.
  • What happened after she made the decision to quit with no new job or plan, whatsoever.
  • How following her curiosity and exploring a new hobby led her, in a roundabout way, to a brand-new path.
  • How she landed a dream job at a very impressive company, making more money than she’d ever made before, without stressing or putting in much effort at all.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Sonya’s journey resonated with you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

Can you relate to feeling burnt out and wanting to quit your job with zero plan?

Hey, it’s always an option! It worked out for Sonya. 😉

But if you’d like to pause before you do anything rash — maybe get to the root of whether it’s really your job that’s the problem, or you — then we’ve got good news:

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 8 clients, so act quickly if you think this could be for you.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • We’ve temporarily brought back the option of doing 3 months of coaching, rather than the traditional 6! We probably won’t offer that level of coaching next time we accept applications.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018)

Waiting on a dream job for 13 years with Natalie Burgess (June 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Tiffanny, a Thriver (on the Passion Profile Quiz) who works full-time and has spent the last 2 years trying to get a business going on the side. She’s changed directions multiple times, spent countless hours on webinars, classes, and consults, but can’t seem to stay on course and make something work. Could this be an indicator that entrepreneurship isn’t for her? Is she chasing something she wants, that doesn’t want her?
  • Tina, who’s wondering how people who struggle with their mental health navigate finding their passion and having a fulfilling career. Even if they get what they want, what if their brain doesn’t allow them to enjoy it?
  • Bea, who’s eyes have recently opened to just how many of her beliefs were influenced by her culture and upbringing. How do you untangle what values, opinions, and goals are actually yours, vs. ones you’ve been conditioned to want?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

APPLY TO WORK WITH US 1:1!

There comes a point where you’re ready to stop hoping things will change and start knowing they will.

You’re probably very clear about what you don’t want out of your life and career, but know you need to dive a whole lot deeper into what you do want. You might be a little nervous about the prospect of massive change … but at this point in your life, you deeply understand that the only real risk is not changing.

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you, then we’ve got good news:

We’re CURRENTLY accepting applications for new coaching clients!

We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, let’s talk.

  • We have space for maybe 8 clients, so act quickly if you think this could be for you.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • We’ve temporarily brought back the option of doing 3 months of coaching, rather than the traditional 6! We probably won’t offer that level of coaching next time we accept applications.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.

Ready to talk about it? Fill out the form on this page to apply, and one of us will schedule an info session with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode we’re diving into Atlas of the Heart by the one and only Brené Brown.

You’re going to love this book, and this conversation, if you value emotional intelligence and want to learn how to help yourself — and everyone around you — become more fluent at expressing thoughts and feelings.

Listen in as we dive into…

  • The eyebrow-raising stats about just how emotionally unaware most people are.
  • Why things like rejection and failure feel so uncomfortable, and how to lessen the pain.
  • How choosing the right words to describe how you feel actually changes those feelings.
  • The difference between stress and overwhelm, and how to cure them.
  • New ways of seeing common experiences like jealousy, envy, resentment, hope, and belonging that will totally change your perception.

There’s a reason Brené is the best at what she does! This is SUCH an interesting book (and 5-part special on HBO, if reading isn’t your style). After you listen, come leave a comment to share how this conversation resonated with you!

WANT TO WORK WITH US 1:1?

There comes a point where you’re ready to stop hoping things will change and start knowing they will.

You’re probably very clear about what you don’t want out of your life and career, but know you need to dive a whole lot deeper into what you do want. You might be a little nervous about the prospect of massive change … but at this point in your life, you deeply understand that the only real risk is not changing.

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you, then we’ve got good news:

We’ll be accepting applications for new coaching clients starting on Friday, May 6! We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, get ready!

  • We have space for about 10 clients.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Explore this page to get a clear idea of what to expect, so you’re ready to apply when the time comes!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Well, we totally were not intending on doing another message from the Universe episode so soon after our last one, but the expert guest we have for you couldn’t make it work until next month, so here we are. Apparently the Universe really wanted to talk to all of us!

So, listen in as we find out what was so important it couldn’t wait another month. ;)

Today we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Check out the cards and written descriptions here. And after you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

WANT TO WORK WITH US 1:1?

There comes a point where you’re ready to stop hoping things will change and start knowing they will.

You’re probably very clear about what you don’t want out of your life and career, but know you need to dive a whole lot deeper into what you do want. You might be a little nervous about the prospect of massive change … but at this point in your life, you deeply understand that the only real risk is not changing.

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you, then we’ve got good news:

We’ll be accepting applications for new coaching clients starting on Friday, May 6! We officially open doors for new clients just a few times per year, so if now feels like the right time, get ready!

  • We have space for about 10-15 clients.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Explore this page to get a clear idea of what to expect, so you’re ready to apply when the time comes!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In the past few weeks multiple clients have come to us with the same question (so you know it’s time to talk about it on the podcast):

I’m afraid I can’t get what I want because I don’t know enough yet. How clear do I REALLY need to be?

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat we’re demystifying the hazy line between what counts as “clear enough” and what doesn’t. Listen in as we talk about…

  • The (incorrect) assumptions you’ve made about what you believe you must know in order to get what you want—a new job, a relationship, or whatever else!
  • The things you definitely don’t need to know (yet … or maybe ever)
  • The 3 things you definitely do need to know if you want hope of finding direction or getting anything that will make you happy

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this episode resonated with you!

PSST … WANT TO WORK WITH US?

A little secret just for people like you, who pay close attention. ;)

In a few weeks we’re going to be relaunching our site, raising our coaching rates, and accepting applications for new coaching clients! Want a head start? And to get in at the rate, before we raise the cost? We have space for a few early birds, so fill out the form on this page.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

The feminine energy experiment with Carolyn Canonica (May 2021)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez (November 2018)

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (June 2018)

Side Chat: Balancing the mind, body, & soul (July 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Full disclosure: Ever since my client Terece first told me she was planning to write a book (a lifelong dream of hers), I knew I’d eventually want to bring her back on the podcast to talk about it.

I’ve had the joy of seeing Terece’s massive transformation over the last few years from a self-doubting people-pleaser (see my original interview with her on ditching perfectionism) to someone who’s confident in who she is and is committed to expressing herself authentically.

Because of that, I knew her book-writing journey would be profound.

Now that she’s completed her book and is in the final stages of editing and promoting it (make sure to check out her pre-sale campaign!), she’s back to share just how intense, vulnerable, emotional, and ultimately satisfying it’s been to turn her vision into a reality.

Listen in to hear Terece and I talk about…

  • How she’d ignored her dream for so long that she actually forgot about it … and what she did to bring it back to life.
  • The fears that have come up along the way, and how she’s worked through them.
  • What she’s discovered about her own creative process, and how she’s learned to flow with her creative intuition while still sticking to a structure to keep her accountable.
  • A few teasers about her book, and where the idea originally came from.
  • Her best advice for anyone with a big creative dream who's been putting it off because of fear or overwhelm.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Terece’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT TERECE HAHN

Attached is my debut novel and passion project. I’ve had this story in my mind for two years now and am finally ready to share it with the world, or ready as I will ever be. As a recovering people pleaser and caregiver this is also a self-imposed, self-development, graduate level project that ultimately gets my voice out into the world in all of its glory. The good, the bad, and the deep. It is equal parts terrifying and exciting to share this story with you all as well as my journey on how I got here.

Thank you from the bottom of my heart for listening to this podcast episode, and if you are new to self-development you have found your people here at Clarity on Fire. Clarity on Fire and Kristen Walker have helped me define my dreams and supported me to make them come true. I wouldn’t be where I am today without their wise words and Kristen’s coaching. Thank you for all you do!

Pre-order Attached here.

Follow Terece on Instagram @terecehahn_author.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Ditching your perfectionism with Terece Hahn (August 2020)

Bonus Book Club! The Artist’s Way by Julia Cameron (January 2021)

Why you should keep new ideas to yourself (December 2020)

Stop regretting & start creating with Todd Searle (September 2020)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Concerned Daughter, who has a very supportive mom—so supportive, in fact, that she tells her kids she doesn’t need a fulfilling career, even though she’s not content with the job she has. Making her kids happy is enough! Concerned Daughter isn’t convinced … she thinks her mom might not be owning her full desires. Should she push her mom to pursue what she really deserves?
  • Maggie, who started a new job about a year ago and received a lot of validation right off the bat—praise from her boss, an “employee of the month award,” and her work getting shown off in meetings. Now, the parade of positive feedback has all but died out, and she’s worried her boss isn’t pleased with her work. Should she be concerned that the external validation has faded?
  • El, a 29-year-old who feels like everyone around them has the whole “passion” thing figured out, except them. How weird is I t to be going on 30 and still have no idea what your passion is?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: When you want to fix someone, but can’t (March 2019)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Side Chat: Why obsessing over your career doesn’t work (March 2022)

Blog: What to do when you feel like you’re behind in life (July 2019)

Dear Krachel: How do I find real self-worth (when nothing has worked yet)? (June 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception — you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But that takes time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

In that spirit, here’s another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from the classic Rider-Waite tarot deck. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Check out the cards and written descriptions here. And after you listen, leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you!

MORE ABOUT THIS READING

The Tarot card descriptions from today’s reading were written by the fabulous Madeleine Joan, aka the Village Witch! Madeleine is a Tarot card reader, intuitive, and astrologist with 30 years of experience. We recommend that you:

Visit her YouTube channel

Follow her on Instagram

Join her Patreon

Book a 1:1 reading

GROUP BREATHWORK SESSION THIS SUNDAY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content, and … monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Alyx), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

Anyone in “The Flame” tier will be able to join us for a monthly community meetup this Sunday, March 27, at 2pm EST. Our resident guru Francisca will guide us into expanding and exploring our breath with a Conscious Connection Breathwork practice to clear energy and release tension.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of my favorite quotes from any movie, ever, is from Men in Black—when Tommy Lee Jones is talking to Will Smith about the existence of aliens (I may have written and recorded a whole blog about it years ago):

“Fifteen hundred years ago everybody knew the Earth was the center of the universe. Five hundred years ago, everybody knew the Earth was flat, and fifteen minutes ago, you knew that humans were alone on this planet. Imagine what you’ll know tomorrow.”

Humans are pretty good at getting wrapped up in our own experience. We forget that “how it is” is often not how it’s always been, or even how it is now in other places around the world.

One of those things we’re convinced is true now, but hasn’t been true for most of human history? That your life revolves around your career.

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat we’re taking you on a journey that might make you squirm, but you most definitely need to hear. We talk about…

  • What humans were obsessing over before they started fixating on their career
  • The reason we made the shift to obsessing over our careers, and what’s going on under the surface
  • Why making your career the thing your life revolves around never works
  • The one quality you need to have if you want to have a life—not just a career—you deeply enjoy

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this doozy of an episode resonated with you!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content, and … monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Alyx), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, you’ll be able to join us for a monthly community meetup on Sunday, March 27, at 2pm EST. Our resident guru Francisca will guide us into expanding and exploring our breath with a Conscious Connection Breathwork practice to clear energy and release tension.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

WANT MORE CONTENT LIKE THIS?

If you liked this episode, you’ll love our e-book: “What is the POINT? A jolt of hope and practical advice for anyone going through an existential crisis.”

Download it and check out the other free e-book collections here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I know a lot of you are already well aboard the “woo woo” train. You booked yourself a ticket on a day when Mercury wasn’t in retrograde, and you’re chilling in a first-class compartment that you saged before unpacking your crystals.

Some of you probably nervously boarded the train, wanting to believe more in the mysteries of the Universe, but skeptical of where it’s going to take you (or if it’ll take you anywhere).

And a few of you are shouting at me from the platform like, “Shut up and just do what I came here for! Teach me how to get a job I love, thanks!!” (I can totally do that … but I’d rather teach you how to manifest one. All aboard. 😏🚂)

No matter where you are in relation to the train, I promise you’re going to get SO much out of this episode with my former client Chelsea, an Intuitive/Karmic Astrologer and Spiritual Advisor. I brought Chelsea on the podcast to talk about all things manifestation, and boy did we.

Listen in as Chelsea and I got into…

  • What manifestation actually is, and why some people have the wrong idea about it
  • The ins and outs of how manifesting things in your life works
  • What happens when there’s a clash between what you want, and what you might need, on a deeper level
  • Hope for people who’ve been trying to get something for years, and it isn’t working

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Chelsea’s wisdom resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT CHELSEA

Chelsea Jewel is an Intuitive + Karmic Astrologer and a Spiritual Advisor to the visionaries and conscious leaders of the world. She has guided hundreds of people to forge deeper connections with their soul's purpose through her readings, coaching practice, and her Intuitive Astrology course, Discover Your Stars. You can find her on Instagram @chelseajewel33 and online at soulfuljourneycoaching.com

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019)

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Leslie, who’s interested in an array of potential careers from HR to wedding coordination to photography to therapy! She’d like to follow her curiosity and explore them all, but she doesn’t have infinite time, money and energy. How can she scratch her curiosity itch without making a big commitment to anything?
  • Positive Perseverant, who has done all the personal development—coaching, counseling, networking, reading—but found herself at the end of 2021 still single, still in the same job, still waiting on life to change. What else can she do when she’s done all the right things and still isn’t getting results?
  • Dreamer, a Canadian who took a high-paying job at a tech company in the U.S. while her green card application is processing. It’s what most people would call a dream job … but she’s burnt out and miserable. Should she quit and go back to Canada, or is it worth it to stick it out?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How do I decide which opportunity to pursue? (January 2022)

Side Chat: Is it not working? Or is it not working YET? (November 2020)

Blog: Are you a hummingbird or a jackhammer? (February 2020)

Rachel Rants: You can’t make the wrong decision! (January 2020)

Blog: There’s no such thing as a career soulmate (May 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Raise your hand if, when you think of “job searching,” the list of to-dos that come to mind sound something like:

Update resumé, write cover letter, apply, wait, repeat.

What if we told you that LITERALLY NONE of those things are how you get a job in 2022?

If you’re skeptical, you won’t be after hearing our interview with Emily Liou, former recruiter, career coach, and total genius when it comes to helping you find (and get!) your dream job.

Listen in as Emily doles out some seriously great advice, like:

  • What’s really happening behind the scenes when you apply for a job you found online
  • How to completely avoid throwing your application into a black hole, never to be seen again
  • How to get people to notice you—and get hired for jobs that previously ignored you, or jobs that don’t even exist
  • What to do if you’re worried about gaps on your resumé, changing industries, or being too young/too old for a job
  • And how you can find a job with WAY less work than you’re used to with traditional job searching

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Emily’s wisdom resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT EMILY

Emily Liou is a career happiness coach and job search expert at CultiVitae who helps professionals make wildly successful career transitions—even when they don't have all the skills, experience, education, or go-to network. As a former recruiter and HR professional for Fortune 500 Companies and Silicon Valley startups, she knows exactly what allows professionals to stand out, get visible, and get hired. Emily strongly believes life is too short to not wake up happy on Mondays and has been featured as LinkedIn's Top 10 Voices to follow in Career & Job Searching for 2022. As the creator of her ultimate job search course, Happily Hired Formula, Emily not only provides the strategies to make any career transition possible but also coaches them through building a positive self-image to go after their biggest dreams.

Get her free masterclass training: 7 Steps to Make a Wildly Successful Career Transition

Connect with her on LinkedIn

Follow her on Instagram

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: How to tell if you have career trauma (November 2021)

The new way of finding your dream job with AJ Mizes (April 2021)

Navigating a toxic workplace with Stacy Campesi (February 2021)

Side Chat: Why dating & job searching are the same thing (March 2020)

A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

There is nothing either good or bad, but thinking makes it so.”

Just quoting some casual Hamlet at you today! But hey, the Bard was right—most of what we perceive as good or bad, right or wrong isn’t set in stone. How we decide to label things matters.

And maybe it’s not so much our thoughts that are the problem, but our thoughts about our thoughts.

On that philosophical note we’re diving into a brand-new Side Chat. Listen in as we get into…

  • A conundrum a client brought up recently—should she heed the impulse to burn everything down and start over, or mistrust that desire?
  • Signs your thoughts are untrustworthy and unhealthy
  • And what to do if you can’t figure out whether to trust your thoughts or not

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this mind-bender resonated with you!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content, and … monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Alyx), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, you’ll be able to join us for a monthly community meetup on Sunday, February 20 at 4pm EST. This month we’re doing a group meditation focused on self-love!

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Burn This: Labeling emotions “good” or “bad” (June 2020)

Side Chat: A mind-blowing, time-bending analogy (May 2020)

Side Chat: Problem transfiguration (November 2019)

Side Chat: 7 signs that you’re in denial (September 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Ever seen The Tower card show up in a tarot reading? In the classic image, lighting strikes the top of a stone structure while two people hurtle through midair, falling toward the rocks below.

Yeahhh, so, it’s admittedly not anyone’s favorite. It heralds shocking change, chaos, and things crumbling around you. But … sometimes, you’re trapped in the tower. And the only way to liberate you is for it to fall apart.

My former client, Samantha, had a series of “tower moments” a couple years ago that sent her careening onto an entirely new life path.

Listen in to this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, as Samantha and I dive into…

  • The waves of chaos and grief she struggled through, including natural disasters, the pandemic, the loss of an old friend, and the end of a long-term romantic partnership.
  • How experiencing so much turmoil, back to back, affected her outlook on life.
  • How, inspired by Elizabeth Gilbert’s story of coming back to life after heartbreak, she created her own version of the Eat, Pray, Love journey … while stuck in lockdown, unable to travel anywhere.

This one will give you a renewed appreciation for the resilience of the human spirit, and leave you a little more hopeful, especially if you’re going through your own “tower moment” right now.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Samantha’s story resonates with you!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content, and … monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Alyx), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, get excited because we’re doing another quarterly Krachel Zoom hangout on Thursday, February 17 at 7pm EST!

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Taking a year-long sabbatical from work with Francine Mends (January 2022)

Finding a new job in 24 hours with Christina Hart (January 2021)

Side Chat: Is it not working? Or is it not working yet? (November 2020)

Magic 8-Ball: The grief of transitions (April 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Holly, whose business partner is her total opposite. She’s upset about something that could negatively impact their business, but he can’t see what the problem is. How can she get him to take her concerns—and her feelings—seriously?
  • Stacy, who’s recently been told by a potential romantic partner that they “need time to love themselves” before they can love her. What advice do we have for someone waiting on another person to be ready for a relationship?
  • Alex, a parent with a job that leaves plenty of time to spend with their toddler—but that’s the only good thing it. Alex’s partner (and even their therapist!) says not to go looking for another job, because what if the next one isn’t as flexible? Should Alex try to be happy with the job they already have? And if so … how?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LAST DAY FOR 1:1 COACHING!

Today, Friday, February 4 is the final day of our current 1:1 coaching enrollment window!

  • If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • Now is a GREAT time to decide to do coaching because next time around (later in the spring/early summer) our coaching rates are going up significantly!
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.
  • If you’re seeing this after February 4, you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

And if you want to hear more about how coaching with us works, check out our episode from October 2020: Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll talk about it!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception — you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But honing your intuition can take time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

So, in that spirit, here’s another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from the classic Rider-Waite tarot deck. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

As usual, the messages were BANG ON. You’re going to want to hear this one. 😉

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each! And after you listen, come leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you.

1:1 COACHING IS BACK!

If you need more guidance than one half-hour message from the universe episode can give you, then you’re in luck because…

One-on-one coaching is open for enrollment NOW through Friday, February 4! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’re only taking on about 10-15 people, max, this time! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • Now is a GREAT time to decide to do coaching because next time around (later in the spring/early summer) our coaching rates are going up significantly!
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

And if you want to hear more about how coaching with us works, check out our episode from October 2020: Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Last month during the side chat where we processed 2021, I shared that one of the big lessons I got hit with (and am very much still trying to learn) was about pain. Namely, that just because you’re in pain doesn’t mean that something is going wrong.

The more Kristen and I mulled that one over, the more obvious it became that we needed to have a whole separate conversation about it to do the thing justice!

So, in this month’s side chat we’re getting into …

  • When is pain necessary vs. unnecessary?
  • Where’s the line between pain, suffering, and plain old torture? And how do we end up torturing ourselves without meaning to?
  • How to use pain and turmoil as a catalyst for growth, rather than end up stagnating in it.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you!

1:1 COACHING IS BACK!

If some of the pain you’ve found yourself in lately is of the “confused, overwhelmed, lost, no idea what to do with myself” variety, then you’re in luck, because …

One-on-one coaching is open for enrollment NOW through Friday, February 4! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small number of clients this time — around 10-15, max!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in January or February.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

And if you want to hear more about how coaching with us works, check out our episode from October, 2020: Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Two big questions to help process your year (& the year ahead) (December 2021)

Bonus Side Chat: How to create light at the end of the tunnel (February 2021)

Side Chat: Is it not working? Or is it not working YET? (November 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Francine Mends’ life is unrecognizable from several years ago when she was feeling trapped and miserable in her highly specialized field of neuroradiology, with no escape in sight.

After a series of personal tragedies that emotionally shook her to her core, she decided to finally make some serious (and scary) changes in her life, including doing something she never imagined she could do: take a year-long sabbatical from work.

Since then, she’s quit her job, lived internationally, worked as a digital nomad, and started her own business.

Listen in to this replay interview with a normal person from 2019 that’s even more relevant now than it was back then! You’ll hear Kristen and Francine talk about…

  • How she broke through her self-imposed limitations to finally make big life changes that she never imagined she could make.
  • How she was able to take a year-long sabbatical from work to travel the world and get right within herself.
  • Once she realized she wanted to work for herself, how she figured out what business to start.
  • Her criteria for choosing a bridge job to support her new business, without sacrificing her newfound freedom.
  • What advice she wishes she could give her past self or anyone who’s feeling trapped in a career they don’t love.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Francine’s story resonated with you.

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again next Friday, January 21st! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small number of clients this time — probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in January or February.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

And if you want to hear more about how coaching with us works, check out our episode from October, 2020: Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

MORE ABOUT FRANCINE

Francine doesn’t have a passion. At least not in the traditional sense. She’s curious, and embracing her passionless curiosity has made coping with life’s uncertainties (like breaking her collarbone in Myanmar) tolerable and even fun.

As a recovering perfectionist, a recovering physician, a writer, and a formerly shy person, Francine loves hearing people’s stories and sharing lessons from her journey. Although she is currently nomadic, having last lived in Portugal, her heart is firmly planted in NYC. She relishes not having to wake up early, eating freshly made guacamole, and listening to water sounds (including but not limited to waterfalls, fountains, ocean waves).

Francine is the founder of Evolving Conversations, a platform for anyone who loves deep thought and deep conversation and wishes it was easier to make better connections in their everyday lives. She firmly believes that you can talk deeply about anything, and she helps other do so on her site Evolving Conversations (onevolving.com). She’s on Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter at Onevolving. You can also find her on Medium, where she regularly writes guest posts that are the stimuli for the deep, provocative conversations she loves to have with people in her growing community.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Ghosting your job with Lana Jackson (May 2018)

How to work less, live more, and make great money with Katie Mongelli (July 2018)

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Higher Thoughts, who’s in a “mental breakdown, rock bottom, everything spiral out of control” phase … how do they regain focus and positivity when everything is falling apart?
  • Tasha, whose passion is cooking and whose dream is to open her own restaurant. But she’s done research into what it takes to become a chef, and the low pay, long hours, and weekend work is making her think again. Should she pursue her dream anyway and ignore the disadvantages?
  • Loving Shiny Objects, who can’t seem to stop bouncing from one amazing opportunity to the next, often before they finish the last thing they started. How do they tame their incessant fascination with everything and actually decide what to pursue?

We also got an update from Murphy’s Law, a listener who wrote us back in April of last year when she was in a phase where everything was going wrong—listen in to hear how things turned out!

And come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

CHECK OUT OUR FREE E-BOOKS!

At the end of the episode you’ll hear us mention one of our free e-books: AM I DOING ‘LIFE’ RIGHT? Wisdom, relief, & tough love for getting through difficult times. Find that, and the other three e-books, here!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Passion Profiles & The scale of ambition (October 2021)

Dear Krachel: Tell me how to stop thinking, “This will never happen!” (May 2021)

Dear Krachel: How do I ask people to meet my needs? (April 2021)

Dear Krachel: Will I regret pursuing a career that’s not aligned with my Passion Profile? (December 2020)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

First things first – Happy birthday to Kristen!! We know how I feel about birthdays, but Kristen is the Tiny Tim to my Ebenezer Scrooge, so feel free to celebrate her and congratulate her on getting older as much as you want today!

And if you want a deal that even Scrooge couldn’t find fault with, then by all means, scroll down.

Now, allow us to move on to the last podcast episode of this year! And what a year it’s been, hmm? How ever will we process it? Or prepare for 2022? I mean, aren’t most of us still trying to process 2020?!

So, listen in as we share two questions to help you process what you learned this year, and set you up for more growth in the year ahead. We talked about:

  • Giving yourself credit for not just what you learned, but what you actually mastered in the last year.
  • Pinpointing what you still need to work on in the year ahead.
  • And plenty of stories of what we mastered, what we’re still struggling to integrate, and how we intend to move ahead in 2022.

This one will give you a lot of food for thought (maybe even a whole Christmas goose’s worth??). At the very least, the ghosts of your years’ past shouldn’t haunt you too much anymore after this one. And as for the years yet to come? Well, revel in the spirit of the season and delight in the fact that…

TODAY IS THE LAST DAY OF OUR HOLIDAY PROMO!

Today, Friday the 17th, is the last day to take advantage of our special discount on the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day.

Until the end of today, the course is 30% off its usual price ($174 instead of $249). No discount code needed! The price is automatically lower on our site.

The PPSC is our quickest, easiest, and most affordable way to stop stagnating. Because it's only 5 hours, it's not overwhelming or a huge commitment. We know a HUGE reason that people never get started is because the task feels so unmanageable ... that's why we've tried to make it as simple (but powerful!) as possible.

This course is ideal for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour, video-based DIY course with workbook prompts).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You loved your Passion Profile Quiz result and want your life to actually align with what you read.

Check out all the details and buy the course here!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Special Episode! Why Kristen just got a JOB (July 2021)

Bonus Side Chat: How to create a light at the end of the tunnel (February 2021)

Dear Krachel: I lost ALL the progress I thought I’d made. What now?! (January 2021)

Side Chat: End-of-2020 Confessions (December 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Six months ago, my friend (and former client) Alex and I embarked on an adventure: Me quitting a part-time gig, and her quitting a full-time job.

We had one thing in common: No real plans for what happened next.

It was the start of what’s become a very interesting, surprising, rollercoaster of a journey … and I thought I’d let you in on it.

Alex and I originally recorded this episode for the Clarity on Fire Patreon Community, but today we’re gifting it to all of you (happy holidays, I guess?!). In fact, it’s the first episode in a series — every 3 months, we get back together and talk about how the most recent leg of the quitting journey has gone.

So, listen in as Alex and I get into…

  • How to sense when it’s time to cut your losses.
  • Why sometimes the only way you can get something better is by quitting before you have another job lined up.
  • The inevitable guilt and freak-outs that happen after making this huge of a decision, and how to navigate those big feelings.
  • Our ideas for what we thought we’d do next (funny, given some of it happened and some definitely didn’t).

Want to hear the next two episodes in my quitting series with Alex? Become a member of our Patreon for bonus content, monthly community events, quarterly Zooms with Krachel, and a private Discord server!

OUR HOLIDAY PROMO IS GOING ON NOW!

Now through Friday, December 17, we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did this time last year! We’ve got two treats for you:

  • Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 30% off its usual price ($174 instead of $249). No discount code needed! The price is automatically lower on our site.

  • Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer single sessions to former clients, but this option will be open to everyone for a very limited time (we only have about 10 sessions, and when they’re gone, they’re gone).

Whichever (or both!) you choose will be an excellent way to get out of your own way and get some momentum going for 2022. Enjoy!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Blog: Why you don’t need to feel guilty about quitting your job (April 2019)

Blog: How to know when it’s time to quit (a job, or anything else) (May 2019)

Bonus Side Chat: All of the (embarrassing) things we’ve quit (October 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Dates-ed & Confused, who’s been dating a guy for a few weeks and is already thinking about ending it. But are their reasons good enough? So much of the relationship advice floating around says no person is perfect. How do you tell what’s reasonable to expect and what isn’t, and whose advice do we actually listen to?
  • Holly, who just got a job in a very niche field. She knows she’s being underpaid, but is finding it hard to do research about how much to ask for. How can she figure out what she’s worth and make a good case, when there’s so little information to go off of?
  • Second Bestie, who’s feeling down about the fact that the person she calls her best friend wouldn’t say the same about her, in return. How can she make peace with the idea that such an important relationship isn’t mutual?

And come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

HAPPY HOLIDAYS FROM US TO YOU!

Starting next Wednesday, December 8, through Friday, December 17, we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did this time last year! We’ve got two treats for you:

  • Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 30% off its usual price ($174 instead of $249). No discount code needed! The price will be automatically lower on our site.

  • Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer single sessions to former clients, but this option will be open to everyone for a very limited time (we only have about 10 sessions, and when they’re gone, they’re gone).

Either of these will be a simple and super helpful way to rid yourself of some 2021 gunk and gear up for a much better 2022. ☺

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Stop being reasonable! (May 2021)

How to negotiate anything (even if you’re a people pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

The new way of finding your dream job with AJ Mizes (April 2021)

Dear Krachel: Should I do a job I hate for a few years (for the money)? (March 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception — you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But honing your intuition can take time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

So, in that spirit, here’s another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from our usual favorite, The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

We mixed things up and got … interesting results. You’re going to want to hear this one. 😉

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each! And after you listen, come leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you.

OUR HOLIDAY PROMO IS COMING SOON!

2020 was a YEAR, 2021 has also been a year, and you deserve something nice! So, heads up: From Wednesday, December 8 – Friday, December 17, we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did this time last year! You’ll be able to…

  • Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 30% off its usual price ($174 instead of $249). No discount code needed! The price will be automatically lower on our site.

  • Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’ll be opening this option up to everyone for a very limited time (we only have about 10 sessions, and when they’re gone, they’re gone).

We hope it’ll be a simple and super helpful way to rid yourself of some 2021 gunk and gear up for a much better 2022. ☺ Stay tuned for when it’s available in a couple weeks!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Lately we’ve had multiple clients share a worrying pattern. It goes something like, “I can’t stop ruminating on this awful experience I had at work. I obsess over it constantly. It’s really affecting my mood, energy, performance, and confidence.”

If you’ve had a bad romantic relationship—maybe an ex who said nasty things to your face, or who would scream at you at the drop of a hat, or who neglected your needs and then gaslit you into thinking you were crazy for having needs in the first place—you get to call it what it is. Namely, unhealthy, toxic, traumatic, even abusive.

But when these things happen at work (and they do happen at work, all the time) … we often don’t call it any of that. We often think we aren’t allowed to have feelings, at all, because we’re at work.

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat, Kristen and I are getting frank and talking about workplace trauma, namely:

  • What “counts” as traumatic when you’re in a work setting
  • Signs that you might be struggling with some form of work trauma
  • When to speak up or just plain leave a toxic work situation
  • How to heal from this kind of experience

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your stories of unhealthy work environments (we know you’ve got them).

KEEP YOUR EYES PEELED FOR OUR HOLIDAY PROMO

2020 was a YEAR, 2021 has also been a year, and you deserve something nice! So, heads up: From Wednesday, December 8 – Friday, December 17, we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did this time last year! You’ll be able to …

  • Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 30% off its usual price ($174 instead of $249). No discount code needed! Price will be automatically lower on our site.

  • Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’ll be opening this option up to everyone for a very limited time (we only have about 10 sessions, and when they’re gone, they’re gone).

We hope it’ll be a simple and super helpful way to rid yourself of some 2021 gunk and gear up for a much better 2022. ☺ Stay tuned for when it’s available in a few weeks!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Blog: Why everything can get easier when you get a bridge job (June 2019)

Side Chat: When your feelings are ignored, scorned, & gaslit (January 2020)

Side Chat: Why dating & job searching are the same thing (March 2020)

Burn This: Sacrificing your health for a job (May 2020)

Navigating a toxic workplace with Stacy Campesi (February 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Hello again, friends! I’ve returned with more Forever Alone … but not Season 2 (yet). Instead, I’m here with something special.

Most of what I shared in Season 1 was very thorough. I said exactly what I needed to say, and have nothing left to add. But there’s one thing I wasn’t able to go into enough depth about, because I had too much to say and my opinions weren’t essential to the story—and that’s what I’m here to dig into now.

So, join in for this bonus chapter in which I don my coaching hat (beribboned bonnet? jaunty fascinator?) and dole out opinions, advice, and general musings on how (and whether) to use dating apps without losing your mind.

As always, I love hearing all of your comments and reactions, so after you’ve listened, leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site.

NEW TO FOREVER ALONE?

If you have no idea what I’m talking about, never fear! Forever Alone: One millennial’s half-agonizing, half-hopeful journey through singledom is my 7-part miniseries podcast I released back in August.

Yes, it chronicles my seemingly never-ending experience as a single person, but it’s about so much more than that. Give it a listen if you really want something and can’t, for the life of you, figure out how to get it.

If you haven’t listened to Chapter 1, you can go back and start here, since these are meant to be listened to in order. I’d also be thrilled if you left a 5-star rating and review, wherever you listen!

As always, you can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Dee, who recently went through a tough breakup with someone that she thought was “it.” She’s someone who’s cautious and does her vetting before getting into a relationship, so she’s upset about not seeing this coming. How can she trust herself in the future when she gets a “knowing” about someone?
  • Chelsea, who serves us up a philosophical question about … questions. Namely, how to ask good ones. If finding life’s big answers depends on asking good questions, then how do we ask questions that actually get us somewhere, rather than spiraling into anxiety loops and making no progress?
  • Serena, who’s been looking for a job for a while, and recently got offered an 8/10. It’s OK, but it’s not exactly what she wants … and now she feels guilty for saying no. How can she move past the fear that it’s ungrateful if she doesn’t accept something less than what she really wants?

And come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Side Chat: What happens when your intuition is wrong? (July 2020)

Side Chat: How to spot a red, green, or yellow flag (February 2021)

Side Chat: Balancing the mind, body, & soul (July 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode we’re diving into Effortless: Make It Easier to Do What Matters Most by Greg McKeown, author of the mega-bestseller Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less.

We’ve got a LOT to say about this book. If you’ve been following along with the episodes we’ve been doing this year about masculine & feminine energy, you’re going to find this conversation very interesting!

Listen in as we dive into…

  • How to achieve more because you’re at ease (not in spite of it)
  • Strategies for making it easier to focus, making critical work easier to do, and getting the highest return on the least possible effort
  • Why it’s your responsibility to relax, and why you’ll still get better results (and enjoy your life way more) when you slow down

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how this conversation resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

Finding a new job in 24 hours with Christina Hart (January 2021)

The feminine energy experiment with Carolyn Canonica (May 2021)

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

Learning to let go of control with Diana La Femina (September 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

At the very end of Chapter 7 of Forever Alone (tiny spoiler alert, I guess!), I said:

We don’t all have the same amount of ambition in every area of life, and that’s OK. Some of us are perfectly content with a small, modest townhouse: Comfortable, safe, not flashy, but warm and homey. Honestly, my career ambitions are probably somewhere in that realm—it matters to me, but it’s not where my big, big dreams have ever lived. But man, I’ve got skyscraper ambitions when it comes to love. And I’m not talking some ugly thing that doesn’t even win skyscraper of the year award in Architectural Digest. It’s gotta be beautiful and impressive and very much larger than life. I think I might have more ambition in love than just about anyone I know.

I’ve been sitting with this and thinking about it so much that I decided it deserved more than just a single paragraph of attention.

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat Kristen and I are digging into …

  • How Passion Profiles show up outside of your career—in relationships, family, and more
  • Examples of how our Passion Profiles differ between business and personal life
  • Why it’s OK to have varying levels of ambition across different areas of your life
  • And of course, our ongoing debate on how many men Kristen would have to meet before she’d marry one of them (I say 25, she disagrees)

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what your scale of ambition across the different areas of your life!

P.S. We’re taking a short podcasting break while I’m jaunting around the UK, so we’ll see you again on Friday the 29th for our Bonus Book Club episode about Effortless! Until then, if you get bored, pull up Clarity on Fire on your podcast feed, close your eyes, and scroll until you feel the urge to stop—consider that the episode you needed to listen to. ;)

WANT TO READ A WITCHY BOOK WITH US?

The Clarity on Fire Community is hosting a book club on Sunday, October 24, at 7:00pm EST! This month, in honor of the season, we’re reading a novel—The Nature of Witches—and getting together to discuss it.

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content, access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Alyx), quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel, and Discord server where members chat in depth!

Become a patron, here!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Sorting Harry Potter characters by Passion Profile (2019)

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (June 2018)

Side Chat: Does life purpose even exist? (January 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’m as guilty as anyone else of saying that I value creativity, but then as soon as life gets busy, it’s the first thing I throw on the backburner.

It doesn’t help that many of us got the message (from our parents, from society at large, from wherever) that creativity in adulthood is kind of frivolous and should, at best, be relegated to a side hobby.

Whenever I find myself ignoring my creative side in favor of more “productive” things, I try to remember this quote from Brené Brown:

“Creativity has to be cultivated. Unused creativity is not benign. It metastasizes. It turns into grief, rage, judgment, sorrow, shame. We are by nature creative. It gets lost along the way.”

Kara Guilfoyle can attest to just how true this is! After years of working herself into exhaustion in the intense, fast-paced, emotionally exhausting medical world, she finally realized that the best way to heal her burnout and make her feel whole again was to reignite her artistic side.

Listen in as I ask Kara about her evolving relationship with her creativity, including...

  • How and why her creative side got shut down when she “grew up,”
  • Her view of the healing power of creativity (you’ll want to hear her description — it’s beautiful!),
  • Her struggles with procrastination and the many ways she’s learned to overcome it,
  • How the “menu approach” opened up a whole new world of creative freedom for her,
  • And her advice for anyone who’s craving more creativity, but is feeling stuck on how to prioritize it.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Kara’s story resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT KARA GUILFOYLE

Kara Guilfoyle is a reformed workaholic, former Pediatric ICU nurse and Sexual Assault Forensic Examiner who sought healing and refuge in art. She is on a journey of tapping into her divine feminine and expanding her creative self. She is a highly sensitive, INFJ, Thriver and Side-Hustler fascinated with cultural anthropology, horticulture, and a love of all things witchy and woo. She has been informed by her nursing students that she is a Ravenclaw. She is currently working as a Nurse Practitioner in a primary care clinic serving uninsured adults in Los Angeles and is considering getting a dog.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

I can't believe this is my life with Solange Luftman

Making space in your life (when you don't believe it's possible) with Anna Gore

Stop regretting & start creating with Todd Searle

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

Bonus Book Club! The Artist's Way by Julia Cameron

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Jane, who wants to encourage more feminine energy in the workplace, but is running up against an issue. How do you communicate the idea of feminine energy to male co-workers who don’t get it, and who might find their masculinity threatened?
  • Yuba Love, who quit her old job, moved to a new state, a recently started a new job in a completely different industry. But, in taking the job, she also took a BIG step backward in salary. How can she silence the inner critic that’s mad she isn’t making more money, and see this new job as the potential big opportunity it is?

We also got an update from Tribe of One, a listener whose question we answered back in November 2020. Find out what happened when she confronted those important people she was convinced disliked her!

And come leave a comment after you’ve listened to how our advice for these listeners resonated with you.

FOREVER ALONE IS OFFICIALLY DONE!

All seven episodes of Forever Alone, Rachel’s miniseries about her journey through singledom, are now available for listening. Get to binging, if you haven’t yet, and share with your friends (especially the single ones) who need some uplifting!

And if you’ve listened to the whole series and haven’t left a 5-star rating and review, it would delight her if you’d take a minute and do that today!

As always, you can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

WANT TO READ A WITCHY BOOK WITH US?

The Clarity on Fire Community is hosting a book club on Sunday, October 24 at 7:00pm EST! This month, in honor of the season, we’re going to be reading a witchy novel together and getting together to discuss it.

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content, access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Alyx), quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel, and Discord server where members chat in depth!

Become a patron, here!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

How to negotiate anything (even if you’re a people pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

Dear Krachel: I’m convinced someone important doesn’t like me (November 2020)

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Well, dear listener, we’ve arrived. The grand finale (and I do mean grand … this one’s a full HOUR long) of Forever Alone! Thank you for joining me on this journey. It’s truly been one of the most fun, gratifying things I’ve ever done. I might be prouder of this seven-part series than anything I’ve ever done with Clarity on Fire! (But don’t tell Kristen).

So, tune in one more time and enjoy Chapter 7: Stories & Skyscrapers, in which I…

  • Consult with a fictional Board of Directors,
  • Download Hinge,
  • Go on a date with a hot man,
  • And finally answer the question I posed at the beginning of this tale.

I’ve loved hearing all of your comments and reactions, so after you’ve listened, leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site.

And if you’ve listened to this whole series and haven’t left a 5-star rating and review, it would delight me to no end if you’d take a minute and do that today!

As always, you can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT ENDS TODAY!

Today, Wednesday the 29th, is the LAST day we’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients. A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • This is for people interested in getting started in the next month or so.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • The next time we’re doing coaching enrollment is in 2022!
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception — you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But honing your intuition can take time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

So, in that spirit, here’s another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

This one made us SCREAM, so definitely come find out why. 😉

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each! And after you listen, come leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you.

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS HAPPENING NOW!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients now through Wednesday, September 29! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small amount of clients this time—probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you can believe it, we’ve reached the penultimate chapter of Forever Alone! And it wouldn’t be an epic story if there wasn’t an intense ramp up to a big season finale, hmm?

So, tune in to Chapter 6: Covid & Copping out, in which I …

  • Get called out so hard I break out in cold sweats
  • Offend people at a wedding
  • Surprise myself by getting a job
  • And rant like my life depends on it

You know I love hearing your reactions, so after you’ve listened, leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site!

As always, this episode is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but I’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there!

And of course, if you haven’t yet, It would mean a lot if you’d leave a 5-star rating and review! You can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS HAPPENING NOW!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients now through Wednesday, September 29! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small amount of clients this time—probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’ve gotta admit, there’s something fun about those “what do you eat in a day?” or “what’s in your bag?” videos that you’ll often find celebrities doing on YouTube. Of course, I highly doubt what’s being curated for YouTube is real — their bags are probably a whole lot more embarrassing, and their food choices more realistic, than what you see online.

Kristen and I are about as far from celebrities as you can get, but there can still be a bit of a ~mystique~ around people you don’t really know, IRL. In the past 3.5 years, we’ve published over 300 episodes of the podcast! And if you didn’t know any better, you might think that we’ve somehow managed to integrate every bit of wisdom from each of them.

But much like a famous chef with a glossy cookbook who rarely makes those meals (and eats oatmeal for breakfast every day instead), we definitely aren’t always walking our talk!

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re getting into what the two of us actually do every day for our mental health. We got into…

  • Kristen’s recent revelation about ADHD, and how it’s changed her for the better.
  • The one thing Rachel stopped doing that made her outlook on life a lot rosier.
  • The simple things we’re both doing — and the things we’re giving ourselves permission not to do — to stay mostly well-adjusted.

And if you want more in-depth discussions about mental health, you should definitely hop on over to Patreon! Rachel did a deep dive earlier this year about anxiety & depression, and Kristen recently shared more about the discovery of her ADHD.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what you do every day for your mental health!

ENROLLMENT IS OPEN FOR 1:1 COACHING!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients starting today through Wednesday, September 29! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small number of clients this time — probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Burn This: Labeling emotions as “good” or “bad” (June 2020)

Blog: Are you an internal or external processor? (July 2020)

Side Chat: The anger infomercial (August 2020)

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re all caught up with Forever Alone, what did you think about all those crazy Universe stories I told last week??

This week we’re on to Chapter 5: Highlands & High Expectations, in which I…

  • Encounter a hot Scottish man on a train,
  • Zero in on a future mother-in-law,
  • Break up with the Universe,
  • And finally drag myself to therapy.

This might be my favorite episode so far, so if you want to share your reaction with me, you can leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site!

As always, this episode is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but I’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there!

And of course, if you haven’t yet, It would mean a lot if you’d leave a 5-star rating and review! You can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again this Friday, September 17! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small number of clients this time — probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I once told Kristen, and I quote, “I’d rather my life be harder and more complicated than necessary, but still happen on my terms, rather than it be easier but not go the way I’ve envisioned.” Charming, I know!

What can I say? I’m a Hermione-Granger type know-it-all with a penchant to grab onto something and insist that I know when, how, and why it’s supposed to happen … and then get indignant when it doesn’t go my, naturally.

Wouldn’t it be easier to, I dunno, release control over the unknown and chill out? Yes! It would. But that’s not as easy as it sounds, which is why I’ll never stop having conversations about how to let go—I need constant reminders. And I suspect you do, too.

So, in this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, tune in as I chat with Diana, a former-client-turned-friend, about how she learned to let go of control. We got into…

  • Why Diana was tripping up on how to put the concept of feminine energy into practice.
  • How an early experience with chronic illness created her particular brand of stressing out and trying to control everything.
  • Her truly labyrinthine career journey—She’s been a rare books librarian, worked on Wall Street, and is now in marketing! (Just in case you didn’t believe reinventing yourself was possible).
  • The shift she experienced just last month that finally helped her get out of a toxic job and into a new one, practically overnight.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Diana’s take on

ARE YOU LISTENING TO FOREVER ALONE?

We’re halfway through Forever Alone, Rachel’s seven-part miniseries about her journey through singledom!

The show is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but we’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there (then hit her up with a 5-star rating and review, of course) wherever you get your podcasts: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube.

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again next Friday, September 17! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small amount of clients this time—probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

Finding a new job in 24 hours with Christina Hart (January 2021)

The feminine energy experiment with Carolyn Canonica (May 2021)

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’m back with another episode of Forever Alone—we’ve officially passed the halfway point in this story! And things are only getting deeper, wilder, and weirder from here. So, dive on into Chapter 4: Signs and Synchronicity, in which I…

  • Question the existence of God, and have some epic panic attacks
  • Flirt aggressively with a boy dressed as Jesus
  • Discover a higher power I can actually get down with
  • Develop remarkably witch-like powers of intuition

This episode is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but I’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there! And of course, hit me up with a 5-star rating and review. You can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

And if you want to share your reaction to this episode, you can leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site!

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Friday, September 17! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small amount of clients this time—probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • A Huge Fan Forever, who’s been offered a new job that seems great, but is really nervous considering they got let go a few years ago. Are the nerves a sign they should pause and reconsider, or just a symptom of being burned once before?
  • Brie, who listened to our Side Chat from this month about why you don’t need motivation, as well as our Side Chat from last month about how to actually do feminine energy—but now she’s confused! How can it be true that you can’t wait for motivation to strike while being more passive and allowing things to happen naturally?
  • Theresa, whose family’s extreme political beliefs enrage her. As someone new to speaking up for herself, how does she push back on the crazy stuff her family believes?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

ARE YOU LISTENING TO FOREVER ALONE?

We’re three episodes in to Forever Alone, Rachel’s seven-part miniseries about her journey through singledom!

They’re available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but we’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there (then hit her up with a 5-star rating and review, of course) wherever you get your podcasts: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube.

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Friday, September 17! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on a small amount of clients this time—probably fewer than 10!
  • This is for people interested in getting started in September or October.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Blog: Stop going to the hardware store for milk (November 2018)

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

Side Chat: Why you don’t need motivation (August 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Last week I took you on a journey through the heartbreak and awkwardness of high school and college—I know I made at least one of you cry, so I consider that a success—and now we’re onto Chapter 3 of Forever Alone and (dramatic pause) adulthood.

And if you thought becoming an adult made me any more clear, confident, or “together” than I was as a teenager, you’d be very mistaken. Here’s a preview of what you’re about to hear:

  • That time Kristen and I weren’t on good terms for 8 months
  • Bringing home the Puppy From Hell (sorry, Scarlett) and why it woke me up
  • Getting back together with an ex-boyfriend … oops
  • Quitting my job and running out of money … bigger oops

This episode is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but I’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there! And of course, hit me up with a 5-star rating and review. You can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

And if you want to share your reaction to this episode, you can leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site!

Haven’t listened to Chapter 1 yet? You can go back and start here, since these are meant to be listened to in order!

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re anything like us, we’re pretty sure you loooove a good personality assessment. There’s nothing quite like getting your geek on with something that cracks a new code on the human experience.

We’ve been hearing a lot about Human Design for the past couple years—from clients, friends, and fellow coaches—but we hadn’t done any deeper digging yet. So instead of try to read about it online (and end up overwhelmed and confused … which we quickly did) we invited an expert to teach us what we need to know!

Listen in as Rachel and Human Design expert Sara Bacon get into…

  • What Human Design actually is and how it works
  • The five basic types you could possibly be, and how common/rare each is
  • How each of the five types processes information and makes decisions
  • The hang-ups and growth areas you might experience in life (we talked about career and dating examples!) according to your type
  • Where to get started to make Human Design feel more approachable

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your type, if you know it, and how Sara’s wisdom resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT SARA

Sara Bacon is the co-founder of Hi*Def Humans – a place for people to learn how to return to the most vibrant version of themselves – where she's the resident Human Design expert and inner voice coach. She's a lover of fancy dinner parties, dancing at dive bars, laying by pools, and all things sparkly; but most of all believes she is here to help others more deeply enjoy their lives. She is currently doing this by teaching people how to get in touch with their personal intuition and desires via Human Design readings, guides, and her latest offering of Sovereign & Satisfied: A 6-week group course for Generators and Manifesting Generators who want to take their Human Design deeper and learn how to apply it to every aspect of creating their dream life.

TUNE INTO FOREVER ALONE!

In case you missed it, the first two episodes of Forever Alone, Rachel’s seven-part miniseries about her journey through singledom, have droppe!

They’re available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but we’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there (then hit her up with a 5-star rating and review, of course) wherever you get your podcasts: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August 2019)

Side Chat: Enneagram Soul Child Theory (February 2020)

Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel (August 2018)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Thank you all so much for the outpouring of support, comments, and love I got last week for my birthday and the release of Forever Alone! I’ve had SO much fun putting this out into the world, and hearing your feedback has been the cherry on top.

I’m back this week with Chapter 2: Proms & Palpitations—where I’m dialing it back to 2002 and pressing play on my relationship history, starting with high school. I got into…

  • How a first heartbreak can define how you see yourself, and your future relationship patterns, LONG after your wounds have healed.
  • The inception of me thinking my mental health was something a boy could solve.
  • Fracturing into two people—a girl who bought into love and fantasy and an adult who believed in practicality and checking the right boxes.
  • Why it became so easy for me to believe you can’t “have it all” with one person.

This episode is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but I’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there! And of course, hit me up with a 5-star rating and review. You can find Forever Alone on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, YouTube, among other places you listen to podcasts.

And if you want to share your reaction to this episode, you can leave a comment here or DM me on the Forever Alone site!

Haven’t listened to Chapter 1 yet? You can go back and start here, since these are meant to be listened to in order!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A couple weeks ago one of my client’s asked, “Why is it so hard to get myself to do things that I KNOW are good for me? I really do want to eat healthy, exercise, not sit on the couch binging Netflix for hours after work … but finding the motivation is so hard. How do I get motivated??”

To which I replied, “How about we start by NOT trying to find motivation?”

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat, Kristen and I are diving into the perils of relying on motivation to get things done. We talked about …

  • Why we should all probably delete “motivation” from our vocabulary, in general
  • A much better, and more reliable, source of fuel for getting important things done … that will propel you whether or not you “feel like it” in the moment
  • How we can apply this new strategy to all the big areas of life – health, fitness, relationships, work, creativity, and more!

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share where in your life you’ve decided to toss out motivation!

FOREVER ALONE IS HERE!

In case you missed it, the first episode of Forever Alone, Rachel’s seven-part miniseries about her journey through singledom, dropped on Wednesday!

It’s available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but we’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there (then hit her up with a 5-star rating and review, of course) wherever you get your podcasts: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Balancing the mind, body, & soul (July 2021)

Healing the worthiness wound with Thais Sky (October 2019)

Side Chat: The secret to overcoming your deepest, most secret blocks (May 2019)

Blog: Being a good parent … to yourself (November 2015)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s Rachel’s birthday! And if you’ve been following along, you know that also means that today she’s giving herself, and you, a big gift … the first chapter of Forever Alone: One introverted millennial’s half-agonizing, half-hopeful journey through singledom.

I’ve watched her pour a ton of time and energy into this—it’s been a true labor of love! I’m just as excited as you to listen in (because she hasn’t let me yet, haha).

Even though I haven’t heard it yet, I know for sure it’s going to be relevant to more than just single folks (though you should definitely share with your single friends). Knowing Rachel, she’s found a way to make it hit home for just about anyone who wants something that they haven’t yet figured out how to get. And also knowing Rachel, it’ll be funny and snarky and poignant and inspiring, in equal measure.

I asked her to give me a preview of what’s in this chapter, and she said she’s getting into:

  • The difference between seeing her singledom as her “fault” vs. her “responsibility”
  • Why wanting love is different than not wanting to be alone
  • The first movie that broke her heart, and all the couples she’s been obsessed with over the years
  • Her inner debate over whether her expectations and standards are too high
  • …and a LOT more.

This episode is available on the Clarity on Fire podcast feed, but we’d love it if you subscribed to the Forever Alone feed and listened there (then hit her up with a 5-star rating and review, of course) wherever you get your podcasts: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Stitcher, Google Play, Amazon, and YouTube.

You can also hit reply to this email to wish Rachel a happy birthday, or you can comment or send her a direct message on the Forever Alone site, if you want to share your reaction to Chapter 1!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

So … I did a thing. A BIG thing. And since it’s my (well, our) podcast, I’m allowed to make Kristen interview me about the big thing I’ve done. ;)

Back in January, when Kristen and I were trying out (and massively resisting) The Artist’s Way, an idea fell nearly fully formed, into my lap:

I want to create my own podcast about my ridiculously long, weird, confusing, painstaking journey through singledom. I knew immediately how I wanted it to sound, what stories I wanted to tell, what the art could look like, what the chapters would be called … I just needed to sit down and actually make it.

The idea was so potent that it wouldn’t let me sleep, for nights in a row, until I started writing it all down—it poured out, almost faster than I could keep up with.

I’ve been working on it in fits and bursts ever since, and next Wednesday, August 18—my birthday, as a matter of fact—I’m dropping the first episode of my new miniseries, Forever Alone: One introverted millennial’s half-agonizing, half-hopeful journey through singledom.

Kristen got to treat me like a “normal person” this month, so listen in as she and I talk about…

  • How not getting something you want for years on end can drive you a little crazy, and make you question everything you think you know about yourself, and how life works.
  • Why this podcast sounds like it’s about dating and relationships, but it’s really about reconciling with BIG things—existential crises, anxiety and depression, belief in something bigger than yourself, what you want out of your career and life, and who you want to be as a human.
  • How the creative process unfolded for me, and why it felt critical to tell this story now.
  • What I hope you will get out of hearing me work through my fears and feelings.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one resonated with you, or just share some excitement about this new chapter in my journey! ☺

And if you’d like to make me very happy, please go subscribe now to Forever Alone wherever you listen to podcasts, and get ready to enjoy on Wednesday!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Your Biggest Man Fan, who has achieved some pretty spectacular things in life: Climbing out of poverty, losing 130 pounds, and being married for 20 years, to name a few! But now that his weight loss has stabilized and he’s no longer climbing the ladder at a corporate job, he’s finding it hard to enjoy his success—How do you feel good about yourself when you’re no longer measuring your progress with numbers and metrics?
  • Heartbroken & Confused, whose trust in her husband has been shattered after learning he’s been lying to her for three years about something very significant. He doesn’t understand why she’s so upset … is she crazy for making a big deal out of it?

We choose to answer just two questions this time, because we knew we’d have a LOT to say. Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you.

Want to submit a question for our Septmeber episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: Should I trust my boyfriend’s words or his actions? (November 2018)

Dear Krachel: Is being myself going to turn people off? (May 2019)

Dear Krachel: Am I doomed to grow bored of all my partners? (September 2019)

Side Chat: 7 signs that you’re in denial (September 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception — you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But honing your intuition can take time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

So, in that spirit, here’s another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

This one BLEW OUR MINDS, so we’re thinking it might resonate with you, too. ;)

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each! And after you listen, come leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you.

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and … access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, get excited because we’re doing a discussion of The Artist’s Way this Sunday, July 25, at 7:00pm Eastern!

Whether or not you’ve read the book or worked through the processes, you’re welcome to join! There will be plenty of discussion of things that transcend the book—the creative process, getting up in your head, making space for inspiration to flow, and more. ☺

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A lot of us know for sure when we’re up in our heads—over-thinking, spinning with anxiety, acting like life is a formula that you can solve if you analyze it long enough.

And most of us probably know by now that there are other places you can be, besides the mind … like the body, or your intuition.

But making the journey from mind to body or intuition is daunting and confusing, especially when you’re stuck in your head.

So, in this month’s Side Chat we’re diving into a practical way to reorient your life so that your mind, body, and soul are all in balance! We got into…

  • Why anxiety and over-thinking usually means you’ve given your mind the totally wrong job
  • How to think of mind, body, and soul as different parts of a company, and what their proper roles actually are
  • Some examples of how us, and clients, have applied this idea to their lives with great results (and big relief)

Leave a comment after you’ve listened and share how you’re going to bring your mind, body, & spirit back into balance.

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and … access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, get excited because we’re doing a discussion of The Artist’s Way on Sunday, July 25 at 7:00pm Eastern on Outrageous Openness and E-Squared!

Whether or not you’ve read the book or worked through the processes, you’re welcome to join! There will be plenty of discussion of things that transcend the book—the creative process, getting up in your head, making space for inspiration to flow, and more. ☺

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Yep, you read that subject line right! I (Kristen) got a job.

I know some of you are like, “Umm … excuse me, what??

First of all, rest assured this does NOT mean I’m stepping away from Clarity on Fire or anything of the sort. On the contrary, getting a job will (counterintuitively) free up my best mental and emotional energy to pour back into my client work.

The thing is, when you’re a coach who spends all your time helping people find alignment in their life and career, you can’t exactly ignore when you’re feeling out of alignment yourself … at least, not for very long before you feel compelled to do something about it.

I’m telling the whole story in this week’s interview with a normal person, where I get to be the normal person! ;)

Listen in as Rachel interviews me about...

  • How I’ve actually been playing with this idea for a long time, but was overcomplicating things and getting in my own way (until just a few months ago).
  • Why writing a book about Passion Profiles (it’s in the works right now!) ended up being the final call-out I needed to make a change.
  • How I used feminine energy to attract the perfect job for what I need right now, quickly and with minimal effort.
  • Our best guidance for what to do if you’re feeling misaligned with your work, and how to use your Passion Profile to get back on track.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how my story resonated with you!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Sorting Harry Potter characters by Passion Profile (May 2019)

Finding a new job in 24 hours with Christina Hart (January 2021)

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

Dear Krachel: Where do you start when you have a whole mess of issues?! (July 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Ana, who’s got a LOT on her mind right now: Trying to work from home while caring for two small kids, a recent ADHD diagnosis, and feeling like she’s constantly underperforming at work. She knows she could benefit from ADHD-specific coaching, career-specific coaching, and therapy … but how does someone who’s in the midst of a big struggle even decide where to start untangling their issues?
  • Uninspired Thriver, who’s really attracted to the idea of being their own boss, having financial independence, and traveling the world. Starting a business seems like a natural next step, but they aren’t having any ideas that excite them. What questions should they be asking to figure out what to do next?
  • Lauren, who loves a lot of things about her life—the new city she lives in, her house, her two kids—but is feeling a bit deflated because, somewhere along the way, she stopped having big dreams. What do you do when you’ve run out of dreams?

Our answers for these three aren’t going to be what you’re expecting (which was fun for us)! Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you.

Want to submit a question for our August episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: How to actually DO feminine energy (June 2021)

Making space in your life (when you don’t believe it’s possible) with Anna Gore (December 2020)

Taking a year-long sabbatical from work with Francine Mends (September 2019)

Blog: How to take a long sabbatical from working (March 2016)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Imagine making the momentous decision to pack up your entire life and move cross-country from Pennsylvania all the way to Portland, Oregon. You decide to start your move on January 1, 2020, because it feels clean and fresh with possibilities, and you embark on your journey with enthusiasm and optimism.

And then everything, and we do mean everything, promptly falls apart.

You get COVID, but you don’t know it’s COVID yet because no one knows what it is, and almost die.

Your partner loses their job because of the pandemic, making you the primary breadwinner while you’re still struggling to breathe every day.

Your teeny tiny apartment, where you’re now trapped with your partner in a brand-new city where you don’t really have friends, and can’t make new ones, is infested with spiders.

That’s just a taste of what Kristen Kalp’s 2020 was like … and lord, the hits kept comin’. So, we sat down with Kristen, our friend-we’ve-never-met-in-real-life, to talk about what was inarguably the worst year ever. She got into…

  • How she managed to keep functioning when literally everything was awful and she was trying not to die.
  • Why she didn’t totally lose faith, even in the pit of despair, that things would ultimately be OK.
  • How, less than a year after her disastrous move, she ended up right back where she started at the end of 2019, but isn’t upset about it.
  • Her wisdom for you, if you’re terrified of making the “wrong” choice and everything turning to crap.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Kristen’s crazy journey resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT KRISTEN KALP

Kristen Kalp is a teacher, healer, and business coach who helps people create lives of meaning. She facilitates long-lasting change with the help of breathwork, gentle presence, and laughter; has published a bunch of books as both an author and a ghostwriter; has been living with and learning from chronic depression for 20 years; and has enjoyed speaking gigs, retreats, and workshops in 17 cities and in 6 countries around the world. Standing ovations are her favorite drug.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp (May 2018)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August, 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August, 2019)

Side Chat: Enneagram Soul Child Theory (February 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few weeks ago we put out a call for Dear Krachel questions, and a LOT of you asked us questions about feminine energy—turns out many of you listened to our normal person interview with Carolyn Canonica and came away wanting to know more about how you actually do feminine energy.

We promised we’d dedicate a whole episode just to this question, and here it is! In this month’s brand-new Side Chat we’re getting into…

  • Three steps for actually “doing” feminine energy—AKA, how to easily integrate this way of being into your everyday life.
  • Examples of how us and our clients have successfully used these three steps.
  • What to do if switching to this mindset makes you feel like you’re “settling.”
  • The right balance of masculine vs. feminine energy in each area of your life.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened and share your ideas for how you’re going to practice these steps!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and … access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, get excited because we’re doing a book club on Sunday, June 27 at 1:00pm Eastern on Outrageous Openness and E-Squared!

Read one or both, do some experiments, and join the group as we talk about the results of inviting the Universe to take the lead.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

The feminine energy experiment with Carolyn Canonica (May 2021)

Making space in your life (when you don’t believe it’s possible) with Anna Gore (December 2020)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Earlier this year we talked about finding a dream job in 24 hours.

We figured it was only fair to also hear the exact opposite side of things—what happens when you’ve been wanting a dream job (or anything!) forever and ever and ever and you still haven’t gotten it?

So, on this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, Rachel and Natalie dive into…

  • At what point do you decide you’re crazy for wanting something that hasn’t happened in well over a decade … and just move on?
  • The burnout and existential crisis you suffer from when your job isn’t aligned with your Passion Profile (and what happens when you do get aligned).
  • Worrying that future employers won’t give you a chance after you’ve taken a break from the workforce.
  • How the random, non-linear path actually makes you more qualified for a dream job, not less.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Natalie’s story resonates with you!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and … access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, get excited because we’re doing a book club on Sunday, June 27 from 1:00 – 2:30pm Eastern on Outrageous Openness and E-Squared!

Read one or both, do some experiments, and join the group as we talk about the results of inviting the Universe to take the lead.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

The feminine energy experiment with Carolyn Canonica (May 2021) - https://clarityonfire.com/feminine-energy-experiment/

Finding a new job in 24 hours with Christina Hart (January 2021) - https://clarityonfire.com/new-job-24-hours-christina-hart/

Side Chat: Is it not working? Or is it not working yet? (November 2020) - https://clarityonfire.com/not-working-yet/

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018) - https://clarityonfire.com/dream-job-teanca-shepherd/

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/waiting-dream-job-13-years

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - https://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - https://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Ashley, who’s wondering how long is too long to stay at a bridge job?
  • Diana, who listened to last month’s Side Chat and is curious—where’s the line is between unreasonable and irresponsible when it comes to quitting your job?
  • JoAnn, who really wants to reduce her hours at work but is afraid her supervisor won’t be happy. How can she ask to do less even though she doesn’t have a “good reason” for asking?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our July episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

You should definitely come check us out on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!
  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and … access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison), quarterly Zoom hangouts with Krachel, and access to a private Discord server where conversations are going on every week.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, get excited because we’re doing a book club later this month (date to be announced soon) on Outrageous Openness and E-Squared! Read one or both, do some experiments, and join the group as we talk about the results of inviting the Universe to take the lead.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself in Discord, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

How to work less, live more, and make great money with Katie Mongelli (July 2018) - https://clarityonfire.com/work-less-make-money-katie-mongelli/

Blog: Why everything can get easier when you get a bridge job (June 2019) - https://clarityonfire.com/bridge-job/

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/dear-krachel-work-less

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - http://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

Honing your intuition is one of the most important parts of getting clear on who you are, what you want, and where you’re headed. Without it, you’re like a GPS with bad reception–you’re not going to get very clear guidance, and you may end up driving in circles.

But honing your intuition can take time and practice, so sometimes it’s nice to piggyback off of another GPS you can trust, even if it’s just long enough to check your directions.

So, in that spirit, here’s another Message from the Universe episode for you! Tune in if you need a little clarity, guidance, or just a fun pick-me-up.

Today we pulled a few cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

And be sure to listen to the very end of this episode, because the Universe came through in a big (and hilarious) way.

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each! And after you listen, come leave a comment to share how this one spoke to you.

LAST DAY OF 1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT!

Today (Friday, May 28th) is the LAST day of coaching enrollment! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4 weeks).
  • If you’re not ready now then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability in the future.
  • We’ll probably be opening enrollment again in September/October.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/meant-what-i-said

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - http://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

One of our favorite lines in Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone is in the very first chapter, when Vernon Dursley is introduced:

“He hurried to his car and set off for home, hoping he was imagining things, which he had never hoped before, because he didn't approve of imagination.”

Can you imagine how differently Harry’s life would have gone if he’d decided to be more of a Dursley than a Potter? If he’d dedicated his life to being normal and rational and reasonable? We’re imagining something like:

“Harry decided it wasn’t particularly sensible to leave his life at Number 4 Privet Drive behind to attend a school where they study ridiculous subjects like flying and potions making. He lived in the cupboard under the stairs until he was old enough to start an internship at Grunnings, where he learned how to fill orders for drills. He wasn’t happy, but he was practical, and that’s what mattered! The end.”

One of the biggest cons we’ve pulled on ourselves is believing that being reasonable is actually safe and productive. In this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re dispelling (dispelling … get it) you of that notion. We’re talking about…

  • Rachel’s realization that being “reasonable” actually caused trauma that it took about 15 years to heal from.
  • All the things we think we need to be practical and rational about, but that are actually just holding us down.
  • The difference between being “unreasonable” and “irresponsible.”

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what you’re going to let yourself be “unreasonable” about!

1:1 COACHING IS BACK!

Coaching enrollment is happening NOW! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we take them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • Continuing until Friday, May 28, we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 10-15 people, max, and some of those spots are already gone!
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4 weeks).
  • If you’re not ready now then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability in the future.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — but serious enough to want to discuss it.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/stop-being-reasonable

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - http://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

I don’t know about you, but I (hi, Kristen here!) have been feeling extra overwhelmed lately. There’s just always so much to do!

And yes, most of it is all stuff I want to put my time and energy into, but it still feels like a lot of doing. I’ve been feeling a strong urge to sloooow down the pace of life lately and stop trying to make everything happen all at once.

The beautiful part about being is coach is that, sometimes as you’re helping a client find solutions to the problems in their lives, you end up finding your own solutions along the way too.

That’s what happened recently with my client Carolyn, who’s been trying out a “feminine energy experiment,” where she focuses less on doing and more on attracting. And I’ve gotta say, her results have been pretty amazing so far!

So naturally, I had to bring her on the podcast and have her share her journey with you. ;)

This is one of those conversations I keep mentally coming back to, and it’s inspired me to do my own feminine energy experiment to help calm my growing overwhelm. I have a feeling you’ll be inspired to try your own experiment too after you hear how it’s gone for Carolyn!

Listen in as Kristen asks Carolyn about...

  • What feminine energy means to her, and how different it is from how most of us typically operate in the world.
  • What she did (and, more importantly, didn’t do) during her feminine energy experiment.
  • The results of her experiment (you won’t believe some of the stories!) and why she’s decided to continue her experiment indefinitely.
  • Her advice for how you can try your own experiment with feminine energy.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Carolyn’s story resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT CAROLYN CANONICA

Carolyn is an avid world traveler, hiker, and yogi. Her other passions include reading, writing, philosophy, psychology, and deepening her spirituality. She is an oncology Physician Assistant by trade and lives in Brooklyn, NY.

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN NOW!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients starting today through Friday, May 28! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020) - https://clarityonfire.com/masculine-feminine-energy

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018) - https://clarityonfire.com/outrageous-openness-tosha-silver/

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020) - https://clarityonfire.com/e-squared-pam-grout/

Finding a new job in 24 hours with Christina Hart (January 2021) - https://clarityonfire.com/new-job-24-hours-christina-hart

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/feminine-energy-experiment

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - http://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Samantha, who listened to our last Side Chat about wants vs. needs and started wondering about how that idea applies to money—when is it a need, and when does it become a want? And are you allowed to think that a large amount of money is actually a need?
  • So Many Books, So Little Time, who’s very overwhelmed by all the things she wants to do, but doesn’t have time for now that she’s working a 9-5 again. How do you even begin to choose which books, podcasts, shows, courses, and YouTube videos to check out, and which to ignore?
  • Amelia, who listened to some of our past Bonus Book Club episodes (linked below!) and was inspired to experiment with the Law of Attraction. She’s mind-blown with the results! But now that she’s realized how powerful her thoughts and intentions are, she wants to stop thinking things like, “I’ll never meet someone!” How do you stop fixating on things that you don’t want to happen?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our June episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Friday, May 14! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

COMMUNITY UPDATES!

We’re doing our first quarterly Zoom with Krachel for our Patreon members next Wednesday, May 12th at 1pm Eastern! This inaugural hangout will be “ask us anything” style. ☺

Unlike monthly community meetups, this will be recorded. So, if you're a Flame tier member, you can enjoy the replay if you aren't able to attend live! Become a patron, here!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August 2018) - https://clarityonfire.com/alchemist-paulo-coelho/

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018) - https://clarityonfire.com/outrageous-openness-tosha-silver/

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019) - https://clarityonfire.com/not-your-money-tosha-silver/

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020) - https://clarityonfire.com/e-squared-pam-grout/

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/stop-thinking-never-happen

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - http://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

First and foremost–May the Fourth be with you.

Secondly–WHEW, do we have a litany of important news to share!

Listen in today as we break down some major events happening in the Clarity on Fire world. The teasers include…

  • Why we’re significantly changing how we do 1:1 coaching for the first time since we started 9 years ago … and what that means if you’re interested in working with us this time around.
  • A book announcement many of you have been waiting years for.
  • A major life change for Rachel, and the things she’s cooking up for you behind the scenes as a result.
  • … and a story about a snake scaring the crap out of Kristen, just for fun.

If you miss this one, you’ll be about as informed as someone Obi Wan Kenobi just mind erased with the Force (I will NOT apologize for this example on Star Wars day), so do yourself a favor and listen in.

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Friday, May 14! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

COMMUNITY UPDATES!

We’re doing our first quarterly Zoom with Krachel for our Patreon members next Wednesday, May 12th at 1pm Eastern! This inaugural hangout will be “ask us anything” style. ☺

Unlike monthly community meetups, this will be recorded. So, if you're a Flame tier member, you can enjoy the replay if you aren't able to attend live! Become a patron, here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode - https://clarityonfire.com/three-pieces-big-news

Take the Passion Profile Quiz - http://clarityonfire.com/quiz/

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel - http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

Join our Patreon community - https://www.patreon.com/clarityonfire

Check out our YouTube channel - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWEc2q79n0S25otH_7pAd-g

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into a brand-new book: Radiant Rest by Tracee Stanley.

The last couple books we’ve talked about (The Artist’s Way and The Body Keeps the Score) were INTENSE. So, this book, which is all about yoga nidra—aka, the yoga of sleep—was the perfect, soothing antidote to the reading we’ve done lately. ;)

And given how exhausted, burnt out, and stretched to the limit most of us are after the last year, we need to prioritize rest more than ever! So, listen in as we talk about…

  • What yoga nidra is, and the science of how it works
  • How you can literally enter into a deep sleep state while still conscious and aware!
  • The differences between meditation and yoga nidra
  • Why we often resist resting (and even feel guilty for it)
  • Our experiences after trying out the practices that Tracee introduces in the book

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how this conversation resonated with you!

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Friday, May 14! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Full transparency, one of our biggest pet peeves is when people hear the “career” part of “life & career coaches” and assume we help people scour job boards and edit their résumés.

There’s nothing wrong with that—it’s just not what we do.

If you’ve found us, you may very well want a new job. You might find yourself pursuing job boards and staring at your résumé, wondering how to polish it so that you can be noticed by a company with an awesome work culture.

But those aren’t the steps that come first. You can’t find career fulfillment if you have no idea who you are, what you want, or how to even recognize the right thing if it showed up. That’s our bread and butter.

So, thank goodness for AJ Mizes, who actually loves all the stuff that we don’t! On this month’s interview with an expert, AJ and Rachel got into…

  • How 88% of people get hired these days (…newsflash, it’s not sending endless online applications).
  • Job searching and interviewing in a time of COVID—what’s changed, and a few things you probably haven’t thought of yet.
  • Questions to ask in an interview to help you identify whether an employer is going to be healthy or toxic.
  • Red and green flags to look out for in a potential boss.
  • The one thing you absolutely MUST be doing if you want to stand out and get hired for a dream job.

We learned SO much from AJ in just an hour—you’re going to get a lot out of this, too. After you listen, come leave a comment to share which of his strategies you’re going to implement!

MORE ABOUT AJ

A.J. is a talent and human potential aficionado with over a decade of experience within Career Coaching and Human Resources, and has been featured in NBC, CBS, FOX, The International Business Times, and Yahoo! News. He is currently CEO of The Human Reach, a human potential institute guiding high-achieving professionals to land their dream careers in record time, and coaching Silicon Valley leaders to be thoughtful, effective leaders. His most previous role was as a Facebook Global HR Leader. He has supported global teams of over 3,000 people and launched many innovative leadership programs that are still in full swing at Facebook today.

Follow him on Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube.

1:1 COACHING IS COMING BACK!

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Friday, May 14! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started in May or June.
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

COMMUNITY UPDATES!

We’ve got a LOT happening in our Patreon community this month! Join our $6/month “Flame” tier for access to…

Monthly community meetups on Zoom. Our next one is happening on Sunday, April 25 from 2:00-3:30pm EST. And we're bringing on an expert for you! Fellow community member Francisca will guide us into expanding and exploring our breath with a 90-minute Conscious Connection breathwork practice to clear energy and release tension.

This meetup will be 90 minutes so that we have plenty of space for breathwork and social connection, before and after the main event.

Quarterly Zooms with Krachel! Our first one is happening on Wednesday, May 12 at 1pm EST. Unlike community meetups, this will be recorded. So, if you're a Flame tier member, you can enjoy the replay if you aren't able to attend live! More to come on this one closer to the day of, though we're planning on doing an "ask us anything" themed session for our inaugural event!

Our private Discord Server, which is a space for our community to chat every day and connect! Sharing our feelings, recommending books and podcasts, talking about career and life challenges–it's all happening on Discord.
Become a patron, here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

So … I was in a therapy session and my therapist said something that filled me with, as I told Kristen during this episode, “The wrath of hell.”

Why? Because she, unintentionally, broke one of the cardinal rules of anyone who’s in a therapy/coaching/healing profession: Make the person in front of you feel seen and heard.

I brought her my very raw, tender emotions about something that was deeply troubling me, and in her attempt to help, she used an analogy that made me feel very unseen and unheard–and worse than that, almost made me feel gaslit and belittled. Cue rage erupting from me akin to the fires of hell.

But, in classic fashion, my rage gave me an opportunity to coach myself (it turns out, of the two of us I’m probably the better coach for me anyway). And in getting to the bottom of why I was so triggered, I made a HUGE realization:

I was angry because she had treated one of my needs as if it was a want. So, I decided we definitely need to have a Side Chat about this! Listen in as Kristen and I talk about…

  • The analogy she used that made me feel like she was diminishing my needs.
  • How, in an attempt to be evolved, we often end up gaslighting ourselves out of having needs.
  • Why treating needs as needs, rather than wants, makes room for you to have ALL the uncomfortable emotions, without feeling guilty about it.
  • Why it’s totally normal to be attached to your needs, and how you definitely don’t have to worry that being attached will mess up your ability to receive what you want.

After you listen, come leave a comment to share something you’ve been treating as a want, that might actually be a need!

COMMUNITY UPDATES!

We’ve got a LOT happening in our Patreon community this month! Join our $6/month “Flame” tier for access to…

Monthly community meetups on Zoom. Our next one is happening on Sunday, April 25 from 2:00-3:30pm EST. And we're bringing on an expert for you! Fellow community member Francisca will guide us into expanding and exploring our breath with a 90-minute Conscious Connection breathwork practice to clear energy and release tension.

Here's a teaser: "Conscious Connected Breathing is a powerful, active three-part breathing practice that consists of a large inhale into the diaphragm, another inhale into the chest, and a soft exhale. This amazing practice has helped people experience more joy, less stress, reduced tension, increased focus, relief, clarity, and connection to their intuition."

This meetup will be 90 minutes so that we have plenty of space for breathwork and social connection, before and after the main event.

Quarterly Zooms with Krachel! Our first one is happening on Wednesday, May 12 at 1pm EST. Unlike community meetups, this will be recorded. So, if you're a Flame tier member, you can enjoy the replay if you aren't able to attend live! More to come on this one closer to the day of, though we're planning on doing an "ask us anything" themed session for our inaugural event!

Our private Discord Server, which is a space for our community to chat every day and connect! Sharing our feelings, recommending books and podcasts, talking about career and life challenges–it's all happening on Discord.

Become a patron, here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of the hardest lessons I have to learn over and over again is that you will never be done.

Ugh. It would just be WAY more convenient if life was arranged into predictable milestones that I could work toward at a reasonable pace and achieve with stunning regularity, thank-you-very-much!!

And I also love control! When getting what I want depends on how much I’m perfecting myself and my actions, then at least I can make things happen.

Sadly for me, and probably you too, life refuses to comply with my wishes. And yet … sometimes, that’s incredibly good news. Which is why I brought on my client, Solange, for this month’s interview with a normal person. It turns out that you can get things that feel too good to be true, without being “done” or the most perfect version of yourself!

Listen in as Solange and I talk about…

  • The incredibly hard place she was in a few years ago, and how she got stuck in a very bland, unfulfilling job.
  • That time, only a few weeks into coaching, when Solange was shocked by getting something she’d just told me she wasn’t sure was possible for her.
  • How she let go of the fixation on needing her career to be predictable and linear, and started flexing her creativity again (and writing her first novel).
  • How life can be both unbelievably good and very much a work in progress, at the same time.

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how Solange’s story resonated with you!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

A lot is happening over on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!
  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison), quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel, and a forum where members chat in depth!

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, there’s going to be a breathwork workshop later this month hosted by our friend and Patreon member, Francisca Hernandez! Dates and more info will be posted in Patreon.

Become a patron, here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Murphy’s Law, who’s been having a string of bad luck that’s making her feel as if the whole world is conspiring against her! She’s asking the important questions: WTF?! And, how do I get myself out of it?
  • A Gal with Mama Trauma, who (as you could probably guess) has a not-so-great relationship with her codependent mom. She’s tired of avoiding confrontation and being flimsy with her boundaries. How can she stand up to a parent who gaslights, manipulates, denies, and guilt trips?
  • Rory, who’s been dating for a while and trying to overcome her fear of sharing her needs … until a friend told her she was overdoing it, and she started second-guessing herself. She wants to know when it’s appropriate to ask someone to meet your needs, and when is it not OK?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our May episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Blog: Stop going to the hardware store for milk (November 2018)

Blog: Stop torturing yourself with other people’s potential (December 2019)

Side Chat: When your feelings are ignored, scorned, and gaslit (January 2020)

Dear Krachel: How do I detach from negative people? (February 2021)

Side Chat: How to spot a red, green, or yellow flag (February 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In the best of times, it’s hard to tune into your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty, whether it’s created by world events or the particulars of your life experience, create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally. And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

Last year we started doing “Message from the Universe” episodes to help get us through the pandemic. Though we stopped doing them regularly, we promised they’d be back at random, probably when you most needed a little encouragement — and when do we not need that?

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in (understandable, if so!), we hope this message will give you an extra boost of guidance today.

We pulled 3 cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how the message landed with you.

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

We’re now on Patreon! And it’s pretty lit in there (don’t come at us for that lingo), if we do say so ourselves.

Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!

Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison) and quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, there’s still time to join before the first community Zoom this Sunday, March 28 at 1pm EST!

This inaugural hangout is going to be book-club style! Choose between discussing Untamed by Glennon Doyle or The Midnight Library by Matt Haig. And if you haven’t read either, no worries, you’re still welcome.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Most of us are pretty good at certain kinds of commitments: We’ll be true to our partners, loving and supportive parents to all types of children (furry or human), dedicated family members, and diligent co-workers and leaders.

Buuut then we’ll completely drop the ball when it comes to commitments to ourselves.

We get asked a lot, “How can I stay consistent when I commit to something?? It drives me nuts that I say I want to do something, and then can’t make myself keep doing it!”

So, in today’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re diving into an easy adjustment you can make that will help you stay a little truer to yourself. We got into…

  • How your efforts to stay consistent are, ironically, probably making it even harder to follow through.
  • How to create a “menu of options” for getting things done that allows you more freedom and flexibility without throwing structure out the window.
  • A few examples of how we’ve been using this new system, personally and with clients, and the positive results we’re seeing!

And, completely unrelated, we had a 10-minute conversation at the beginning of this episode about an elephant in the room that, after three years of podcasting, we’d never actually talked about.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this landed with you, and what adjustments you might be making to your routine!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

We’re now on Patreon! And it’s pretty lit in there (don’t come at us for that lingo), if we do say so ourselves. We just published a bonus episode about depression and anxiety, which has kicked off quite the group convo, if that tickles your fancy.

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!
  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison) and quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, mark your calendars! The first community Zoom is happening on Sunday, March 28 at 1pm EST. This inaugural hangout is going to be book-club style! Choose between reading Untamed by Glennon Doyle or The Midnight Library by Matt Haig.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

Side Chat: The trick to overcoming your deepest, most secret blocks (May 2019)

Change your bad habits (& get over your fear of failure) with Jessica Binder (March 2019)

Side Chat: How to stop procrastinating (January 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our Patreon community

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Some of the most interesting people I know are the ones who’ve had a winding, twisting, irregular career path — starting out doing one thing, then dabbling in something else, and then taking a massive left turn into a whole new arena.

These people have unique perspectives and loads of fascinating stories that never seem to run out. They also tend to have very few regrets because they’ve played out many of their “what if” daydreams in real life.

And yet, most people are also terrified to take an unconventional career path that doesn’t follow on the linear “perfect resume” format we’ve all been taught is correct.

So what gives? Why are we so attracted to people with the most interesting (read: nonlinear) paths in life, and yet we feel so resistant to becoming one of them?

It all comes down to fear: fear of failure, fear of what people will think, fear of rejection, fear of the unknown, fear of disappointment, and on and on.

That’s why I’m excited to have Emily Florence on the podcast today. She felt all of those fears at every twist in her unconventional career path, but she followed her intuition and acted anyway.

Listen in as Kristen asks Emily about...

  • Her experience taking a break from college and traveling alone overseas for 4 months.
  • The story of when she dropped out of law school … after 4 days.
  • What led her to ultimately run her own business.
  • What advice she has for anyone who feels ready for a career change, but is paralyzed by their fear about taking the leap.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Emily’s story resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT EMILY FLORENCE

Emily Florence is the founder of Savvy Miss, which is honored to be named a Forbes Top 100 Website for Women. She’s also the host of the EveryDay Happy Show podcast, a certified life, life purpose and business coach, a writer, and a former entertainment publicist and journalist.

Emily’s a puppy mama to a silly lab named Harper, a lover of green tea, a travel enthusiast and a grateful optimist.

She has a Master of Arts in Broadcast Journalism from Emerson College in Boston, a BA in Cultural Anthropology from the University of California at Santa Barbara and a Life Coaching Certificate from the Life Purpose Institute. Prior to becoming an entrepreneur, she was an entertainment publicist representing award-winning clients including American Idol, Gilmore Girls, So You Think You Can Dance, Malcolm in the Middle, Bernie Mac and more.

Emily loves inspiring and supporting people to create happier, more fulfilled, easygoing lives – and to be kinder to the amazing person staring back at them in the mirror. Find her on Instagram @savvymiss.

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

Big news: We’re now on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!
  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison) and quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, mark your calendars! The first community Zoom is happening on Sunday, March 28 at 1pm EST. This inaugural hangout is going to be book-club style! Choose between reading Untamed by Glennon Doyle or The Midnight Library by Matt Haig.

And when you sign up for either tier by the end of the day TODAY, March 12, we’ll enter you into a drawing! Two lucky patrons will win a free single coaching session with one of us.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

The secret to mastering informational interviews with Elise Austen (July 2020)

Burn This: 8 career beliefs to leave in the 2010s (January 2020)

When life screws up your plans with MaryBeth Bailar-Heath (January 2020)

There's no such thing as a career soulmate (May 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Join our community on Patreon

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Unsure Entrepreneur, who started a business last year after dreaming of entrepreneurship for ages … but is now feeling a bit hollow and unfulfilled. They can’t imagine going back to work for someone else, but now this doesn’t feel quite right, either. How can they pinpoint what’s off, and fix it?
  • Sam, a dance teacher with a toxic boss. She desperately wants to quit her job before her contract is up in a few months (and has the panic attacks to prove it), but feels guilty about abandoning her students before the big performance. Should she stick it out, or is it OK to walk away?
  • Ashley, who’s in a happy, healthy, loving relationship … but can’t stop thinking about a toxic ex. What’s up when you know it was right to end a relationship, but your brain keeps coming back to the person anyway?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our April episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

Big news–we’re now on Patreon!

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!
  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison) and quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, mark your calendars! The first community Zoom is happening on Sunday, March 28 at 1pm EST. This inaugural hangout is going to be book-club style! Choose between reading Untamed by Glennon Doyle or The Midnight Library by Matt Haig.

And when you sign up for either tier by next Friday, March 12, we’ll enter you into a drawing! Two lucky patrons will win a free single coaching session with one of us.

Become a patron, here. And then introduce yourself, so you can start making friends with other COF people!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

How to work less, live more, and make great money with Katie Mongelli (July 2018)

Side Chat: Does life purpose even exist? (January 2021)

Burn This: Sacrificing your health for a job (May 2020)

Navigating a toxic workplace with Stacy Campesi (February 2021)

Bonus Side Chat: How to create light at the end of the tunnel (February 2021)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

Join our Patreon

View Details

Since we became coaches almost nine years ago, we can’t tell you how many times we’ve heard from clients, “I feel lonely. It’s hard to make friends. I wish there was a way to connect with other people who are interested in personal development and deep conversations.”

And so often, we wished we could play platonic matchmaker and gather all of these individuals together and let them make friends with each other. It’s been a bucket list idea for ages!

Until now, that is. Drumroll please 🥁🥁🥁 …

We’re finally starting a Clarity on Fire Community!

Big thanks and kudos to Madison, one of Kristen’s former clients and our new Community Ambassador. Like the Firestarter she is, she took initiative and asked if she could lead the way, to which we said a fervent YES! Without her, this wouldn’t be happening right now.

Read on for details about how to join, what you can expect, and how to win a single coaching session with us! Or, listen to the announcement episode on the podcast!

JOIN THE CLARITY ON FIRE COMMUNITY!

We’ve decided to create our community on Patreon! For those who don’t know, Patreon is a platform for content creators that allows them to receive very small, monthly contributions from fans — people who love their work and want to support them, and who also get special access to fan-only content.

There are two tiers you can choose to join:

  • Join the $3/month tier (The Spark) for access to occasional bonus episodes and other special content. Think of this like our virtual “tip jar.” If you’re not interested in the community aspect, but appreciate our work and want to send a little love our way every month, plus get access to bonus content, this is for you!
  • Join the $6/month tier (The Flame) for occasional bonus content and access to monthly patron-only Zoom meetups (hosted by our Community Ambassador, Madison) and quarterly Zoom hangs with Krachel.

For those of you who join “The Flame” tier, mark your calendars! The first community Zoom is happening on Sunday, March 28, at 1pm EST. This inaugural hangout is going to be book-club style! Choose between joining a breakout discussion of either Untamed by Glennon Doyle or The Midnight Library by Matt Haig.

And when you sign up for either tier by next Friday, March 12, we’ll enter you into a drawing! Two lucky patrons will win a free single coaching session with one of us.

Become a patron, here. And then go introduce yourself on the first post, so you can start connecting with other COF people!

We’re most excited to collaborate with our patrons on what this can become! (In-person meetups when COVID is over, we’re looking at you.) As a patron, we’ll be asking you to tell us what kind of bonus content you’re craving, how the monthly meetups can be as fun and meaningful as possible, and what new things we can try together.

See you in there!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

Join our Patreon

View Details

We didn’t need an excuse to interview our Internet-friend-we’ve-never-actually-met-in-real-life, Caroline Garnet McGraw.

BUT, she did sort of whisper the magic words that made it painstakingly obvious we HAD to talk to her: “I used to be in a cult. And I was good at it.” Best elevator pitch ever.

Caroline’s first book, You Don’t Owe Anyone: Free Yourself From the Weight of Expectations is getting published in April, and we got to sit down with her to talk about her journey from INTENSE people-pleaser to free and self-expressed human.

This one goes out to all of you people-pleasers, perfectionists, high achievers and highly sensitives, as well as anyone who struggles to let go of guilt and prioritize your own needs.

We got into…

  • How growing up in a religious cult trained Caroline to please everyone but herself.
  • The physical and mental symptoms you can expect when you’re suffering under the weight of other people’s expectations.
  • Why “not owing anyone” isn’t selfish, and how to rid yourself of guilt for prioritizing your needs and wants.

This was such a deep, necessary conversation–the opposite of surface-level self-help! Share it far and wide, with anyone in your life who needs to hear it.

And leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what you’ve decided you don’t owe anyone, anymore!

MORE ABOUT CAROLINE & PRE-ORDER THE BOOK

Caroline Garnet McGraw is an author, speaker, and coach for recovering perfectionists. She's the creator of A Wish Come Clear, a popular blog devoted to trading perfectionism for possibility, as well as several online interview series. She's a two-time TEDx speaker, and her essays have been featured on The Huffington Post, Momastery, and Women For One. Caroline lives in Florence, Alabama with her family.

Preorder the book today and claim $1294 worth of limited-time bonuses, including over 100 expert interviews and a coaching guidebook! Preorder and claim your exclusive bonuses here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few weeks ago one of Rachel’s clients shared a very interesting conundrum:

She’s wading through the world of dating apps, which is a masterclass in practicing discernment and listening to your intuition, as many of you know!

She said, “I’ve gotten pretty good at identifying red flags right off the bat. And I’m also seeing some green flags—signs someone is respectful and shares the same values as me. But I’m struggling at identifying yellow flags. What do I do when I run into something that, in the moment, doesn’t feel like a red flag, but in hindsight, maybe it was? Was I ignoring my intuition? Should I have known better?”

This deserves a whole episode, if you ask us! So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat we’re diving into how to spot the differences between red, green, and yellow flags.

We got into…

  • Why red and green flags have more in common than yellow flags, and why the approach when encountering a yellow flag is so different.
  • How to define what counts as a red, green, or yellow flag—Some are universal, some might be very personal to you!
  • Recognizing which pattern you default to: Are you someone who paints yellow flags green (aka Kristen)? Or do you default to painting yellow flags red (aka Rachel)?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share which kind of flags you’ve been struggling with, and how you tend to default when grappling with the tricky yellow ones!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Side Chat: Why dating & job searching are the same thing (March 2020)

Side Chat: What happens when your intuition is wrong? (July 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

This is one of those conversations that’s going to be applicable to 99.9% of you, because who hasn’t experienced a toxic workplace at some point in their life??

Whether you’re a college student folding clothes at the mall or a Senior VP at a large firm, toxicity ABOUNDS — in the form of cattiness, disengagement, resentment, and groupthink, to name a few culprits.

In this month’s Magic 8-Ball episode we brought back this classic from two years ago, because if anything, the pandemic has made wading through the mire of a toxic workplace even more stressful and complicated than ever.

Listen in as Stacy Campesi, one of our very best friends, shares her well-earned wisdom about how to navigate a toxic work environment. We talked about:

  • The relationship between toxic workplaces and “good-girl syndrome.”
  • Why “toxic” is a misused word, and why using it makes the problem worse.
  • How we can identify an unhealthy environment ahead of time, before we ever make a commitment.
  • When to stick it out, and when it’s OK to bail.
  • What steps YOU can take to improve your environment, based on what Stacy has seen work for herself and her clients.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Stacy’s advice resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT STACY

Stacy Campesi is a certified professional coach and workshop facilitator. She is passionate about helping unfulfilled, overachieving professionals find career confidence and clarity.

Stacy loves working with smart, ambitious women who lead with heart and are so used to giving to others that can’t even recognize their own wants or needs without feeling selfish. By cutting through the uncertainty, self-doubt, and fear of disappointing others that holds them back, Stacy is able to help her clients make decisions that get them what they want, without compromising a thing!

Stacy is a Professional Certified Coach (PCC) with the International Coach Federation. She is also certified as an MBTI & Emotional Intelligence practitioner. Find Stacy on her website, connect with her on LinkedIn, and listen to her nuggets of wisdom on Voxer @stacy_campesi.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

No matter how short the delayed gratification, there’s always going to be time between realizing you want something and the moment you actually get it.

Sometimes, it’s easy and nearly instantaneous. You realize you’re hungry, and two minutes later you have a snack in hand.

Other times, you realize you want a specific career or a certain kind of relationship, and 2, 5, 8 years later … you’re still waiting to get it.

We talk a lot about the nature of trust and timing and letting go of control around here. Usually in a way that, at least we hope, feels uplifting and optimistic. But to get to optimism and hope you sometimes have to do some dredging and detoxing—you have to confront your own less-than-flattering, shadowy tendencies.

So, in this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, Rachel and her client of many years, Catie Beth (aka, CB), dove into the muck! They got into…

  • The things CB used to want, that she now has, as well as the things she wants that she hasn’t gotten yet.
  • The issues both Rachel & CB avoided dealing with, that may have made their journeys longer and harder than necessary.
  • How to be honest with yourself about whether you’re actually ready for the thing you want.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Rachel & CB’s take on getting real with yourself landed with you!

MORE ABOUT CATIE BETH

Catie Beth (CB for short), 31, lives in Charlotte, NC with her two pups, Georgia and Charlotte. By day, she’s a headhunter for a creative and marketing recruiting firm. By night she won't shut up about personal development, astrology, Harry Potter, books she’s reading, her nieces and nephews, new recipes she’s found and being witchy. She’s a Side-Hustling, ENFJ, Slytherin, Enneagram 3w2 and a longtime fangirl of Clarity on Fire. She is stoked to be a part of the podcast as a normal person! Find her on Instagram @catiebeth19.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Ready to Move Forward, a highly sensitive person who’s been deeply affected by the meanness and negativity of people around her. She’s just now getting to the point where she’s ready to share some of her creative work with the world, but she knows it will open her up to hurtful feedback. How can she stop absorbing negative energy so she can live her life in peace?
  • Emily, a college senior whose parents have consistently told her she’s “average” and “won’t succeed.” A lifetime of being torn down by the people meant to love and uplift her the most has left her fearful and lacking in confidence. How can she believe something different about herself, and stop allowing the toxic messages from her family into her life?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our March episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LAST DAY OF 1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT!

Today, Friday, February 5, is the LAST day we’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients! Keep in mind that:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave (and many of those spots are already taken).
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next month).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • We’ll most likely open enrollment again in May/June. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Blog: Keep new ideas to yourself (December 2020)

Blog: When you're tired of waiting for what you want to show up (January 2021)

Side Chat: Fruit of the poisonous tree (August 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We heard an anecdote recently about Navy SEALs that hit us so hard, we had to do a special episode about it:

Apparently, of all the extreme things they subject SEALs to during training, the part they find the most unbearable is not knowing when it ends. It’s not the torturous conditions themselves, but not knowing how long they’ll have to endure them, that makes it so difficult.

Of course, we immediately thought: This is the pandemic. Or a job you hate and have no idea when you’ll ever be able to quit. Or a bad marriage. Or being single when you don’t want to be. Or a health crisis.

There are so many things in life that feel impossible to quit, and are made that much more difficult because we have no light at the end of the tunnel.

But who’s to say you can’t create a light at the end of the tunnel? We believe it’s possible, even in circumstances you think you have zero control over. So, in a special bonus Side Chat, we got into…

  • Why it feels so heavy to have no light at the end of the tunnel, and what it does to us psychologically when we’re in that state.
  • A strategy you can implement that takes you from feeling like a victim to circumstance to empowered and energetic and hopeful.
  • How we, and some of our clients, have taken this strategy and quit things that seemed impossible to quit, and created light where there used to be none!

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this resonated with you, and how you might apply this to your situation!

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients starting now through Friday, February 5! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next month).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • We’ll most likely open enrollment again in May/June. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into an age-old classic, The Artist’s Way by Julia Cameron.

To be VERY honest, when we say “can’t get enough,” in this case we did get enough. Too much, even. Like, “throw this book across the room” levels of enough-ness.

And not because this book is awful. Quite the opposite! It’s more like, too hot to handle. If you’ve got ~stuff~ … this book is going to bring it up. And you best be ready when it does! Listen in as we talk about:

  • Why we were triggered by this book, and why Rachel in particular had a detox-level reaction to it!
  • The two weekly activities you can do to unblock yourself, creatively or otherwise.
  • Why this book is excellent for people stuck for any reason, not just in an artistic sense.
  • Some next-level ideas that were new, even to us!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how this conversation landed with you!

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients starting now through Friday, February 5! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next month).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • We’ll most likely open enrollment again in May/June. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In times like these it can be especially hard to tune into your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally! And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

Last year we started doing “Message from the Universe” episodes to help get us through the pandemic. Though we stopped doing them regularly, we promised they’d be back at random, probably when you most needed a little encouragement—and it feels like we could all use that right about now!

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in lately (understandable, if so!), we hope this message will give you an extra boost of guidance today.

We pulled 3 cards from The Enchanted Map deck by Colette Baron-Reid. One or all has a message for you — come find out what it is!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how the message landed with you.

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN NOW!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients starting today, Friday, January 22 through Friday, February 5! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next month).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • We’ll most likely open enrollment again in May/June. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I have this fantasy of one day having a life where everything is in perfect balance.

I’m putting out quality work, exercising daily, nurturing all of my relationships, getting plenty of sleep, making smart financial decisions, maintaining a clean home, making green juices every morning and healthy meals every night, and leaving plenty of time for fun and relaxation. And eventually I imagine adding kids and pets into the equation (without disrupting the balance of everything else, of course).

Intellectually, I know this is unrealistic, but I can’t help that a small part of me still hopes this fantasy will come true.

Can you relate?

I’m reluctantly realizing that, as long as I stay attached to the myth of a perfectly balanced life, I’ll always be slightly critical of my current, imbalanced, messy life, judging it for what it should be.

So I’ve decided I need to take a good, hard look at this whole “balance” thing and shift my mindset around it once and for all. Otherwise, my longing for a perfectly balanced life will perpetually steal any contentment I could be feeling with my life just as it is.

In this week’s throwback blog from 2019, I’m sharing 4 hard truths that I’ve come to believe about balance…

After you’ve listened, come leave us a comment over on the blog to let us know all your thoughts about what it means to live a balanced life.

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again this Friday, January 22! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next month).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

How to make your own Rules for Sane Living (August 2018)

My go-to move for getting out of overwhelm (July 2019)

Moving past the worst years of your life with Lauren Mowbray (February 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A decade ago both of us cared a lot about finding our purpose. It was more than just a want—it was a need. If we didn’t hurry up and find a path that gave our lives meaning we felt like something cataclysmic would happen.

And now … well, to be honest, neither of us really care all that much about life purpose anymore. We’ve wondered if it even exists, period!

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re getting into how we went from obsessed with life purpose to feeling 🤷🏼♀️ about it.

We got into…

  • Our definition of life purpose, and why people crave it so badly.
  • Why it’s a mistake to conflate purpose with career.
  • The mental shift we each made that allowed us to feel purposeful more often, without having to be panicked about whether we had a purpose.
  • Ideas about what your purpose could be … if you have one at all.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your take on life purpose, and whether this conversation gave you permission to think about it differently!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again next Friday, January 22! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 10-15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next month).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

You can’t cure the human experience with Kyle Ramsvig (April 2018)

Blog: Here’s what I know for sure is NOT the point of life (January 2019)

Blog: For the love of god, stop asking people, “So, what do you do?” (October 2019)

Magic 8-Ball: Netflix is my secret life purpose (March 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If 2020 left you a bit world weary and you’re craving a spark of hope, optimism, and magic … today’s episode might be just what the doctor ordered.

Christina Hart’s story is about finding a new job, and in record time to boot! But it’s also about something much deeper than that: trusting that things are always ultimately working out for you and opening up for life to surprise and delight you.

Tune in to this week’s episode with a normal person to get inspired by Christina’s story. Kristen asked Christina about…

  • How she built up the confidence to finally speak up for herself (even to her boss!), and the unexpected outcome of that.
  • The story of how she quit her job with no plan, and ended up unemployed for less than 24 hours in the midst of a global pandemic.
  • The seemingly magical bread crumb trail she followed that led her to the perfect next job.
  • Her personal journey of building her intuition and trust in the universe, and her advice for how you can start developing this for yourself.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Christina’s story resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT CHRISTINA HART

Christina works as a Sports Physiotherapist (aka Physical Therapist) in Australia. She spent the early days of her career trying to prove the professors that told her she would never make it in the sports world wrong. She went on to work with professional athletes from multiple countries for many years before settling down in private practice. Now after 13 years in the industry, this highly sensitive, introverted Thriver and recovering people pleaser has learned how to speak up for herself. This shy small-town girl has finally found a voice and is enjoying the benefits that come with no longer pretending to be ok with everyone else’s expectations for her.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Magic 8-Ball: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (March 2020)

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

There are a fair amount of things in life that we have some degree of control over.

If you want to lose weight, you could follow a nutrition plan and work with a personal trainer. It might take time, but with consistent effort you would be guaranteed to see changes.

Or maybe you decide to go back to grad school, but you’ve got to take the GRE first. So you buy the prep books, enroll in a class, and take practice exams until you feel positive that you’ll ace the test.

And if you feel the urge to up and move to Colorado, you could save money, hire movers, rent an apartment, and haul yourself across the country. No need to wait on anything or anyone to make that happen.

But there are just as many things that we have no control over—things that matter to us a whole lot that we can’t guarantee or force to happen at all.

Finding a dream job. Meeting your life partner. Having your business take off.

It’s waiting for these things — the things we can never guarantee, that could potentially never happen — that drives us nuts. While we’re waiting, it’s SO easy to start wondering:

What am I doing wrong?” and “Is there something about ME that’s making this not happen?” and “What if this just isn’t in the cards for me?” Cue instant depression, hopelessness, and malaise.

In this blog (originally from 2016!) I’m diving into how to wait in a way that feels productive and hopeful, instead.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Happy New Year! We’re starting off 2021 right with a brand-new episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Diana, who made a load of personal progress last year, but after a period of time woke up one day somehow back in the same old stuck place she was before. Does that mean she never made progress at all? What gives?!
  • Good & Poor, who had the guts to ask for a raise and got unexpectedly denied. Worse, her boss heavily implied that she should be “grateful for what she has,” as if it’s shameful to ask for more. How can she let go of the guilt for wanting to earn more money?
  • Trying not to be desperate, who is turning 34 and feeling panicked about not yet having a spouse or children, which she very much wants. Friends keep telling her “it’ll happen when she stops trying,” but her desperation won’t allow her to stop trying. What do you do when letting go of a lifelong dream feels impossible?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our February episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August 2018)

Side Chat: What if you never get what you want? (December 2019)

The magic of thinking like a happily single woman (April 2020)

Side Chat: The 4 Attachment Styles (October 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Blog: What to do when you’re tired of waiting for the thing you want to show up

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re reading this, congratulations. You made it to the last days of 2020—maybe exhausted, burnt out, lost, confused, and a little worse for wear—but nevertheless, you did it.

And if ever a year needed processing, it’s this one. So, in our final episode of the year we’re sitting down to work through some feeling and make some confessions.

We got into…

  • How the “no expectations for the rest of 2020” challenge went—in an interesting plot twist, Kristen is feeling saltier than Rachel for potentially the first time ever.
  • Two confessions from Rachel, one of which she’s positive you’re going to hate (Kristen sure did!)
  • Some VERY helpful do’s and don’ts for analyzing how this year went for you.
  • A big question to help lift your spirits as we go into 2021.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one landed—there’s a lot to unpack!

LAST DAY OF CLARITY IN A TIME OF COVID!

2020 has been a YEAR, and you deserve something good! So, through the end of TODAY (Friday, December 18), you can get access to the super-popular promotion we did during the height of lockdown earlier this year:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone. When you buy a session, we’ll reach out within a couple days to schedule it with you (which might end up being in January, depending on availability).

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You’ve probably all dreamed at some point of being Duchess Catherine (British royalty) or Beyoncé (American royalty)—if only because of how nice it must be to have the resources to outsource the mundane crap that eats up all your time! If they don’t want to cook, clean, do laundry, file their taxes, or go to the grocery store every again, they don’t have to. The dream!

Like Kate and Bey, Anna is also a busy working mom of three young kids. But unlike the mega-rich and famous, she doesn’t have a full-time staff to take care of everything for her.

Yet, somehow, in the midst of a pandemic, while working full-time and juggling virtual learning for her kids, she managed to carve out a couple hours multiple times per week to go to her own private studio space and paint.

Given that Anna would have sworn up and down that such a thing was impossible just a few months ago, we had to have her on the podcast to talk about how she created space in her life just for her.

So, in this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, Rachel and Anna got into…

  • Why creating more space has very little to do with how much time you do or don’t have.
  • The fears she had to work through (particularly, disappointing people) in order to carve out and protect that space.
  • Why prioritizing space is directly related to getting what you want—be that a new job, relationship, more money, etc.—even if you think it’s completely unconnected.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Anna’s perspective on making space inspired you!

MORE ABOUT ANNA

Anna is a working mother of 3 kids aged 6 and under, so she has her hands full! After reading Glennon Doyle's Untamed about six months ago, Anna began to take more ownership of her time. She started working with Rachel and is learning to become less focused on pleasing others and more focused on taking care of herself so that she can enjoy her life and show up for her family, job, and community in a more energized and authentic way. As part of that journey, she has taken up painting, a passion she had abandoned about 10 years ago, and is finding it is giving her so much life in this uncertain and chaotic time.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF COVID IS BACK!

2020 has been a YEAR, and you deserve something good! So, until Friday, December 18 we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did during the height of lockdown earlier this year:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A client of mine, Jack, has been entrepreneurially minded for his whole life. He’s an idea machine, and he’s constantly coming up with cool business ideas. He can’t help it — it’s just how his brain works.

Naturally, he’ll get excited about a new idea and want to share it with people. As soon as inspiration hits (which is frequently), he’ll text his brother or call his mom or tell the coworker on the other side of his cube.

Their reactions aren’t always what he’d hoped for. In fact, they’re usually pretty discouraging. They’ll ask a million questions about how it will work — questions he can’t yet answer, since he’s still working out the idea in his mind — or they’ll jump to all the reasons why it’s risky or impractical or straight-up impossible.

Usually, after these deflating conversations, Jack will feel less enthusiastic about the idea, and often he’ll end up abandoning it altogether.

When Jack came to coaching, he told me he was afraid he’s all ideas and no action. He was feeling like maybe he wasn’t cut out to be an entrepreneur after all, since he couldn’t seem to stick with an idea and make it a reality.

“Your problem isn’t that you have too many ideas, or you’re flaky, or you lack follow-through, or anything like that,” I told him. “Your problem is just that you share your ideas too soon, and with the wrong people.”

In this week’s throwback blog from 2018, I’m making a case for why you should keep new ideas to yourself for a while, and how to know when it’s OK to share them with others.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF COVID IS BACK (FOR 2 WEEKS)!

2020 has been a YEAR, and you deserve something good! So, until Friday, December 18, we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did during the height of lockdown earlier this year:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Laura, who’s had a number of job interview recently that end the same way: The hiring manager says it came down to her and someone else, but they went with the other person. Why does she keep almost getting hired, but falling short of success?
  • Christian, who’s very attracted to a career path that’s great for a Firestarter—but that’s not his Passion Profile. Does he have what it takes to make it work, or will he regret pursuing a career that’s not aligned with his Profile?
  • Kim, who’s struggling to tell the difference between being skeptical and being judgmental. How can you tell for sure whether your ego is influencing how you’re something?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our January episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF COVID IS BACK (FOR 2 WEEKS)!

2020 has been a YEAR, and you deserve something good! So, until Friday, December 18 we’re bringing back the super-popular promotion we did during the height of lockdown earlier this year:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Is it not working? Or is it not working YET? (November 2020)

Burn This: Labeling emotions as “good” or “bad” (June 2020)

Side Chat: Why job searching & dating are the same thing (March 2020)

Getting over your ‘all or nothing’ obsession with Amy Everhart (October 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In times like these, it can be especially hard to tune into your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally! And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

Back in April, we started doing regular “Message from the Universe” episodes to help get us through the pandemic. While we stopped doing them regularly a few months ago, we promised they’d be back at random, probably when you most needed a little encouragement!

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in lately (understandable, if so!), we hope this message will give you an extra boost of guidance today.

We pulled 3 cards from our classic Rider Waite Tarot deck today. One or all has a message for you—come find out what it is!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how the message landed with you.

MORE ABOUT TODAY’S READING

The Tarot card descriptions were written by the fabulous Madeleine Joan! Madeleine is a Tarot card reader, intuitive, and astrologist with well over 20 years of experience. We recommend that you:

Check out her site and a book a private reading with her

Visit her YouTube channel

Follow her on Instagram

Join her Patreon

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Lately, one of my (Rachel’s!) clients came back a couple weeks into a homework assignment and proclaimed: “I’m really frustrated and disappointed. It’s not WORKING!!”

When you’ve spent a couple weeks on something and you’re seeing no results, of course it’s frustrating. Especially when every day that passes by gives your inner critic more and more fodder for beating you up—“If you were good at this, it would work.” “See, I told you that you’re a failure. Why even try?”

But I wasn’t “in it” like she was, so I could see the reality of the situation: It’s not that her strategy wasn’t working, it’s that it wasn’t working YET. She hadn’t given it nearly enough time or effort to conclude it wasn’t working and would never work.

So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat, Kristen and I sit down to talk about how to tell the difference between “it’s not working,” and “it’s not working YET.” We got into…

  • How to define what something “working” even means, according to your situation.
  • Ways you can tell something has the potential to work, you just need more time.
  • When it could work, but you might need to make some changes/tweaks to get there.
  • When it’s never going to work, and you should give up and focus on something else.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what’s not working, and what might not be working yet in your life!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: Are you copping out? Or letting yourself off the hook? (April 2020)

The magic of thinking like a happily single woman with Shani Silver (April 2020)

The secret to mastering informational interviews with Elise Austen (July 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Bekah Trice is a self-described wellness junkie.

There are a LOT of healing modalities out there — therapy, coaching, massage, acupuncture, human design, tapping, and energy healing, to name a few — and she’s tried them all. I like to think of her as a wellness concierge; she’s dabbled in everything, so she’s naturally great at helping people figure out what might work for them.

Of course, the very act of seeking out various healing practices means you sense there’s something within you that needs healing. Whether you struggle with imposter syndrome, people pleasing, low self-confidence, a history of trauma, or a loss of trust in yourself and/or the world, we all could use some emotional and spiritual healing (especially after the year we’ve collectively had!).

Tune in to this week’s episode with a normal person to hear more about Bekah’s healing journey. Kristen & Bekah got into…

  • What exactly Bekah was trying to heal from that caused her to seek out so many different wellness modalities.
  • What she tried that DIDN’T work vs. what DID work, and how to tell the difference for yourself.
  • Why your intention for seeking help is just as important as the type of support you choose.
  • The three stages of healing that Bekah has gone through over the years.
  • How COVID has impacted Bekah’s wellness routine, and her advice for people who are struggling to stick with their old healthy routines.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Bekah’s story resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT BEKAH TRICE

Bekah is one of our favorite clients- she has been working with Kristen since 2014. What we love about her evolution and wanted to share in today’s interview is her commitment to continuous experimentation with all types of healing modalities in an effort to dig deep and really identify those pieces holding her back. She’s always looking for ways to tap into her inner goddess, and she's committed to keeping it real, authentic, and fully alive.

She now resides in the NYC metro area, and is working in what was her dream job- doing enterprise software sales for a fortune 100 organization. A true Side Hustler, she has pursued multiple career paths- a stint on Capitol Hill, jobs in HR consulting and technology recruiting, and now software sales.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Bonus Book Club! The Body Keeps the Score by Bessel van der Kolk, M.D. (Part 1) (October 2020)

Bonus Book Club! The Body Keeps the Score by Bessel van der Kolk, M.D. (Part 2) (October 2020)

Recovering from addiction & self-hate with Adam Miller (March 2020)

Bonus Book Club! Maybe You Should Talk to Someone by Lori Gottlieb (November 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I feel like I need to offer a massive correction to all of the people, you included, I may have fooled over the years:

I’m not actually all that tough.

I know the resting bitch face (which is very handy in repelling unwanted small talk at the gym or grocery store) may have suggested otherwise. Or the fact that I’m blunt, loud, and opinionated. Or that I very clearly do not suffer fools.

The exterior may look tough, but the inside is plenty soft and sensitive.

And, like most of you, for a long time I thought that sensitivity equated to weakness. I thought the only way to get through hard times was to “tough it out.” Put my head down, plow through my problems, and take no mercy (on myself, most especially).

You may be surprised to hear me say that 2018 was not my favorite year, by a long shot. And while all the gory details don’t need to be put on display (yet—I’m positive it’s a story I’ll tell when I have more hindsight and perspective), I can tell you that, very much against my will, I became a MUCH stronger person this year (stronger, but not necessarily tougher).

Like most lessons you don’t ask for, this one taught me so much about the true nature of strength. And I have a suspicion that you probably need to hear, as much as I did, what real strength is, and what it isn’t.

So, this one goes out to you—especially if you’re under the mistaken impression that you’re weak.

After you’ve listened, come share your take on strength with me in the comments.

IF YOU LOVE OUR BLOGS, DOWNLOAD OUR EBOOK COLLECTIONS!

Each of our eBooks is a collection of about 7 blogs centered around a different theme. If you liked this blog, you might enjoy “Am I doing ‘life’ right? Wisdom, relief, and tough love for getting through difficult times.” It’s a “Life 101” primer for dealing with some of the hardest aspects of being human — from shame and insecurity to feeling stuck and ‘behind’ everyone else — in a way that makes you more grounded and resilient, and ultimately … good at life.

Download all 4 eBooks here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Ellie, whose friends are all talk no action when it comes to personal development. What do you do when your close friends aren’t committed to growing as people?
  • Tribe of One, whose parents have each moved on to new relationships after their 31-year-long marriage ended in divorce. Their new significant others seemingly have no interest in getting to know her, though. How can she be more accepting of people who don’t care about having a relationship with her?
  • Reality Checker, whose passive-aggressive co-worker has finally come to the attention of their manager. Now that he’s being held more accountable for his behavior, Reality Checker wants to stop reading into every little interaction, but it’s understandably hard to trust him. How do you tell when someone is actually being passive-aggressive, or when you’re reading too much into it?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our December episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: When you want to fix someone, but can’t (March 2019)

Making friends in adulthood with Shannon Egan & Inés Battistini (February 2020)

Dear Krachel: Is having no expectations an excuse for being lazy? (October 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into the #1 New York Times bestseller The Body Keeps the Score by Bessel van der Kolk, M.D.

This is by far the densest, most intense book we’ve ever shared on the podcast. In fact, we broke it down into two episodes so that we could do the content justice!

The Body Keeps the Score is about trauma and all of the ways it manifests in the mind and body. If you think that subject doesn’t apply to you, think again. Given that all humans experiences trauma at some point in their life—and live with, work with, and love people who’ve been through trauma, too—this book is relevant to you no matter your background.

We got into…

  • What trauma is, who experiences it, and why it’s often unconsciously running your life.
  • The quick quiz that helps you define where you fall on the trauma spectrum.
  • Ways trauma manifests in the mind and body—from mental health conditions to chronic physical illnesses and much more.
  • The pros of cons of traditional treatments like prescription drugs and psychiatry.
  • The best ways to reset your nervous system and heal yourself physically, mentally, and emotionally.

Again, we broke this episode down into two 50-minute episodes! After you’ve listened to part one, you’ll want to move on to part two.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know which of the many insights from this book resonated with you most.

LINKS

Take the Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) quiz

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into the #1 New York Times bestseller The Body Keeps the Score by Bessel van der Kolk, M.D.

This is by far the densest, most intense book we’ve ever shared on the podcast. In fact, we broke it down into two episodes so that we could do the content justice!

The Body Keeps the Score is about trauma and all of the ways it manifests in the mind and body. If you think that subject doesn’t apply to you, think again. Given that all humans experiences trauma at some point in their life—and live with, work with, and love people who’ve been through trauma, too—this book is relevant to you no matter your background.

We got into…

  • What trauma is, who experiences it, and why it’s often unconsciously running your life.
  • The quick quiz that helps you define where you fall on the trauma spectrum.
  • Ways trauma manifests in the mind and body—from mental health conditions to chronic physical illnesses and much more.
  • The pros of cons of traditional treatments like prescription drugs and psychiatry.
  • The best ways to reset your nervous system and heal yourself physically, mentally, and emotionally.

Again, we broke this episode down into two 50-minute episodes! If you haven’t yet listened to part one, you’ll want to go back and listen to that before moving on to this episode.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know which of the many insights from this book resonated with you most.

LINKS

Take the Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) quiz

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

All of us have either been the person who, even if they know it’s happening, can’t stop dating carbon copies of the same person over and over again; OR we’ve been the friend watching it happen, wanting to beat our head (and our friend’s head) against the wall.

And if that doesn’t resonate, maybe you’ve been the person who keeps seeking praise and validation from a boss who’s stingy with compliments, or maybe you’ve been the person who really wants to get close to people but runs away as soon as things get too vulnerable.

How you show up in relationships — romantic, platonic, professional, familial — is VERY much influenced by your attachment style.

There are 4 styles, and only one of them is healthy. And none of us have just one style (sooo … do the math — that means we’ve all got at least some unhealthy relationship patterns).

In this side chat from October 2019, we’re getting into some Psych 101 and breaking down:

  • Each of the 4 attachment styles: What they mean and where they came from.
  • Why attachment theory explains SO much about your unhealthy relationship patterns.
  • Why some people just can’t stop being codependent, while others can’t help being avoidant (and why some people are, oddly enough, both).
  • How to start breaking the cycle of your attachment style and become healthy in all of your relationships.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know what your attachment style is and how this episode is helping you think about your patterns differently!

LOVED THIS? LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT!

Dear Krachel: What counts as a "deal breaker" in relationships? (July 2020)

The magic of thinking like a happily single woman with Shani Silver (April 2020)

Contagious Love with Carla Romo (November 2019)

Conscious break-ups & brave conversations with normal person Marina (January 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

There’s a reason that the Hero’s Journey is a circle—the hero or heroine can only appreciate how much they’ve grown and changed when they go back to the beginning. Everything at home is as they left it, but yet it feels incredibly different … because they are different.

In the last four years, Brit Kolo quit a job, started a business, evolved that business into something new, lost her faith in that business, got a new job, quit it after 3 months, and came back to her business with renewed hope and energy. A heroine’s journey for sure!

There’s a reason Brit is one of our favorite people, and this conversation showcases it. You’re going to love how deep and empowering this one is. Listen in as Rachel and Brit talk about…

  • What precipitated Brit, a Firestarter if ever there was one, deciding to throw her hands up in surrender and be open to literally anything that happened next … including setting her business aside for a new job.
  • How she followed her intuition and pursued what felt aligned every step of the way, which meant walking away from that new job after only 3 months.
  • How she dealt with the opinions and disappointment of the people in her personal and professional life after making such a life-altering decision.
  • The difference between selfish and self-sustaining choices, and how to make decisions that serve you without being wracked by guilt.

We’d love to hear how this powerhouse of a conversation inspires you, so come share in the comments!

MORE ABOUT BRIT

Brit Kolo is the Creator of the Marketing Personality Type™ Framework at MarketingPersonalities.com and the Host of the Marketing Personalities Podcast. Through her framework, designed to match you with your best marketing strategy based on your Myers-Briggs Personality Type, she’s here to shake up your approach to marketing and inspire you to grow your business in a feel-good way. Meet Brit and get ready to go deep, find your true self, and grow that business of yours WITHOUT feeling fake and salesy at MarketingPersonalities.com.

LOVED THIS? LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT!

A true fan asks us deep, probing questions with Brit Kolo (April 2019)

Magic 8-Ball: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (March 2020)

Bonus Book Club! Untamed by Glennon Doyle (May 2020)

Side Chat: What happens when your intuition is wrong? (June 2020)


GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Have you noticed that surfers tend to have nice abs even though they’re not trying to? They’re just out there doing what they love, and abs are the happy byproduct.

Meanwhile, you might be in the gym, cursing your ab-less torso on what feels like your millionth rep of sit-ups.

When you boil it down, there are always two approaches to getting what you want: Head-on, or sideways. The head-on approach is how must of us naturally assume success and achievement work. It’s direct and rooted in cause and effect. “I do this, I get that.”

In today’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re talking about the sideways approach to getting what you want. It’s counterintuitive (or maybe just purely intuitive) and indirect. We got into…

  • How we might all be falsely correlating effort with success.
  • Why doing what feels good is usually the best way to get what you want, even if it’s completely unrelated to your goal.
  • Examples of how we’re coming at goals indirectly right now.
  • How this idea ties into “no more expectations for 2020.”

We’d love to hear what you’re going to come at sideways, starting now. Come share in the comments!

LAST DAY OF 1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT!

Today, Friday the 16th, is the LAST day we’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave, but some of those spots are already spoken for!
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Here’s a metaphor for you:

You’re a tree. You’ve got lots of branches — career, romance, friends, family, hobbies, health — but one root system.

If your “career” branch is feeling lackluster, does it really make sense to spend a lot of time pruning, clipping, and sprucing just that branch? Isn’t it likely that if one branch is withering, all of the branches might be affected? And in that case, why not direct your attention to the (brace yourself for a pun) root of the matter?

It seems like a no-brainer, but you’d be surprised by how many people are busy trying to perfect one branch of their tree without doing any of the deeper work needed to help the whole system thrive.

So instead of a new blog, and to highlight the fact that we’re taking on new coaching clients until this Friday (info below!), in today’s Magic-8 Ball episode (originally from October of last year) we’re expanding on this metaphor by getting into why career coaching has almost nothing to do with your career.

We’re talking about…

  • Why a new job is never the solution to your misery (even when you’re convinced it is).
  • The baggage you keep carting with you through every career transition (instead of learning how to let it go).
  • Signs you’ve been focused on the wrong solutions to your dissatisfaction, and how to turn your attention to what actually works.
  • Becoming the kind of person who’s a match to their ideal career situation — someone who can not only get (or create) their dream job, but actually thrive in it.

This is the best, clearest episode we’ve ever published about our coaching philosophy. We shared some behind-the-scenes details about what it’s like to work with us 1-on-1, and how our approach differs from other kinds of coaching, career counseling, and therapy.

If you’re curious about exactly what it’s like to be coached, and why it works so well, this is a must-listen!

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN NOW!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients through Friday, October 16! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave, but some of those spots are already spoken for!
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Today’s episode was going to be a new normal person interview, but our normal person wasn’t feeling well at the last minute (no expectations, right?), so we’re pushing that episode back until later this month and giving you a bonus side chat today, instead!

Since we were planning on talking to our normal person about something big she abruptly quit, we thought it would be fun to continue with that theme and share all the things that we have abruptly quit over the years.

We’re getting the time that…

  • Rachel left the prestigious university she attended as a freshman
  • Kristen joined the corps of cadets at her college, only to drop out 6 weeks later
  • Rachel, a straight-A student to her core, shrugged her shoulders and flunked a community college course
  • Kristen quit a job after 5 weeks
  • …and more illuminating and embarrassing stories!

Turns out your life doesn’t have to be a logical, measured straight line. You can be a bit of a hot mess and still end up where you’re supposed to be.

And of course, we’d love to hear what you’ve quit over the years. Come share in the comments!

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN NOW!

We’re accepting sign-up forms for new clients through Friday, October 16! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave, but some of those spots are already spoken for!
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I may have grown up watching my brother play football and seeing college and NFL games on TV every weekend for months on end, but 95% of it didn’t sink in. I’d always rather be reading a book. Sorry, family!

But you know what I do love? Friday Night Lights. You don’t have to love football to be heart-eyes for Matt Saracen and Tim Riggins, and to want to model your entire romantic relationship off of Coach and Tami Taylor (are Kristen and I the platonic Coach and Tami?? Discuss). It’s a near-perfect show that pulls at your heartstrings and makes you believe in the underdog.

And maybe it’s because it’s fall, and therefore football season, or maybe it’s because we’ve only got a few months left in what’s been a wild year (to say the least), but to me it feels like we’re collectively the underdog right now—it’s the fourth quarter, time is ticking, and it would be easy to give up.

This is when Coach Taylor would remind us: “Clear eyes, full hearts, can’t lose.”

As in, play your heart out, kid. Be big and bold and brave because as long as you’re doing it for the love of the game, there’s no such thing as a loss.

And naturally, because it’s TV, they’d turn it around and win. And you’d cheer and cry, because you’re only human (and also a bit of a sucker).

Life isn’t Friday Night Lights, but because Kristen and I are still coaches (albeit not of the football variety), I feel compelled to remind you: 2020 is still anyone’s game. A lot can change in a couple months … haven’t we learned that already this year?

What you decide to do with the rest of the year is up to you. But there’s still time to leave it all on the field—to be big and bold and brave. Clear eyes, full hearts, can’t lose.

Consider today’s special episode of the podcast a team huddle. Bring it in, because we’re giving you a much-needed pep talk!

And if you need a (life) coach in the fourth quarter (of the year), then read on.

1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT IS OPEN NOW!

We’re accepting sign-ups forms for new clients starting today, Tuesday, October 6 through Friday, October 16! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • You have the option of 2 or 6 months of coaching, though we’ll prioritize people who want to do 6 months.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

Check out the details and fill out the form on this page, and we’ll talk to you soon!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Margot, who’s into our idea of having no expectations for the rest of 2020, but suspects she’s overthinking it. She has a few big things she wants to make decisions about … but is having no expectations an excuse for procrastination and laziness?
  • Happily Childless, who is tired of feeling like a second-class citizen for not having (or wanting to have kids). She doesn’t want to keep working long hours or holidays because people with kids aren’t available! How can she make her employers and friends see that a child-free person’s life and time are just as valuable?
  • Rose, who is frustrated by the one-sided conversations with her husband. He supports her love of personal growth, but he doesn’t easily reciprocate when she wants him to open up. Is it possible to get him to open and up and share more so she can feel more connected to him?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our November episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Tuesday, October 6! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

c

View Details

In times like these, it can be especially hard to tune into your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally! And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

Back in April we started doing regular “Message from the Universe” episodes to help get us through the pandemic. While we stopped doing them regularly a few months ago, we promised they’d be back at random, probably when you most needed a little encouragement!

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in lately (understandable, if so!), we hope this message will give you an extra boost of guidance today.

We pulled 3 cards from each of two different oracle decks. One or both has a message for you!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how the message landed with you.

MORE ABOUT TODAY’S READINGS

We used two decks today: The Enchanted Map by Collette Baron Reid and the classic Rider-Waite Tarot cards.

The Tarot card descriptions were written by the fabulous Madeleine Joan! Madeleine is a Tarot card reader, intuitive, and astrologist with well over 20 years of experience. We recommend that you:

Check out her site and a book a private reading with her
Visit her YouTube channel
Follow her on Instagram
Join her Patreon

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Tuesday, October 6! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A while back, I happened upon a quote as I was scrolling through Instagram that felt like a benevolent smack in the face (if there is such a thing):

“The true joy of life is being used for a purpose recognized by yourself as a mighty one; being thoroughly worn out before you are thrown on the scrap heap; being a force of nature instead of a feverish, selfish little clod of ailments and grievances, complaining that the world will not devote itself to making you happy.” –George Bernard Shaw

I mean, DAMN. That’s some deep wisdom and a sick burn rolled into one!

I immediately took a screenshot and told Kristen that we MUST talk about this quote on the podcast.

So, on this Magic 8-ball episode originally from August 2018, we’re breaking down this mic-drop moment by George Bernard Shaw and getting into…


  • Why your purpose doesn’t need to be impressive or seem purposeful to anyone else.
  • How you can be fulfilled without needing to feel like the most significant person in the room.
  • Why it’s critical for you to question the common definition of concepts like “success,” “enough,” and “impact.”
  • Why living a thoroughly good life is about taking small, daily risks, rather than big, flashy ones.
  • How to let go of feeling like a victim to your circumstances (and get off the endless loop of complaining).

After you listen, come leave a comment about this episode! We’d love to hear how this quote, and our breakdown, is resonating with you.

Also, we’ll be sitting down tomorrow to record the October episode of Dear Krachel. So, if you’ve got a burning question that you’d like us to tackle, come ask us here. We’re game to answer just about anything!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Tuesday, October 6! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Where were you on New Year’s Eve 2019? Or, more to the point, what were you thinking about and planning on for the new year (and decade) ahead?

Because we’re pretty sure you didn’t plan on … whatever 2020 turned out to be, globally or personally. And it ain’t over yet.

If there’s a lesson to be taken from the supreme weirdness of this year, it might be the futility of trying to predict what’s going to happen. That sounds depressing, but we don’t mean it like that.

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re challenging you all to something we’ve decided to do (and have encouraged all of our clients to do, too): Set aside LITERALLY ALL of your expectations for the rest of the year.

Your financial situation? No expectations! Your relationship status? No expectations! Your moving plans? No expectations! Your career goals? No expectations!

We made a good case for why you should get on board. We talked about …

  • What counts as an “expectation,” and what doesn’t.
  • Why having NO preconceived notion of what’s “supposed” to happen almost always opens up space for something better than you could have imagined.
  • Examples of things we, and our clients, are going to stop expecting for the rest of the year.
  • How to handle the fear and vulnerability of letting go of your expectations.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what expectations you’re letting go of for the rest of this year!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on Tuesday, October 6! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • This is our last coaching enrollment of the year! If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re someone who’s been wanting to flex your creativity muscle, but keeps feeling stuck — by lack of inspiration, or a fear of not being good enough, or the struggle to find time for creativity — this episode is for you.

Todd Searle is a creator by nature, and yet he kept finding himself in jobs where his creativity felt stifled. He’s had dozens of ideas for businesses and creative projects over the years, but none of them seemed to work out the way he’d hoped. So he realized that if he was ever going to achieve his big dreams, he needed a new approach.

So he wrote and published a book! And not just any book — a book about creativity, where he interviewed successful entrepreneurs and creatives to get their insight into how he could turn his big dreams into reality.

And now he’s sharing what he learned with us! In this week’s interview with a normal person, Kristen & Todd got into…

  • The difference between “Regretters” and “Dreamers,” and Todd’s experience in each category.
  • Specific steps Todd took to overcome overwhelm, get his creative juices flowing, and reach his big goal of writing & publishing a book.
  • His favorite tips about living a creative life, based on dozens of interviews he did with successful creators and entrepreneurs for his book.
  • Proof that every one of us is creative, and how to reignite your creative spark if it feels like it’s dulled over the years.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Todd’s wisdom resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT TODD SEARLE

Todd Searle has always wanted to start a business. He has worked in retail sales, consulting, government, cloud software, and is now a published author. Throughout his previous jobs, Todd knew something was missing: creativity. As an author and creator, he has faced an uphill battle transitioning some of his most inspired ideas into successful commercial ventures. In his book, 32 Regrets: A Guide to Reclaiming Creativity, Todd examines some of the most inspiring stories of successful entrepreneurship today. He hopes to encourage a greater understanding of the creative mind and its creative development so that others can unlock the secrets to unleashing their own curiosity. When he’s not writing about creativity, Todd helps create content with other brands, and spends as much of his time outside as possible.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Getting un-stuck from a beige existence with Nate Otto (July 2018)

Blog: How to tell if you should quit your job and work for yourself (April 2019)

Blog: Are you chasing the wrong dream? (January 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You know that uneasy feeling you get when you know you’re doing something that’s not good for you … but you keep doing it anyway?

Maybe you’re staying in a job or a relationship that isn’t really working, or you keep making excuses for why you don’t have time to go to the gym. Whatever’s causing you to be out-of-alignment, it gives you that awful, knot-in-your-stomach, uncomfortable-in-your-own-skin, shifty kind of feeling.

I’ve been feeling that way a bit lately.

As a coach who’s trained to intuitively pick up on these inconsistencies in other people, it’s particularly uncomfortable to get this feeling myself. I realized I haven’t been the best at walking my own talk in one major way the past few months, so I’m outing myself in the name of getting back on track.

I’m forever telling my clients to pay less attention to what they don’t want, and to focus more on what they do want. In other words, stop complaining about what’s not working and start noticing and appreciating what is working.

Why? Because what you pay attention to has a huge impact on what you experience.

When I follow my own advice about this, my life starts to feel different — better, easier, lighter, more fun — almost immediately. In this week’s throwback episode from 2018 (which feels more relevant than ever this year!), I’m sharing how this small shift in attention is changing things in a big way for me and my clients.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how this resonates with you!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Blog: How much joy are you letting go to waste? (May 2018)

Blog: The most efficient, productive, mood-enhancing thing ever (July 2018)

Side Chat: A tough love smackdown (August 2018)

Blog: How to feel more energized at work (& generally in life) (December 2019)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Alexandra, who’s noticing a pattern at work of being treated differently than her colleagues. When does feedback stop being constructive and start being toxic?
  • Jess, who’s been in a relationship with a great guy for 9 months, but every time things feel too good to be true she instigates drama. Why does she keep self-sabotaging, and how can she stop before she pushes him away for good?
  • Bailey, who’s starting a new job and is afraid her poor time management skills are going to cause her to fail. She’s tried apps, planners, and all sorts of structures and systems. Nothing works! Is it possible to get better at managing time? Or is this just how she’s wired?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our October episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Navigating a toxic workplace with Stacy Campesi (February 2019)

Side Chat: The 4 Attachment Styles (October 2019)

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine Energy (March 2020)

Side Chat: The dread of good things (June 2020)

Side Chat: Overcoming impostor syndrome (July 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Amin Lakhani was born with a neuromuscular condition called Charcot-Marie-Tooth Syndrome (type 1b) which causes his muscles to atrophy over time. Growing up, his parents gave him a very specific message – “Amin, you won’t be able to perform physical labor, so you have to study and work hard if you want to succeed in life.”

So he did. He was a straight-A student, graduated from an Ivy League University, and landed his dream job at Microsoft. By all external metrics of success, he was killing it. But internally, he was desolate. He had few friends and had never been on a date. There had to be more to life, right?

When he finally mustered the courage to ask a girl out, the stars seemed to align because she said yes! But after their first (incredibly awkward) kiss, she said, "I’m sorry, I don't know how any woman could be attracted to a guy in a wheelchair." That was his absolute rock-bottom.

So, he hired a dating coach. Over years of investing in himself, he learned how to form meaningful connections. People started to describe him as charismatic, confident, and unforgettable. He made friends everywhere he went, and ended up going on dates with over 40 women, of all different backgrounds, ethnicities, and even ages (from 19 to over 50). He experienced incredible sexual intimacy, lasting relationships, love, and of course, heartbreak.

After realizing how much he had to share, he became a dating coach himself. And then one of his talks went viral on YouTube. The success was overwhelming! He was just a dude trying to find love, and sharing his successes and failures in the process. Suddenly millions of people around the world knew about him – but very few actually knew him. And he was just one thing to them – a dating coach with a disability.

That realization sent him down a dark, depressed path. But lately, he’s found solace through comedy, which he now uses as a conduit to share his life and the lessons he’s learned—dating and beyond.


We got to talk to Amin about:

  • Having someone confirm your worst fear to your face.
  • All of the limiting beliefs and inner critic messages he had to overcome in order to put himself out there in a meaningful way (and how you can, too).
  • How eventually, he just got bored of his own insecurity, and how he broke free.
  • His experiences with rejection, depression, success, and finding an outlet to express himself.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share which of the many truthbombs Amin dropped hit you hardest!

LAST DAY FOR GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING!

Today is the LAST day to enroll in Getting Over People Pleasing! Here are some quick details if you need them:

  • You can pay in one or two installments.
  • You can add on a single coaching session (something we don’t normally offer) at checkout for a reduced rate!
  • We officially get started on Monday, August 30th. But as soon as you enroll there’s an intro lesson and multiple workbook assignments to get the ball rolling!
  • The course will run for 4 weeks. We’ll release one new lesson each week, and at the end of the course we’ll host a live Zoom call to celebrate and wrap things up!
  • There’s going to be a private forum where participants can connect, shares their stories, and get their questions answered directly by us.
  • You can probably expect to commit 2-ish hours a week to this course. A small part of that time will be watching videos, and the rest will be diving into workbook assignments, as well as sharing in the forum if you want to.
  • You have forever access to this course! That means whenever we run it again, you can join in if you choose. You could also enroll now, but do the content at your own pace, if this month isn’t a good time but you don’t want to miss out.

Find out more and sign up here.

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

All of us know at least one blatant, dare we say egregious, people-pleaser. Maybe it’s your mom, or your best friend, or your boss … or maybe it’s you.

But we’ve noticed a pattern lately, and we think you need to be clued into it: Some of the worst offenders when it comes to people-pleasing don’t realize they’re people-pleasers!

In fact, we’ve had clients who vehemently denied being a people-pleaser — they insist they don’t care what people think — only to be a bit shell-shocked after we demonstrated just how perfectly they fit the mold.

In this Magic 8-Ball episode we’re sharing a classic from last summer—The 3 types of people pleasers (& why you might unknowingly be one). We talked about:

  • Our definition of people-pleasing, so we’re all on the same page.
  • The 3 types of people-pleasers: One is obvious, two are far less conspicuous, but all are equally problematic.
  • The first steps you should take, regardless of which type you are, to free yourself of this affliction.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know which type of people-pleaser you most identify with!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING: ENROLLMENT OPEN THROUGH FRIDAY!

Getting Over People Pleasing is open for enrollment through this Friday, August 28th!

  • We’re not setting a limit on the number of people who can enroll (BUT, if there start to be too many people we’ll cap it, so enroll early if you can).
  • You can pay in one or two installments.
  • You can add on a single coaching session (something we don’t normally offer) at checkout for a reduced rate!
  • The last day to enroll is Friday, August 28th, and we officially get started on Monday, August 30th. But as soon as you enroll there’s an intro lesson and multiple workbook assignments to get the ball rolling!
  • The course will run for 4 weeks. We’ll release one new lesson each week, and at the end of the course we’ll host a live Zoom call to celebrate and wrap things up!
  • There’s going to be a private forum where participants can connect, shares their stories, and get their questions answered directly by us.
  • You can probably expect to commit 2-ish hours a week to this course. A small part of that time will be watching videos, and the rest will be diving into workbook assignments, as well as sharing in the forum if you want to.
  • You have forever access to this course! That means whenever we run it again, you can join in if you choose. You could also enroll now, but do the content at your own pace, if this month isn’t a good time but you don’t want to miss out.

Find out more and sign up here.

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’d told me (Kristen) ten years ago that I’d be doing in infomercial FOR anger — as in, fully in support of and happily endorsing the expression of anger — I would’ve said you clearly have the wrong person.

You see, as a lifelong people pleaser with a huge aversion to conflict of all kind, I prided myself on rarely (if ever) getting angry. I’m embarrassed to admit I even got on my high horse about it, and I’d judge people who would (gasp) express their anger outwardly. Clearly they were just less evolved than me.

Yikes. How very wrong I was. I did feel anger (because I am, you know, human), but because I was so uncomfortable expressing it, it would leak out in gross, unhealthy ways (in my case, obnoxious passive aggressiveness).

So over the years, I’ve changed my tune. I still don’t love anger — mine, or anyone else’s — but I clearly see its value and have learned healthy ways to express it.

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat, we’re making a case for why it’s OK (necessary, even!) to feel angry, along with healthy ways to let it out, complete with demonstrations! We got into…

  • Why most of us (especially people pleasers) are so uncomfortable with anger.
  • What anger is really about, and the important messages it can give us.
  • Specific ways you can express your anger — and we don’t stop at explanations … we show you how! We LITERALLY screamed and ranted and stomped our feet.
  • Why it’s important to get comfortable with your own anger, before you express it to others.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your favorite method for releasing anger. We’re always open to new ways of processing emotions!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING IS BACK! ENROLLMENT OPENS TODAY

Learning to express anger (and ALL your feelings) in a healthy way is only one facet of what we teach you in ourcourse, Getting Over People Pleasing, which is open for enrollment TODAY through Friday, August 28th!

  • We’re not setting a limit on the number of people who can enroll (BUT, if there start to be too many people we’ll cap it, so enroll early if you can).
  • You can pay in one or two installments.
  • You can add on a single coaching session (something we don’t normally offer) at checkout for a reduced rate!
  • The last day to enroll is Friday, August 28th, and we officially get started on Monday, August 30th. But as soon as you enroll there’s an intro lesson and multiple workbook assignments to get the ball rolling!
  • The course will run for 4 weeks. We’ll release one new lesson each week, and at the end of the course we’ll host a live Zoom call to celebrate and wrap things up!
  • There’s going to be a private forum where participants can connect, shares their stories, and get their questions answered directly by us.
  • You can probably expect to commit 2-ish hours a week to this course. A small part of that time will be watching videos, and the rest will be diving into workbook assignments, as well as sharing in the forum if you want to.
  • You have forever access to this course! That means whenever we run it again, you can join in if you choose. You could also enroll now, but do the content at your own pace, if this month isn’t a good time but you don’t want to miss out.

Find out more and sign up here.

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A trend we’ve noticed with almost every people-pleaser we’ve coached (or anyone who cares too much about what others think) is that they have a really hard time knowing who they are and what they want.

It makes sense. When you’ve spent your whole life looking outward—“What will make these people happy?” “Who do I need to be to be liked, loved and accepted?”—Then there’s no space to go inward and consider who you are and what you want. And sadly, often you’ve been actively discouraged from asking those questions at all. You’re told it’s “selfish.”

You can probably relate, and so can Rachael Tomasello. In this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person, Rachel and Rachael got into…

  • How Rachael spent a decade in a career that wasn’t aligned with her because it was what she was “supposed” to do.
  • How she had to seriously tone down her natural personality and interests around her family, for fear of being judged and rejected.
  • The challenges that popped up when she made a 180 pivot in her career toward something way more suited to her.
  • Her guidance about how to take feedback, and whose opinions about you and your work matter (and whose don’t).
  • How she got comfortable with the idea of allowing herself to scare people, if necessary!

There is SO much to relate to in this one. Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share what resonated with you most!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING IS COMING BACK!

Caring too much about what other people think is one of the TOP reasons people struggle to know who they are or what they want out of life. Before you can find direction, it helps to get to the root of one of your deepest blocks!

Our course, Getting Over People Pleasing, will be open for enrollment from Friday, August 21 to Friday, August 28!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. If we offer it again, it won’t be for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts. We officially get started on Monday, August 31.
  • There will be a private forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, resilient, and most importantly—CLEAR.

Join the VIP list so you don’t miss the announcement when it’s open!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Terece Hahn had it all — the job she’d always dreamed of, a 6-figure income, a loving husband, the ability to travel and buy a home and do all the things she loved.

And yet, she was miserable.

Her job was making her burnt out, anxious, depressed, and totally unsure of herself. Her confidence took a nosedive, and she started questioning everything in her life.

So what do you do when your dream job turns into a nightmare?

Terece used that experience as a catalyst to go on a deep inner journey of figuring out who she is, what really matters to her, and what she wants most out of life. And now, two years later, she feels like a completely different — and much happier — person.

For this week’s Magic 8 Ball throwback episode, we’re re-airing a normal person interview we did back in 2018. Listen in to hear Kristen ask Terece about:

  • Her story about feeling lost and directionless after leaving school and getting a “real job.”
  • How she built back up her confidence after it hit an all-time low.
  • The huge perspective shift that helped her quiet her inner critic voice and start liking herself more than she ever thought was possible.
  • How perfectionism used to run her life, and how she’s finally starting to let it go.
  • Ways in which she’s started speaking up for herself and being her own best advocate.
  • The challenges of setting (and actually sticking to) boundaries when you’re a people pleaser … as well as the freedom that exists on the other side.
  • Why people pleasers flock to helping professions and quickly get burnt out.
  • How changing your life can be simpler than you think if you start small.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Terece’s story resonates with you!

MORE ABOUT TERECE

My name is Terece Hahn. Professionally, I am an Advanced Registered Nurse Practitioner, and I hold a Doctor of Nurse Practice (DNP) diploma. I am at the highest level of my education in my profession, and I achieved this about as early as a person can achieve this level of education. Making 6 figures as a new graduate, married to an amazing man, being able to travel, and afford things that I have always wanted should’ve meant happiness and success. Emphasis on SHOULD. I was the person that had it all and was miserable. I knew there was more to life than this, but did not know how to get there. I had been banking that once I started my new career, making the money I did, that I would be happy. Jump to the desperate Google search of "What do I want to be when I grow up?" Which lead me to the Passion Profile Quiz, then to Clarity on Fire 1:1 coaching with Kristen Walker, where I rediscovered who I was, what my values are, and why the HELL I was so miserable.

I am a normal person who, without the help from Kristen and Rachel’s business and podcasts, would have had to dredge for many years to accomplish the self confidence, love, and belief in myself that I didn’t even know existed. My journey is in the beginning stages of its existence, but you can’t unlearn what you have learned; there is no going back. It is like a small fire was lit, and with each day that I cultivate it, with self-care, naps, being kind to myself, and understanding my values, I am able to slowly stoke that fire to burn more brightly every day.

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING IS COMING BACK!

Caring too much about what other people think is one of the TOP reasons people struggle to know who they are or what they want out of life. Before you can find direction, it helps to get to the root of one of your deepest blocks!

Our course, Getting Over People Pleasing, will be open for enrollment on Friday, August 21!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. If we offer it again, it won’t be for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a private forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing … and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, resilient, and most importantly — CLEAR.

Join the VIP list for first dibs on some special treats when enrollment opens.

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

This month we answered questions from:

  • Dallying Dumper, who knows she needs to break up with her boyfriend, but can’t justify it yet because next month is the anniversary of his dad’s passing. What kind of person breaks up with someone when they’re in a bad state … and what kind of person doesn’t?
  • Katie, who’s had fun opening herself up to signs and guidance from the Unvierse, but is struggling with a new challenge: How do you know which signs are important and which ones don’t really matter?

We also share an update from one of last month’s questions—Claire, the queer woman with the homophobic ex-boyfriend, is back to let us know what she’s doing with our advice.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our September episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING IS COMING BACK!

Caring too much about what other people think is one of the TOP reasons people struggle to know who they are or what they want out of life. Before you can find direction, it helps to get to the root of one of your deepest blocks!

Our course, Getting Over People Pleasing, will be open for enrollment on Friday, August 21!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. If we offer it again, it won’t be for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a private forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, resilient, and most importantly—CLEAR.

Join the VIP list for first dibs on some special treats when enrollment opens.

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into the New York Times bestseller I’m Still Here: Black Dignity in a World Made for Whiteness by Austin Channing Brown.

The blurb on Amazon says it best: “From a leading voice on racial justice, an eye-opening account of growing up Black, Christian, and female that exposes how white America’s love affair with ‘diversity’ so often falls short of its ideals.”

This book is simultaneously the shortest of any we’ve read on the podcast, and the one that produced the most pages of notes! There’s depth, wisdom, and challenge that will transform you in every page.

We talked about…

  • Austin’s lonely experience growing up between two worlds: “Too Black for the white kids and too white for the Black kids.”
  • How the sometimes subtle, sometimes overt racism experienced from childhood to adulthood erodes mental and emotional health.
  • What “nice white people” get wrong about seeking diversity, justice, and reconciliation.
  • Why anger is a powerful tool for justice and change—not something to be feared within yourself or others.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know which of the many truth bombs from this book resonated with you most.

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Do you remember that scene in E.T. when he (E.T., that is) shuffles out of a closet wearing a dress, high heels, a blonde wig, and a little bowler hat?

Yeah, I didn’t really remember it either, until Rachel brought it up.

She was using that very vivid mental picture (you should really Google “E.T. in a wig” if you want a good laugh) to describe how she’s always felt about dating—she’s E.T. in a wig, and everyone else is a tan, gleaming contestant on the Bachelor.

Obviously this made me LOL. Not only because it’s a hilarious analogy, but because from the outside, it’s patently ridiculous. Of course she’s not a weird alien, trying and failing miserably to perform a common human ritual (dating).

But as dubious as it sounds to me, it feels true to HER, and that’s what impostor syndrome is all about—You’re constantly afraid that you’re going to be “found out” as the fraud you fear you “truly” are, regardless of how silly or illogical it seems on the outside.

In this Magic 8-Ball episode from July 2018, we dived in to impostor syndrome and how to overcome it. We covered…

  • Where impostor syndrome comes from, and why it’s so sneaky (hint: it’s because everyone has it, but no one’s willing to talk about it).
  • Why high achievers and intelligent people are actually the MOST likely to suffer from it.
  • Why impostor syndrome tends to go hand-in-hand with the feeling that something came “too easily” to us.
  • How to tell if you’re experiencing impostor syndrome, versus when you might ACTUALLY be an impostor.
  • Plus, I coached Rachel on the fly about her impostor syndrome, and we got to the bottom of what’s going on.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your own experiences with impostor syndrome!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bring your own butterbeer: Kristen interviews Rachel on her 30th birthday! (August 2018)

Side Chat: Are you copping out? Or letting yourself off the hook? (April 2020)

Magic 8-Ball: The grief of transitions (April 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Lately, we’ve had multiple clients approach us with the same exact question (which is how we know it’s time to talk about it on the podcast!). It goes a little something like this:

“So, my intuition was convinced that this thing (job/relationship/what-have-you) was right for me. I felt a strong sense of knowing. But then … that thing didn’t work out. What gives?? Was my intuition wrong? How do I know I can trust it if I feel strongly about something, then act on that guidance, only to be disappointed?”

The idea of trusting your intuition? Easy. The reality? Messy. So, in this month’s brand-new Side Chat we’re delving into what happens when your intuition leads you astray. We talked about …

  • The difference between your intuition being “wrong” and your interpretation of it being incorrect.
  • How we get tripped up by focusing too much on the end result, instead of paying attention to what’s happening right now.
  • Why it’s possible for your intuition to be right about something in the past, and for that thing to not work out later on.
  • Stories from us and a few of our clients and friends about when our intuition seemed wrong … but why it was ultimately right.

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share a time when you thought your intuition was wrong! We’d love to hear.

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020)

Side Chat: A mind-blowing, time-bending analogy (May 2020)

Side Chat: The dread of good things (June 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I tend to get wrapped up in my own thoughts. A lot. As in, I’ve gone on solo road trips and not even turned the radio on for hours. I’m very comfortable with silence.

Because of this, I’ve heard the same kinds of comments from people close to me for my whole life:

“You got really quiet all of a sudden. What’s going on?"
Or, “You have to tell me how you’re feeling — I can’t read your mind!”
Or, usually in an argument, “Are you even hearing me? Say something already!”

The strange thing is, anyone who knows me well will tell you that I can be chatty. I used to bring report cards home from school with all A’s and a little X-mark that said, “Talks to her friends too much in class.”

And if you’ve ever listened to our podcast, I think it’s pretty clear that talking — sometimes ad nauseam — about something I care deeply about is certainly not an issue of mine!

So what’s going on? Why is it that I can be so talkative sometimes, and so quiet and pensive other times?

It took me a long time to figure this out (and a lot of seeing similar patterns in people I coach), but it turns out it has everything to do with how I process thoughts, feelings, and information.

Most people in my life — my closest friends, and most of my family members, too — are external processors. Me, on the other hand? I’m an internal processor.

In this week’s Magic 8-Ball episode, I’m getting into both processing styles and helping you figure out which one you are so you can process everything that 2020 has brought up with a bit more ease.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share which kind of processor you are!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Are you a tortoise or a hare? (October 2019)

How to tell, once and for all, if you’re an introvert or an extrovert (February 2019)

Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel (August 2018)

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Rachel and I often encourage our clients to do informational interviews when they’re trying to discern whether a certain career path will be a good fit for them. Why? Because nothing quite beats hearing real people’s stories and getting honest feedback about the all questions you have (but maybe feel weird asking in a real interview).

Usually when I suggest this, though, my clients feel super resistant to the idea. And I get why — it’s incredibly vulnerable to reach out to strangers and ask for help, guidance, feedback, or mentorship.

Elise Austen felt just as resistant about trying informational interviews, but once she committed to it, she got better results than she could have hoped for. Not only did get she lots of clarity on what career track she wanted, but she ended up with some great friends and mentors who have gone above and beyond to support her.

How did she do it?? That’s what I’m here to ask her in this week’s interview with a normal person. We got into…

  • How having her plans completely derailed by the pandemic ended up motivating her to get more intentional about her next career moves.
  • How hard it was for her to hit send on that first message, and how she overcame the awkwardness.
  • Her brilliant strategy for getting over being too attached to results.
  • A breakdown of how many people she reached out to and how many of those actually turned into helpful connections.
  • How to make asking for informational interviews feel like a win-win, instead of a selfish ask.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how this conversation resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT Elise Austen

Elise Austen is currently an assistant based in Chicago, navigating her 30s and trying to find the next step in her career. Three months ago, she decided to jump into the unknown by booking a one-way flight to Europe ... but, she had to change course when the world threw her a curveball. Now, she's using this forced pause to reevaluate her choices and get more intentional.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Blog: Why you should get down with informational interviews (May 2018)
Rejection Therapy with Alex Grodnik (June 2019)
Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shephard (September 2018)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

If you squint a little, the theme of this month ended up being “deal breakers”—in friendships, at work, and in romantic relationships. We answered questions from:

  • Haley, who’s feeling hurt that she’s the one who always initiates communication with her friends. How can she ask for more balance in her friendships (and is there a bigger red flag here)?
  • Worth More or Want More, who just hit the 6-month mark at her first “real” job. She’s BARELY breaking even after paying for rent, groceries, and bills, and wants to ask for a 5% raise when she hits her 1-year mark. Is this a crazy ask? And what should she do if they turn her down?
  • Claire, who was recently dating a guy who she didn’t align with on some important issues, one being that he’s homophobic and she’s queer. She wants to know what issues count as deal breakers in romantic relationships, and is it unreasonable to expect total agreement?

Leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our August episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

How to negotiate anything (even if you’re a people pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

Rejection therapy with Alex Grodnik (June 2019)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A while back I was catching up with one of my very first clients-turned-friends. (Random aside: This is one of the things I love about coaching. You get to connect with really cool people who often end up becoming lifelong buddies.)

In our conversation she mentioned that an off-the-cuff (and definitely not super serious) analogy I’d made had actually really helped her to see life differently. So much so that she still thinks about it to this day.

(This story involves references to horses and aliens … so don’t say I didn’t warn ya.)

Rae, my friend and former client, originally came to me for some relationship coaching. Even though you’d think that talking about relationships is completely different than coaching around your career or passion in life … it’s really not.

You take your beliefs, triggers and deep fears with you everywhere you go and into anything that you do. What prevents someone from having a healthy relationship is often the exact thing that’s getting in the way of having an awesome career.

Anyway, Rae was struggling to let go of something (particularly, a relationship with a guy) that was no longer healthy for her. I’m sure you can relate, in one way or another—you know intellectually that you’d be better off moving on (from the relationship, the friendship, the job, whatever)—but you still feel tied to it because it’s all you know.

I sent her an email to help her see things differently, and it changed everything for her. In this week’s Magic 8-Ball episode, I’m bringing back this classic blog from 5 years ago.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how this one flipped your perspective!

LAST DAY FOR 1-ON-1 COACHING ENROLLMENT!

Today, Tuesday, June 30th is the LAST day to consider signing up for 1:1 coaching!

A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’re taking on about 15, max 20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief call with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We all know how good it feels to get rid of actual stuff — clothes that are out of style, clutter that’s taking up space in your closet, décor that belongs in another decade.

We’d argue it feels just as good, if not better, to get rid of your metaphorical crap — the beliefs that weigh you down, the assumptions that you inherited from someone else, and the fears that are no longer relevant to the times we’re living in now.

So, in that spirit, we’re back with another special episode of Burn This. Every once in a while, we’re going to go through some of our collective intangible garbage and give you, and all of us, permission to throw it in the burn pile!

Today we’re burning the idea that emotions need to be labeled. We go into…

  • How anger, sadness, frustration, even joy isn’t good or bad, ever.
  • The unintended consequences that result when you unconsciously believe an emotion, especially a difficult one, is “bad.”
  • The emotions you might be most uncomfortable with, and therefore most likely to label incorrectly, according to your Enneagram type.
  • How to retrain your brain to think of emotions in a neutral way.

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how you’ve been guilty of labeling emotions!

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through this coming Tuesday, June 30th!

A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15, max 20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief call with you!

MORE EPISODES ABOUT THE ENNEAGRAM

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August 2019)

Side Chat: Enneagram Soul Child Theory (February 2020)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of my clients, Haley, had a doozy of a 2019.

In April she found out she was unexpectedly pregnant with her second child. It felt like a joyful permission slip—she’d been feeling the urge to quit her corporate job since her first daughter was born two years before, but hadn’t been able to justify that decision.

By early May she’d given her two weeks’ notice, and by Memorial Day she was a full-time stay-at-home mom.

And then, in late June, Haley’s beloved Great-Aunt Mimi passed away … and left Haley her house. (If you need proof that things can change quickly, let Haley be your example!)

Haley and her husband decided to keep the house, renovate it, and move in after the new baby was born. She told me, “Aunt Mimi had been on the decline for a while. The last time I saw her before she died, I got to tell her that I was pregnant. She was so happy for us. I sort of wonder if that gave her some peace and allowed her to let go. I think she would have loved us making her house our new home.”

But as divine as the timing was, that didn’t stop Haley from having a near-breakdown over going through SO many transitions at once. It was at that point that she reached out for some coaching. She was struggling to process her new life, and also feeling guilty about the fact that she was struggling to process it all (classic, right?).

After all, women who inherit houses and are blessed with babies and get to quit their jobs don’t have problems, right?

Come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share how Haley’s story landed with you!

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through next Tuesday, June 30th!

A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15, max 20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief call with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

As much as we all think we want to be happy— “I’ll be happy when I get my dream job!” or “I’ll be happy when I have a relationship”—humans aren’t actually very good at happiness.

As long as the happiness remains an idea in our mind, it’s safe to linger on. But when happiness because a reality, all of a sudden, we start to trip over ourselves. We wait for the other shoe to drop. We fret about losing the thing that’s made us happy.

Can we never win?? Why do we do that to ourselves? You’d think if we’d finally managed to get somewhere good, we’d marinate in it for a while instead of immediately finding something else to have anxiety about.

In this month’s brand-new side chat, we’re talking about the dread of good things; AKA, upper limit problems. We got into…

  • How to identify if you’re having an upper limit problem, and the difference between that and a plain old problem.
  • How to break through an upper limit problem.
  • The story of what we’ve both been going through in the past year, and all of the upper limit problems we’ve met along the way (including how Rachel almost barfed when she found out she was buying a house).

Come leave a comment to share some of your upper limit problems with us!

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT AGAIN!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through Tuesday, June 30th!

A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15, max 20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief call with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Ever felt like you’re a ghost wandering the halls of your workplace? Sure, you’re physically there, but the REAL YOU is nowhere to be found. You’re mentally checked out, emotionally drained, and showing up as a watered-down, hollow version of yourself.

In this Magic 8-Ball episode, we’re bringing back someone who was all too familiar with that feeling: Lana Jackson, who was Kristen’s first-ever interview with a normal person back in May 2018.

After years of feeling like a ghost of her real self, trapped by a boring, soul-sucking job, she decided it was time to get clear on what she really wanted out of her life and career. Now she’s a budding entrepreneur and personal stylist helping women express themselves from the inside out. She shares the whole journey with us, in this interview.

On this episode we talk about:

  • The heartache of feeling lost, directionless, and inauthentic
  • The 3 questions Lana asked herself to figure out exactly what she wanted to do career-wise
  • Lana’s advice for staying sane while balancing a full-time job and a side hustle
  • Why making time for silence is the most productive thing you can do
  • Style tips for women who want to feel more empowered and confident (and just generally in life)

After you’ve listened leave us a comment to share how Lana’s wisdom resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT LANA

The Storied Life (TSL) is a lifestyle media and e-commerce site that provides an exclusive, behind-the-story look into luxury and adjacent brands in fashion, beauty, food, and culture. TSL's editorial articles and interviews feature a tight curation of brands that values storytelling, craftsmanship, design, and creativity. TSL is co-founded by Lana Jackson and her sister Jilene, whose culturally curious, story-driven, and fashion-forward voice seeks to restore the humanity in retail.

Lana Jackson is an experienced wardrobe stylist, with three degrees in Fashion Design, Product Development, and Art History. Lana is committed to supporting women-owned enterprises as she is a mid-stage investor in woman-owned media brand Darling and former fashion contributor for Verily Magazine. While building The Storied Life, she successfully launched and maintained her personal styling and image consulting firm, Narrative Personal Styling. She currently resides in Washington, D.C.

THINGS LANA MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

The Blue Book by Jim Branch

Cleo Wade

Lana’s blog post about women and the future of the work economy

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment this Friday, June 19 (and will go through Tuesday, June 30)! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15, max 20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Nussi Einhorn hasn’t yet turned 27, but he’s achieved a lot in his relatively short life.

He started out as a young husband and father (to three small boys!), without a traditional university education, working at a job that paid him $13 an hour.

Through ingenuity, willpower, and a lot of confidence, he hustled his way into a cushy corporate job that paid him well and allowed him to comfortably support his young family.

But Nussi is a Firestarter—he has a strong entrepreneurial spirit and was incredibly restless and unfulfilled working for anyone other than himself. He started to wonder if it was possible, after working so hard to climb the ladder, if he could jump off.

In this month’s brand-new episode with a normal person, Rachel and Nussi talk about…

  • How he’s consistently managed to create opportunities for himself, where none used to exist.
  • The very real fear he had about leaving behind the security and stability he’d worked so hard to attain, and the risk that meant for his family.
  • The inner programming he had to overcome to believe he could make a dramatic pivot.
  • Why confidence is everything, and his take on what confidence really means.
  • His advice for anyone looking to find a new job or get hired for something they don’t feel qualified for.

You’re going to learn SO much from this one! Come leave a comment to share how Nussi’s wisdom resonated with you.

You’re going to learn SO much from this one! Come leave a comment to share how Nussi’s wisdom resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT NUSSI

Nussi Einhorn runs his own UX Design agency in New Jersey. He worked his way up "the ladder" starting with a $13-per-hour job! These days he helps businesses redesign their apps and websites to be more user-friendly. Nussi is a true Firestarter!

You can connect with Nussi on LinkedIn to see his inspiring content.

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment next Friday, June 19 (and will go through Tuesday, June 30)! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15, max 20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

The theme this month ended up being “salty and cynical” (Rachel loved it). On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Another Rachel, who hijacks Rachel Rants for a bit to say that everyone who hasn’t hired her yet is a rude doofus, even though she’s got a TON of experience and deserves to be given a chance. Why do potential employers keep tossing her to the curb??
  • Elise, who has a theory that the more self-aware you are, the more you start to notice that people sort-of-kind-of … suck? How can she deal with the annoying unconscious masses at work and in the wider world?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these two listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our July episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: LAST DAY!

Today, Friday June 5th, is the LAST day to take advantage of the special “clarity in a time of pandemic” offerings!

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site. Now includes the Dream Job Bundle bonus!

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again soon! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15-20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • Our last coaching enrollment of the year will probably be in October. If you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Dear Krachel: How do I deal with life when I’m panicking? (April 2020)

Side Chat: What if you never get what you want? (December 2019)

Dear Krachel: How do I find real self-worth (when nothing has worked yet) (June 2019)

A master recruiter shares 40 years of job search wisdom with Susan Levine (July 2019)

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018)

A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’ve had a lot of fun these past few months, as we’ve all been stuck in quarantine, whipping out one of our woo-woo oracle decks and giving you all a message from the Universe. We hope that it’s helped you stay a little bit more grounded and trusting in a time of heightened anxiety!

This will be out last regular Message from the Universe episode for a while, but don’t despair. We’ll still do them every once in a while, at random, maybe when you least expect it but most need it.

To honor this last (for now) episode, we ordered a brand-spanking-new Tarot deck. Like usual, we pulled 3 cards and one of them (or maybe all of them) has a message for you today.

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share how the message landed with you.

MORE ABOUT MADELEINE JOAN

Today’s card descriptions were written by the fabulous Madeleine Joan! Madeleine is a Tarot card reader, intuitive, and astrologist with well over 20 years of experience. We recommend that you:

Check out our site and a book a private reading with her.

Visit her YouTube channel.

Follow her on Instagram.

Join her Patreon.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: ENDS THIS FRIDAY, JUNE 5TH!

This Friday June 5th, is the LAST day to take advantage of the special “clarity in a time of pandemic” offerings!

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into the mega #1 New York Times bestseller Untamed by Glennon Doyle.

Glennon’s books are the opposite of your average self-help book written by a perky middle-aged woman with plenty of platitudes and not a lot of depth. Her work is deep and moving and it’ll light a fire under your butt. It’s required reading for all humans, if you ask us (but especially highly sensitives, people-pleasers, women, and anyone who wants to live their life without guilt or constriction).

We talked about…

  • Glennon working up the courage to leave her husband, break up her family, and rebuild a new family with Abby Wambach (the Olympic soccer player, who she’d only met in person once).
  • How we’re encouraged and rewarded, from a very young age, to ignore our own inner wisdom.
  • Why highly sensitives aren’t “broken.”
  • How to walk away from people and things that aren’t right for you, even when you’re scared and burdened by guilt and uncertainty.
  • What it really means to be a person who’s whole and fulfilled.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know which truthbombs from this book resonated with you most!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: ENDS JUNE 5!

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! Until Friday, June 5 we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s time for another “Magic 8-Ball” episode! AKA, where we shake up the nearly 200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

Have you ever heard something that felt so true that it resonated in your very bones? Even if you couldn’t explain why you knew it was true? You just knew.

That’s how I felt when I read this passage from the end of Elizabeth Gilbert’s mega-bestselling book Eat, Pray, Love:

“The Zen Buddhists say that an oak tree is brought into creation by two forces at the same time. Obviously, there is the acorn from which it all begins, the seed which holds all the promise and potential, which grows into the tree. Everybody can see that.

But only a few can recognize that there is another force operating here as well—the future tree itself, which wants so badly to exist that it pulls the acorn into being, drawing the seedling forth with longing out of the void, guiding the evolution from nothingness to maturity. In this respect, say the Zens, it is the oak tree that creates the very acorn from which it was born.”

I mean, damn, right?

In this clarity-on-fire-side-chat (…get it?) from October 2018, Kristen and I put on our philosopher’s hats (debatable whether we ever took them off in the first place) and dove into this whole acorn/oak tree thing. We talked about:

  • What is the point of desire? Why do we crave certain things, and not others? And what does it mean for you to want something?
  • Why we believe desire isn’t random (and why wanting something might just be proof that you’re eventually going to get it—yes, you read that right).
  • The relativity of time, and why the veil between the present, past, and future might be thinner than any of us realize (no big deal).
  • Some mind-blowing facts about the Universe that put our itsy-bitsy problems into perspective.
  • A fun exercise to help you communicate with your past and future selves (sounds creepy, but isn’t).

If you like deep conversations, there’s nothing better than this one! Enjoy, and come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your own deep thoughts.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: ENDS JUNE 5!

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! Until Friday, June 5 we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We all know how good it feels to get rid of actual stuff—clothes that are out of style, clutter that’s taking up space in your closet, décor that belongs in another decade.

We’d argue it feels just as good, if not better, to get rid of your metaphorical crap—the beliefs that weigh you down, the assumptions that you inherited from someone else, and the fears that are no longer relevant to the times we’re living in now.

So, in that spirit, we’re back with another special episode of Burn This. Every once in a while, we’re going to go through some of our collective intangible garbage and give you, and all of us, permission to throw it in the burn pile!

Today we’re burning the idea that you should sacrifice your health for a job. We got into…

  • How alarmingly normal it is for people we coach to say things like, “I’ve daydreamed about getting into a mini car crash so I don’t have to go to work,” or, “I’ve thought about how I could take leave for a while if I fell and broke my leg in the shower!”
  • Why there’s NOTHING wrong with you if you’ve had thoughts like this, but why your focus is definitely in the wrong place.
  • Fears about being peer pressured to go back to work during the pandemic, and how to handle that.
  • Signs that your body is trying to tell you something about your job, and how to listen.

After you’ve listened, come leave a comment to share if you’ve found yourself sacrificing your health for your job, and what happened!

LISTEN TO THIS EPISODE NEXT

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: ENDS JUNE 5!

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! Until Friday, June 5 we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s that time again! Every-other-Tuesday, as long as we’re all stuck in quarantine, we’re whipping out one of our woo-woo oracle decks and pulling a few cards for all of us.

In times like these, it can be especially hard to tune into your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally! And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in (understandable, if so!), we’re doing what witches do best and conjuring a message from the Universe for you today.

We pulled 3 cards from one of our oracle card decks, and one of them has a message about something you need help with or answers about!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share which card you got and how the message landed with you!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: ENDS FRIDAY, JUNE 5TH!

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, through Friday, June 5 we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Introvert vs. extrovert. Type A vs. type B. Hard skills vs. soft skills.

Labels can be helpful shortcuts for understanding ourselves better and giving other people a quick snapshot of how we operate.

But more often than not, the debate around “are you this type of person or THAT type of person?” is wayyy too limiting.

No one is 100% introverted (even Rachel, one of the most introvertiest introverts can only boast 80% on the spectrum). No one is JUST “type A” (whatever that means). And no one has ONLY soft skills.

But we think of ourselves like that, don’t we? We assume because we’re a “soft skills person” that what we have is less valuable, and that people will treat us, hire us, and pay us accordingly.

There is a WHOLE lot wrong with the “hard skills vs. soft skills” debate, and in this month’s brand-new side chat we’re setting the record straight. We got into:

  • The traditional definition of hard and soft skills (and why we don’t fully agree!)
  • Why people tend to pay more attention to hard skills and (seemingly) value them more
  • How to identify soft skills you didn’t realize you had
  • If you’re having a difficult time at work, why your ratio of hard/soft skills may be the culprit
  • How to impress someone with your soft skills (and make them want to hire you)

After you’ve listened come leave a comment to share what some of your hard/soft skills are, and your take on this debate!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC: ENDS JUNE 5!

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! Until Friday, June 5 we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Magic 8-Ball: Masculine vs. Feminine energy (March 2020)

Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel (August 2018)

How to negotiate anything (even if you’re a people pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s time for another “Magic 8-Ball” episode! AKA, where we shake up the nearly 200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

Today’s episode is one of the first side chats we ever did on the podcast way back in April 2018, and it’s all about how to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person. It’s one of my (Kristen’s) top-3 favorite episodes we’ve ever done, and it’s one that I keep referring my clients back to over and over. Here’s the original intro to this episode:

Do you ever feel a little bit crazy? Like you’re alone in a crowd of people who don’t FEEL things as deeply as you do? Maybe sometimes you find yourself wondering, “Am I broken? Why is life so much easier for these people?” If so, you’re likely a Highly Sensitive Person.

Being highly sensitive is an awesome gift. It means you’re probably extra creative, intuitive, and capable of being deeply moved by the small things in life. But here’s the problem: We don’t live in a world that places a high value on those things. So what do we do when the world wants to tell us we’re broken? When the very traits that make us awesome are also what people believe need fixing?

On this episode we talk about:

  • How to tell if you’re a Highly Sensitive Person (we run through a list of attributes and give you guidance on where to take a self-assessment).

  • Why the most highly sensitive people are always the most genius artists and creatives, too.

  • Why HSPs are VERY likely to get diagnosed with anxiety, depression, and other disorders.

  • How to let yourself feel all the things without shutting down or going crazy.

  • The most critical things you can do to protect and take care of yourself so that you can have the best of both worlds — getting to be sensitive without feeling crazy, anxious, or overwhelmed.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! From now until Friday, June 5, we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’ve all been living in this strange new world for a few months now, complete with stay-at-home orders, face masks, and social distancing. And many of us are settling into whatever version of normal we can find.

And yet, there’s this lingering uncertainty that we’re all facing, both personally and globally. When will this pandemic end? Will I be able to keep my job? Will anyone I love get sick? What about my plans for later in the year? How long until I can travel to see my friends and family again? Will life ever go back to the way it was?

R.A.Williams was already in the exciting but unsteady early stages of starting a new business when the pandemic hit and piled another heaping serving of uncertainty onto her plate. But instead of feeling crippled by overwhelm, she’s remained optimistic, learned to adapt, and generally done an admirable job of keeping the faith that things are all working out.

Kristen wanted to hear how she’s maintained her positive outlook in the midst of so much uncertainty. In this month’s interview with a normal person, they got into…

  • How recognizing your personal tolerance level for uncertainty can help you find the best ways to cope.
  • Three major factors that have helped her navigate this uncertain time with grace.
  • Ways to find clarity and certainty, even now when the world feels upside down.
  • Her specific advice for anyone feeling weighed down by all the unknowns.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how this conversation resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT R.A.Williams

R.A.Williams is a London-based Business Coach who works with individuals and organisations to manage and master change at work. She came to business, strategy and career coaching from a background in Finance and Strategy Consulting followed by a role in a Christian Charitable Trust coaching and mentoring leaders. She is especially grateful to God for her family and for the joys of living in the best city in the world. She loves people, surprises and being surprised by people (in good ways!) and cannot wait for lockdown to end.

You can find her at:

Website: www.rwilliamscoaching.co.uk
Instagram: @rwilliamscoaching
Articles (including the one she talked about on resourcefulness): www.rwilliamscoaching.co.uk/articles

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! From now until Friday, June 5, we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You’re in for a treat today!

Instead of us whipping out one of our oracle decks like we’ve been doing every-other-Tuesday for a while now, we decided to bring in some bigger guns, so to speak, to deliver a message from the Universe to you today.

Our friend Francisca Hernandez, who you might remember from her normal person interview, as well as her expert interview about learning to meditate, is back (and has officially claimed the title of “most frequent Clarity on Fire podcast guest”) with tarot cards in hand to give us all some much-needed guidance.

Francisca delivered two messages, and one of them is meant specifically for you! Click here to see the card spreads after you’ve listened.

And we’d love to hear from you after this episode! Leave a comment to let us know which message you got, and how it resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT FRANCISCA

Francisca Hernandez is a creative, intuitive, and fluid soul with a passion for sharing well-being tools. She is a certified meditation guide, yoga instructor, Reiki practitioner, aromatherapist, and Tarot card reader. She loves to support her community and volunteers in her spare time to guide meditation for the teachers and students in her neighborhood's middle school.

Check out everything Francisca has to offer, including breathwork, meditation, Reiki, aromatherapy, Tarot and more, and join her newsletter at isabelletigerlilly.com.

And through the end of May get $25 off her breathwork & tarot package with code CLARITY. This offer is limited to 25 people, so don’t hesitate if you’d like to experience it!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, for the next 6-8 weeks we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer listener questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Cassie, who can’t help but feel bad that she’s able to stay afloat right now, given how many people are struggling and suffering. How can she ease the guilt she feels for doing well when others aren’t?
  • Jamie, who is on her third job in a row where she’s putting too much into it and caring too much—to the point where it’s making her miserable. How can she care less in a healthy way?
  • Tracey, who just got laid off but says her immediate reaction was relief! Should she be concerned that she was relieved to lose her job in a time like this?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our June episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, for the next 6-8 weeks we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s time for another “Magic 8-Ball” episode! AKA, where we shake up the nearly-200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

Today’s episode is a side chat from September 2018 about the grief of transitions. It’s one of my (Rachel’s) favorite episodes we’ve ever done, and very relevant to what we’re all experiencing right now. Here’s what I said when we first published this one:

Hello from the other side … of 30.

It’s been a month since I left my 20s, and I’m (Rachel) honestly still processing this milestone. I didn’t expect it to bring up so much grief — anger, frustration, sadness, and waves of anxiety and depression.

And while I’ve been riding those waves, it’s become obvious that a lot of people around me are also battling that same current, just for different reasons.

So, this mutual experience got me thinking about big life transitions. What do they have in common? How do we ride them out? Why are they so emotional?

In this Side Chat we’re talking about:

  • What counts as a transition (that might not have occurred to you).
  • Why all transitions always come with grief, even when they’re happy.
  • The true purpose of grief, and how to let yourself feel the deep emotions of a transition phase, without bottling them up.
  • Why you don’t need to try to understand your feelings about the transition you’re in.
  • The difference between grief and depression.
  • How you can use the often-chaotic emotions of a transition to help catapult you forward in life.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how this take on transitions resonated with you!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, for the next 6-8 weeks, we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Vintage Wisdom Oracle Deck by Victoria Moseley

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Cue Destiny’s Child All the women, who independent, throw your hands up at me. All the honeys, who making money, throw your hands up at me.

Sometimes as woman (especially if you’re over 30) it’s easy to gloss over everything you’ve accomplished in life—finding a career you enjoy, evolving as a person, developing deep friendships, making an impact in your community, eating well, staying fit—if you still haven’t attained a romantic relationship.

And the world will certainly validate you on that front. From well-meaning family who ask why you’re still single, to your married friends who think you should “try matchmaking or speed dating! It could be fun!!” … the silent implication is often “your relationship status needs to be fixed.” And when it feels like you need fixing, that makes you feel a little broken.

On this month’s interview with an expert, Rachel sits down with Shani Silver, the host of a Single Serving Podcast. Shani spent 10 years being single and miserable until she made a profound shift and started deeply enjoying her life. They got into…

  • Why your relationship status isn’t something that needs “fixing.”
  • How Shani got off dating apps completely, and why she’s a big advocate for you deleting them, too.
  • How to get off the rollercoaster of hope and disappointment when it comes to dating and relationships.
  • Why enjoying being single is actually the best way to attract a real, healthy relationship (if that’s what you want).

This episode is NOT just for single people! Maybe you’re happily partnered but your career remains that one thing you just can’t make happen, or maybe your career is solid but your body image is shaky … apply Shani’s wisdom to whatever that sticky, stubborn thing is that you wish were different.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share how Shani’s game changing perspective landed with you!

MORE ABOUT SHANI

Shani Silver is a writer and podcast host working to change the way being single is seen in the world, creating content for single women that is about MORE than just dating because our lives do involve more than that, you know. She lives in Brooklyn, loves to cook and do sheet masks but not at the same time, and is probably planning a trip to London, Paris, or both as we speak. You can find her at shanisilver.com, and check out her podcast, A Single Serving, wherever you listen!

You can also read her article about how to stop hating being single, find more articles on Refinery29, and join her Facebook group.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, for the next 6-8 weeks we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s that time again! Every-other-Tuesday, as long as we’re all stuck in quarantine, we’re whipping out one of our woo-woo oracle decks and pulling a few cards for all of us.

In times like these, it can be especially hard to tune into your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally! And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in (understandable, if so!), we’re doing what witches do best and conjuring a message from the Universe for you today.

We pulled 3 cards from one of our oracle card decks, and one of them has a message about something you need help with or answers about!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share which card you got and how the message landed with you!

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, for the next 6-8 weeks we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Vintage Wisdom Oracle Deck by Victoria Moseley

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Life is hard. We know this now, maybe more than ever.

And we all know that getting what you want isn’t always rainbows and butterflies. Sometimes you’ve got to do crap you don’t want to do because it’s good for you, and it helps you get to the good stuff in life.

So, if we’re struggling to commit to something difficult, does that mean we’re copping out? Shouldn’t we just suck it up and get on with it, because yeah, life is hard but we’re resilient and capable of doing hard things?

Maybe. But also … maybe not.

On this brand-new side chat, we’re teasing apart the difference between copping out and letting yourself off the hook. We talked about…

  • A thing Rachel was for sure copping out about, and another thing that she’s still struggling to figure out.
  • A thing Kristen thought she was copping out about, but realized she needed to let herself off the hook for.
  • The signs and indicators that you need to let yourself off the hook, vs. when you need to be an adult and just do the thing.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to share something you’ve been struggling to commit to, and whether you think you’ve been copping out or if you should maybe give yourself a break.

CLARITY IN A TIME OF PANDEMIC

If we can help you find some relief, clarity, and direction right now, then that will feel like a win! So, for the next 6-8 weeks we’re offering some unprecedented things to meet the unprecedented times:

Get the Passion Profile Short Course, our intro course that helps you get clear on your career direction in as little as 1 day, for 50% off its usual price ($125 instead of $250). No discount code needed! Price is automatically lower on our site.

Get a single coaching session with one of us! We normally only offer one-off sessions to former clients, but we’re now opening this option up to everyone.

Get both the PPSC and a single coaching session as a bundle! When you check out for either the PPSC or a single session, add the other to your cart as an upgrade. It’s $125 for the PPSC, $150 for a single session, or $225 for the bundle!

LISTEN TO THESE EPISODES NEXT

Side Chat: How to stop procrastinating (January 2019)

Refuse to choose with Rachel Lowe (April 2020)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August 2019)

Side Chat: Enneagram Soul Child Theory (February 2020)

How to use personality tests to change your life (March 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In case you hadn’t heard, every-other-Tuesday we’re publishing “Magic 8-Ball” episodes! AKA, we shake up the nearly-200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

Today’s episode is a blog from March 2018 that’s especially for all of you to default to saying “yes” to everything, and then feel overwhelmed, resentful, and burnt out…

As an introvert who’s also a recovering people pleaser, it still gives me a small thrill of rebelliousness to say no to things. That’s probably because in years past, I used to be a total yes girl.

Before I’d fully accepted my more introverted nature (meaning I need a LOT of downtime and spaciousness, and I quickly get overwhelmed with too many plans), I was always overcommitting myself.

And before I’d gotten my people-pleasing ways (mostly) in check, my fear of disappointing people was intense. So without thinking, I’d automatically say yes to work projects, social invitations, favors, and requests of all kinds. Cue the burnout and resentment.

Now I’m much more selective about what I say yes to.

In this blog I (Kristen) am giving you 7 questions to ask yourself BEFORE you say yes to anything to make sure you’re doing it for the right reasons.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know if you try out these questions for yourself OR if you have any other questions you want to add to the list!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

How to get out of Analysis Paralysis (October 2019)

When is it worth getting out of your comfort zone? (September 2018)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it's really fear) (June 2019)

How to know when it’s time to quit (a job, or anything else) (Mary 2019)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

This one goes out to all of you who feel like making a choice, any choice, is hard.

Who are these mysterious people who just … decide things? Without any angst, or second-guessing, or spinning out, or FOMO, or shiny object syndrome??

Rachel Lowe can’t relate! Which is why she’s this month’s brand-new interview with a normal person.

On this episode, Rachel E. And Rachel L. are getting into what it’s like to be someone who’s tried VERY hard to be decisive, but who just can’t be tamed. We talked about…

  • The shame and brokenness that comes up when you’re someone who can’t make up your mind (“Why is it so hard for me, and so easy for other people??”)
  • Being easily distractible, and grappling with FOMO.
  • How Rachel is learning to embrace her Side Hustler nature, and the mental shifts that helped her get there.
  • Why Side Hustlers may be better positioned for success in these weird times we’re currently living in than anyone!

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how Rachel’s advice for indecisive people landed with you!

MORE ABOUT RACHEL LOWE

Rachel Lowe has dubbed herself the quintessential "Slashie." She's a side-hustler/hummingbird, and not the other way around. Though she embraces this nature now, that was not always the case. Since our culture often seems to push folks toward a singular focus, growing up as a person of many interests often brought guilt and shame. While decisiveness is still not a strength, she has found peace in the fact that she can't choose wrong.


In the past three years alone, she's uprooted her life and business by leaving her job in the DC area to move to Colorado, moved twice more, bought a house, changed jobs again, and become a mother to an insanely adventurous and joyful little boy. What's next for her? We'll have to wait and see!

Check out Rachel and Greg for photography, especially if you’re in Colorado!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Dear Krachel: Am I doomed to grow bored with all my partners? (September 2019)

Blog: Are you a hummingbird or a jackhammer? (February 2020)

Rachel Rants: You can’t make the wrong decision! (January 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Two weeks ago, Rachel whipped out one of her woo-woo oracle decks and pulled a few cards for all of us. We got so many comments and messages saying how much you all liked it that we’ve decided to make it an every-other-Tuesday thing, at least while we’re all stuck in quarantine!

In times like these, it can be especially hard to tune in to your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally! And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure that we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quieting your mind, and tuning in (understandable, if so!), we’re doing what witches do best and conjuring a message from the Universe for you today.

We pulled 3 cards from one of our oracle card decks, and one of them has a message about something you need help with or answers about!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share which card you got and how the message landed with you!

WANT MORE WITCHY EPISODES?

Here are some of our most woo-friendly episodes for your listening pleasure:

A message from the Universe, just for you (March 2020)

Bonus Book Club! E-Squared by Pam Grout (January 2020)

Predicting the future (the right way) with Madeleine Joan (December 2020)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August 2018)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Vintage Wisdom Oracle Deck by Victoria Moseley

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

Panic, depression, and fear turned out to be the theme of this month’s episode, which is appropriate given what we’re all weathering right now. We hope it’s exactly what you need to hear to address your own concerns about life, and the future.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Multi-Trick Pony, who feels so trapped in their current job that they’re having panic attacks in their SLEEP. They’ve sent hundreds of applications for other jobs, but no one will give them a chance to move into a different field. How can they change that?
  • Steven, who struggles with moderate-to-severe depression and is having a hard time coping at a new job. He’s not showing up as an ideal employee right now, and definitely doesn’t want to get fired, but (given past history) is also afraid of the backlash if he’s too honest about his current state. Should he speak up about his mental health or not?
  • Meg, who, like many of us, is adjusting to a very abrupt work-from-home and homeschooling routine. She’s worried about what happens when life goes back to normal. How are we going to manage (let alone relax and enjoy life again) without having PTSD or always waiting for the next disaster to strike?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our May episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Dear Krachel: How do I find real self-worth (when nothing has worked yet?) (June 2019)

Healing the worthiness wound with Thais Sky (October 2019)

Why dating & job searching are the same thing (March 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In case you hadn’t heard, every-other-Tuesday we’re publishing “Magic 8-Ball” episodes! AKA, we shake up the nearly-200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

Today’s episode is a blog from April, 2018 about our collective hang-up around what “creativity” means. Considering that a lot of us all of a sudden have a lot more time to be creative, it’s imperative that we give ourselves permission to actually do that.

I’ve spent nearly three decades being mildly annoyed that real life gets in the way of fantasy. To me, fiction and art and music often feel more REAL and TRUE than the monotony of everyday life, with its bills and laundry and mountains of responsibilities.

Could you make a case that maybe this is a PROBLEM? That I’m trying to escape reality and live in a perpetual state of denial? You probably could. But hey, I’m still paying my bills, and my laundry gets done, and I’m not shirking my responsibilities. So, cut me SOME slack.

Thankfully, I’ve found a way to weave creativity into my daily life. I’m not just absorbing other people’s creativity—in the form of books, movies, TV, music, and art—I’ve also built a business that’s fueled by my own creative inspiration. But I get that a lot of people don’t have that kind of seamless integration.

I was talking to one of my clients, Gwen, about this recently. She was feeling guilty about wanting to pursue writing—something she finds really fun and inspiring—because it’s not “practical.” It got me thinking about how warped our definition of “creativity” is, and how many weird “rules” we silently follow about what we’re “allowed” to pursue, creatively.

In this blog I’m (Rachel) talking about why you should never feel guilty about doing what you love (be it writing, Netflix, or anything else), and what the REAL definition of creativity is.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how you’re getting creative in these weird times!

TODAY IS THE LAST DAY FOR 1:1 COACHING ENROLLMENT!

Today, Tuesday, March 31st is the last day we’re accepting sign-up forms for 1:1 coaching clients!

  • This enrollment period is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4 weeks).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We will have coaching spots open up before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in June 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have availability.
  • There are two options—2 months or 5 months. Brush up on the difference, here. No matter what, all of our clients get access to 10+ hours of structured content and unlimited email support.

If you’re serious about the possibility, fill out this form and we’ll schedule a conversation with you!

Want to hear how our coaching process works (and why it works so well)? Check out our episode, “Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career” from October 2019.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We all know that person. The one who’s read all the books, taken all the personality tests, and been to therapy for years but somehow is exactly the same as when they started? They could talk to you all day long about their issues—they know exactly why they are the way they are—but haven’t actually changed.

None of us want to be that person. But going from intellectually understanding stuff to integrating that information and actually thinking, feeling, and behaving differently? That’s not an easy.

People who “know things” are a dime a dozen. People who have integrated what they know are rare. And bridging that gap usually takes help.

So, in this brand-new episode of the podcast we’re delving into how we, as coaches, use information that all of us love (personality tests) to actually help our clients change their feelings, beliefs, and behavior.

We talked about…

  • Our three favorite personality tests, ranked in order of usefulness.
  • Which tests are most helpful according to your situation (not all tests make sense in every situation!).
  • Examples of how we’ve used clients’ personality test results to help them make changes that stick.
  • Plus, examples of how we’ve used our own results to change our circumstances.

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT!

We debated whether or not to continue as planned with opening enrollment for 1:1 coaching this week, which we do 3 times per year. Right now doesn’t necessarily feel like an ideal time to do anything!

But we decided to stay the course. For some, what’s going on in the world may have thrown a wrench into your plans, and coaching no longer makes sense. But for others, that same wrench may be the very reason it makes sense for you to have extra structure, support, and clarity right now.

It’s our job to help guide people through transitions, existential crises, and major life questions. So as long as people are experiencing that, we’ll be here to coach them!

So, if this turns out to be the right time for you to take some serious personal inventory and figure out where you’re going with your life and career, then we’re happy to talk to you.

Enrollment for 1:1 coaching is officially open NOW:

  • Remember, instead of taking on clients whenever, we take them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • Until Tuesday, March 31, we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 15-20 people, max! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up over time, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (probably in June). So if you’re not ready now, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — just serious enough to want to discuss it.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

Remember, you have until Tuesday, March 31, to fill out that form! After that, you can add your name to the wait list.

If you want more of a glimpse into our coaching style — how it works, and why it works — check out our episode from October 2019 called “Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career.”

TAKE THE TESTS WE MENTIONED TODAY

There are many Enneagram tests you could take, but here are two that we’ve both personally taken. Keep in mind that you’ll want to set aside about 45 minutes to complete either test:

Eclectic Energies Enneagram Test (free)

The Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (paid)

We love this free version of the Myers Briggs:

16 personalities

And of course, if you haven’t taken the Passion Profile Quiz yet, are you even a Clarity on Fire fan?? ;)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

In times like these it can be especially hard to tune in to your intuition and receive guidance. Fear and uncertainty create a LOT of noise, both internally and externally!

And, ironically, it’s exactly when we’re most afraid and unsure when we most need to be able to receive wisdom and inspiration.

So, if you’re having a hard time getting calm, quiet, and tuning in (understandable, if so!), we thought we’d help you out by doing what witches do best, and conjuring a message from the Universe for you today.

In this episode Rachel whipped out one of her woo-woo oracle decks and pulled a few cards for all of us. One of the 3 has a message about something you need help with or answers about!

Click here to see the cards, as well as read the description of each!

After you listen, come leave a comment to share which card you got and how the message landed with you!

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT!

We debated whether or not to continue as planned with opening enrollment for 1:1 coaching this week, which we do 3 times per year. Right now doesn’t necessarily feel like an ideal time to do anything!

But we decided to stay the course. For some, what’s going on in the world may have thrown a wrench into your plans, and coaching no longer makes sense. But for others, that same wrench may be the very reason it makes sense for you to have extra structure, support, and clarity right now.

It’s our job to help guide people through transitions, existential crises, and major life questions. So as long as people are experiencing that, we’ll be here to coach them!

So, if this turns out to be the right time for you to take some serious personal inventory and figure out where you’re going with your life and career, then we’re happy to talk to you.

Enrollment for 1:1 coaching is officially open NOW:

  • Remember, instead of taking on clients whenever, we take them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • Until next Tuesday, March 31, we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 15-20 people, max! If you’re seriously considering 1:1 coaching, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks).
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up over time, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (probably in June). So if you’re not ready now, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.
  • You don’t have to be 100% certain that this is right for you — just serious enough to want to discuss it.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

Remember, you have until Tuesday, March 31, to fill out that form! After that, you can add your name to the wait list.

If you want more of a glimpse into our coaching style — how it works, and why it works — check out our episode from October 2019 called “Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career.”

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’ve had a few clients come to us recently with career conundrums they just could not figure out. They’d looked at it from every angle and were only getting more confused about what they should do.

And yet, like magic, when we asked them to stop thinking of their job (either the one they have, or the one they want) like a job, and start thinking of it like a person they were dating, all of a sudden the answers appeared.

Job searching and dating are almost exactly the same thing. And the sooner you adopt this mentality, the better off you’ll be (whether you’re “on the market” romantically or professionally speaking!).

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat we’re getting into…

  • Why desperation drives both lovers and employers away.
  • How codependence shows up on the job search and on the dating scene.
  • Why trying to be impressive on first dates and interviews is never going to work for you, and how to show up, instead.
  • Setting the ground rules for how you expect to be treated in your career and in your romantic relationships.
  • How to handle breakups of the romantic and professional varieties.

After you listen come leave a comment to share what resonated most about the relationship between job searching and dating!

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT AGAIN!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through Tuesday, March 31st!

  • We’ll be taking on about 15-20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (March or April).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the coming months, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until summer 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief call with you!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hermionegranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

Sign up for texts from us

View Details

In case you hadn’t heard, every-other-Tuesday we’re publishing “Magic 8-Ball” episodes! AKA, we shake up the nearly-200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

Today’s episode is a Side Chat from last summer about how to hone your intuition (and tell the difference between that, and fear). Pretty relevant right now, don’t you think?

So, imagine a dude pumping iron, except he only ever works out one arm. He’s basically a circus attraction with his one giant bicep on the right and a puny, atrophied bicep on the left.

Well, this freak is all of us. Except the over-developed right arm is your logic/fear muscle, and the atrophied left arm is your feelings/intuition muscle.

Most of us want to start working out that sad, deflated left arm, because we really want to let go, trust our intuition, and make decisions from a place of deeper knowing, but we have no idea how to do it.

In this episode we got into:

  • All of the ways you can turn down the volume on fear and allow space for your intuition to flow.
  • How to get into a consistent rhythm of “exercising” your intuitive abilities.
  • Real-life examples of what recognizing (and trusting) your intuition looks like.
  • How to tell the difference between the voice of intuition and the voice of fear.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how you’re going to start making space for your intuition to speak to you!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again starting this Friday, March 20th! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15-20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (late March and into April).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in June 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

Want to hear how our coaching process works (and why it works so well)? Check out our episode, “Why career coaching has (almost) nothing to do with your career” from October 2019.

EPISODES WE MENTIONED IN THIS SIDE CHAT

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp (May 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We all have our laundry lists of insecurities, self-doubts, and things we don’t particularly like about ourselves. But when those self-judgments turn into full-on self-hate, that can open the floodgates for all kinds of numbing, self-sabotaging behaviors.

For Adam Miller, that manifested as drug addiction. Throughout his process of recovery, he learned that the best cure for self-sabotaging, addictive behaviors is learning how to like — and eventually love — himself again.

Adam will be the first to tell you that cultivating self-love takes time, and there’s no one-size-fits-all approach to healing from years (or a lifetime!) of self-hate. But it’s a journey that just keeps feeling better and better, and life on the other side … well, you can hear Adam describe in his own words exactly how that feels!

In this month’s interview with a normal person, Kristen and Adam talk about how to recover from self-hate and all its insidious side effects. They got into…

  • A few of the many self-sabotaging side effects you might be experiencing if you’re struggling with self-hate.
  • Adam’s take on the correlation between a lack of self-love and addiction.
  • Why the “cold turkey” approach to changing behavior isn’t right for everyone (and might actually be counterproductive), and what to do instead.
  • How to choose which self-improvement path is right for (Adam’s method for this is slightly scandalous and so freeing!).
  • Adam’s advice, based on lots of personal experience, for how to start cultivating self-love in small ways right away.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Adam’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT ADAM MILLER

Throughout my life, I have always been the “advice friend.” You know, the one that people come to for support, a shoulder to cry on, an ear to rant to, and one that can be trusted to listen with an unbiased point of view. A lifetime of being this person has shaped me into someone with a great intuition and an ability to understand why people do what they do, even if they cannot necessarily put their thoughts and feelings into words. It has become my passion, and what I believe to be my purpose in the world.

Currently, as a professional coach, I get to live that purpose daily. I get to use my own life experience as a person recovering from addiction and as a person who has struggled with self-hate, anxiety, and depression to support those navigating the issues those struggles can cause.

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again starting next Friday, March 20th! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15-20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (late March and into April).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in June 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

How to tell the difference between self-loathing & tough love

Dear Krachel: How do I stop self-sabotaging?

Dear Krachel: How do I find real self-worth (when nothing has worked yet)?

Moving past the worst years of your life with Lauren Mowbray

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Miranda, who took the Passion Profile Quiz and can’t tell if she’s a “real” Thriver, or whether she’s only getting that result because she’s burnt out and resentful of working. Could she have a different Profile if she recovered from burnout?
  • Jules, who wants to get better at feeling her feelings, but doesn’t want to indulge so much that she spirals out of control. How do you walk the line between having feelings and letting them run amuck?
  • Eric, a single guy in his 20s who’s ready to start dating again. He wants to know how he can stand out on a dating app, beyond just “being himself.”

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our April episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again soon! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15-20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (late March and into April).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in June 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Dear Krachel: How do I recover from burnout? (January 2019)

Blog: How to feel work energized at work (& generally in life) (December 2019)

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

Healing the worthiness wound with Thais Sky (October 2019)

Side Chat: When your feelings are ignored, scorned, & gaslit (January 2020)

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Every-other-Tuesday we’re going to be publishing “Magic 8-Ball” episodes. AKA, we shake up the nearly-200 episodes we’ve released in the past two years, and the one that rises to the surface has a message that you needed to hear today.

For our inaugural Magic 8-Ball episode we’re re-releasing something from the very first day we launched this podcast!

The original title was “How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to).” It explores the push-pull between masculine and feminine energy, which is something you’re almost definitely struggling with, even if you haven’t been conscious of it.

On this episode we talked about:

  • Why “equality” doesn’t mean having to become masculine in order to succeed in your career.
  • What “masculine” and “feminine” actually mean (we guarantee you’ve got some misconceptions on this one).
  • Why you might be struggling with burn-out, fatigue, and overwhelm.
  • How to go after freedom and flexibility, even if you feel trapped in a rigid environment.
  • How to embrace your intuition and emotions in a workplace that doesn’t encourage you to.
  • How you can get more done, in less time, and still feel rested and energized.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know what message this Magic 8-Ball episode had for you today!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again soon! A few pointers to keep in mind:

  • We’ll be taking on about 15-20 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (late March and into April).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in June 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for texts from us

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few weeks ago, we hosted a live online workshop about getting what you want in 2020. In typical fashion, the two of us were bouncing ideas and insights and jokes back and forth, and had a great time (and hopefully enlightened a couple people, too). But something that one of our attendees commented on stayed with us long after the hour was over. She said:

“I have never had a female interaction like you two have. It’s wonderful to see, totally alien to me! :( That bond is so powerful and affirming. Thank you for being who you are, and doing that side by side.”

She was 100% right. Having really solid friendships is powerful and life-affirming! And if we could, we’d wave a magic wand over all of you and grant you at least one soulmate-level-platonic-life-partner.

But since we can’t manage that, we decided to whip out the big guns (or big wands, as it were):

We’re doubling down by bringing another dynamic duo on the podcast to talk about all things friendship: Our friends Shannon Egan & Inés Battistini, who are BFFs and co-founders of The Biz Sisterhood!

Join Krachel and Shanés as we get into…

  • How Shannon & Inés were “love at first sight,” but Kristen & Rachel were more “meh” at first sight.
  • Taking friendships from tentative, excited, new friends to soulmate-level-BFFs.
  • Navigating messy, complicated feelings and disagreements between friends.
  • How to tell if someone has the potential to become a deep, authentic, lifelong connection.
  • Where to go to find potential friends if you’re struggling to meet people.

After you listen come leave a comment to share your feelings about making friends in adulthood!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hgranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

MORE ABOUT SHANNON & INÉS

Inés Battistini & Shannon Egan are on a mission to help female entrepreneurs boost their productivity & manage their time, so they can get things done & achieve their BIG goals without burning out in the process!

When Inés & Shannon first became entrepreneurs, they struggled to be productive, stay motivated, and get results. But when they started co-working together, magic happened! That’s why they created The Biz Sisterhood—a community of Girl Bosses supporting each other on their entrepreneurial journeys. They believe you have what it takes to build a thriving business doing work that you love with less overwhelm and more ease!

Follow them @thebizsisterhood on IG

Take The Girl Boss Quiz

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’ve been obsessed with the Enneagram ever since we discovered it last year, and we’re pretty sure we passed that obsession on to many of you!

One of Rachel’s clients recently said that discovering her Enneagram type felt like “a punch to the soul.” And damn, that’s exactly how it feels when you pinpoint your type—like you’ve been truly seen, but in the most vulnerable, cold-sweat inducing way!

And for those of you who haven’t taken the Enneagram yet, and are wondering why in the world you’d ever inflict a “cold-sweat-soul-punch” on yourself … fair. We’d argue it’s because until you know your deepest (and often most unattractive) default programming, you can’t break free or grow beyond it. And that’s something worth doing.

So, in the spirit of growth, we’re revisiting the Enneagram in this month’s brand-new Side Chat, after stumbling upon a theory about the Enneagram that makes SO much sense (and made Kristen cry a little).

We’re getting into…

  • What Enneagram Soul Child Theory is, and why it made the Enneagram click even more deeply for us and our other coach-friends.
  • How you might have adapted your dominant Enneagram type as a way to protect yourself from rejection/pain … and what type you might really be, on a soul-level.
  • An explanation of what type you might have started out as in childhood, and what type you became as an adult.

After you listen come leave a comment to share your reaction to this theory and how accurate it felt for you!

GET TEXTS FROM CLARITY ON FIRE!

Want to get weekly texts from us? Sign up here, OR … text your first name followed by your email address (Example: Hermione hermionegranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THESE NEXT

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August, 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August, 2019)

CHECK OUT SARAJANE CASE OVER AT ENNEAGRAM & COFFEE!

Sarajane’s site

@EnneagramAndCoffee on IG

Her Instagram series on Soul Child theory, by type:
One, Two, Three, Four, Five, Six, Seven, Eight, and Nine

ENNEAGRAM TESTS

There are many Enneagram tests you could take, but here are two that we’ve both personally taken. Keep in mind that you’ll want to set aside about 45 minutes to complete either test:

Eclectic Energies Enneagram Test (free)

The Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (paid)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Remember in Harry Potter when Fawkes the phoenix would near the end of his life cycle? He’d get all wheezy and bleary-eyed, and generally look the worse for wear, and Dumbledore would encourage him to “get on with it.”

Then, of course, he’d burst into flame and emerge again from the ashes, a tiny and somewhat ugly little chick who would soon grow into his former glory.

Well, as we near our 200th episode of the podcast, we’re feeling a bit more like “old and wheezy” than “youthful and resplendent” Fawkes. So, it’s time to burn some stuff down and start anew!

In the spirit of death and rebirth, we’re taking something away and giving you something new.

KRACHEL TAKETH AWAY

We’re cutting back from 8 podcast episodes per month to 6!

Instead of blogging every Tuesday, we’re going to be publishing episodes every-other-Tuesday. Sometimes they might be blogs, or Rachel Rants, or special bonus episodes.

But mostly, we’re going to use our two Tuesdays a month to give you “Magic 8-Ball” episodes: Where we pick any of our past 200 episodes, somewhat at random, and reintroduce it to you.

It’s likely, even if you’re a Clarity on Fire super-fan, that you haven’t heard 100% of our past episodes. And that’s a shame, because there are some really great gems just sitting there, waiting to be discovered (or rediscovered, as the case may be).

Think of these episodes like a shake of the Magic 8-Ball—whatever message you get is the probably the exact one you needed that day!

BUT KRACHEL ALSO GIVETH

We’ve been wanting a way to connect with you that’s easy, fun, and a lot less time consuming than listening to us gab on the podcast for an hour or more each week!

So, we’re getting hip to the times and sliding into your DMs (that’s how the youths say it, no?).

That’s right, we’ve got a phone number and we mostly know how to use it! So, want to get weekly texts from us??

Sign up here

OR … text your first name, followed by a single space, then your email address (Example: Hermione hermionegranger@hogwarts.edu) to 703-783-3223.

We’re going to send you some motivation/inspiration/food for thought on Monday mornings, and probably one other surprise throughout the week, too.

You guys feel like our friends, even though we’ve never gotten to meet or talk to most of you! So getting to text you will make that friendship feel even more real, on both sides.

The first official text goes out on Monday the 24th, so sign up before then so you don’t miss it!

P.S. We’d be delighted if you added us to your contacts (call us Clarity on Fire, Krachel, or whatever else amuses you), and even more gleeful if you pick a great image for our contact photo (Oprah and Gayle? James and Sirius? Tacos and guacamole??) and share it with us. ;)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Sign up for weekly texts

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

When I first met Amanda, she was lugging around shame like it was an anvil strapped to her back. In her mind, she didn’t deserve to feel light or free because she’d left her marriage of almost 20 years in a way that she felt very guilty about.

But as long as she was carrying guilt and shame like a penance, she wasn’t able to pick anything else up. It’s hard to move on with your life, or get clear about who you are on a deeper level, if you’re not allowed to forgive yourself.

So, that’s what she had to learn how to do. And that’s what Amanda and I got in to during this month’s new interview with a normal person!

We talked about …

  • Why she was ashamed about how she left her marriage, and why she felt unable to let that shame go for a long time.
  • The difference between letting yourself off the hook for bad behavior (something you probably shouldn’t be doing) and genuinely forgiving yourself (something you definitely should do).
  • How forgiving herself allowed her to heal the issues that caused her marriage to dissolve, in the first place.
  • The newfound direction and purpose she found in her career once she was finally able to make peace with herself.
  • How she’s transitioning this month from her full-time job as director of a non-profit to full-time self-employment.

After you listen come leave a comment to share how Amanda’s wisdom resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT AMANDA

At 48, Amanda Michaelis is finally starting to figure out who she is.

Amanda's shift in her life occurred after the end of an almost-20-year marriage. During that time, she dove deep and discovered who she was, what she valued, and how she was meant to live her life. Her career has led her into the healthcare industry; a large, family-owned and operated regional business; and most recently the nonprofit world. Amanda is currently participating in an open, transparent transition process with her Board of Directors to move out of her current organizational leadership role, and into the world of self-employment as a coach and facilitator in her own business called, appropriately enough, Shift Your Perspective.

In addition, she is deeply committed to developing leaders in her community. She is in her sixth year facilitating both the adult and junior Community Leadership Programs in her town.

Her goal these days is to like herself today more than yesterday.

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THESE NEXT

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Expecting the perfect job to be your savior with Sarah Knight (October 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

“I think I’m bad at joy,” said my client Laura at the start of our last coaching call.

She went on to tell me about a mini road trip she and her boyfriend took over the weekend. There was a moment in the car when everything felt right in the world — the sun was shining, the windows were down, her favorite music was blasting, and her boyfriend smiled over at her and put his arm around the back of her seat.

“I literally thought my heart was going to burst, I was so blissed out in that moment,” she said.

But it didn’t last long. Almost immediately, Laura’s mind started to freak out:

“I really shouldn’t have taken this trip. My boss is already annoyed that I took a whole week off earlier this month, and now I’m taking another long weekend?? Ugh, going back to work on Tuesday is going to be fun… And I probably should’ve put the money I spent on this trip toward my student loans. I’m going to be paying those off forever. Maybe I should get a second job. Or a higher paying job. But what kind of job? Do I need a second degree to get a better paying job? But that would mean MORE student loans. And what if I don’t even like that job? I’m never going to figure this out…”

Within 30 seconds, Laura’s joy had evaporated.

She asked me, “What happened? I was so happy, and then I just … wasn’t. It was like all of these crazy anxious thoughts took over my brain. What’s wrong with me?”

There’s nothing wrong with Laura. She just has the same impulse that most people I know have — to rein in her joy.

IF YOU LIKED THIS THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Our free downloadable e-book:

Are happy people for real? What it takes to live a happy, contented life in a world where that sometimes feels impossible

Make sure to check out the rest of our e-books, too:

E-Book Collections

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Jade, a college sophomore who feels like she’s doing her college experience “wrong” by not being able to pick a major. Since she can’t decide, does it matter if she just picks something that has a lot of potential to make her good money after she graduates?
  • Nurse Grumpy, who’s so fed up with being a nurse that she feels like she’s lost all patience and compassion for the people she’s supposed to be helping. She’s tried therapy, job hopping, and taking time off, but nothing has cured her resentment. How can she find fulfillment again when, in all honesty, she’s tired of pretending like she cares?
  • Ms. Pissed Off, a 30-year-old with a partner of 4 years who is SO OVER people asking her when she’s going to get married. Why do people constantly feel the need to butt in to the life choices of others? And how does she figure out if she actually wants to get married, if people around her won’t shut up about it?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our March episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Dear Krachel: All my friends are married. Why not me? (October 2018)

Dear Krachel: Should I trust my boyfriend’s words or his actions? (November 2018)

Dear Krachel: How do I recover from burnout? (January 2019)

Dear Krachel: Should I do a job I hate for a few years (for the money?) (March 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Have you ever met someone who’s always known what they wanted to do?

They were 5 years old and sure they’d be a writer or a nurse or an engineer, went and did exactly that, and are still doing it to this day? You probably have.

And while those people didn’t set out to make the rest of us feel bad … it sort of happens inadvertently, doesn’t it?

Liz Gilbert (the author of Eat, Pray, Love and Big Magic) calls these people “jackhammers.” As in, they drill down with mega-focus on one thing that they’re really passionate about and they hammer away at it forever. She’s a self-admitted jackhammer, herself, when it comes to being a writer.

She gave a talk a few years ago (definitely worth a listen) about how she mistakenly assumed that everyone was like this. Not only did she realize that she was dead wrong, but she had no idea how badly non-jackhammers often feel about themselves.

There are a whole lot of us who think there must be something wrong if we don’t have an all-consuming passion that we’re mega-focused on for our entire lives.

We feel like there’s something they (the jackhammers) understand that we haven’t figured out yet. And we can spend years (if not decades) feeling frustrated and hopeless about our search for an all-consuming passion … but never finding it.

But as it turns out, jackhammers are actually really rare. Liz concluded, and I totally agree, that maybe 5% of the population fits the jackhammer bill. The rest of us? We’re something else entirely, and it’s nothing to feel dejected about. In fact, it’s arguably even more fascinating.

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (June 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018)

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez (November 2018)

Getting what you want, then losing it with Sara Griffin (June 2019)

LINKS

Liz Gilbert’s Super Soul Talk: The Flight of the Hummingbird

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode, we’re diving into the #1 New York Times bestseller E-Squared by Pam Grout.

We’ve recommended this book to so many people over the years because it bridges the gap between science and spirituality in a fun, easy-to-do way. If you really want to believe in something—call it the Universe, infinite intelligence, whatever!—but are skeptical, or just can’t find enough proof to allow you to relax, you’re going to dig this episode.

We talked about …

  • Why religion and believing in a higher power are totally separate things.
  • How your thoughts create your reality, 100% of the time.
  • 3 experiments you can do to prove that an infinitely intelligent force exists, and that you have the power to influence it.
  • Lots of stories from us, and our clients, that prove these experiments work!

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know which nuggets of wisdom from this book resonated with you most, and what experiments you’re going to try!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THESE NEXT

Expecting the perfect job to be your savior with Sarah Knight (October 2019)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August 2018)

MORE BOOK CLUB EPISODES

Bonus Book Club! Maybe You Should Talk to Someone by Lori Gottlieb (November 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Dodging Energy Vampires by Christiane Northrup (May 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of my favorite things about January is that I always get a few extra update emails from previous clients who have been doing some New Years' reflecting on their past year and want to share it with me.

After reading a few of those, I can’t help thinking about how freaking much can happen in the span of just one year.

A lot has happened for me personally, of course, but I’m especially amazed by some of my clients’ stories about this past year. For many of them, their lives are nearly unrecognizable from this time last year!

And yet, it’s equally possible for a year to float by without much changing at all. I know plenty of people who can hardly distinguish one year from another because they all tend to blend together in a blur of sameness.

While it can be comforting to have a predictable, stable, consistent year, it’s also … well, frankly, it’s boring! As uncomfortable as we often feel about change and the unknown, I know for certain that what we’re all most terrified of is stagnation.

We’re all secretly worrying, “Is this it? Is this as good as it gets?”

We want change. We crave evolution. We’re all seeking upward momentum. Bigger, better, deeper, grander, wiser, more connected, more successful, more spacious, more, more, more. It’s what all of us want, and there’s not a thing in the world wrong with it. You couldn’t switch off that part of your human nature if you tried. We are meant to evolve.

Given the choice between a year full of evolution, growth, change, and expansion and a year of sameness and stagnation … you’re bound to choose evolution.

So what’s the difference between people who stagnate and people who experience forward momentum? That’s what I’m getting into in this updated blog from 2016!

THE PPVE IS BACK FOR THE LAST TIME ... ENROLLMENT ENDS TOMORROW!

Our online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is open for enrollment for the last time EVER through Tomorrow, January 29th.

  • It’s a 6-week course that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!
  • The content is a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and interaction with us and the rest of the group in a private forum.
  • You’ll have forever access to the content, even though this is the last time we’re running the course.
  • Nearly 500 people have gone through this program, so its track record is pretty stellar.
  • The content requires about 3-4 hours of time per week. It’s challenging in a good way, but totally manageable.
  • It’s meant for people who not only want to find their passion, but who want to get more meaning and purpose out of their entire life.
  • If you’ve been spinning your wheels for a long time and want some expert guidance getting un-stuck, this is very likely the right place for you.

The PPVE content is the same process we take all of our 1-on-1 coaching clients through, which means there’s never going to be a more affordable way to get access to deep, transformative coaching than this!

Sign up here when you're ready!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We all know how good it feels to get rid of actual stuff—clothes that are out of style, clutter that’s taking up space in your closet, décor that belongs in another decade.

We’d argue it feels just as good, if not better, to get rid of your metaphorical crap—the beliefs that weigh you down, the assumptions that inherited from someone else, and the fears that are no longer relevant to the times we’re living in now.

So, in that spirit, welcome to a new kind of podcast episode: Burn This. Every once in a while we’re going to go through some of our collective intangible garbage and give you, and all of us, permission to throw it in the burn pile!

In this inaugural episode we came up with 8 career beliefs that we can burn before we haul them with us into the 2020s.

We talked about…

  • Why no one cares that much about your technical experience or gaps on your resumé.
  • How many years is long enough to work at a job before you’re allowed to move on.
  • Why having multiple careers (not just jobs, but careers) is the new norm.
  • The biggest shift we’ve seen happen in the career world since 2010, and why it’s good news for you.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how this episode resonated with you!

EARLY BIRD ENROLLMENT FOR THE PPVE ENDS TODAY!

Our online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is open for enrollment for the last time EVER now through Wednesday, January 29 (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

Today is the LAST day of early bird enrollment! That means if you sign up before the end of the day (Friday the 24th), you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

  • It’s a 6-week course that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!
  • The content is a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and interaction with us and the rest of the group in a private forum.
  • You’ll have forever access to the content, even though this is the last time we’re running the course.
  • We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and as of this morning we have X spots left.

The PPVE content is the same process we take all of our 1-on-1 coaching clients through, which means there’s never going to be a more affordable way to get access to deep, transformative coaching than this!

Sign up here when you're ready!

FREE WORKSHOP ON 1/27!

We’re hosting a live, virtual workshop on Monday, January 27 at 7:30pm EST!

Getting What You Want in 2020: Live Workshop with Q&A

This will be great for you if …

  • You’re tired of not getting what you want (but don’t quite know how to break the cycle that you’re in).
  • You’d love to commit to something (a goal, a better version of yourself) but doubt your ability to follow through.
  • You’ve been trying to think your way into making life changes, but keep finding yourself back at square one.
  • You want to hear our latest takes on finding fulfillment, passion, and satisfaction (in your life & career) … a lot has changed since we first started talking about this 6 years ago!

We almost never do live workshops, so don’t miss out! If you’re there live, you’ll be able to ask questions during our Q&A segment. But if you can’t make it that’s OK, too. We’ll send a replay video to anyone who registers!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re hanging ‘round these parts, you probably have an affinity for coaching and all the things that come with it: Personal development, self-awareness, growth, vulnerability, and asking big, existential questions.

But the coaching world is as lawless as the wild west. Anyone can call themselves a coach and get away with it! In fact, we’ve met quite a few people who’ve come away worse than they started after working with a so-called coach.

So, in this special non-blog episode of the podcast, we wanted to give you some pointers about what makes for good and bad coaching, so that you know what to expect and can avoid the occasional charlatan or swindler.

We’re talked about…

  • A couple stories of bad coaches doing more damage than good.
  • Why giving advice is completed unrelated to coaching.
  • Why good coaches don’t always take you seriously when you say you want something.
  • How bad coaching gives band-aid solutions, while good coaching cures what ails you at the root level.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how this episode resonated with you!

THE PPVE IS BACK (FOR THE LAST TIME!)

Our online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is open for enrollment for the last time EVER now through Wednesday, January 29 (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

Early bird enrollment is going on right now! That means if you sign up before this Friday the 24th, you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

  • It’s a 6-week course that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!
  • The content is a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and interaction with us and the rest of the group in a private forum.
  • You’ll have forever access to the content, even though this is the last time we’re running the course.
  • We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

The PPVE content is the same process we take all of our 1-on-1 coaching clients through, which means there’s never going to be a more affordable way to get access to deep, transformative coaching than this!

Sign up here when you're ready!

FREE WORKSHOP ON 1/27!

We’re hosting a live, virtual workshop on Monday, January 27 at 7:30pm EST!

Getting What You Want in 2020: Live Workshop with Q&A

This will be great for you if …

  • You’re tired of not getting what you want (but don’t quite know how to break the cycle that you’re in).
  • You’d love to commit to something (a goal, a better version of yourself) but doubt your ability to follow through.
  • You’ve been trying to think your way into making life changes, but keep finding yourself back at square one.
  • You want to hear our latest takes on finding fulfillment, passion, and satisfaction (in your life & career) … a lot has changed since we first started talking about this 6 years ago!

We almost never do live workshops, so don’t miss out! If you’re there live, you’ll be able to ask questions during our Q&A segment. But if you can’t make it that’s OK, too. We’ll send a replay video to anyone who registers!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you hadn’t noticed, we’re big advocates for feeling your feelings. What’s the alternative? Being shut down, repressed, or so bent out of shape that the slightest twinge of anger or sadness causes you pain? Uh thank you, but next.

But we realized we haven’t told you one of the most IMPORTANT parts about feeling your feelings in a healthy way:

Not everyone can be trusted to handle you and your feelings.

In this month’s brand-new side chat, we’re getting in to what to do when other people ignore, scorn, diminish, deride, and gaslight you and your feelings. We’re talking about…

  • The long-term symptoms of not being allowed to express your feelings to others.
  • How to process the pain of people minimizing, scorning, or gaslighting you.
  • How to recognize whether someone can be trusted to meet your needs, emotionally and otherwise.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how this episode resonated with you!

THE PPVE IS COMING BACK (ONE LAST TIME!)

Our online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, will open for enrollment for the last time EVER next Tuesday, January 21 through January 29 (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

  • It’s a 6- week course that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!
  • The content is a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and interaction with us and the rest of the group in a private forum.
  • You’ll have forever access to the content, even though this is the last time we’re running the course.
  • We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

Early bird enrollment will be going on from Tuesday the 21st through Friday the 24th. That means if you sign up before then, you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

Check out all the details here!

IF YOU WANT MORE EPISODES LIKE THIS, LISTEN TO…

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones! (How to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April 2018)

Side Chat: How to get through life’s big transitions (September 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Dodging Energy Vampires by Christiane Northrup (May 2019)

Healing the worthiness wound with Thais Sky (October 2019)

Blog: Stop torturing yourself with other peoples’ potential (December 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

There’s a time and place for more grounded, astute, in-depth reflections about life and what to do about your problems (that’s what blogs and, you know, every other episode of this podcast are for). But sometimes you just need a good, righteous rant. It’s cathartic!

So, every once in a while, instead of writing a new blog or republishing an old one, I’m going to spend a few minutes getting fired up about something, in the hopes that I’ll get you fired up, too, and maybe even snap you out of whatever daze you’ve found yourself in.

Today I’m ranting about how obsessed we all are with getting it—every choice, big or small—right, and how screwy a notion that is. I got into…

  • Why needing to figure out the “right” answer is like gasoline on an anxiety fire.
  • My new favorite word, and why it’s a cure for the “must get it right” mentality.
  • An analogy that will help you relax, trust yourself, and start taking your decisions a little less seriously.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let me know what you think of this installment of Rachel Rants, and what you might like me to rant about next!

THE PPVE WILL BE BACK (ONE LAST TIME) NEXT WEEK!

Our online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, will open for enrollment for the last time EVER next Tuesday, January 21 through January 29 (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

  • It’s a 6- week course that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!
  • The content is a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and interaction with us and the rest of the group in a private forum.
  • You’ll have forever access to the content, even though this is the last time we’re running the course.
  • We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

Early bird enrollment will be going on from Tuesday the 21st through Friday the 24th. That means if you sign up before then, you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

Check out all the details here!

LISTEN TO PAST EPISODES OF RACHEL RANTS

Rachel Rants: Being smart is NOT that important (September 2019)

Rachel Rants: Life is hard, and you don’t have a lady’s maid (October 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few months ago, my client MaryBeth started our session with, “You’re never going to believe what I just did.”

She began the call feeling utterly embarrassed, but by the end of the conversation was starting to see how the “embarrassing” thing she’d done might actually be exactly the right next step.

When you’re so committed to your plan — for your career, your relationship, or your life in general — like MaryBeth was in that moment, it can blind you to other, potentially even better paths.

In this month’s interview with a normal person, Kristen and MaryBeth talk about how to flow with the twists and turns life will inevitably throw you, including…

  • What to do when life screws up your plans, and how to shift your mindset to see how that might be a great thing.
  • How to determine when your reaction to something is coming from fear or intuition (MaryBeth has some great advice about this!).
  • How to balance being a planner, while also being open to new possibilities that might disrupt those plans.
  • A great analogy to feel more at-peace when life sends you on an unexpected path.
  • MaryBeth’s advice for someone who's gripping tightly to their idea of "the right plan."

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how MaryBeth’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT MARY BETH

MaryBeth is a thinker and a lover. She enjoys sharing and synthesizing ideas, critical thinking, and voracious learning, but she finds the most meaning in exploring the human condition, fostering human connection, and helping ease human suffering.

As a practicing clinical neuropsychologist, MaryBeth’s professional life has been dedicated to diagnosing and treating individuals with various disorders and diseases that affect brain function. In recent years, she has become increasingly interested in combining research from neuroscience and positive psychology in order to understand how “normal” people (i.e., any of us) can apply what we know about human brain function to improve and enhance ourselves and our lives.

A self-described, recovering “anxious achiever” (Enneagram type 6/3), MaryBeth is eternally grateful for what coaching and mindfulness practice have brought to her life. Learning to hear and trust her intuition, as well as learning to be still and present – rather than constantly anticipating and planning for the next hurdle – are some of the benefits she has experienced, and she is beyond excited to continue her journey, and help support others’ journeys as well!

You can connect with MaryBeth by reading her blog or dropping her a line at www.mbhcoaching.com.

THE PPVE WILL IS COMING BACK (ONE LAST TIME!)

Our online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, will open for enrollment for the last time EVER next Tuesday, January 21 through January 29 (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

  • It’s a 6- week course that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!
  • The content is a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and interaction with us and the rest of the group in a private forum.
  • You’ll have forever access to the content, even though this is the last time we’re running the course.
  • We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

Early bird enrollment will be going on from Tuesday the 21st through Friday the 24th. That means if you sign up before then, you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

Check out all the details here!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it's really fear) (June 2019)

Letting go of your inner control freak with Caela Gray

How you can stop freaking out about not knowing the future (April 2019)

Ditching your perfectionism with Terece Hahn (October 2018)

LINKS

The PPVE

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Whether you love partying until the New Years’ ball drops or turning in before midnight…

Whether you swear by New Years’ resolutions or roll your eyes at them…

It’s hard to fully avoid getting caught up in the energy of a new year (and in this case, a new decade!). I don’t know about you, but I can’t help feeling inspired to reflect on my life, dream about the future, and commit to making changes.

I think it’s important to have built-in rhythms throughout the year that remind us to pause, reflect, and — if necessary — course-correct.

So while I’m personally not crazy about new year’s resolutions (let’s be honest — they’re usually abandoned by February anyway), I do appreciate anything that reminds us to be a bit more intentional.

That said, if you find yourself dreaming, visualizing, and intention-setting around this time of year, I applaud you!

And … I also want to challenge you to dig a bit deeper this year, to get to the heart of why you want the things you want. Because the “why” behind your goals will determine whether or not you actually achieve them … and more importantly, whether achieving them will ultimately make you happy.

Consider the changes you want to make in your life in 2020. Do you want to get a new job? Or go back to school? Or move to a new city? Or create your own business? Or start a new exercise regimen?

Then, look out for the following 4 potential red flags to make sure you’re not pursuing the wrong dream for the wrong reasons.

Once you’ve listened, come over to the blog and leave me a comment to share how this resonated with you and what some of your goals for 2020 are.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Why you should keep new ideas to yourself (December 2018)

Do you want it? Or do you only think you SHOULD want it? (January 2019)

How to transform knowing what you DON'T want into knowing what you DO want (August 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Sarah, who is distressed by how much she doesn’t like herself, and how all of her behavior reflects that lack of self-esteem (to the point where she says it feels like “her soul is screaming every day”). How does someone show themselves love when they’re not convinced there’s anything about them to love?
  • D, who loves to dance but whose husband is not supportive of her passion. How can she get over the guilt she feels in pursuing something that her spouse doesn’t understand or particularly like?
  • Christine, who says she recently sabotaged a very new relationship because she’s unsure that she wants to be a stepmom to his 3 kids one day. Did she jump the gun? Is it wrong for her to expect a life of “firsts” with a future partner, rather than be someone’s second spouse/co-parent?

At the beginning of this episode we also have a REALLY good update from someone whose question we answered in December. Let’s just say it’s very karmically satisfying.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our February episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Side Chat: Fruit of the poisonous tree (August 2019)

Side Chat: The trick to overcoming your deepest, most secret blocks (May 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

To close out this month, year, and decade on a high note, Rachel thought it would be a nice, full-circle moment to sit down with Deirdre, one of her first clients ever and someone she’s known for nearly ten years!

Deirdre has had her share of ups and downs in the last ten years, like most of us. And how this decade looks at the end—living in Scotland, running her own business—is very different than how it looked at the beginning.

So, how did she end up quitting her job, moving to another country, and starting her own business? Rachel and Deirdre got into that in this year’s last interview with a normal person!

They talked about…

  • How lost, confused, and underwhelmed Deirdre felt in her first job post-college.
  • The series of ill-fitting jobs and work environments she endured over the years.
  • How she went out on a limb and put her money where her mouth was, quite literally, to invest in her potential.
  • How she stayed patient and determined, despite plenty of failure, rejection, and crickets when starting her own business.
  • Her and Rachel’s advice for you, if you want the next decade to look very different than this one!

After you listen come leave a comment to share how Deirdre’s journey resonated with you!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THESE NEXT

Expecting the perfect job to be your savior with Sarah Knight (October 2019)

Taking a year-long sabbatical from work with Francine Mends (September 2019)

When you get your dream job … and hate it with normal person Ella (July 2019)

Getting what you want, then losing it with Sara Griffin (June 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

First thing’s first—Happy birthday to Kristen!

Given that it’s already a special day, and given that we’re less than two weeks away from 2020, we decided to do a special “decade in review” episode to really cap off the day/month/year/decade in epic fashion.

We’re going back and mining 10 years’ worth of highs, lows, and wisdom, in the hope that you can take some of what we’ve learned and save yourself a couple years’ worth of angst, confusion, and misdirection in the 2020s!

We got into…

  • Who both of us were at the beginning of this decade, and who we are now (and the not-so-pretty journey in between those points).
  • The “bitter pill” each of us had to swallow in this decade—AKA, the lessons we each had to learn, over and over again, somewhat against our will.
  • A few major low points, high points, and one incredibly shocking moment.
  • How we each found the light at the end of the tunnel, after many years of fear, hopelessness, and disbelief that things would change or work out.
  • Our guidance to you, if you want your 2020s to be better than your 2010s.

After you listen come leave a comment to share what some of your biggest lessons were from this decade! We’d love to hear.

LAST DAY TO GET $50 OFF THE PPSC!

Today, Tuesday, December 17th, is the LAST day we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

Until the end of the day, the course will be $50 off its usual price with code HOLIDAY.
Anyone who signs up before then will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.
 


If your career has you feeling stuck, confused, and overwhelmed, and if you’re starting to wonder if you might be “broken,” then the PPSC is the perfect place for you to start your new career journey.



You can get unstuck, feel confident that you’re on the right track, and build the foundation you need to have a thriving career and life — in as little as one day.

The PPSC might be right for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour, video-based DIY course with workbook prompts).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You loved your Passion Profile Quiz result and want your life to actually align with what you read.

Remember, use code HOLIDAY before the end of the day for $50 off, plus the bonuses we mentioned above!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re at all familiar with the laws of the universe, you understand that being overly attached to an outcome is big no-no: When you cling to something you tend to push it further away.

But does that mean we should all become Zen monks who have literally no attachments to anything?? No desires or preferences whatsoever?

And what happens when you’ve tried but you just can’t let go of how much you want something? Does that mean you’ve doomed yourself to never have it?

We’re getting into the fear of never getting what you want in this month’s new side chat! We talked about …

  • How Rachel really struggled with this in 2019.
  • Where to draw the line between wanting something to a healthy degree vs. being overly attached to it.
  • Why thinking you need to be 100% unattached to your desires actually makes it harder to get the things you want.
  • What to do when things aren’t happening in the timeframe you wanted.

After you listen come leave a comment to share what you’re struggling to detach from, and how this episode resonated with you!

HOLIDAY SPECIAL ON THE PPSC!

Until next Tuesday, December 17th, we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

  • For this week, the course will be $50 off its usual price with code HOLIDAY.
  • Anyone who signs up before the 17th will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
  • AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up before the 17th will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.
 


If your career has you feeling stuck, confused, and overwhelmed, and if you’re starting to wonder if you might be “broken,” then the PPSC is the perfect place for you to start your new career journey.



You can get unstuck, feel confident that you’re on the right track, and build the foundation you need to have a thriving career and life — in as little as one day.

The PPSC might be right for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour, video-based DIY course with workbook prompts).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You loved your Passion Profile Quiz result and want your life to actually align with what you read.

Remember, you’ve got until December 17th to get $50 off with code HOLIDAY!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THESE NEXT

Side Chat: A mind-blowing, time-bending analogy (October 2018)

Side Chat: A tough love smackdown (August 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Blog: When you always want more than you have right now (September 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I was sitting in a coffee shop the other day, doing some work on my laptop, sipping my after-lunch tea and enjoying the relative quiet, when a rush of people flooded in all at once.

I looked up to see that my quiet little coffee shop, which had been practically empty just 10 minutes before, now was bustling with noise and had a line out the door.

I checked the time — yep, the 2pm coffee rush. It got me thinking, what’s with the collective need for a caffeine boost mid-afternoon?

I’m sure there are many explanations for why so many of us hit that 2pm slump (not enough sleep, heavy lunches that make you drowsy, sitting for too long, etc.), but I think the biggest reason is because most people’s work is much more draining than it is energizing.

If you spend most of your workday doing things that slowly siphon off your energy, and you don’t have enough natural ways to replenish it, then of course you’ll feel the need to boost your energy reserves any way you can.

Enter, the 2pm latte.

Without some way to re-energize yourself, you’re running on fumes and can hardly make it to the end of the workday, much less do anything fun or productive in your free hours post-work.
While I love a good coffee as much as the next girl, I don’t want you to feel like you have to rely on caffeine (or any other external energy booster) just to barely get through the day.

What if there were a way for you to naturally replenish your energy throughout the day through your work, instead of in spite of your work?

I’m diving into how to do just that, in this throwback blog from 2017!

HOLIDAY SPECIAL ON THE PPSC STARTS TODAY!

Starting TODAY, (Tuesday, December 10th) and ending on the 17th, we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

  • For this week, the course will be $50 off its usual price with code HOLIDAY.
  • Anyone who signs up before the 17th will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
  • AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up before the 17th will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.
 


If your career has you feeling stuck, confused, and overwhelmed, and if you’re starting to wonder if you might be “broken,” then the PPSC is the perfect place for you to start your new career journey.



You can get unstuck, feel confident that you’re on the right track, and build the foundation you need to have a thriving career and life — in as little as one day.

The PPSC might be right for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour, video-based DIY course with workbook prompts).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You loved your Passion Profile Quiz result and want your life to actually align with what you read.

Remember, you’ve got until December 17th to get $50 off with code HOLIDAY!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode we’re answering questions from:

  • Jessica, whose boss forgets or ignores every one of her birthdays and work milestones, even though that same boss gives thoughtful gifts, cakes, and cards to her co-workers. What gives?? Should she say something, or is it immature to complain about this?
  • Victoria, a hard-working and exhausted mom who wants to take a break from working for a while. The problem is, her husband doesn’t understand or support her desire for rest. How can she make him see that taking a break would be good for her (and what happens if he says no?)
  • JoAnn, who recently changed careers and is doubting whether she made the right choice. What happens next after you make a transition you regret?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our January episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

HOLIDAY SPECIAL ON THE PPSC STARTS NEXT WEEK!
Starting Tuesday, December 10 (and ending on the 17th) we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

  • For that week, the course will be $50 off its usual price.
  • Anyone who signs up in that window will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
  • AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up during that window will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is the easiest place to get started if you’re new to Clarity on Fire and need help getting unstuck. It’s only 5-ish hours, which means you can sit down and find some career direction in as little as one day.

Tune in to our episode from Tuesday, November 26 to hear us dive more into why getting clear on your Passion Profile matters so much more than focusing on “finding your passion.”

And if you want more Passion Profile content, check out these episodes, too:

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Sorting Harry Potter characters by Passion Profile (May 2019)

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THIS NEXT…

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to) (April 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

It’s a tale as old as time:

Girl meets boy. Boy is kind of lame, or a bit of a jerk, or not super committed to the idea of a relationship. But ah, boy could be so much more! There’s a glimmer of ambition and wisdom and emotional availability under the surface, and girl is going to mine that for all it’s worth.

Until, inevitably, she’s gob-smacked by reality when boy fails to change, reciprocate her efforts, or become the partner she built up in her head. Not for the first, nor usually the last time, she has to learn that not all that glitters is gold.

And lest you think this is a stereotypical example (it is, and for good reason), keep in mind that people of all genders do this with everyone — bosses, coworkers, friends, family.

It’s a near-universal human compulsion to see potential in people. And that reflects nicely on humans, in general. But that tendency is also easy to take too far.

So, how do you stop torturing yourself with other people’s potential? And how do you know when someone actually does have the potential to change? When is it right to give up on someone, versus stick it out with them?

I’m diving into the answers to all of that in this month’s new blog!

HOLIDAY SPECIAL ON THE PPSC STARTS NEXT WEEK!

Starting Tuesday, December 10th (and ending on the 17th), we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

  • For that week, the course will be $50 off its usual price.
  • Anyone who signs up in that window will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
  • AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up during that window will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is the easiest place to get started if you’re new to Clarity on Fire and need help getting unstuck. It’s only 5-ish hours, which means you can sit down and find some career direction in as little as one day.

Tune in to our episode from Tuesday, November 26, to hear us dive more into why getting clear on your Passion Profile matters so much more than focusing on “finding your passion.”

And if you want more Passion Profile content, check out these episodes, too:

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Sorting Harry Potter characters by Passion Profile (May 2019)

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, LISTEN TO THIS NEXT…

Side Chat: When you want to fix someone, but can’t (March 2019)

Blog: Stop going to the hardware store for milk (November 2018)

Side Chat: The 4 attachment styles (October 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. In this episode we’re diving into the New York Times bestseller Maybe You Should Talk to Someone by Lori Gottlieb.

Lori, a therapist, goes through a sudden break-up in her mid-forties which sends her into an existential tailspin. The book is an examination of her experience being on both the giving and receiving ends of therapy. You not only follow along as she peels back the layers on what led her to her own rock bottom, but how a handful of her patients made their way out of their own dark nights of the soul, too.

We talked about …

  • Why so many of us believe that feelings are shameful, and why we hide them.
  • How unreliable we all are as narrators of our own experience, and how to see yourself more accurately.
  • Getting past the “presenting problem” (the problem you think you have) and finding the true root of your issues.
  • Differences and similarities between therapy and coaching.
  • Achieving “emotional sobriety”—When you don’t need to self-medicate (with substances, your phone, romantic partners, etc.) to regulate your feelings.
  • The 5 stages of change, and how to recognize when you (and people you care about) are actually ready for help/change.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know which nuggets of wisdom from this book resonated with you most!

HOLIDAY SPECIAL FOR THE PPSC!

Starting Tuesday, December 10 (and ending on the 17th) we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

  • For that week, the course will be $50 off its usual price.
  • Anyone who signs up in that window will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
  • AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up during that window will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is the easiest place to get started if you’re new to Clarity on Fire and need help getting unstuck. It’s only 5-ish hours, which means you can sit down and find some career direction in as little as one day.

PAST BOOK CLUB EPISODES

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Dodging Energy Vampires by Christiane Northrup (May 2019)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Instead of a new blog, we’re taking 30 minutes to update you on two things happening (or about to happen) in the Clarity on Fire universe!

First, for the cool part of the announcement:

Starting Tuesday, December 10 (and ending on the 17th) we’re offering a holiday special on The Passion Profile Short Course!

  • For that week, the course will be $50 off its usual price.
  • Anyone who signs up in that window will get access to a LIVE online workshop with us in January (date TBD) where we’ll be answering questions and talking about how to set “anti-resolutions” in the new year (AKA, goals you’ll actually stick to).
  • AND (this is a big one) anyone who signs up during that window will also get grandfathered into our 2019 coaching rates, and will get a chance to do coaching before we open enrollment again in March!

The PPSC is the easiest place to get started if you’re new to Clarity on Fire and need help getting unstuck. It’s only 5-ish hours, which means you can sit down and find some career direction in as little as one day.

Tune in to this episode to hear us dive more into why getting clear on your Passion Profile matters so much more than focusing on “finding your passion.”

And for the crazy part of the announcement … well, you’re just going to have to listen in for that. ;) But let’s just say, we’re doing something that we thought (and vowed) we’d NEVER do again.

EPISODES YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO NEXT…

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

Sorting Harry Potter characters by Passion Profile (May 2019)

MORE ABOUT IPEC

Website

Request a session with an Admissions Coach

Watch our grad webinar from October, 2019

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Have you ever been guilty of “painting red flags green?” AKA, trying very hard NOT to see (and actively rationalizing and excusing) someone’s questionable patterns and potential deal-breakers so that you can go right on dating them?

Or, as Rachel creepily likes to put it, “dating the same person over and over again, in a different skin-suit.”

There’s no other way to parse it: Codependence is a B, ya’ll. Even if you can see yourself painting red flags green, or dating the same person in a different skin suit, doesn’t mean you can stop the pattern in its tracks. The compulsion for love, even if the attempt to get it is actively hurting us, runs deep.

Carla Romo, a dating and relationship coach and this month’s expert podcast guest, knows a thing or two about that. So much so, in fact, that she recently published an entire book about breaking free from codependence for good!

We talked with Carla about…

  • What codependence actually is, and why most people (literally 90%!) are on the codependent spectrum.
  • Signs that you’re codependent (and how it shows up in all facets of life, not just romantic relationships).
  • Red flags to look out for when you’re dating, so that you can avoid getting into an unhealthy relationship with someone who fits your old pattern.
  • The most critical things to look for and work on if you want a healthy relationship.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to share how this interview landed with you, and if it made you see dating, relationships, and codependency in a new light!

MORE ABOUT CARLA

Carla Romo is a certified dating & relationship coach, author of her new book Contagious Love, and a nationwide speaker. She helps women who feel stuck and stagnant build purpose and confidence in their break-ups, dating life & relationships. Basically, she's your love-life cheerleader, here to watch you win at love at any stage in your relationship.

You can find her at iamcarlaromo.com and on social @iamcarlaromo.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Have you ever wanted someone to let you off the hook for all the things you don’t want to do?

You know, the things that keep nagging at your mind, that you know you should do, but for some reason you just keep procrastinating on.

Wouldn’t it be nice if someone just swooped into your life and said, “It’s OK, you don’t have to do those things anymore. I’m granting you full permission to let them go.”

I wish for that all the time.

So, today, allow me to grant you permission to do just that.

It probably sounds like I’m promoting mass laziness … like I’m giving you a free pass to ignore your responsibilities and essentially become a selfish, irresponsible, lazy sloth.

But that’s not at all what I’m doing…

After you’ve listened, come leave a comment over on the blog to let us know what you’ve been procrastinating doing lately.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: How to stop procrastinating (January 2019)

Blog: How to get out of Analysis Paralysis (October 2019)

Blog: You will NEVER be done (August 2019)

INTERESTED IN 1-ON-1 COACHING? JOIN THE WAIT LIST!

We “officially” take on clients 3 times per year — the next round will open up in March 2020!

If you’re interested in the possibility of coaching before then, add your name to the wait list and we’ll let you know what our availability looks like in the coming weeks and/or months.

And if you want a deeper conversation about our coaching process, listen to our episode from October 8, 2019: Why career coaching has almost nothing to do with your career.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Remember in Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire when Mad-Eye Moody (well, the Death Eater who was impersonating Mad-Eye Moody using Polyjuice Potion) briefly turned Draco Malfoy into a ferret that he bounced around the Great Hall, much to the delight of Harry, Ron, and Hermione?

In half a second Draco was transfigured from an unmanageable problem—a persistent bully and nemesis that the trio shared years of baggage and enmity with—to, as Ron put it, “a great, bouncing ferret.”

And even though we can’t transfigure out problems that easily, it’s not for lack of trying!

In this brand-new side chat, we’re getting into the tendency to fixate on a surface-level problem—AKA the smaller thing that feels more manageable—instead of the deeper, less tangible problem that you often feel helpless to solve.

We talked about…

  • Examples like fixating on getting a new job because your marriage is failing, or nitpicking your body/image when you’re feeling overwhelmed, anxious, or depressed.
  • The 3 red flags that pop up when you’re trying to displace your problems.
  • What to do when you catch yourself focusing on the wrong problem, and how to get to the root of what’s really going on.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know what problems you may have been “transfiguring” lately!

INTERESTED IN 1-ON-1 COACHING?

We “officially” take on clients 3 times per year—the next round will open up in March 2020!

If you’re interested in the possibility of coaching before then, add your name to the wait list and we’ll let you know what our availability looks like.

And if you want a deeper conversation about our coaching process, listen to our episode from October 8, 2019: Why career coaching has almost nothing to do with your career.

EPISODES YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO NEXT…

Side Chat: The 4 Attachment Styles (October 2019)

Side Chat: 7 signs that you’re in denial (September 2019)

Sorting Harry Potter characters by Passion Profile (May 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’ll admit, a lot of what motivates me in my writing and coaching can be boiled down to something I’d call “professional outrage.”

I know I’m supposed to be non-judgy and infinitely patient. And I am with my clients because they’re cool people and they deserve that from me, always.

But there are some things that I straight up loathe. (As in, when I come across them, my eyes narrow and my nostrils flame and I acquire a Draco-Malfoy-worthy sneer.) And while there are many things I could hate on, for now I’m going to focus on only one.

When it comes to looking for a job, here’s a sampling of things that ruffle my professional feathers:

  • Career articles that purport to have the “5 best things to say” in your cover letter or résumé (or similarly phrased B.S. “list-icles” like this).
  • Well-meaning but inexperienced people who give you advice that’s more about what they’d do in your situation, not necessarily what you should do.
  • Bad career counselors who say they don’t know how to help you if you want to do something different than what you’re educated or “qualified” for.
  • Anyone who claims they know the “exact right things” to say in an interview to get the job.

Just writing this made me angry.

Because nowhere in that list — and I see these things happening to people over and over and over again — is anyone advocating for YOU.

So much conventional career advice is about you shape-shifting and manipulating who you are to “fit in” and become someone that other people want to hire.

I find every bit of mainstream career advice woefully freakin’ lackluster. And in my professional outrage, I refuse to let it stand as is.

I’ve got a pretty damn good case for why you should NEVER alter who you are to get a job.

EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT

A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September 2018)

How to negotiate anything (even if you're a people-pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

A master recruiter shares 40 years of job search wisdom with Susan Levine (July 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Let’s be honest: All of us have an inner control freak that likes to surface from time to time (or maybe has fully taken over and is running our lives!).

And it makes sense — we’re wired, by nature, to hate uncertainty and want clarity, answers, and a solid plan, preferably before taking any action.

Our inner control freak is trying to quell our anxiety about what’s on the horizon, but the need to control everything (and maybe everyone) in our lives ends up creating even more anxiety, because nothing ever goes according to plan.

Caela Gray knows all too well how stressful life can feel when you let your inner control freak run the show. She made the radical decision earlier this year to do less, relax more, and not always have a plan for everything. She was afraid her life would devolve into chaos, but what happened instead was almost magical: her relationships improved, amazing opportunities came out of the blue, and she felt more clear-minded than ever.

Listen in to this week’s interview with a normal person as Kristen and Caela talk about…

  • Caela’s personal history with the need for control and wanting to have all the answers in advance.
  • How her inner control freak pushed her into overachieving and constant productivity.
  • Her decision earlier this year to slow down, let go of the need to be constantly doing, and allow life to just flow … and what happened as a result.
  • How she overcame her fears about letting go of control and needing a plan for everything.
  • How she recognizes when her inner control freak is rearing its head again, and what she does in response.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Caela’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT CAELA

An old soul in the body of a twenty-one-year-old, Caela is a third-year university student, who loves nothing more than a cinnamon-sprinkled cappuccino and intimate conversation. The transition to college was…rocky, but afforded ample time to get to the bottom of self-limiting beliefs and starting down a path that encompassed her values. After 10 major changes (settled on French Studies), study abroad, solo travel, Brenè Brown Ted talks, and a little help from Clarity on Fire, joining the working world now seems a lot less overwhelming. Feeling not quite satisfied with her formal education, Caela leaned into her entrepreneurial spirit and recently co-founded Dear Curiosity, a personalized travel itinerary planning business, and is beginning coursework for her professional coaching certification in November (shoutout to iPEC!). As an INTJ, Firestarter, Enneagram type 1, highly sensitive, ambitious, young woman, Caela understands the struggle of feeling a bit like an outsider. But, finding the courage to practice vulnerability and give herself permission to just be, has revitalized her life in the most unexpected ways.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

How you can stop freaking out about not knowing the future (April 2019)

Ditching your perfectionism with Terece Hahn (October 2018)

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez (November 2018)

Blog: You will never be done (August 2019)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I have this fantasy of one day having a life where everything is in perfect balance.

I’m putting out quality work, exercising daily, nurturing all of my relationships, getting plenty of sleep, making smart financial decisions, maintaining a clean home, making green juices every morning and healthy meals every night, and leaving plenty of time for fun and relaxation. And eventually I imagine adding kids and pets into the equation (without disrupting the balance of everything else, of course).

Intellectually, I know this is unrealistic, but I can’t help that a small part of me still hopes this fantasy will come true.

Can you relate?

I’m reluctantly realizing that, as long as I stay attached to the myth of a perfectly balanced life, I’ll always be slightly critical of my current, imbalanced, messy life, judging it for what it should be.

So I’ve decided I need to take a good, hard look at this whole “balance” thing and shift my mindset around it once and for all. Otherwise, my longing for a perfectly balanced life will perpetually steal any contentment I could be feeling with my life just as it is.

Here are 4 hard truths that I’ve come to believe about balance…

After you’ve listened, come leave us a comment over on the blog to let us know all your thoughts about what it means to live a balanced life.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

How to make your own Rules for Sane Living (August 2018)

My go-to move for getting out of overwhelm (July 2019)

Moving past the worst years of your life with Lauren Mowbray (February 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Muddled Muggle, who heard our Enneagram series back in August and had a shocking realization that she’s not the personality type she’d assumed she was for years! Is this normal? Can someone’s personality type change? And what does it mean if it does?
  • LaLa, who’s struggling to enter into a healthy relationship because of baggage she has around men, thanks in large part to her upbringing and questionable cultural messages. How can she change her distorted beliefs about men and have a healthy relationship?
  • Laura, who’s in a bit of a lurch after she left her job with plans to move abroad, but then the timeline of the move got pushed back to 2020. She doesn’t want to blow through her savings, but she also doesn’t want to start a new job only to bail after a few months. Is temping her only option? Or are there more creative ways to bridge the financial gap?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our December episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 1) (August 2019)

Bonus Book Club! The Wisdom of the Enneagram (Part 2) (August 2019)

Taking a year-long sabbatical from work with Francine Mends (September 2019)

LINKS

Alison Armstrong

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

There’s a time and place for more grounded, astute, in-depth reflections about life and what to do about your problems (that’s what blogs and, you know, every other episode of this podcast are for). But sometimes you just need a good, righteous rant. It’s cathartic!

So, every once in a while, instead of writing a new blog or republishing an old one, I’m going to spend a few minutes getting fired up about something, in the hopes that I’ll get you fired up, too, and maybe even snap you out of whatever daze you’ve found yourself in.

Today I’m ranting about the fact that, no duh, life is hard, people! And you deserve a lot more credit for maneuvering through the difficulty than you’re giving yourself. I got into…

  • Why you’re allowed to be appalled by the amount of work you have to do to be a functioning human.
  • Why feeling bad about “first world problems” isn’t necessary.
  • Some major signs that our society is NOT handling the pressure and expectations of a modern work/life very well.
  • Why you should give yourself permission to take it easier and be just a tad nicer to yourself.
  • And, just for fun, which Downton Abbey characters Kristen and I are most like (spoilers for Downton Abbey, I guess? … but seriously, I cannot understand you if you haven’t watched this show).

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let me know what you think of this installment of Rachel Rants, and what you might like me to rant about next!

LISTEN TO THE FIRST EPISODE OF RACHEL RANTS

Rachel Rants: Being smart is NOT that important (September 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of the heartbreaking things about the human experience is that it’s both universal and incredibly isolating.

Every single person, whether they’d admit to it or not, feels unworthy in some way. And yet most of us walk around feeling like there’s something wrong with us; that we’re particularly broken compared to other people. And we fear giving voice to that “brokenness,” because what happens when another person sees the darkest side of who we are?

Our friend Thais Sky—a coach and therapist-in-training—has made it her life’s work to explore and help heal that pervasive sense of “not-enough-ness” she calls “the worthiness wound.”

In this episode we dove DEEP with Thais and got into:

  • What the worthiness wound is, and who/what created it in the first place.
  • Why certain emotions feel SO uncomfortable, including ones (like happiness) that you’d think would be easy to experience.
  • The signs you’ve got an unhealed worthiness wound, and to recognize the triggers as they come up.
  • How to start letting your feelings flow naturally, without bottling them up, pretending they don’t exist, or soothing yourself in unhealthy ways.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know what resonated most about this conversation, and how you’re thinking about worthiness differently now.

MORE ABOUT THAIS

Meet Thais Sky: Two parts sass, one part straight-up truth talk. Thais is a truth-speaker, healer, women’s coach and feminist on a heart-led mission to support the seekers, the edge-dwellers, and the "why the heck do I feel so broken” of the world reclaim their sense of belonging by learning how to explore, trust and express themselves unapologetically. Based on her own healing journey and decades of research and mentoring women worldwide, she has developed a comprehensive model that explores and offers tools/skills to heal the pervasive sense of unworthiness within women, what she calls the worthiness wound. She also hosts a weekly podcast RECLAIM where she offers conversations on finding the intersection of feminism and spirituality.

Thais received a prestigious first-class degree in Management, has studied spiritual psychology, trauma, and leadership for over 10 years and is currently finishing her Master’s in Clinical Psychology. Washingtonian Magazine named her as one of the top “8 bloggers to know.” The Huffington Post calls her “an inspirational woman” and she was nominated for Forbes Magazine 30 under 30 award. You can learn more about her and her online offerings at IamThaisSky.com and just about everywhere on social media @IamThaisSky.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A client of mine is a teacher for elementary school kids. Every day, she gives her kids some free time in the afternoon to play games, be creative, and generally take a break from structured learning to have a little fun.

A few weeks ago, after she explained all of the different “stations” they could play at during free time (coloring, origami, music, games, building with blocks, etc.), most of the kids ran off to their favorite station. One little boy, though, stood paralyzed at the front of the room, tears welling in his eyes.

My client crouched down and asked him, “What’s wrong, sweetie? Why are you so upset?”

“I like all of these stations. It’s too hard to choose one,” he said, fully crying now.

My client told me later, “You have no idea how much I related to him in that moment! I’m constantly in analysis paralysis, overanalyzing my options and feeling totally overwhelmed. Seeing that kid just standing there, crying and paralyzed at the front of my classroom … my heart went out to him because I feel the exact same way all the time.”

I don’t know about you, but I totally relate to that little boy sometimes, too. When you have a bunch of choices in front of you, it can feel impossible to pick one.

What if you choose wrong? What if you miss out on something? What if you regret your decision? What if you feel like you don’t have enough information to decide?

We live in an amazing time where we all have more choices today than most humans have had throughout history. It’s downright amazing to think of all the careers and life paths that you could pursue nowadays … things that our ancestors couldn’t have even dreamed of!

Yet, the more choices in front of you, the more likely you are to question and doubt your decisions. And if you’re someone who’s already prone to overanalyzing everything … you’re likely to slip into full-on analysis paralysis, just like that little boy crying in the classroom.

It makes sense that so many of us are overanalyzing and stressing out over our choices more than ever, but there is a way out of the mental chaos.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

How I got over my FOMO (October 2018)

Why you should keep new ideas to yourself (December 2018

How you can stop freaking out about not knowing the future (April 2019

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

All of us have either been the person who, even if they know it’s happening, can’t stop dating carbon copies of the same person over and over again; OR we’ve been the friend watching it happen, wanting to beat our head (and our friend’s head) against the wall.

And if that doesn’t resonate, maybe you’ve been the person who keeps seeking praise and validation from a boss who’s stingy with compliments, or maybe you’ve been the person who really wants to get close to people but runs away as soon as things get too vulnerable.

How you show up in relationships—romantic, platonic, professional, familial—is VERY much influenced by your attachment style.

There are 4 styles, and only one of them is healthy. And none of us have just 1 style (sooo … do the math—that means we’ve all got at least some unhealthy relationship patterns).

In this brand-new side chat we’re getting into some Psych 101 and breaking down:

  • Each of the 4 attachment styles—What they mean, and where they came from.
  • Why attachment theory explains SO much about your unhealthy relationship patterns.
  • Why some people just can’t stop being codependent, while others can’t help being avoidant (and why some people are, oddly enough, both).
  • How to start breaking the cycle of your attachment style and become healthy in all of your relationships.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know what your attachment style is and how this episode is helping you think about your patterns differently!

TODAY IS THE LAST DAY FOR 1-ON-1 COACHING ENROLLMENT!

Today, (Friday, October 18th) is the LAST day to consider signing up for coaching for quite a while!

  • We’re taking on about 20 people in this official “wave,” and we do NOT have all of those spots left.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the coming months, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief phone call with you!

And if you want a deeper conversation about our coaching process, listen to our episode from last Tuesday, October 8: Why career coaching has almost nothing to do with your career.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

OK fellow Millennials (and really, everyone, because who hasn’t seen this movie?) … do you remember that scene in Aladdin where Genie (RIP our beloved Robin Williams) is describing what it’s like to be a genie?

His whole form expands to fill the room while he bellows in a deep, booming voice: “PHENOMENAL COSMIC POWER!” … and then he shrinks into his lamp and concludes in a quiet, high-pitched voice, “itty bitty living space.”

One of my clients and I were reminiscing about this recently because it’s the PERFECT visual for what, quite frankly, is wrong with the way we talk about ourselves (at least in the Western world).

My client, Kayla, has been struggling to figure out how to define herself given that, right now, she doesn’t have a traditional career or paying job (she’s been a stay-at-home mom for a few years).

She was feeling pressured, given that her kids are more self-sufficient now, to pick a career path — she believed that having a “title” again (besides “mom”) would solve her identity crisis and earn her some validation and respect.

Obviously we coached around this and got to the heart of the matter. Here’s what she realized:

“I’ve pushed myself so hard to figure out what I ‘am,’ and that's absurd because no human's existence can be shoved down that far. You can't be condensed that much! I'm an engaging and interesting person regardless of whether I have a job title. And I realize that of all the things I thought I wanted to do, none would have solved that existential problem and made me feel whole.”

I completely agree with her. And to be blunt, I’m REALLY tired of this lame, one-note, arbitrary means of defining who we are as people.

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT AGAIN!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through this Friday, October 18!

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the coming months, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief phone call with you!

And if you want a deeper conversation about our coaching process, listen to our episode from last Tuesday, October 8: Why career coaching has almost nothing to do with your career.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

As a grown, independent person living in the almost-2020s, it would be highly embarrassing to admit that you secretly hope for a knight in shining armor to sweep you off your feet like a damsel in distress. You can pay your own bills and don’t need rescuing, thank-you-very-much.

BUT … while most of us have gotten over the desire for a savior when it comes to romance, a LOT of us are still very much hung up on the idea of a job that might save us. And frankly, it’s just as codependent and problematic as hoping a person will save you!

In this month’s interview with a normal person, Rachel talks to her client Sarah about how she got over her need to be rescued, and what happened when she let go of control and let her career sort itself out.

Rachel and Sarah got into…

  • Why hanging all your hopes for happiness on a job is unhealthy and unhelpful.
  • The small thing Sarah did (for 5 minutes a day) that she credits for completely turning her life around.
  • How Sarah went from having no idea where her career was going to total clarity in 6 weeks.
  • The money, opportunities, and signs that popped up at exactly the right time along the way to guide her.
  • Why she’s (ironically) much happier now that she doesn’t expect her job to always make her happy.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how Sarah’s story resonated with you, and whether you’ve ever expected a job to “save” you.

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT AGAIN!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through Friday, October 18!

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the coming months, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief phone call with you!

MORE ABOUT SARAH

Sarah Knight started out with a business degree working in the finance function of a Fortune 25 company. About three years into her now 6+ year career, she started questioning if there was more to life than working a 9-5 job, and subsequently plummeted head-first into a quarter-life crisis. Feeling like a lifeless outsider in the corporate world, she sought help making sense of life and finding direction. Since working with Rachel learning how to connect with and trust her own inner guidance, Sarah has flowed into starting her dream business, S&T Destination Designs, with her business partner, Taylor. Together they help Airbnb hosts maximize their profit with stunning interior design, 5-star amenities and an online profile that stands out from the competition. You can find them online at stdestinationdesigns.com and on Instagram at @stdestinationdesigns.

EPISODES WE MENTIONED IN THIS INTERVIEW

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Learning to meditate (& how to stick to it) with Francisca Hernandez (September 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Blog: The Shit Sandwich (August 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Here’s a metaphor for you:

You’re a tree. You’ve got lots of branches—career, romance, friends, family, hobbies, health—but only one trunk.

If your “career” branch is feeling lackluster, does it really make sense to spend a lot of time pruning, clipping, and sprucing just that branch? Isn’t it likely that if one branch is withering, all of the branches might be affected? And in that case, why not direct your attention to the (brace yourself for a pun) root of the matter?

It seems like a no-brainer, but you’d be surprised by how many people are busy trying to perfect one branch of their tree without doing any of the deeper work needed to help the whole system thrive.

So instead of a new blog, and to highlight the fact that we’re taking on about 20 new coaching clients starting today (info below!), in today’s podcast episode we’re expanding on this metaphor by getting into why career coaching has almost nothing to do with your career.

We’re talking about …

  • Why a new job is never the solution to your misery (even when you’re convinced it is).
  • The baggage you keep carting with you through every career transition (instead of learning how to let it go).
  • Signs you’ve been focused on the wrong solutions to your dissatisfaction, and how to turn your attention to what actually works.
  • Becoming the kind of person who’s a match to their ideal career situation—someone who can not only get (or create) their dream job, but actually thrive in it.

This is the best, clearest episode we’ve ever published about our coaching philosophy. We shared some behind-the-scenes details about what it’s like to work with us 1-on-1, and how our approach differs from other kinds of coaching, career counseling, and therapy.

If you’re curious about exactly what it’s like to be coached, and why it works so well, this is a must-listen!

1-ON-1 COACHING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT AGAIN!

The doors are open for new coaching clients now through Friday, October 18!

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the coming months, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you when we have an availability.

If you’re ready to talk about the possibility of coaching, fill out the form on this page and we’ll schedule a brief phone call with you!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Carly, who’s embroiled in a stand-off with her boss. Carly just wants to be allowed to work with the patients that suit her specialty, her boss says she’s being difficult (and is talking about Carly behind her back). How can she get her boss to drop her guard and actually listen?
  • Allana Marie, a woman in her early 20’s who just met a 30-year-old “dream guy.” He has a successful career, earns good money, and lives on his own. She has an unstable career and lives with her family. How can she be honest with him about how “unsuccessful” she is in comparison?
  • Lizzie, who says she’s “built for retirement” and hates working, but know she has to do it to pay the bills. She changes job every 2 years after getting restless, and wishes there was something that would tame her shiny object syndrome. Can she ever learn to like working? Or will she always resent it?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our November episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again this coming Tuesday, October 8! A few pointers to keep in mind before then:

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave, which starts October 8 and goes through October 18.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’m slightly obsessed with Malcolm Gladwell’s podcast Revisionist History. It appeals to my nerdy, inquisitive side.

In case you’re curious, here’s the official description of his podcast:

“Revisionist History is Malcolm Gladwell's journey through the overlooked and the misunderstood. Every episode re-examines something from the past — an event, a person, an idea, even a song — and asks whether we got it right the first time. Because sometimes the past deserves a second chance.”

In the latest season of his podcast, he started out with a two-part series about the LSAT, in which he described a distinct difference between two types of people that I haven’t been able to stop thinking about since I originally heard it months ago.

He categorized most people as being either “tortoises” or “hares.”

Whether you’re a tortoise or a hare impacts everything in your life, from the way you work, to the way you communicate, to the way you think.

Neither is better or worse, but trying to go against your type is going to feel miserable, frustrating, and unsustainable.

Honestly, this distinction has been as impactful to me (and to many of my current clients, who I’ve been sharing this with) as learning that I’m an introvert, not an extrovert.

It’s a game changer.

In this week’s brand-new blog, I’m explaining the differences between tortoises and hares, how to tell what type you are, and how to work WITH your type, instead of against it.

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again next Tuesday, October 8! A few pointers to keep in mind before then:

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave, which starts October 8 and goes through October 18.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list, and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

EVER THOUGHT ABOUT BECOMING A COACH?

For the first (and maybe last!) time ever, we’re doing a webinar with iPEC, the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching, where we did our coach training in 2012.

If you’ve considered coaching as a career path, and what the process of getting trained involves, then you should join us! We’ll be covering points like:

  • The ups and downs of how we built a six-figure coaching business.
  • The biggest things prospective coaches get wrong about the coaching industry.
  • Why you don’t need to know what your “niche” is or what you’ll “do” with your coaching certification before you get certified (and why it’s actually better not to know!).
  • Why you don’t need to start your own business to be a successful coach.
  • What skills are critical for anyone thinking about becoming a coach.
  • What questions to ask yourself when weighing your coach-training program options.

The webinar is happening TOMORROW (Wednesday, October 2) at 12:30pm Eastern. If you can make it live, you’ll be able to submit questions to us during the event! If you can’t, there will be a replay for you to watch later.

Register now!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you knew there was a pill you could take that was known to decrease stress, lift you out of anxiety and depression, seriously improve your mood, ease your digestion, help you sleep better, and allow you to discover and make peace with who you really are, while being absolutely free and having zero harmful side effects … you’d be clamoring to take it, right??

So then why are so many of us not meditating? Because that’s just a fraction of what meditation can do for us.

In this month’s interview with an expert, we’re talking to Francisca Hernandez (you may recognize her from the normal person interview Rachel did with her back in November, 2018), a certified meditation guide, about…

  • How meditation helped her heal after a near-death medical incident, as well as helped her stop abusing drugs and alcohol.
  • All of the benefits, some you know and some you won’t, of incorporating meditation into your daily routine.
  • What to do if meditation feels really difficult or tends to bring up a lot of anxiety and uncomfortable emotions.
  • Styles of meditation that may work well for you, depending on your personality type.
  • Misconceptions about what meditation actually is, and why you don’t need to be “good” at it to get the benefits.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Francisca’s advice resonated with you, and whether it inspired you to try (or recommit) to meditation!

MORE ABOUT FRANCISCA

Francisca Hernandez is a creative, intuitive, and fluid soul with a passion for sharing well-being tools. She is a certified meditation guide, yoga instructor, Reiki practitioner, aromatherapist, and Tarot card reader. She loves to support her community and volunteers in her spare time to guide meditation for the teachers and students in her neighborhood's middle school.

Check out everything Francisca has to offer, including meditation, Reiki, aromatherapy, Tarot and more, and join her newsletter at isabelletigerlilly.com.

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on October 8! A few pointers to keep in mind before then:

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave, which starts October 8 and goes through October 18.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

EVER THOUGHT ABOUT BECOMING A COACH?

For the first (and maybe last!) time ever, we’re doing a webinar with iPEC, the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching, where we did our coach training in 2012.

If you’ve considered coaching as a career path, and what the process of getting trained involves, then you should join us! We’ll be covering points like:

  • The ups and downs of how we built a six-figure coaching business.
  • The biggest things prospective coaches get wrong about the coaching industry.
  • Why you don’t need to know what your “niche” is or what you’ll “do” with your coaching certification before you get certified (and why it’s actually better not to know!).
  • Why you don’t need to start your own business to be a successful coach.
  • What skills are critical for anyone thinking about becoming a coach.
  • What questions to ask yourself when weighing your coach-training program options.

The webinar is happening on Wednesday, October 2 at 12:30pm Eastern. If you make it live, you’ll be able to submit questions to us during the event! If you can’t, there will be a replay for you to watch later.

Register now!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of my favorite movies of all time is Moonstruck, starring Cher and Nicolas Cage.

Even if you haven’t seen it, you’d probably recognize the scene where Nic Cage’s character sighs, in his dopey way, that he’s in love with Cher’s character. And then Cher rears back, slaps him in the face twice, for good measure, and says, “Snap out of it!”

Well this new podcast segment is me, stepping into my inner Cher and doing what I love—snapping people out of it.

There’s a time and place for more grounded, astute, in-depth reflections about life and what to do about your problems (that’s what blogs and, you know, every other episode of this podcast are for). But sometimes you just need a good, righteous rant. It’s cathartic!

So, every once in a while, instead of writing a new blog or republishing an old one, I’m going to spend a few minutes getting fired up about something, in the hopes that I’ll get you fired up, too, and maybe even snap you out of whatever daze you’ve found yourself in.

Today I’m ranting about why being smart is NOT that important, which is something I hear people do a lot of fretting about. I’m talking about …

  • Why we’re so attached to intelligence, even though it doesn’t matter that much.
  • Examples of “smart” people doing truly dumb, tone-deaf things.
  • The kind of smarts that matter more than your IQ.
  • And why people attached to being smart (or being known as smart) often lock themselves up in a prison of their own making.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let me know what you think of Rachel Rants, and what you might like me to rant about next!

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again on October 8! A few pointers to keep in mind before then:

  • We’ll be taking on about 20-25 people in this new wave, which starts October 8 and goes through October 18.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • You don’t have to know for sure that you want to move ahead with coaching. You just have to be serious enough about it to want to have a conversation.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients (which won’t be until later in March 2020). So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

EVER THOUGHT ABOUT BECOMING A COACH?

For the first (and maybe last!) time ever, we’re doing a webinar with iPEC, the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching, where we did our coach training in 2012.

If you’ve considered coaching as a career path, and what the process of getting trained involves, then you should join us! We’ll be covering points like:

  • The ups and downs of how we built a six-figure coaching business.
  • The biggest things prospective coaches get wrong about the coaching industry.
  • Why you don’t need to know what your “niche” is or what you’ll “do” with your coaching certification before you get certified (and why it’s actually better not to know!).
  • Why you don’t need to start your own business to be a successful coach.
  • What skills are critical for anyone thinking about becoming a coach.
  • What questions to ask yourself when weighing your coach-training program options.

The webinar is happening on Wednesday, October 2 at 12:30pm Eastern. If you make it live, you’ll be able to submit questions to us during the event! If you can’t, there will be a replay for you to watch later.

Register now!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Everyone is, or has been, in denial many times over the course of their life. And if you think this episode won’t apply to you, think again! You may be in denial about being in denial. Meta.

Denial isn’t inherently bad or wrong, though it’s understandable if you’ve thought so. It’s actually a pretty normal form of self-protection — sometimes it’s just too hard to face something, or you’ve got too many other layers to peel back before you can get to the deeper heart of the issue.

But people often don’t move through those layers of self-revelation. They get stuck (heads buried in the sand, naturally) in denial, which then wreaks havoc on their life. The truth always wants to get out, and sometimes we end up doing an elaborate dance to keep the truth stuffed down.

So, how do we know for sure that we’re in denial? And how do we actually look at something that we’ve been unwilling to see, often for a very long time?

In this brand-new side chat we’re getting into 7 signs that you’re in denial, which include…

  • Making excuses for people and rationalizing things to yourself.
  • Fixating on why other people are to blame (so you don’t have to look at your own responsibility).
  • Distracting yourself with work, plans, Netflix, your phone, etc., so that you don’t have time to think or feel.
  • And more that you’ll have to tune in to hear!

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know if (gulp) you’ve been in denial and what variety has been your go-to.

SERIOUS ABOUT SOME 1-ON-1 COACHING?

One-on-one coaching will be open for enrollment again in early October! A few pointers to keep in mind before then:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we now take them on few times per year, in waves. This next one will be happening in early October.
  • We’re taking on about 20-25 people!
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (October or early November).
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up in the months after that, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients. So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, check out this page for all the details so you know what to expect!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

As you can probably imagine, a lot of the people I coach are currently on the hunt for a new job. Some of them are desperate for a new job, like, yesterday … and others are happy where they’re at for now, but know this isn’t their “forever” career, so they want to be open to new opportunities.

Whatever your reason for looking for a new job, I wish I could tell you with complete sincerity that job searching is usually a breeze … but most of the time, that’s a big fat lie.

Now, I’ve taken enough clients successfully through the job searching process that I know for a fact there are ways to make the job hunt significantly simpler, more effective, and generally less miserable. (We actually provide a detailed worksheet in our Passion Profile Short Course all about “Job Searching According to your Values,” which has been a game-changer for our clients.)

But most of the time, job searching kinda sucks. Not to be a total downer, but I think most of you would agree that it can be time-consuming, frustrating, and overwhelming … and worst of all, it can make you question yourself and your abilities.

I’ve heard just about every complaint you can imagine about job searching, but the one I hear the most is also the one you have the greatest ability to change.

More than anything else, I hear clients tell me, “I found a few jobs I would absolutely love, but I’m not qualified for them, so there’s no use applying.”

In this week’s blog, I’m getting into why you should apply anyway.

READY TO APPLY FOR A JOB YOU’RE NOT 100% QUALIFIED FOR? HERE’S HOW TO DO IT…

Now that you know you absolutely CAN apply for jobs you're not 100% qualified for, you probably want to know HOW to do it so that you actually have a good chance of getting the job (even without tall of the required experience).

So Rachel and I recorded a 35-minute audio for you where we're sharing our top 3 tips for how to apply for jobs you're not 100% qualified for. You're going to want to know this stuff before you start sending out applications!

To download this free audio recording, scroll down to the end of this blog and enter your name and email address.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Francine Mends’ life is unrecognizable from four years ago when she was feeling trapped and miserable in her highly specialized field of neuroradiology, with no escape in sight.

After a series of personal tragedies that emotionally shook her to her core, she decided to finally make some serious (and scary) changes in her life, including doing something she never imagined she could do: take a year-long sabbatical from work.

Since then, she’s quit her job, lived internationally, worked as a digital nomad, and started her own business.

Listen in to this week’s interview with a normal person as Kristen and Francine talk about…

  • How she broke through her self-imposed limitations to finally make big life changes that she never imagined she could make.
  • How she was able to take a year-long sabbatical from work to travel the world and get right within herself.
  • Once she realized she wanted to work for herself, how she figured out what business to start.
  • Her criteria for choosing a bridge job to support her new business, without sacrificing her newfound freedom.
  • What advice she wishes she could give her past self or anyone who’s feeling trapped in a career they don’t love.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Francine’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT FRANCINE

Francine doesn’t have a passion. At least not in the traditional sense. She’s curious, and embracing her passionless curiosity has made coping with life’s uncertainties (like breaking her collarbone in Myanmar) tolerable and even fun.

As a recovering perfectionist, a recovering physician, a writer, and a formerly shy person, Francine loves hearing people’s stories and sharing lessons from her journey. Although she is currently nomadic, having last lived in Portugal, her heart is firmly planted in NYC. She relishes not having to wake up early, eating freshly made guacamole, and listening to water sounds (including but not limited to waterfalls, fountains, ocean waves).

Francine is the founder of Evolving Conversations, a platform for anyone who loves deep thought and deep conversation and wishes it was easier to make better connections in their everyday lives. She firmly believes that you can talk deeply about anything, and she helps other do so on her site Evolving Conversations (onevolving.com). She’s on Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter at Onevolving. You can also find her on Medium, where she regularly writes guest posts that are the stimuli for the deep, provocative conversations she loves to have with people in her growing community.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Ghosting your job with Lana Jackson (May 2018)

How to work less, live more, and make great money with Katie Mongelli (July 2018)

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

As an introvert, I love alone time. It recharges me and keeps me sane. But “alone” is a different sensation than “lonely,” and I’ve all too often felt lonely, even though I enjoy being alone.

Being alone can be thrilling and energizing, mostly because it’s a luxury that we don’t always have when we live or work with other people. It’s like going on vacation—the reason it’s enjoyable is precisely because there’s a time limit. Going on a permanent vacation would be boring and purposeless.

But loneliness isn’t at all dependent on who is or isn’t physically around you. It’s a form of isolation that you carry with you; sometimes it’s worse because you’re surrounded by other people.

So, what is loneliness, exactly? I think there are two major varieties, and understanding them is critical to knowing what to do about your loneliness—because there’s definitely a wrong way to handle it.

DID YOU KNOW WE HAVE FREE E-BOOKS?

If you’re new to Clarity on Fire, you may not know that we have 4 free e-books for you to download!

If this blog resonated with you, you’ll want to check out What is the POINT? A jolt of hope & practical advice for anyone going through an existential crisis.

We’ve also got e-books about finding your passion & purpose in life and learning to be happy (in a world where that isn’t always easy). Download them all here!

EPISODES WE MENTIONED IN THIS BLOG

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Blog: Here’s what I know for sure is NOT the point of life (January 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You’re in for a special “Krachel-Squared” episode of Dear Krachel (our advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself) this month!

After reading one of our listener’s conundrums, we immediately realized we weren’t the best, most experienced people to address her issue! So, we asked our friend and former client, Rachel Lowe, to add her take. Two Rachels for the price of one! ;)

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Melissa, who’s having a hard time watching family, friends, and her boyfriend struggle with depression. She feels terrible standing on the sidelines, but how much help is enough? Should she pressure them to go to therapy or ignore the fact that they’re sad? How does a well-meaning person support loved ones whose mental health is suffering?
  • Olivia, a lover of variety (her Passion Profile is Side Hustler) whose relationship with her boyfriend of 3 years is fading. Are they naturally growing apart? Or is her need for variety and low tolerance for boredom going to doom this (and any!) romantic relationship?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these two listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our October episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO…

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (June 2018)

Dear Krachel: Should I trust my boyfriend’s words or his actions? (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Rachel & Greg Photography

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

The Passion Profile Short Course

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Five years ago, I would’ve done anything to have a full-time coaching business.

I’m sure I bored my friends and family to death by incessantly talking about it. But I couldn’t help it — it was practically all I thought about.

I was beyond impatient, but it’s just because I wanted it so badly.

It seems so silly now, but I remember one desperate night writing a letter to God or the Universe or Life itself (whoever happened to be listening) saying that if only I could have a full-time business, I would be content. I wouldn’t need much else in life.

Hah!

I genuinely believed that if I got this thing I deeply desired, that everything else would fall into place and I’d be free of my intense longing.

I’d like to blame it on the naiveté of youth (I was 23, after all — brand new into the working world), but I think we all have moments like this, regardless of age or experience.

We want to get the thing we most desire, because then we could finally be rid of that painful feeling of wanting something you don’t have.

But here’s the thing: You’re ALWAYS going to want more.

I’ve had a full-time coaching business for years now, and let me tell you, there’s so much more I want for this business and for my life in general.

Except, I’m no longer under any delusions that I’ll be perfectly content once I get all these new things I want.

If there’s one thing that’s universally true about human nature, it’s that we’re wired for desire. We’ll always be seeking more, better, different, the “next level.” Here’s why that’s great…

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

You can't cure the human experience with Kyle Ramsvig (April 2018)

How much joy are you letting go to waste? (May 2018)

Do you want it? Or do you only think you SHOULD want it? (January 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Last week we introduced you to the Enneagram—a personality assessment that may just be the Holy Grail of all personality tests, if you ask us.

If you haven’t listened to part one of our conversation about The Wisdom of the Enneagram by Don Richard Riso and Russ Hudson from last Friday, then be sure to go back and listen to that first! You’ll get a good summary of what the Enneagram is, how it can help you understand yourself, and each of the nine personality types.

On this episode, we’re diving even deeper into each of the 9 types and talking about:

  • The “9 deadly sins” associated with each personality type.
  • The unconscious childhood messages that each type received, and the problems that caused later in life.
  • The red flags and wake up calls to pay special attention to for each type.
  • How you can use the Enneagram to evolve out of your worst patterns and grow into a content, fulfilled, passionate person.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know your Enneagram type and how you resonate with it!

JOIN THE 1-ON-1 COACHING WAIT LIST

Interested in the possibility of 1-on-1 coaching? Not sure you want to wait until the next time we “officially” take on clients (later in the fall)? Reach out by adding your name to the wait list, and we’ll let you know what our availability looks like.

ENNEAGRAM TESTS

There are many Enneagram tests you could take, but here are two that we’ve both personally taken. Keep in mind that you’ll want to set aside about 45 minutes to complete either test:

Eclectic Energies Enneagram Test (free)

The Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (paid)

LINKS

The Wisdom of the Enneagram by Don Richard Riso and Russ Hudson

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

As a highly sensitive person prone to anxiety, SO much of my life has been about trying to control my circumstances to make it easier for me to relax and feel secure. (I recently wrote about the connection between perfectionism and being a highly sensitive person, which you should definitely check out if you haven't.)

If I get too unconscious, I can still easily slip into feeling overwhelmed and out of control. But after reading this blog that I wrote 4.5 years ago, I realize I've come a long way, considering I don't relate to most of this anymore (at least not to the hardcore degree I was accustomed to back then).

At the time, I wrote about the daily struggle to cross everything off of my to-do list because I was in the thick of the struggle. Now, I share it with you in case you still are in the midst of that same purgatory:

Nine times out of ten, I feel instant anxiety when I wake up in the morning.

Most of the time, my daily to-do list starts playing on repeat in my mind before I’ve even consciously realized I’m awake. Which means that before I’ve even stood up, I’m feeling overwhelmed. Behind. Frustrated. Anxious.

And because I definitely don’t want to feel that way, the solution seems simple: Get moving, and get working so that I can cross off some of those to-dos and alleviate the pressure.

Which means, in an attempt to feel productive, I’ll open my inbox before I’ve even eaten anything. I’ll rush through my breakfast. I’ll be distracted while walking my dog, all so that I can get back home and start working so that I don’t have to feel anxious or behind anymore.

Half the time, I feel like I’m running a race, the theme song of which goes something like, “Once I get this done, then I can relax. And take a break. And breathe. And actually live my life.”

Except I’m wrong. So incredibly wrong.

LAST DAY TO ENROLL IN GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING!

  • We officially get started TOMORROW, Wednesday, August 28th.
  • The course will run for 4 weeks. We’ll release one new lesson each week, and at the end of the course we’ll host a live online hangout to celebrate and wrap things up!
  • There’s a private forum where enrollees can connect, shares their stories, and get their questions answered directly by us.
  • You can probably expect to commit 3-ish hours a week to this course. A small part of that time will be watching videos, the rest will be diving into workbook assignments, as well as sharing in the forum if you want to.
  • You have forever access to this course! That means whenever we run it again, you can join in if you choose. You could also enroll now but do the content at your own pace, if this month isn’t a good time, but you don’t want to miss out.

Get all the details and sign up now!

ENNEAGRAM TESTS

There are many Enneagram tests you could take, but here are two that we’ve both personally taken. Keep in mind that you’ll want to set aside about 45 minutes to complete either test:

Eclectic Energies Enneagram Test (free)

The Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (paid)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Every once in a while you stumble across something that makes you go, “Where have YOU been my whole life?!” Sometimes it’s a hot person, other times it’s a meal that’s so good you want to cry, and if you’re a nerd like we are, then sometimes it’s a personality assessment.

The Enneagram is like nothing else we’ve ever taken or learned about! Some assessments are cute and fun to flirt with, but others are marriage material—serious and intense and make you kind of sweaty, but in a good way. That’s totally the Enneagram.

We dove deep into a classic Enneagram book, The Wisdom of the Enneagram by Don Richard Riso and Russ Hudson, for this bonus book club episode. And in fact, there is SO much to say about the Enneagram that this is part one of a two-part series! Part two will be coming out next Friday, the 30th.

On this episode, we’re getting into:

  • What the Enneagram is, where it comes from, and exactly what it can tell you about yourself (spoiler alert: A WHOLE LOT).
  • A summary of each of the 9 Enneagram types.
  • The core fears and desires of each type, and how those influence your thoughts and behavior.
  • Our own experiences taking the Enneagram, and what happened when we learned more about our types.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know your Enneagram type and how you resonate with it!

LAST DAY FOR $50 OFF GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment until Tuesday, August 27th, but today is the LAST day to join the VIP list and get $50 off!

  • We officially get started on Wednesday, August 28th, but there is an intro lesson and assignments for you to do as soon as you sign up!
  • The course will last for 4 weeks. Each week you’ll get access to a new lesson and new assignments, and at the end we’ll have a live online hangout to wrap things up.
  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • There’s a group forum where you and the other enrollees can connect, share stories, and get your questions answered directly by us!
  • This course is ideal for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course is full of accountability—We’re not here to lecture at you, but to hold your hand while you do the necessary hard (but fulfilling) work of letting go of people pleasing.
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

Join the VIP list and we’ll email you the $50 off code. It expires at the end of TODAY, August 23rd!

ENNEAGRAM TESTS

There are many Enneagram tests you could take, but here are two that we’ve both personally taken. Keep in mind that you’ll want to set aside about 45 minutes to complete either test:

Eclectic Energies Enneagram Test (free)

The Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (paid)

LINKS

The Wisdom of the Enneagram by Don Richard Riso and Russ Hudson

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Guys, IT’S HAPPENING. Getting Over People Pleasing is finally here and open for enrollment!

If you’re not on the VIP list yet, you really should be because we’re emailing anyone on that list a code for $50 off the course (good through this Friday, August 23rd)!

Oh, AND we’re gifting a free coaching session, at random, to TEN people who sign up during the enrollment period (but again, only if you’re on the VIP list).

The major things you’ll want to know are below, so scroll down for more info!

Instead of a new blog today, we’re spending some time on the podcast talking about the 1 thing you’re NOT going to hear us talk about in Getting Over People Pleasing, and why. It may surprise you.

Plus, we answer a burning question from someone who’s worried that maybe it’s wrong to leave her people-pleasing ways behind.

GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT UNTIL AUGUST 27

  • Because this course is brand new, we’re not setting a limit on the amount of people who enroll (BUT, if there start to be too many people we’ll cap it, so enroll early if you can).
  • We officially get started on Wednesday, August 28th, but as soon as you enroll there is an intro lesson and multiple workbook assignments to get the ball rolling.
  • The course will run for 4 weeks. We’ll release one new lesson each week, and at the end of the course we’ll host a live online hangout to celebrate and wrap things up!
  • There’s a private forum where enrollees can connect, shares their stories, and get their questions answered directly by us.
  • You can probably expect to commit 3-ish hours a week to this course. A small part of that time will be watching videos, the rest will be diving into workbook assignments, as well as sharing in the forum if you want to.
  • You have forever access to this course! That means whenever we run it again, you can join in if you choose. You could also enroll now but do the content at your own pace, if this month isn’t a good time, but you don’t want to miss out.

Sign up now! And don’t forget to join the VIP list for $50 off (through Friday, August 23rd).

EPISODES WE MENTIONED

Conscious break-ups and brave conversations with normal person Marina (January 2019)

A best friend’s roundtable on people-pleasing with Stacy Campesi & Joanna Platt (August 2019)

ENNEAGRAM TESTS

There are many Enneagram tests you could take, but here are two that we’ve both personally taken. Keep in mind that you’ll want to set aside about 45 minutes to complete either test:

Eclectic Energies Enneagram Test (free)

The Riso-Hudson Enneagram Type Indicator (paid)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

One of the many jobs that I, Rachel, had in the years after graduating college was admin at a criminal defense law firm.

I encountered a whole new level of humanity in the year I worked there. I had two convicted murderers compliment me on the quality of my work … which I was not at all sure how to take, ha!

Without getting into the gross details (because you really don’t want to hear what happened), one of those murderers was appealing his case because the officer who discovered the body of the victim had done so without a proper warrant.

In legal terms, even though it was beyond evident that he was guilty, the discovery of the body was fruit of the poisonous tree—AKA, if the source of the evidence is tainted (obtained illegally), then anything gained (the “fruit”) from it is tainted, too.

Moving on from the macabre … this metaphor has more than just legal implications. It’s the perfect way to describe what’s going on in our brains, too.

On this episode, we’re getting into:

  • How one seemingly innocuous incident can completely change the way you see yourself, and create “poisonous fruit” that you carry with you for a lifetime.
  • The “trees” in our own lives that got poisoned, and the ripple effect that had on us for decades.
  • How to undo the poisoning, and set yourself free from years of beliefs and patterns that have kept you stuck.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know what your “fruit of the poisonous tree” is, and how you intend to un-poison it!

JOIN THE 1-ON-1 COACHING WAIT LIST

Interested in the possibility of 1-on-1 coaching? Not sure you want to wait until the next time we “officially” take on clients (later in the fall)? Reach out by adding your name to the wait list, and we’ll let you know what our availability looks like.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Tell me if you can relate to this:

You’re sitting in a work meeting, and someone says something you disagree with. You think about speaking up to share your opinion or different idea, but the little voice in your head says, "Ehh, don’t bother, it’s not worth it." (Then later, you kick yourself when someone else shares the same idea you had.)

Or you’re talking to your mom/sister/friend/spouse/etc., and they say something that totally rubs you the wrong way. You feel hurt, annoyed, and resentful, but when you consider bringing it up with them, you immediately think, “This isn’t worth making a big deal about. Just let it go.” (Except the next time that same person gets under your skin — and they inevitably will — the resentment shows up again, and it’s even bigger this time.)

Or your manager gives you overly critical feedback on an assignment, even though you worked your ass off to meet his impossible deadline. You want to stand up for yourself, but once again you think, “What’s the point? It’s not worth it.” (But later that night, you find yourself scrolling through job listings online.)

Sound familiar? I know it does for me.

As a recovering people-pleaser, I’ve been giving a lot of thought lately to what prevents me from speaking up, especially when I sense a brewing conflict or potentially uncomfortable conversation. I’ve heard this same phrase ringing in my own head enough times (and from enough clients, too) to feel pretty sure that I’m onto something…

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: The 3 types of people-pleasers (& why you might unknowingly be one)

A best friend’s roundtable on people pleasing with Stacy Campesi & Joanna Platt

Dear Krachel: How do I say no without people hating me?

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You’re in for a real treat this month—We’ve got not one, not two, but three normal people coming at you!

In honor of our upcoming course, Getting Over People Pleasing, we sat down with two of our very best friends (Stacy Campesi and Joanna Platt, who you may remember from their past expert appearances on the podcast) to talk about all the ways that people-pleasing has affected them, and Kristen (as the sole non-people-pleaser in the room, Rachel had fun playing moderator!).

All four of us are trained coaches, but that doesn’t mean there aren’t plenty of challenges and struggles to work through when you’ve got the disease to please.

The four of us got into:

  • Some of Stacy, Joanna, and Kristen’s earliest memories of people-pleasing, and their theories about what solidified the issue from a young age.
  • How the disease to please negatively impacted their relationships, and how those relationships improved when they let go of the compulsion.
  • Their advice for weathering the discomfort of not pleasing 24/7, and other strategies that helped them heal.
  • The kind of joyful, radiant life that’s possible for you, and everyone you love, when you stop people-pleasing.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how this conversation resonated with you, and be sure to check out our past episode with Joanna about emotional constipation (from April 2018) and our past episode with Stacy about navigating a toxic workplace (from February 2019).

MORE ABOUT JOANNA

Joanna Platt is a life and relationship coach for high achievers who need space to feel their feelings, permission to put themselves first, and guidance on how to do it.



Through intuitive, deep coaching conversations that feel like heart-to-hearts, she’s here to help you quiet your inner critic and bring your best self to the surface so you can connect and contribute in both your work and home life.



When she’s not coaching, you can find her loving her husband Mike, reading multiple books at one time, and working in coffee shops in DC.



Meet Jo and get ready to go deep, feel your feelings, and get your sparkle back at joanna-platt.com.

MORE ABOUT STACY

Stacy Campesi is a certified professional coach and workshop facilitator. She is passionate about helping unfulfilled, overachieving professionals find career confidence and clarity.


Stacy loves working with smart, ambitious women who lead with heart and are so used to giving to others that can’t even recognize their own wants or needs without feeling selfish. By cutting through the uncertainty, self-doubt, and fear of disappointing others that holds them back, Stacy is able to help her clients make decisions that get them what they want, without compromising a thing!

Stacy is a Professional Certified Coach (PCC) with the International Coach Federation. She is also certified as an MBTI & Emotional Intelligence practitioner.

Find Stacy on her website, connect with her on LinkedIn, and listen to her nuggets of wisdom on Voxer @stacy_campesi.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’m living a very different life than I thought I would be four or five years ago.
It’s easy, when you’re looking ahead to the future, to visualize only the golden, stellar, awesome parts. Obviously, right? I mean, who sits around visualizing the mundane and tedious and frustrating bits of their future?

I certainly didn’t. All I saw, four or five years ago, was a life of purpose and ease — days full of meaningful client sessions, bountiful green juices, leisurely yoga afternoons … basically your stereotypical cool-girl Instagram feed.

Flash forward to the present, and … I've been to yoga once in the past six months and I still don't own a juicer. I do have plenty of clients, and they certainly fill my career with meaning and purpose (as does hosting this podcast, writing blogs, and leading our online programs).

But in my rosy visualizations, I never pictured what owning a business is actually like — the unpredictable income, the necessity of playing almost ALL of the roles that would normally be divided among a team, the long days, the sense of responsibility for keeping it afloat.

I’m not going to lie. I have days where the weight of it gets to me, and in my exhaustion and frustration, I ask myself seriously, “Is this worth it?”

That’s a heavy question, isn’t it? How do you even go about answering that when there’s so much at stake and SO many convoluted feelings that go into it?

Well, I’ve found the BEST way to answer it, whether the thing in question is a job, relationship, or something slightly less serious.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

EPISODES WE MENTIONED IN THIS BLOG…

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Dear Krachel: How do I say no without people hating me? (August 2019)

LINKS

Mark Manson’s original blog about shit sandwiches

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Samantha, who can’t figure out whether she should keep living in the city or trade that in for more fresh air and space in the country. How do you make a decision when both options seem good in their own way?
  • Grace, who’s starting her own business and has a LOT of ideas about how she could potentially make money, but is scared to choose one for fear that it won’t work and she’ll have chosen wrong. How do you narrow down and focus, especially when it feels important to get it right from the beginning?
  • Carrie, who is massively regretting RSVP-ing yes to a bachelorette party from hell. She wants to back out, but is afraid of the hurt feelings and bad impression that might ensue. How do you say no without everyone hating you?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our September episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

MORE EPISODES FOR YOU

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (June, 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November, 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June, 2018)

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Several months ago, I was helping facilitate a multi-day business training. I didn’t know any of the other instructors, so when I showed up on the first day, I introduced myself to the training team. I instantly got a weird vibe from the head trainer.

She ignored my introduction entirely and started spouting off everything that still needed to be done before we could get started. Her frantic energy was palpable, and I could sense it was putting the rest of us on edge.

“She’s probably just nervous about pulling off a great event,” I thought to myself. “Once everything’s ready to go, I’m sure she’ll settle down and be more personable. Don’t think too much of it.”

But once the students showed up and the head trainer started her presentation, my uneasy feeling only intensified.

Her exuberant positivity felt inauthentic and staged, and frankly, it made my skin crawl. She seemed much more interested in sharing stories of her own achievements rather than teaching helpful business concepts. And she would promise that we’d take a break in 10 minutes, but then ramble on for another 45, ignoring the restless energy in the room.

“Don’t be judgmental, Kristen,” I admonished myself. “Just because she’s doing things differently than you would doesn’t make her wrong. Maybe she’s overcompensating for some nervous jitters. Cut her some slack.”

Over the next few days, various things this woman said or did kept rubbing me the wrong way. And each time, I would chastise myself for being judgmental and try to keep an open mind about her.

Round and round it went for 3 days. Until finally, toward the end of the last day, I admitted to myself, “I just don’t like this woman.” Ahh, it felt so good to tell the truth! It was such a simple statement, but for me, it was a revelation. … And then came the guilt.

In this week’s throwback episode from 2017, I’m getting into why people-pleasers have a hard time with discernment and how to strengthen that muscle within yourself.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE …

How to find your tribe and grow a network with Carolyn Birsky (April 2018)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it's really fear) (June 2019)

Side Chat: Why positive thinking is mostly BS (April 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’ve certainly been known to work some magic in people’s lives. Career direction, life fulfillment, relationship satisfaction, spiritual peace—we can get you there. But as magical and life-changing as coaching is, there’s a limit to our fairy godmother-esque powers!

When it comes to the nitty-gritty details of helping you find the perfect job (after we’ve helped you figure out what that job is), we’re more pumpkin than golden carriage.

But never fear! Because that’s why we’re so eager to talk to people like Susan Levine, a master recruiter with nearly forty years of experience helping people actually find (and get hired for) their ideal job—she picks up the magic wand at the place we put it down.

In this month’s interview we asked Susan some of our most burning questions about finding and getting your dream job:

  • What are the reasonable (and unreasonable) expectations of what you can get out of a job?
  • What does an employer really want to see or hear from you?
  • What is working with a recruiter like? What’s the difference between a good and bad recruiter? And how do we get the most out of a recruiting experience?
  • What does a flawless resumé look like?
  • What makes someone a real-life good fit for a job, not just a good fit on paper?
  • How do we job search in an emotionally intelligent way?
  • How do we differentiate ourselves from alllllll the other great candidates out there?

Susan simplified a LOT of the process and busted through a ton of limiting beliefs that we’ve heard over and over again.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know what resonated most from this conversation, and what you might start doing differently in your job search!

MORE ABOUT SUSAN LEVINE

Susan Levine, Founder & President of Career Group Companies, is an expert in building relationships and creating meaningful professional connections. Susan founded Career Group, Inc. as the first high-end recruiting firm focused on executive and administrative support, and soon after followed with Syndicatebleu, a creative recruiting firm focused on design, marketing, and production. Following the success of these two businesses, Fourth Floor and Avenue Pacific were born, focused on fashion and C-level recruiting. Career Group Companies has since grown to serve the Los Angeles, New York, San Francisco, Greenwich, and Orange County markets.

Connect with Career Group on LinkedIn

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September, 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You've probably heard that oft-repeated, likely untrue anecdote about frogs: If they start out sitting in cool water, and the temperature is gradually raised bit by bit, they’ll never jump out. They’ll end up boiling themselves to death without ever realizing it.

And now you’re thinking, “Wow, super weird and depressing intro to a blog! Thanks, Rachel.” I know! Forgive me. It’s just … I AM that frog sometimes.

Personally, I feel like this is exactly what getting into a state of deep overwhelm is like.

One day I wake up to find myself anxious, panicked, rushed, and overwhelmed (aka, neck deep in boiling water), and I can’t tell when it started. It came on so gradually that I didn’t notice until I was already way far gone!

I share this today because, quite frankly, I’ve been feeling overwhelmed lately, and it is so uncomfortable.

It’s hard to know what to do when you’re in this state — you certainly can’t think very clearly, and you have NO idea where to begin unwinding the mess you’re in.

And when you feel like that, it’s easy to shut down and do nothing … which inevitably makes the overwhelm worse because more things pile on top of you while you’re blocking out the world.

So, I thought I would share my go-to move for getting out of overwhelm. It’s the kind of thing that ALL of us can do, and in my experience, it always helps alleviate the worst of the pressure. And it’s probably not what you expect.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

All of us know at least one blatant, dare we say egregious, people-pleaser. Maybe it’s your mom, or your best friend, or your boss … or maybe it’s you.

But we’ve noticed a pattern lately, and we think you need to be clued into it: Some of the worst offenders when it comes to people-pleasing don’t realize they’re people-pleasers!

In fact, we’ve had clients who vehemently denied being a people-pleaser — they insist they don’t care what people think — only to be a bit shellshocked after we demonstrated just how perfectly they fit the mold.

In this month’s brand-new Side Chat we got into:

Our definition of people-pleasing, so we’re all on the same page.
The 3 types of people-pleasers: One is obvious, two are far less conspicuous, but all are equally problematic.
The first steps you should take, regardless of which type you are, to free yourself of this affliction.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know which type of people-pleaser you most identify with!

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

Getting Over People Pleasing will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we know you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

EPISODES WE MENTIONED IN THIS SIDE CHAT

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May 2018)

Rejection therapy with Alex Grodnik (June 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Instead of a new blog, on today’s episode of the podcast we’re taking a few minutes to clue you in to two MORE major developments in the Clarity on Fire universe!

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT #1

Our new course, Getting Over People Pleasing, will be open for enrollment on Tuesday, August 20th!

  • This course will NOT be available 24/7. Right now, consider it a one-time thing. We may end up offering it again at some point, but likely not for another year.
  • It will last for about 4 weeks, and during that time you'll get weekly video lessons and workbook prompts.
  • There will be a forum so that you, and the other members of the group, can ask us questions and share your stories.
  • This course is for people who want to bridge the gap between knowing what they should be doing, and actually doing it.
  • Because isn't that the biggest problem? Most of you already know what your issues are; you know what you should and shouldn't be doing, but it's hard to grapple with the discomfort of making necessary changes on your own!
  • Consider this course a fun-yet-challenging boot camp of sorts! We're going to help you heal some old wounds that keep you trapped in the need to please and get desensitized to the discomfort of things like setting boundaries, saying no, and speaking up for yourself.
  • This course will be action-oriented. Yes, there will be some teaching, but everything we teach is going to be actionable. And we're going to hold you accountable for taking that action!
  • By the end, we hope you'll feel a LOT freer, calmer, more confident, and resilient.
  • We'll be talking about this more in the next month, as well as doing some more people-pleasing centric episodes (including our next Side Chat, coming out on Friday).

If you haven't joined our VIP list yet, please do! There will be goodies for people who are on that list when we launch the course.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT #2

We're phasing out our group coaching course, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, aka the PPVE!

  • For those of you who didn't know, the PPVE is the same core content we take all of our 1-on-1 coaching clients through, except we do it with a group of about 50 people. It lasts for about 6 weeks, and there's a forum where we answer questions and the members of the group can share their experiences.
  • We usually do it twice a year, in January/February and again in September/October.
  • We originally intended to do the PPVE again this year, like usual, in September/October, but instead, we're pushing that out and running the course ONE LAST TIME in January/February of 2020.
  • SO, if you've intended to do the PPVE, you still have one last chance in January/February! Join the PPVE VIP list to be kept in the loop.
  • Keep in mind that if you've done the PPVE in the past (or join us for the last round in 2020), you'll still have access to it after we stop offering it to the public.
  • And, if you were thinking about joining us for the PPVE in the fall and don't want to wait another 6 months to get your personal development game on, then you can join us for Getting Over People Pleasing next month, OR you can consider 1-on-1 coaching.
  • If you're interested in coaching, you can join the wait list now, and we'll let you know how soon we have availability, or you can reach out the next time we take on another official "wave" of clients, which will likely be around October.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

After years of job hopping (including starting her own side gig), hoping to find the right fit, Ella recently landed a job that by all counts should have been her “dream job.”

And yet, she felt strangely conflicted about it right from the initial interview. On her very first day of the new job, she knew this was utterly wrong for her.

So what happens when you get your dream job … and you hate it from Day 1?

Cue panic, confusion, and plenty of existential questioning.

Now, Ella will tell you that getting that “dream job” (including all of the previous jobs leading up to it) was exactly what she needed to identify her deeper purpose and give her more clarity than she thought was possible for her.

Listen in to this week’s interview with a normal person as Kristen and Ella talk about…

The frustration and self-judgment that comes from job hopping and never feeling quite satisfied with any job.
The emotional rollercoaster that ensues after you get your “dream job” and hate it.
How everything along your path is happening for a reason (even if you can’t see it yet), and how it feels when all the dots finally connect.
How finally having clarity about your career path doesn't mean you never have moments of doubt or fear or uncertainty.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Ella’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT ELLA

Ella has had her fair share of twists and turns in her personal and professional journey that has challenged her to take a deep look inward. In college, she was dead set on becoming a lawyer, but that decision never felt quite right. After several years of working various jobs in the legal field and holding off on going to law school until she was “completely ready,” she realized that her heart wasn’t in it. It took her a few more years to figure out that she loved psychology, and she went back to school to study positive psychology, which is much more aligned with her interests. After graduating, she found a great job as a researcher in tech, and thought she found a career that truly fits her. Yet, after some time of working jobs that anyone would agree are amazing opportunities, the feeling of it being “not quite right” came creeping back in.

In the last few years, Ella has gone back to the drawing board to dig deeper to really understand her purpose. With the help of trial and error, introspection, and coaching, she has learned to lean more into her intuition in order to make space for the answers she needs to find that purpose. Time after time, her intuition has guided her in the right direction, and now Ella has more clarity than ever before on who she is and how she can help make an impact in this world. She now coaches others along their journey to self-discovery and is planning to go back to school to become a counselor.


You can find her at elevatewithella.com.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September 2018)

Getting what you want, then losing it with Sara Griffin (June 2019)

How to transform knowing what you DON'T want into knowing what you DO want (August 2018)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A client of mine recently wrote to me saying:

“I feel like at my age, I’m SO far behind and need to be insanely productive every single day.”

She was referring to feeling behind in her career, which is something I hear all the time from my clients (regardless of their age). But feeling behind can spill into every area of your life.

If your friends start getting married while you’re still single, it can make you feel behind.

When your colleagues all have mortgages and you’re still renting a tiny apartment, it can make you feel behind.

When you scroll through social media and see all of your high school friends posting baby pictures, it can make you feel behind.

If you see someone else living out your dream career and you’re still stuck at the same old company, it can make you feel behind.

What’s going on to make us all feel like we’re falling behind?

In this week’s blog (which is a throwback from 2017), I’m offering one big shift to help you stop feeling so behind, as well as a better way of measuring your progress in life.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

Why I love jealousy (and you should, too) (April 2018)

Stop looking for evidence of what you don’t want (November 2018)

Do you want it? Or do you only think you SHOULD want it? (January 2019)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Find out more about the Passion Profile Short Course

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Sarah, who’s trying to eat better and get in shape, but keeps rebelling against even the most reasonable calorie limits that her nutritionist sets for her. How can she meet her goals without constantly rebelling and self-sabotaging?
  • Terece, who has energy vampires in her family that she can’t fully cut out of her life. How do you deal with toxic family members, especially when putting up boundaries with them often makes you feel worse?
  • Dheesha, whose long history of mental illness has made it much harder for her to succeed in traditional ways that come easy to other people—stellar grades, prestigious degree, steady resumé, etc. How does someone who isn’t neurotypical find a comfortable job that they enjoy, especially when they can’t afford to take time off or pay for expensive treatments?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our August episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to) (May 2018)

Change your bad habits (& get over your fear of failure) with Jes Binder (March 2019)

Losing 100 pounds in 9 months with Tony Weaver (May, 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Dodging Energy Vampires by Christiane Northrup, M.D. (May 2019)

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones! (How to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April 2018)

Blog: How to make your own Rules for Sane Living (August 2018)

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

We’re going to have a brand-new course later next month about getting over people pleasing!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Back in college I did a case study about something I thought was wild at the time …

It was called Second Life. Maybe you’ve heard of it? It was a virtual-reality online game that connected hundreds of thousands of users around the world. You built an entire life — complete with houses, jobs, pets, and spouses — inside this game.

I was fascinated by the intersection between real-life and virtual reality. I read stories about people on Second Life who played 8 or 9 hours a day — to the point that their “second life” felt more like real life than their actual life.

I read about people whose virtual reality persona married another person’s virtual reality persona … and the legal ramifications that ensued when the real-life spouses found out.

I also read about people spending real-life currency on completely virtual products, which was the major question underlying my project: Is there a real-life market for unreal products?

Turns out the answer was yes. Big companies like Coca-Cola were actually considering selling products on Second Life because people would buy themselves (their virtual selves, that is) virtual Cokes! It blew my mind.

Eight years later, my mind is not so easily blown.

To put it in perspective, this happened around the same time that a professor mentioned Twitter during a public relations class, and a classmate and I turned to each other and asked, “Do you know what that is?”

Facebook was a thing obviously, but hardly anyone had it on their phones yet. Instagram had yet to arise. And forget about Snapchat.

It was a simpler time when people’s actual lives and their technological lives were still somewhat separate.

Now I wonder … is there even a difference anymore between “life” and “what happens on the Internet?” Should there be? And where would you even begin to draw the line?

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

We’re going to have a brand-new course later next month about getting over people pleasing!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp (May 2018)

Side Chat: Honing your intuition (& knowing when it’s really fear) (June 2019)

Blog: What to do when you’re bored with life (March 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A few weeks ago Kristen and I were out to lunch and we couldn’t help but overhear the conversation happening between the people at the next table.



The man said to the woman, “If millennials had helicopter parents, then Gen Z has snowplow parents—They’re constantly clearing any obstacles or difficulties in their kids’ path.”

We were intrigued and, quite honestly, it’s hard to deny the truth of that. We can all think of plenty of examples that prove that point.



What baffled our unwitting lunch companions, and us too, is how short sighted “snowplow parenting” is.

When a kid reaches adulthood and they’ve NEVER had to struggle, fail, be rejected, or challenge themselves, then they are completely unequipped for life in the real world. They become incredibly fearful, anxious, and overwhelmed, to say the least. 


Failure, struggle, and rejection help people grow and become healthy, well-adjusted adults. But most of us are still afraid of those things, even if we’ve been through them before.


In this month’s interview with an expert, we talked to Alex Grodnik, host of the Moving Up podcast, about how to desensitize yourself to failure and rejection. He’s a living example of how quickly you can get over your fears!

We talked to Alex about:

  • How he suppressed his innate entrepreneurial nature to pursue more “traditional” success with a high profile job on wall street, and why that didn’t satisfy him at all.
  • Why he quit that high paying job, and why his friends from wall street are jealous of him, even though some of them make nearly $1,000,000 per year!
  • How he’s been rejected at least 1,000 times since starting his own business, and why that hasn’t stopped him.
  • Little ways you can strengthen your failure and rejection muscles, so that you’re more resilient and not as easily scared.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Alex’s advice landed with you! And if you’ve got an opportunity to implement some “rejection therapy” in your life, we’d love to hear how you plan to do that.

MORE ABOUT ALEX

Alex is the co-founder of fintech startup Payclub, a free app that allows groups of friends to manage and budget money together. He's also the host of the Moving Up podcast, where he interviews business leaders (like the co-founder of Venmo, and the founder of Facebook) about the struggles and successes they've encountered all the way. Alex got his MBA from UCLA Anderson. His background is in investment banking, working for JPMorgan and Houlihan Lokey, and then in the strategy group of a digital media company in Santa Monica.



Alex lives in LA with his wife, 9-month-old baby girl Elle and goldendoodle Smith. He grew up in Park City, Utah and loves to ski and golf.

You can follow him on Twitter @agrodnik and email him at alex@wallstreetoasis.com.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

We’ve all heard the advice that, if you want to be a more confident person, you’ve got to “fake it ‘til you make it.”

As in, if you pretend to be confident for long enough, eventually you’ll actually FEEL confident.

Who knows, maybe that works for some people. But I think for most of us, faking confidence when we’re not feeling it just makes us feel … well, fake.

A client of mine has been role-playing the confident, bold girl-boss at her latest job. In her mind, confident people are the ones who walk into a room and immediately take charge; they’re the ones “crushing it” at work and “doing it all” in life in general. So she’s been trying to act the part, and from an outside perspective she’s doing it quite convincingly.

The thing is, she’s a ball of anxiousness on the inside. She feels like a fraud, she’s constantly worrying that it’s all going to come crumbling down around her, and she’s tired and overwhelmed all the time.

Her attempt at becoming a more confident person isn’t working because she’s going about it entirely wrong. In fact, her whole concept of confidence is skewed, as is most of ours.

Confidence isn’t about being the loudest, boldest person in the room. It’s not about “doing it all” or “crushing it” in life. It’s not about being fearless or never having doubts.

It’s about something much deeper and far less sexy.

I’m sharing my take on what self-confidence is really about, and how to become a more confident person (no “faking it” required!) in this week’s new blog.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

We’re going to have a brand-new course later this summer about getting over people pleasing!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Overcoming impostor syndrome (July 2018)

Honing your intuition (& knowing when it's really fear)

Getting over your 'all or nothing' obsession with Amy Everhart

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Imagine a dude pumping iron, except he only ever works out one arm. He’s basically a circus attraction with his one giant bicep on the right and a puny, atrophied bicep on the left.

Well, this freak is all of us. Except the over-developed right arm is your logic/fear muscle, and the atrophied left arm is your feelings/intuition muscle.

Most of us want to start working out that sad, deflated left arm, because we really want to let go, trust our intuition, and make decisions from a place of deeper knowing, but we have no idea how to do it. And that’s exactly what we’re talking about in this month’s new side chat!

We got into:

  • All of the ways you can turn down the volume on fear, and allow space for your intuition to flow.
  • How to get into a consistent rhythm of “exercising” your intuitive abilities.
  • Real-life examples of what recognizing (and trusting) your intuition looks like.
  • How to tell the difference between the voice of intuition and the voice of fear.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how you’re going to start making space for your intuition to speak to you!

LET’S TALK ABOUT 1-ON-1 COACHING!

One-on-one coaching will now be enrollment based! Which means:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we’re going to be taking them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • Today, Friday, June 21, is the LAST DAY we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 20 people! If you’re seriously considering being coached, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks). If you’d like to do coaching later than that, we now have a wait list
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up over time, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients. So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.
  • We don’t yet know when we’ll be taking another official wave of clients. Likely not until the fall, so perhaps 5 months or more.
  • We’re planning on raising coaching rates later this year or early in 2020, so now is a good time to get off the fence if you’ve been sitting on it for a while!

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

Remember, today, Friday, June 21, is the LAST DAY to fill out that form! After that, you can add your name to the wait list.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

We’re going to have a brand-new course later this summer about getting over people pleasing!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

EPISODES WE MENTIONED IN THIS SIDE CHAT

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp (May 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (June 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If I want to test the unconditional love of any friend, family member, or future spouse, I have one epic assignment for them—Go on vacation with me, and if we both make it back alive and still sort-of liking each other, then we’re made to last.

Last summer Kristen and I flew to Europe for my 30th birthday. We spent half the time in Austria, with my brother and his wife, and the other half in Scotland with my mom. My brother and his wife only have one spare room, so Kristen and I had to share a bed. By the second night, Kristen was on the couch (and would stay there every night until we left).

I am, uh, not pleasant to travel with, to say the least.

What can I say? It brings out the worst of my tendencies. I’m highly sensitive; not just emotionally, but in a lot of physical ways, too—I can’t sleep unless the conditions are just right (so forget sleeping on a plane, ever), my digestive system doesn’t enjoy being tested with new foods, and all the over-stimulation of people and noises and sights is often too much.

To compensate for how overwhelming traveling is, I get super perfectionist and controlling. If I can predict and manage everything that’s going to happen, then maybe I can actually relax. So, you know, forget about anything super spontaneous. And I laugh in the face of any plans that happen after 9pm.

I know. I’m so fun!

But most of the time I’m actually not that controlling and not that much of a perfectionist anymore (well, this might be because my life is very simple and I have total control over my schedule … so maybe I’m playing myself).

The point is, I used to be a lot worse! And the more I reflect on my own experiences, the more I realize there is a HUGE correlation between perfectionism and being a highly sensitive person. I’m diving into that, and what to do about it, in this month’s new blog!

LET’S TALK ABOUT 1-ON-1 COACHING!

One-on-one coaching will now be enrollment based! Which means:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we’re going to be taking them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • This Friday, June 21, is the LAST DAY we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 20 people! If you’re seriously considering being coached, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks). If you’d like to do coaching later than that, we now have a wait list.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up over time, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients. So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.
  • We don’t yet know when we’ll be taking another official wave of clients. Likely not until the fall, so perhaps 5 months or more.
  • We’re planning on raising coaching rates later this year or early in 2020, so now is a good time to get off the fence if you’ve been sitting on it for a while!

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

Remember, this Friday, June 21, is the LAST DAY to fill out that form! After that, you can add your name to the wait list.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

We’re going to have a brand-new course later this summer about getting over people pleasing!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

EPISODES I MENTIONED IN THIS BLOG

We are not the crazy ones (how to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April 2018)

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

How to create your own rules for sane living (August 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We’re sure you guys have heard the oft-quoted inspirational phrase, “Jump and the net will catch you!”

Obviously it’s something people tell you so that you’ll have faith. Go ahead and take that risk, because it’s bound to pay off!

But that’s not how life works, is it? Life doesn’t guarantee any of us success. Sometimes you do take risks … and you fall flat on your face. What happens after that?

That’s what Rachel talked about with Sara Griffin during this month’s interview with a normal person. They got into:

  • The journey from getting fired, to taking a risk, to falling “flat on her face,” and the existential crisis that ensued.
  • How she came to realize that she’d gotten exactly what she’d been asking for (so, you know, be careful what you ask for).
  • How she came to appreciate life not working out the way she expected.
  • The obsession with needing your next move to be “forever,” and how she came to embrace that everything is “for now.”

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Sara’s journey resonated with you!

LET’S TALK ABOUT 1-ON-1 COACHING!

One-on-one coaching will now be enrollment based! Which means:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we’re going to be taking them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • Continuing until Friday, June 21, we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 20 people! If you’re seriously considering being coached, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks). If you’d like to do coaching later than that, we now have a wait list.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up over time, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients. So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.
  • We don’t yet know when we’ll be taking another official wave of clients. Likely not until the fall, so perhaps 5 months or more.
  • We’re planning on raising coaching rates later this year or early in 2020, so now is a good time to get off the fence if you’ve been sitting on it for a while!

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

Remember, you have until Friday, June 21 to fill out that form! After that, you can add your name to the wait list.

GET ON THE VIP LIST FOR OUR NEW PEOPLE PLEASING COURSE!

We’re going to have a brand-new course later this summer about getting over people pleasing!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Instead of a new blog, on today’s episode of the podcast we’re taking a few minutes to clue you in to TWO major developments in the Clarity on Fire universe!

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT #1

One-on-one coaching will now be enrollment based! Which means:

  • Instead of taking on clients whenever, we’re going to be taking them on a few times per year, in waves.
  • As of today, continuing until Friday, June 21, we’re accepting sign-up forms for potential new clients.
  • We’re taking on about 20 people! If you’re seriously considering being coached, fill out the “sign me up” form on this page and one of us will be in touch to talk about it.
  • This is for people interested in getting started ASAP (within the next 4-6 weeks). If you’d like to do coaching later than that, we now have a wait list.
  • We WILL have coaching spots open up over time, before we take on the next “official” wave of clients. So if you’re not ready now, or you’ve found us in-between “official” enrollment periods, then you can add your name to the wait list and we’ll contact you if and when we have an availability.
  • We don’t yet know when we’ll be taking another official wave of clients. Likely not until the fall, so perhaps 5 months or more.
  • We’re planning on raising coaching rates later this year or early in 2020, so now is a good time to get off the fence if you’ve been sitting on it for a while!

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

Remember, you have until Friday, June 21 to fill out that form! After that, you can add your name to the wait list.

BIG ANNOUNCEMENT #2

We’re going to have a brand-new course later this summer about GETTING OVER PEOPLE PLEASING!

It’s going to be fairly short and affordable, and will be more of a group-based program. We aren’t ready to share more info yet, but if you’d like to be kept in the loop so you don’t miss any updates, join this VIP list and we’ll be in touch with more info soon!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Kaitlyn, who wants to know the secret to making healthy, lasting relationships.
  • Leslie, who’s frustrated because she can’t get anyone—co-workers, potential employers, and even contractors she wants to pay to work on her house—to communicate with her. Is the Universe trying to tell her something, or is there a way she can get people to actually pay attention to her?
  • Southern Searcher, who’s realizing just how much she’s based her self-worth on what other people think. She’s tried to measure her self-worth by her personal achievements instead, but that only works when she’s achieving something significant. How do we find real self-worth—the kind that doesn’t depend on anything outside of us?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our advice for these three listeners resonated with you!

Want to submit a question for our July episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

THIS ISN’T FATE

Carl Jung said, “Until you make the unconscious conscious, it will direct your life and you will call it fate.”

A lot of us (these Dear Krachel letter-writers included) are, consciously or unconsciously, allowing deep-seated fears and old patterns to direct our life. If you don’t question and uproot those patterns, you’re guaranteed to keep getting the same results.

If you’re tired of patterns you either aren’t aware of (or are aware of, but can’t get rid of) controlling the direction of your life, and you’d like to take back that control, then that’s exactly what we do in 1-on-1 coaching.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

How to find your tribe and grow a network with Carolyn Birsky (April 2018)

Side Chat: How to get through life’s big transitions (September 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)

Side Chat: The trick to overcoming your deepest, most secret blocks (May 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Tell me if this sounds familiar:

Every Sunday evening, you have a growing sense of dread as the last few hours of your weekend slip by.

Most mornings, you can barely drag yourself out of bed because you can’t imagine spending another day at your job.

You have big plans for your after-work hours, but after 8+ hours at your job, all of that flies out the window because you’re flat-out exhausted. You hardly have enough energy to pick up dinner on the way home and zone out to a few hours of Netflix.

You have a habit of casually scrolling through job postings, but rarely have the energy to actually apply for anything. That is, until you have a particularly awful day at work, and then you spend hours checking every job board you can think of and sending out rapid-fire applications.

You, my friend, have a draining job. And you need a new strategy.

Enter the bridge job.

In this week’s blog (which is a throwback from 2017), I’m explaining what a bridge job is, how to tell if you could benefit from one, and how to find the best bridge job for you.

FREE INTERVIEW SERIES STARTS TODAY!

We’d like to introduce you to an expert who might be able to shine some light on your biggest issues and spark a few “aha moments."

Our new friend Caroline Garnet McGraw is an author, coach, and speaker (with multiple TEDx talks under her belt!). She’s put together a FREE expert speaker series called The Clarity Course Series: How to handle doubt, get unstuck, & live your purpose.

The Clarity Course Series showcases experts who can help you stop second-guessing and start moving forward. Past guests include an Olympic Gold medalist, two TED speakers, a dazzling musician who shares stages with Michelle Obama, and many more.

Caroline’s interview with us is out TODAY, Tuesday, June 4. You’ll be able to access our conversation, as well as all 9 of the other expert interviews in the series, for 3 days (until Friday, June 7 at 9am Central).

Registration is free! Just sign up here and you’ll be emailed when the interviews are live!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. This time we decided to have a conversation about a rampant problem that a LOT of people in our audience are likely suffering through—being preyed upon by energy vampires.

1 in 5 people is on the vampire spectrum (YES, you read that right), which means you’ve known many throughout your life, and have likely been preyed upon by more than one.

If you’re an empath, highly sensitive person, people pleaser, peacemaker, or anyone who has difficulty enforcing boundaries with other people, this conversation about Dodging Energy Vampires: An Empath’s Guide to Evading Relationships that Drain You and Restoring Your Health and Power by Christiane Northrup, M.D. is going to hit home for you!

We talked about:

  • The type of people who are tasty prey to an energy vampire, and how to tell if you’re an easy mark.
  • How to spot an energy vampire from a mile away.
  • How to set hard boundaries, escape the drama, say no, and steer clear of the people who are draining your energy and making you miserable (even if they’re a member of your family).
  • How to heal the wounds and blind spots that made you susceptible to energy vampires, so that the pattern can’t repeat itself.

Come leave us a comment after you’ve listened and let us know if you’ve been an inadvertent snack to an energy vampire, and how you’re going to start shutting that down ASAP!

EPISODES YOU SHOULD LISTEN TO NEXT

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones (How to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April 2018)

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April 2018)

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May 2018)

Side Chat: When you want to fix someone, but can’t (March 2019)

Side Chat: Why positive thinking is mostly BS (April 2019)

Side Chat: The trick to overcoming your deepest, most secret blocks (parenting your inner child) (May 2019)

How to negotiate anything (even if you’re a people pleaser) with Devon Smiley (May 2019)

CHECK OUT OUR PAST BOOK CLUB CONVERSATIONS

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver

TUNE IN TO THE CLARITY COURSE SERIES

Do you want to live your life in sleepwalker mode, just going through the motions … or do you want to live on purpose?

If you chose the latter, you’ve gotta check out The Clarity Course Series. It’s a free online video interview series designed to help you handle doubt, get unstuck, and live YOUR purpose … not anyone else’s.

Attend this high-caliber online event for FREE here.

Previous speakers include an Olympic Gold Medalist, two TED speakers, a bestselling author, and many more!

Our interview goes live on June 4th, so sign up now to make sure you don’t miss out!

LINKS

Dodging Energy Vampires by Christiane Northrup, M.D.

The Empath’s Survival Guide by Judith Orloff, M.D.

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube Channel

View Details

If you started following us in the last couple of years, you probably don't know that we used to do this thing called #ClarityGems. They were pretty images with a quotable on them that people got in their inboxes once a week. Here's an old one, just so you get the idea:

They were fun to write, in part because they were so different than a traditional blog. It was all about getting straight to the point instead of meandering to one. I liked to think of them as a magic 8 ball that people shook up once a week and got exactly the message they most needed.

And people loved them. We got feedback regularly about how our #ClarityGems made someone’s day or helped somebody see their situation in a new light.

And yet … I quit doing them a few years ago. Even though logically it should have been easy to keep doing it (it was a weekly image and a handful of paragraphs once a week; how hard could it have been?), I just couldn't muster the energy for it anymore.

I had plenty of mixed feelings about calling it quits. But I’d been there before — feeling the desire to transition, to move on — and I recognized the signs. I couldn't pretend they weren’t there.

So, in this week's blog I'm walking you through how I made the decision to quit (when logically, I should have kept doing it), and how you can tell when it's time for you to quit (not just your job, but anything else).

PAST EPISODES ABOUT QUITTING

How to know if you should quit your job and work for yourself (April 2019)

Why you don’t need to feel guilty about quitting your job (April 2019)

Dear Krachel: I love my job but hate my team. Should I quit? (August 2018)

Dear Krachel: Should I follow my passion or is it too risky? (May 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

If you’re a compassionate, sensitive, people-pleasing-type person who hates rocking the boat, then the very idea of negotiation is probably nausea-inducing at best, and horrifically impossible at worst. (And even for those of us with thick skin, it’s still awkward as hell!).

A lot of us think, “What’s the point of asking for what I really want if I have to be someone I’m not—pushy, aggressive, selfish, demanding—in order to get it?”

Well, that’s why we asked Devon Smiley to come on the podcast. She’s a Negotiation Consultant (yes, that’s a real job!) with 15 years of experience and $5 billion in contracts negotiated! She’s also a genuinely warm, upbeat person who proves that you don’t have to be an a-hole in order to get what you want.

We asked Devon:

  • What are the most common hang-ups people have around negotiation? What’s getting in our way?
  • What does negotiation even mean? (Her answer is SO not what you think it is).
  • How does being a woman change the way you negotiate, for better or worse?
  • How do people pleasers handle negotiation?
  • What are some not-so-obvious things we can negotiate, that we might not realize we’re allowed to ask for?
  • How can we feel confident about our ability to negotiate, and take baby steps to get there?

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Devon’s advice landed with you! And if you’ve got an opportunity to implement her strategies in your life, we’d love to hear how you plan to do that.

MORE ABOUT DEVON

Devon Smiley is a Negotiation Consultant & Speaker with 15 years of experience with Forbes’ finest and small business alike. She closed $5 billion of commercial contracts as a lead negotiator and brings this experience to organizations, entrepreneurs and founders focused on securing strong commercial results without sacrificing relationships.

Devon’s global consultancy firm works with companies of all sizes, and she contributes as mentor and advisor for programs including Startup Bootcamp FinTech NYC, Startup Canada and the HEC Paris Incubator @ StationF. Her insights on negotiation have been featured in The New York Times, Glamour magazine and The Chicago Tribune.

A strong believer that negotiation benefits more than just the bottom line, Devon is honored to work with pro bono partners including The Clinton Foundation and UN Women to lead negotiation skills training for their teams and communities.

Find her online at DevonSmiley.com
Follow her on Instagram and Twitter @DevonMSmiley

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN

A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September 2018)

Navigating a toxic workplace with Stacy Campesi (February 2019)

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

As the Harry Potter super fans (and Ravenclaw nerds) that we are, it’s truly amazing that this idea hadn’t occurred to us before … but better late than never!

Instead of a blog this week, we sat down for a quick, fun round of sorting our favorite HP characters by their Passion Profile.

Can you guess whether Harry, Ron, Hermione, Dumbledore, Luna, Neville, Ginny, and even He Who Must Not Be Named is a Firestarter, Tribe Member, Thriver, or Side Hustler??

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know your own Hogwarts house, Passion Profile, and if you agree with how we sorted everyone!

(We also couldn’t help ourselves … since Game of Thrones is officially over, we had to sort a few of our faves from that series, too! So come share your take on GOT sorting as well).

$50 OFF THE PPSC & A FREE COACHING SESSION!

Today (Tuesday, May 21) is the LAST day that we’re offering a special deal ($50 off AND a free hour-long coaching session!) on the Passion Profile Short Course— our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

Use code MAY during checkout! Check out all the details and sign up here.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December, 2018)

Bring your own butterbeer (Kristen interviews Rachel on her 30th birthday!) (August, 2018)

Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel (August, 2018)

Krachel plays 36 questions to fall in love with anyone (April, 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We all have that thing—that one block we just can’t get over; the thing we keep bumping up against, but either can’t fully see or don’t totally understand.

In this month’s Side Chat we’re shining a light on the likely source of your deepest, most secret (and stubborn) blocks, so that you can identify them and then finally get over them.

We’re talking about:

  • The ways your brain got wired in childhood, and how that’s still impacting you today
  • Why so many people know that they have issues—people pleasing, overworking, bad relationship choices—but keep repeating themselves anyway
  • How to identify where the negative patterns started, and go back and insert a new pattern
  • Examples of deep blocks our clients have identified and overcome that you’re sure to find relatable and inspiring

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know what light this conversation shined on your deepest blocks!

$50 OFF THE PPSC & A FREE COACHING SESSION!

Now through Tuesday, May 21 we’re offering a special deal ($50 off AND a free hour-long coaching session!) on the Passion Profile Short Course— our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

Use code MAY during checkout! Check out all the details and sign up here.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE

Therapy vs. Coaching with Sarah Rossmiller, LPC (November, 2018)

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May, 2018)

Side Chat: “I’m not enough” vs. “I’m too much” (February, 2019)

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones! (How to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April, 2018)

Bust through any block with Ryan Mathie (January, 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I’ve never been 100% sure how I feel about the concept of soul mates.

Although the Pride-and-Prejudice-loving side of me wants to believe that we each have one specific soul mate who’s our perfect match, I can’t fully buy into the idea.

Now, don’t get me wrong … I wholeheartedly believe in soul connections.

We’ve all experienced that phenomenon when you meet someone for the first time and you instantly click. It feels like you’ve known them forever, there’s no awkward small talk (shudder), and you find yourself revealing your deepest beliefs in the first 15 minutes.

Sometimes, you just intuitively know that someone is right for you, whether it’s as a friend, romantic partner, business connection, etc.

And the great part about soul connections is that there’s no limit on how many you can have! Hopefully you have many people in your life who you feel deeply, soulfully connected to.

The part about soul mates that I can’t fully get behind is the belief that there’s only one person in the entire world who is your “other half,” and you’ll never be completely happy if you don’t find that person.

That’s a lot of pressure!

And it’s the same level of pressure that we put on ourselves to pick the exact right career. It’s setting you up for failure.

Here’s what I’ve come to believe…

After you’ve listened, come share your comments on the blog.

GET IT WHILE THE GETTIN'S GOOD



Imagine this: You’ve been asked to cook a dish you’ve never made, and you’ve got two choices. The first is to shrug your shoulders, guess at the ingredients and the steps, and hope your dish comes out well.

The second is to follow a recipe and know your dish is a winner. It’s a no brainer, right? Why would you suffer through guesswork when you could just as easily be certain?

So … if you wouldn’t guess your way through making a meal, why in the world would you do it with something as important as your career?

The Passion Profile Short Course is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.


If your career has you feeling stuck, confused, and overwhelmed, and if you’re starting to wonder if you might be “broken,” then the PPSC is the perfect place for you to start your new career journey.

You can get unstuck, feel confident that you’re on the right track, and build the foundation you need to have a thriving career and life — in as little as one day.



The PPSC might be right for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour, video-based DIY course with workbook prompts).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You loved your Passion Profile Quiz result and want your life to actually align with what you read.

The PPSC is available 24/7, but between now and next Tuesday, May 21, we’re offering the course for $199 instead of the usual $249. Use code MAY during checkout for $50 off!

AND ... we're doing something we've never done before (and may never do again, 'cuz it's kind of crazy): We're giving everyone who signs up in the next week a free, hour-long coaching session with one of us!

Need more details? Check out the PPSC page to see whether this is right for you.



Remember, you have until May 21st to take advantage of this special deal! After that, the price goes back to normal and the free coaching sessions disappear.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

After 40 years of obesity, Tony Weaver decided it was time to make a drastic life change.

Despite having many previous failed attempts at living a healthier life, he committed to losing 100 pounds in a year. Not only did he achieve his goal (and then some! He lost 131 pounds in total), he also went on to run two half-marathons, start a blog, and write a book.

Maybe most importantly, he found his voice, gained a new sense of confidence and purpose in the world, and learned to genuinely like himself, just as he is.

If you’re considering making any significant life change, whether it’s health-related or not, you’ll definitely want to tune into this month’s interview with a normal person. Listen in as Kristen asks Tony questions like…

  • What was the catalyst that made you want to make this huge lifestyle change?
  • What were your biggest fears when you were just getting started?
  • A lot of people start making changes like this (getting healthier, finding a new career path, paying off debt, etc.), but they don’t see them through. What made you stick with it?
  • How did you handle disappointments and challenges along the way?
  • When you were losing the weight, you had a clear goal in mind. Now that you’re in maintenance mode, how do you continue to keep yourself motivated?
  • What are the biggest things you learned about yourself through this whole experience?
  • What advice do you have for anyone considering making a big lifestyle change, whether it’s weight loss or something else?

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Tony’s story resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT TONY

Tony Weaver made a choice to change his life. After 40 years of obesity, Tony decided he was going to lose over 100 pounds in under a year. But that wasn’t the whole story because he also decided not to follow any fad diet, not to give up anything, and to do it his way. Instead he turned to his project-management expertise and managed his transformation as a project.

It worked! He lost 100 pounds in just 9 months and 131 pounds overall. He went from 325 pounds to completing his first half marathon in just 16 months. But it wasn’t just what he lost that matters; it was what he gained. He found his voice, he found his confidence, he rediscovered himself, and he found a calling.

Early in his transformation, Tony launched has blog, OperationMelt.com, to share his journey in real time. His goal was to help other people working on similarly big goals to be more successful. Recently he also published his first book, Operation Melt: How I Used Life-Changing Project Management to Lose Over 100 Pounds in Under a Year.

Tony’s blog and book are all part of a broader vision: to create a world where goals never die of loneliness.

Tony lives in Columbus, Ohio with his wife Liz where they enjoy living the urban life and spending time at Indian Lake Ohio.

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Starting on Tuesday, May 14 (through Tuesday, May 21), we’re going to be offering a special deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

We’re also going to be offering the first 10 people to sign up a free coaching session with one of us! So be sure to check your inbox next Tuesday for the official announcement.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Are you already living your worst-case scenario? (April 2019)

I'll live when I'm skinny with Nina Blagojevic (June 2018)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

The other day I was on a walk with my dog, which is as great a time for mental wandering as it is physical wandering, when something weird happened — I remembered a part of my life I had completely forgotten about.

I’m not talking about something that happened in a single day, and that naturally faded from memory. I’m talking about something I did almost every day for many months (maybe even a year), and had totally brushed to the back of some dusty corner of my mind.

Has this happened to you before? I wonder if it’s a side effect of getting “older” (I still use that word lightly, since 30 doesn’t quite count as old). It would make sense! The more experiences you acquire, the more there is to remember, which means older and seemingly unimportant stuff falls through the mental cracks.

Anyway, the thing I remembered was my tenure as a writer for one of those celebrity gossip websites.

To be fair, it was a bit more highbrow, and it dealt in more than just celebrities. There were articles about music and film and food and other “lifestyle” things.

My “beat” (if you can call it that) was relationships — analyzing celebrity breakups, giving advice, that kind of thing.

I’m not really surprised I forgot about this weird stint in my career — I mean, it didn’t even pay, so obviously it wasn’t all that memorable — but now it’s got me thinking about the random, twisting path that led me to where I am.

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Starting next Tuesday, May 14 (through Tuesday, May 21) we’re going to be offering a special deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

We’re also going to be offering the first 10 people to sign up a free coaching session with one of us! So be sure to check your inbox next Tuesday for the official announcement.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Hannah, who’s feeling drained by a co-worker who can’t stop complaining. How can she stay above the negativity? Or is this a sign she should quit ASAP?
  • Kate, a freelancer who loathes the thought of going back to an office because she fears she’ll have to turn off her real personality in favor of her “work” personality. Is it possible to be “workplace appropriate” and stay true to your personality?
  • Gillian, who’s interviewing for a new job. She knows she can’t pretend to be someone she’s not to get a job, but on the other hand, she thinks her honesty and true personality are polarizing and off-putting in interviews. What’s a girl to do when both lying and truth-telling end in bad results?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three listeners resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our June episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

THIS ISN’T FATE

Carl Jung said, “Until you make the unconscious conscious, it will direct your life and you will call it fate.”

A lot of us (these Dear Krachel letter-writers included) are, consciously or unconsciously, allowing deep-seated fears and old patterns to direct our life. If you don’t question and uproot those patterns, you’re guaranteed to keep getting the same results.

If you’re tired of patterns you either aren’t aware of (or are aware of, but can’t get rid of) controlling the direction of your life, and you’d like to take back that control, then that’s exactly what we do in 1-on-1 coaching.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Navigating a toxic workplace with Stacy Campesi (February 2019)

Side Chat: When you want to fix someone, but can’t (March 2019)

Side Chat: Why positive thinking is mostly BS (April 2019)

Side Chat: “I’m not enough” vs. “I’m too much” (February 2019)

Getting over your “all or nothing” obsession with Amy Everhart (October 2018)

Blog: Are you tired of pretending to be someone you’re not? (April 2018)

Blog: A story about when I was publicly insulted (October 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You’ve seen the Facebook ads promising that “you too can have your own business making six-figures from your couch while wearing yoga pants — or no pants! Just download this quick guide, and you’re on your way.”

And you can’t miss the countless Instagram accounts of burgeoning entrepreneurs who (at least according to their carefully curated social media feed) seem to constantly be working poolside, traveling the world with just their laptop, and generally living it up now that they’re self-employed.

Maybe you’ve even read The 4-Hour Work Week, or another one of the countless entrepreneurial books that have hit the bestseller list in recent years, promising huge payoffs and tons of freedom in exchange for just a few hours a week of running your “lifestyle business” online.

In case you’re not familiar with the term “lifestyle business,” it’s the newly popular way of describing a business you create with the primary intention of it supporting your ideal lifestyle. Usually that means having location independence, total creative freedom, schedule flexibility, and unlimited income potential.

Sounds amazing, right?

It’s no wonder so many people are attracted to this concept right now. Millennials, in particular, seem to want more flexibility and autonomy in their career than previous generations, so a lot of us find the idea of a lifestyle business especially alluring.
But no matter who you are, this is tempting.

I’m sure you’re sensing a “but” coming, and you’re right. Well, more like a yield sign. Because I’m obviously a big fan of lifestyle businesses! I’m the freaking co-owner of one.

And it’s actually because I’m so intimately familiar with the inner-workings of this type of entrepreneurship that I want to make it super clear what it’s REALLY like behind-the-scenes.

That way, if you’re considering starting your own lifestyle business — or if you’re feeling tempted by those perfectly posed Instagram photos of laptops in exotic locations — you’ll have a real picture of what it’s like so you can make the right decision for you.

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

Ghosting your job with Lana Jackson (May 2018)

Blog: How to transform what you don't want into what you do want (August 2018)

Blog: Why you should keep new ideas to yourself (December 2018)

Side Chat: The 4 Passion Profiles (December 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

We continue to be delighted that we can keep celebrating our one-year podcast anniversary in true introvert fashion—separately, in the comfort of our own homes.

To round out this party we’ve got another special episode for you! It’s an interview with an expert, except this time the expert is interviewing us.

We invited our friend Brit, creator of Marketing Personalities and proud listener of every episode we’ve ever published, to ask us her most burning questions, and she delivered!

She wanted to know things like:

Why did you start a podcast, and how did you actually feel about making something brand new? (Hint, one of us was thrilled, the other had to be convinced).
Do you ever get totally SICK of thinking on a deep level??
What’s the one thing each of you continually trips over in life? Your Achilles Heel, so to speak.
You guys have a great dynamic, but what do you actually end up arguing about?
Can you riff on how difficult it is to brag about yourself, as a woman? How do we not diminish our accomplishments?
What do you each think your ultimate life purpose is?

Do YOU have any burning questions for us after listening to this? We’re always game to answer, in the comments!

And, if you missed our first celebratory episode, a couple weeks ago we played “36 questions to fall in love with anyone,” which was a real blast. At the end of that episode we also shared the top 10 most downloaded episodes from the past year, so check that out, too:

THE ONLY REAL PRISON IS THE ONE IN YOUR HEAD

At the end of this episode you’ll hear Rachel say that one of the most common things she tells her clients is this: “You’re sitting in a jail cell, feeling sad and frustrated and completely powerless to escape … except you’re holding a key.”

Coaching is the thing that helps you realize how you’ve been holding yourself back, and then how to free yourself. Plus, it helps you figure out what to do once you are free.

If that sounds like what you need, we’d love to chat with you about the possibility of coaching. Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll be in touch!

MORE ABOUT BRIT

Brit Kolo is the Creator of the Marketing Personality Type Framework at MarketingPersonalities.com and the host of the Marketing Personalities Podcast. Through her framework, designed to match you with your best marketing strategy based on your Myers-Briggs Personality Type, she’s here to shake up your approach to marketing and inspire you to grow your business in a feel-good way. Meet Brit and get ready to go deep, find your true self, and grow that business of yours WITHOUT feeling fake and salesy at MarketingPersonalities.com.

Don’t know your MBTI type? Find out at 16personalities.com

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Yesterday I was listening to Oprah’s new Super Soul Conversations podcast (it’s basically just edited, audio-only versions of Super Soul Sunday TV episodes), where she was interviewing Paulo Coelho.

If you haven’t heard of him, Paulo Coelho is the author of the mega-bestselling allegorical novel The Alchemist, which was published 29 years ago and still hits the New York Times bestseller list regularly. (If you haven’t read it, you really should. It’s one of those rare books that contain within it almost everything you’ll ever need to know about life. Kristen and I did a book club episode about it last year, which I’ll link to!)

Anyway, what struck me about Oprah and Paulo’s conversation was what happened to him when he was 17.

He said that his parents really wanted him to be an engineer, like his father. His parents had experienced a lot of instability in Brazil, so they wanted something safe, secure, and socially esteemed for their son.

But Paulo always wanted to be writer, and he was adamant about it.

His parents were so distraught by his insistence on being a writer that they genuinely believed something was wrong with him … and so they committed him to a mental institution three times.

He spent his years between the ages of 17 and 20 being committed to institutions and then escaping every time before they finally gave up! (Of course, the ultimate irony is that he ended up becoming a world-renowned author and making ten times more money than anyone in his family.)

Fifty years later, we read a story like that and think his parents were the crazy ones. There’s nothing wrong with someone just because he wants to be a writer, for god’s sake! But this isn’t a thing of the past. In fact, his story echoes something one of my clients shared with me a few hours ago.

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

Blog: Are you tired of pretending to be someone you're not? (April, 2018)

Side Chat: Overcoming impostor syndrome (July, 2018)

How to find your tribe and grow a network with Carolyn Birsky (April, 2018)

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho (August, 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

You may not have seen this coming, but we’re saying it: Positive thinking ain’t all it’s cracked up to be.

If this sounds suspicious for a couple of life coaches to be saying, you’re going to want to listen (or watch!) this month’s side chat. We’re diving in to the compulsion that SO many of us feel to stay positive at all times, and why that is NOT necessarily a good thing.

We talked about:

  • Why so many people feel guilty or ashamed for having thoughts that aren’t positive
  • How pretending you’re upbeat and positive, when you’re definitely not, does a lot of emotional damage
  • Why the ugly emotions—rage, anger, grief, sadness, frustration, jealousy—are totally acceptable, and not scary
  • How to stop “faking it” and let yourself feel everything
  • How to tell the difference between fake positivity and real positivity within yourself

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know if you’ve been glossing things over with false positivity, and how this conversation sits with you!

WANT HELP PROCESSING EVERYTHING?

When you give yourself permission to feel ALL the things—positive, negative, and everything in between—there’s a LOT to sort through. How do you tell what’s important? What do you focus on first? And how to do you figure out what the end goal is?

Those are questions you don’t have to answer on your own! If you’d like to get out of your own way, make more progress in months than you’ve likely made in years, and have an expert take the responsibility for guiding you through the ups and downs, then that’s what 1-on-1 coaching is for:

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO:

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April, 2018)

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May, 2018)

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones (how to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April, 2018)

Side Chat: When you want to fix someone, but can’t (March, 2019)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November, 2018)

Bonus Book Club! It’s Not Your Money by Tosha Silver (March, 2019)

LINKS

Mari Andrew’s Instagram: @bymariandrew

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Back when Clarity on Fire was brand new, Rachel and I were seriously hustling.

(And trust me, that’s definitely not a humble brag. I am NOT someone who likes to hustle. Even the word hustle feels gross to me. But there’s no better way to describe what life was like back then.)

We were working at full-time office jobs, going through an intensive coach-training program, and getting our business off the ground simultaneously.

I recently looked back at my Google calendar from those early days, and I’m astounded by how jam-packed it is. I genuinely don’t understand how I juggled all of that!

So it’s no wonder I desperately wanted to quit the full-time gig and give all my energy to Clarity on Fire. There were so many days when I was this close to walking in my boss’ office and giving my notice semi-impulsively.

But I was terrified to take the leap. All these fears kept creeping up, and they all got back to the same scary question: What if I gave all my energy to this business … and it failed?

It was then that I had a realization that changed everything and convinced me to give this thing a shot:

In this week’s brand-new blog, I’m sharing one big perspective shift to help you get over your worst-case scenario thinking, as well as a few ways to significantly lower the chance that your worst-case scenario will ever happen in the first place.

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

Change your bad habits (& get over your fear of failure) with Jessica Binder (March 2019)

Bust through any block with Ryan Mathie (January 2019)

Blog: When is it worth getting out of your comfort zone? (September 2018)

Blog: How you can stop freaking out about not knowing the future (April 2019)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Well, this was supposed to be a normal person interview, but Kristen got sick and then our normal person got sick, so apparently the Universe wanted us to do something else this month!

So, have you heard about the 36 questions that lead to love? They’re based on a psychological study that explored whether or not intimacy could be accelerated by having strangers ask a set of personal, sometimes probing questions. (Spoiler alert: One professor married the guy she tried this with!).

Obviously we’ve known each other for a decade, and we’re not trying to fall in love, but hey, it’s always fun to get to know your friends better! A lot of these questions are the type you could ask anyone—family, friend, co-worker—that you’d like to know on a deeper level.

We asked each other questions like:

  • Given the choice of anyone in the world, whom would you want as a dinner guest?
  • Do you have a secret hunch about how you will die?
  • If a crystal ball could tell you the truth about yourself, your life, the future or anything else, what would you want to know?
  • What do you value most in a friendship?
  • What’s one surprising thing you do like about me, and one unsurprising thing you don’t like?

And, because the Clarity on Fire podcast is officially 1 year old, at the end of the episode we shared the top 10 most downloaded episodes from the past year! Check them out below.

We’d love to hear if this episode inspires you to get to know someone in your life better! And come share how you would answer some of these 36 questions in the comments.

TOP 10 MOST DOWNLOADED EPISODES FROM THE PAST YEAR

  1. Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez (November, 2018)

  2. Getting un-stuck from a beige existence with Nate Otto (July, 2018)

  3. Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones (how to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person) (April, 2018)

  4. Ditching your perfectionism with Terece Hahn (October, 2018)

  5. How to work less, live more, and make great money with Katie Mongelli (July, 2018)

  6. Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt (April, 2018)

  7. A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September, 2018)

  8. Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel (August, 2018)

  9. Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (June, 2018)

  10. Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May, 2018)

LINKS

The original New York Times article about the 36 questions that lead to love

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Kristen and I are pretty seasoned in the ways of job-quitting. In my first three years of working post-college, I had three jobs and quit them all. And Kristen quit her very first job after 5 weeks (though they deserved it for having a series of meetings about whether or not to start a LinkedIn page for the company. I mean, come on now).

Maybe it’s our mutual rebellious attitudes, but we’ve both been pretty YOLO about quitting (which has likely done nothing to help correct the notion that Millennials are entitled and disloyal, but that’s a matter for a different day). The way we see it, if you don’t advocate for yourself then you can’t expect anyone else to step up to the plate.

But not all of you are so c’est la vie about quitting. In fact, most people we coach have a lot of hang-ups about it, like:

  • I don’t want to disappoint my co-workers.
  • I can’t leave if I’m in the middle of something.
  • People will think I’m disloyal.
  • What if they just can’t operate without me?
  • What if they can’t find someone else to do my job?
  • I haven’t been here long enough to leave.

So, in this week’s brand-new blog I’m giving my best counterarguments against these common job-quitting hang-ups, all to convince you that you truly don’t need to feel guilty about leaving.

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

Blog: Why selflessness doesn’t make you a good person (February, 2019)

Permission to pivot (in your life & career) with Marissa Burdett (March, 2019)

A former recruiter tells all (& helps you get hired) with Emily Liou (September, 2018)

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease (May, 2018)

Dear Krachel: I love my job but hate my team. Should I quit? (August, 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Larry, a Thriver who struggles to give people a good response when they ask about his job, which he isn’t passionate about. How can he talk to people without sounding like a downer?
  • Single Dimple, a hair stylist who’s scared that promoting her services will make her look like she’s begging (or worse, downright sleazy). How can she get over her fear and sell herself without being salesy?
  • Chris, who has a boss that’s TERRIBLE at running her business. They barely have enough clients to stay afloat, but her boss isn’t willing to hear any feedback. Is it better to secretly job hunt or nicely tell her boss that this isn’t working?
  • Michelle, another woman with a terrible boss! When business got slow her boss promised her a minimum base pay, but it’s been weeks and nothing has changed. What do you do when your boss is giving you the run-around?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these four listeners resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our May episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

THIS ISN’T FATE

Carl Jung said, “Until you make the unconscious conscious, it will direct your life and you will call it fate.”

A lot of us (these Dear Krachel letter-writers included) are, consciously or unconsciously, allowing deep-seated fears and old patterns to direct our life. If you don’t question and uproot those patterns, you’re guaranteed to keep getting the same results.

If you’re tired of patterns you either aren’t aware of (or are aware of, but can’t get rid of) controlling the direction of your life, and you’d like to take back that control, then that’s exactly what we do in 1-on-1 coaching.

If you’re seriously considering coaching, read this page and then click “sign me up” to talk to one of us about the possibility.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Dear Krachel: Should I do a job I hate for a few years (for the money)?

Dear Krachel: I feel invisible. How do I get people to notice me?

Dear Krachel: How do I recover from burnout?

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

My dad is fond of teasing my mom about how, back when they were in college, she would buy all of her school books, take them home, and immediately flip to the back of each book.

As she glanced through the final chapters of each textbook, she would get more and more anxious. Eventually, fighting back tears, she’d throw her hands up and say, “I don’t understand any of this! I’m never going to make it through these classes.”

My dad would always chuckle and reassure her by saying, “Of course you don’t understand the stuff in the back of the book. That’s why you’re taking this class! So that by the time you get there, you DO know how to do all of it.”

We all laugh about this story now. It’s one of those Thanksgiving-table stories that gets told over and over again.

But as I’ve gotten older, I realize that this story isn’t just a funny family anecdote. It’s actually a great analogy for what most of us do all the time.

We’re all peeking into the “back of the book,” trying to figure out what’s coming and how we’re going to handle it, and getting overwhelmed by everything we don’t know yet.

In this week’s throwback blog from November 2017, I’m sharing what to do INSTEAD of wasting your time worrying or shutting down options because you don’t have all the answers right now.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd (September, 2018)



Side Chat: A mind-blowing, time-bending analogy (October, 2018)

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver (November 2018)



Predicting the future (the right way) with Madeleine Joan (December, 2018)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. This time we decided to have a conversation about a brand-new book by an author you may recognize (because our last book club episode was also about one of her books!), Tosha Silver.

This one’s called It’s Not Your Money: How to live fully from divine abundance. If you like the idea of exploring the intersection between money, spirituality, and practicality, you’re going to love this conversation.

We talked about:

  • If it’s not “your money,” then whose is it??
  • How to let go of the illusion that you’ve got to figure out how to make money all on your own.
  • How to accept where you are right now, even if you’re broke.
  • Fun, practical tools for letting go of your money fears and becoming a magnet to more abundance.
  • How to trust in divine timing and believe everything is going to work out.
  • Some personal stories about how we’ve let go of money anxiety (and the surprising results).

Come leave us a comment after you’ve listened and let us know what resonated most from this conversation. And in the true spirit of this book, we’d also LOVE to hear your stories of signs, synchronicities, and surrendering to the Universe (when it comes to money, or anything else!), so come share that, too!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE CHECK OUT OUR PAST BOOK CLUB CONVERSATIONS

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I was sitting on the floor with my 4-month-old black lab puppy in my lap, sobbing. She was happily chewing a bone, oblivious to the fact that I was heartbroken because I was planning to give her away.

Scarlett, my puppy, was a bit of a hellion. She had a habit of attacking your feet when you weren’t looking, and she would bark at you for what felt like hours without stopping.

She didn’t care for kids, or scooters, or skateboards, or anything that darted around in an unpredictable fashion.

If you rolled her over on her back, she would shriek and fight like a chimpanzee being murdered (I swear I’m not exaggerating. I have witnesses!).

This dog was nothing like the sweet, loving, cuddly puppy I had imagined. She was completely unmanageable. So obviously I brought in professional help.

The dog trainer who came to my apartment only visited a few times before she pointed at Scarlett, who had been busy attacking my feet again, and said, “That is NOT normal. You will never be able to trust this dog. She’ll have to wear a muzzle around kids for the rest of her life.”

She suggested that I take my puppy to a shelter she knew of and then start over with a different breed; something more suited to me.

This woman’s advice broke my heart. I couldn’t imagine just giving my dog away, regardless of how difficult she was. But what else could I do? She was the expert, not me. If she said my dog was broken, then she was … right?

Well, not so much.

My parents encouraged me to get a second opinion. The new trainer rolled his eyes and said, “She’ll be perfect in 3 weeks. This is normal stuff for a smart, spirited lab.”

And he was right. After working with the right expert, Scarlett was a completely different dog than she had been the month before.

That was seven years ago. She still doesn’t love weird things with wheels, but she happily plays with babies and kids of all sizes, and she loves rolling over and getting belly rubs. No screeching necessary.

Sometimes I think about how I almost gave her away, and I shudder. Because how many people did take that terrible dog trainer’s advice? How many perfectly decent dogs ended up homeless (or worse) because of her?

The truth is, this kind of stuff happens all the time. We put our faith in experts, simply because we assume they’re more knowledgeable and educated, and dismiss our own intuition — often to disastrous ends.

In this week’s throwback blog from October, 2017 I’m giving you a few super compelling reasons why you shouldn’t always trust advice from experts.

CHECK OUT OUR FREE E-BOOKS

If you’re new to Clarity on Fire, a great place to start is with one (or all four!) of our e-books. Each one is a collection of 7-ish of our most popular blog posts that revolve around a central theme. We’ve got one called WHAT IS THE POINT? A jolt of hope & practical advice for anyone going through an existential crisis and another called WHAT AM I MEANT TO DO WITH MY LIFE? (Almost everything we know about finding your passion & having a fulfilling career).

Download all four here, for free!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Some of you are probably very familiar with the unique stress of being at a career crossroads.

You feel called to make a change, but you’re overwhelmed with fears and hang-ups—Is it even possible to go in a new direction? What will people think of me if I do?? What if I make zero dollars and end up back at square one?! (Cue standing frozen at the intersection like a deer in headlights).

That’s why we sat down with our friend and fellow coach, Marissa Burdett, to talk about how to move through your fear of making a major pivot. We covered:

  • What to do when you’re afraid that leaving your job will mean letting down your parents/boss/co-workers.
  • Why it’s totally possible (and never too late) to transition to a creative profession.
  • Why the idea that you need to have a side hustle or personal brand is totally wrong.
  • The fear of not being good enough at something to make a career out of it.
  • What to do if you think you’ll need to take a massive pay cut or go into debt in order to make a career pivot.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know which of these fears spoke most to you, and how Marissa’s advice landed with you.

MORE ABOUT MARISSA

Marissa Burdett is the certified life and career coach behind Ampersand Coaching and the host of the Permission to Pivot Podcast. Through personalized coaching, podcast episodes, and other offerings, she helps creative, ambitious women get unstuck so they can move forward in their careers and lives with a renewed sense of confidence and clarity.

Join Marissa in the Permission to Pivot Facebook community where an intimate group of like-minded folk gathers to connect with, support, and empower one another to make a place for exactly who they are in work and in the world.

Take the Career Persona Quiz! Learn about your Career Persona and how you can use your strengths and perspective to find more joy and fulfillment in your career right now, even if you’re still navigating a potential pivot.

Grab a free coaching session! Marissa is giving away FIVE free 45-minute coaching sessions to Clarity on Fire listeners! Break through what’s getting in the way of your own career pivot so you can move forward with confidence and clarity.

Follow Marissa on IG at @marissaburdett.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Bust through any block with Ryan Mathie

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd

Side Chat: Overcoming impostor syndrome

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I don’t know if it’s my face (whatever the opposite of ‘resting bitch face’ is, I have that) or my overall demeanor or what, but I must have an invisible sign hanging around my neck that says, “Hello stranger! Please strike up a conversation with me.”

This happens to me everywhere, including (no kidding) while I’m changing in the women’s locker room at the gym. I can’t even avoid it when I’m half-dressed!

The other day at yoga, I was in a crappy mood and I actively tried to put off a “don’t talk to me” vibe because I just wanted to be left alone. Three women separately approached me after class to strike up a conversation. I had to laugh.

So I give up! I accept that this is just the way I am.

And mostly, I don’t mind it so much. I like hearing people’s stories (I mean, it’s what my entire job is centered around, after all!), and I’ve met some really cool people because of this superpower/curse of mine.

The only real problem is that I hate small talk. Having endless polite, surface-level, meaningless conversations with strangers is my idea of “the bad place.” (Shudder.)

So, since I end up talking to random people all the time, it’s been crucial for me to figure out how to dive straight into the conversation deep-end, to avoid the awful awkwardness of small talk.

I’m sharing 4 ways I’ve learned to avoid small talk, have better conversations, and ultimately, build deeper connections with the people in my life.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO CHECK OUT…

For the love of god, stop asking people, "So, what do you do?"

How to find your tribe

How to find your tribe and grow a network with Carolyn Birsky

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

This one goes out to all of the caring, compassionate, empathetic, concerned people who just want to help others.

Especially if, in your altruistic mindset, you deeply believe that you know what’s best for someone, and that if they’d only listen to you, you’d be able to solve all their problems.

Dudes, from a couple of (recovering) fixers, YOU GOTTA CUT THAT OUT.

In this month’s Side Chat, we’re getting in to what to do when you want to fix someone, but can’t. We talked about:

  • The ways (including the less-than-obvious ones) that the compulsion to “fix” can show up.
  • How people-pleasing and being a highly sensitive person relate to the desire to fix others.
  • Why over-giving and over-doing tend to backfire in spectacular fashion.
  • Why letting people struggle is often the kindest thing you can do for them.
  • Better ways to respond to someone who needs fixing, and how to encourage people to change in a way that actually works.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how called-out you feel, and which part of this side chat resonates most.

DUDE, FIX THYSELF

You know what’s a better use of your time and energy than worrying about how to fix other people? Fixing your damn self!

If you’d like to get out of your own way and make more progress in a matter of months than you’ve likely made in years, that’s what 1-on-1 coaching is for:

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: Curing your people-pleasing disease

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones! (How to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person)

Side Chat: “I’m not enough” vs. “I’m too much”

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Last month we got a Dear Krachel question from Kate, who asked:

“What do you do when you're bored with life? Job, relationships, everything seems like such a drag.”

Well, Kate, I see your Dear Krachel question and raise you an entire blog post (I have no idea how to play poker, but I’m all in on this question).

I’ve personally been bored with life many times (and to a degree, STILL feel bored with a few aspects of life that feel stubbornly unchanging). So, do we blow everything up and start over? Wait for inspiration to strike? And is being bored with life OK, or is it problematic?

I’m diving into that, as well as sharing my best ideas for how to bring your life back to, um, life in this week’s brand-new blog.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment and share which of my approaches you suspect is the most accurate for you, and what ideas you have for banishing boredom.

LAST DAY TO TAKE THE SURVEY!

Thanks in advance for taking our short survey! Anyone who completes it by 11:59pm EST TODAY, March 12, 2019, will be automatically entered into a random drawing to win one of five free coaching calls we’re giving away. Winners will be selected by this Friday (March 15th) and will be personally emailed to let them know they’ve won.

Take the survey now!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

What to do when you feel overwhelmingly “meh” about everything (from 11/20/18)

The danger of living a life that’s OK, but not great (from 12/4/18)

You can’t cure the human experience with Kyle Ramsvig (from 4/10/18)

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez (from 11/9/18)

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life (from 6/15/18)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I knew Jes was a soul sister the moment she told me that, as a kid in gym class, she was the one who couldn’t pass the presidential fitness test.

You know that rope attached to the ceiling? The one other kids shimmy up and down easily? Yeah, she was the sad kid hanging at the bottom. (As a tween who couldn’t even pass the sit-and-reach, this resonated at the core of my being).

So, how does that kid—the one whose childhood diet consisted of white bread, butter, cheese, and Pepsi; who never saw an avocado until she was in college and pronounced “quinoa” wrong for years—become a personal trainer, health coach, and habit change specialist?

I dug into that, and lots more, with Jes Binder in this month’s interview with a normal person. We talked about:

  • Why she didn’t initially think it was possible quit her job and start her own business.
  • How she got over the fear of doing something “abnormal,” in a small town where no one had ever heard of a health coach.
  • How someone who “wasn’t even a natural at drinking water” changed her diet and lifestyle habits for good.
  • How you can change your bad habits, even if the fear of failure has prevented you from getting started.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know which piece of Jessica’s story and advice resonated most with you!

TAKE THE SURVEY

Thanks in advance for taking our short survey! Anyone who completes it between now and March 12, 2019, will be automatically entered into a random drawing to win one of five free coaching calls we’re giving away. Winners will be selected by March 15th and personally emailed to let them know they’ve won.

Take the survey now!

MORE ABOUT JESSICA

As a Habit Change Specialist, Jessica helps people who struggle with maintaining healthy habits transform their lifestyle from the inside out, so that exercise, mindfulness and nutritious eating become sustainable elements in their everyday lives. She coaches with her experience and education in psychology, behavior modification, health coaching, personal training and nutrition. She believes everyone can create their own successful wellness journey and accomplish their goals.

Find Jes on her website, and follow her on Facebook and Instagram.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Getting over your ‘all or nothing’ obsession with Amy Everhart

Ditching your perfectionism with Terece Hahn

Ghosting your job with Lana Jackson

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

I want to start this by outing myself as an absolute school nerd.

As in, I used to “assign” myself summer book reports in elementary and middle school. I would gladly be an eternal student — if I could get paid just to go to school and learn for the rest of my life, I’d be in heaven.

So when I hear my clients saying things like, “I’m not really sure what I’m passionate about or what kind of career I want, so I’m thinking about going back to grad school to figure it out,” I’ll admit that my first split-second reaction is, “Yeah, school!”

But even I have to admit that going back to grad school isn’t always the right answer to the question, “What am I supposed to do with my life?”

To be honest, more often than not, I see people going back to grad school simply because they don't know what else to do. Plenty of people use grad school as a way of feeling productive and directed, when unconsciously it’s just a way of postponing the scary step of figuring things out in the “real world.”

So how can you tell if more education is worth it, or if you’re doing it for the wrong reasons? That’s what we’re getting into in this week’s throwback blog…

TAKE THE SURVEY

Thanks in advance for taking our short survey! Anyone who completes it between now and March 12, 2019, will be automatically entered into a random drawing to win one of five free coaching calls we’re giving away.

Take the survey now!

LINKS

Sign up to talk to one of us about 1-on-1 coaching

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Broke Girl, who deeply fears becoming a “slave to work,” but she has a ton of debt to pay off. Should she keep her freedom (but not make much money), or suck it up and do something she hates for a few years to pay off debt?
  • Frustrated Firestarter, who fears she’s a “dilettante;” a dabbler who loves variety and can’t seriously commit to anything. Does she need a little tough love so she’ll finally focus, or is this not actually a problem?
  • The Forever Student, who’d sign up in a heartbeat if being a student was a paid profession. No “real” job has ever interested her as much as school, so what’s a girl to do? Should she get (yet another) degree or submit to a job in the real world?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three listeners resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our April episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

TAKE THE SURVEY

Thanks in advance for taking our short survey! Anyone who completes it between now and March 12, 2019 will be automatically entered into a random drawing to win one of five free coaching calls we’re giving away.

Take the survey now!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life

Dear Krachel: How do I get out of my own way?

Dear Krachel: How do I get out of a really long rut?

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

Pardon me while I dust off my soapbox and get fired up about something (Ha! As if my soapbox ever gets dusty…).

I’ve got a bone to pick when it comes to introverts and extroverts.

There’s a huge misconception about what both of those words mean, and I used to fall prey to it. In fact, I spent a big chunk of my life feeling like I was broken because of how widespread this false interpretation is.

For some reason, we’ve gotten the idea that being an introvert means that you’re shy. A wallflower. Quiet. Hesitant to share your opinions. Demure.

And on the other hand, we assume that being an extrovert makes you loud, outgoing, talkative, and opinionated.

So, because I’m loud and opinionated and not particularly concerned with what others think of me, most people are surprised to find out that I’m not an extrovert. I’m actually a huge introvert.

But they shouldn’t be surprised at all. Because that’s not what it means to be introverted or extroverted.

Quite simply, introversion and extroversion are about where you draw energy.

Think of it this way: Each one of us has a battery life, just like your phone or computer. When our batteries are depleted we feel tired and antsy and far from the best version of ourselves. We all need to refuel, and the difference between introvert and extroverts is how they go about doing that.

Introverts recharge mostly with alone time. They need a lot of peace and quiet and time to think.

Extroverts recharge mostly by being around people. They need more social stimulation and human connection to feel at ease.

There’s nothing inherently good or bad about either of these. You’re just born that way. It’s how you’re wired, and you can’t really reprogram it.

But here’s the problem … because I didn’t know I was an introvert for most of my life, I was ashamed of how I felt. Lately, I’ve seen other people resisting their introversion or extroversion, and it always wreaks havoc.

TIRED OF TRYING TO BE SOMEONE YOU’RE NOT?

The single most common problem we’ve witnessed in our years of coaching is how EVERYONE is beating themselves up for being someone they’re not. The introverts are ashamed they aren’t extroverts. The highly sensitive people are afraid that they’re weak or too emotional.

But while you’re busy feeling guilty for not being someone else, you can’t make any progress. Clarity comes when you give yourself permission to be who you are, want what you want, and then go after it without guilt or shame.

If that sounds like exactly what you need, but you’re having a hard time achieving it on your own, then we should chat about 1-on-1 coaching!

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

LIKED THIS? THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE

Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel

Side Chat: Overcoming impostor syndrome

Blog: Are you an internal or external processor?

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

This is one of those conversations that’s going to be applicable to 99.9% of you, because who hasn’t experienced a toxic workplace at some point in their life??

Whether you’re a college student folding clothes at the mall or a Senior VP at a large firm, toxicity ABOUNDS—In the form of cattiness, disengagement, resentment, and groupthink, to name a few culprits.

It’s about time we tackled this subject, so we invited Stacy Campesi, one of our very best friends, to share her well-earned advice about how to navigate a toxic work environment. We talked about:

  • The relationship between toxic workplaces and “good girl syndrome”
  • Why “toxic” is a misused word, and why using it makes the problem worse
  • How we can identify an unhealthy environment ahead of time, before we ever make a commitment
  • When to stick it out, and when it’s OK to bail
  • What steps YOU can take to improve your environment, based on what Stacy has seen work for herself and her clients

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Stacy’s advice resonated with you!

DO YOU NEED A CHANGE? (YOU JUST AREN’T SURE WHAT, EXACTLY)

One of the biggest conundrums of a toxic work environment is that it drains your life force to the point that all you can really do is come home, pass out on the couch, and binge Netflix until it’s time to go to bed and do it all over again.

When you’re stuck in that kind of vicious loop it’s hard to get any perspective or clarity. And while you absolutely want to get out of your current situation, you don’t necessarily want to jump to something else without being sure it’s actually the right move.

That’s something we focus on all the time in 1-on-1 coaching. If you need to insert a major disruptor into the toxic loop you’re stuck on, reach out to us:

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

MORE ABOUT STACY

Stacy Campesi is a certified professional coach and workshop facilitator. She is passionate about helping unfulfilled, overachieving professionals find career confidence and clarity.

Stacy loves working with smart, ambitious women who lead with heart and are so used to giving to others that can’t even recognize their own wants or needs without feeling selfish. By cutting through the uncertainty, self-doubt, and fear of disappointing others that holds them back, Stacy is able to help her clients make decisions that get them what they want, without compromising a thing!

Stacy is a Professional Certified Coach (PCC) with the International Coach Federation. She is also certified as an MBTI & Emotional Intelligence practitioner.

Find Stacy on her website, connect with her on LinkedIn, and listen to her nuggets of wisdom on Voxer @stacy_campesi.

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Check out our YouTube channel

View Details

A client of mine, Molly, is burnt out.

She’s got two jobs that have her working at least 50 hours a week (usually more like 60-65), including night and weekend shifts. Sometimes after working 6 days in a row, her boss will ask if she can fill in for someone on the 7th day … and she usually agrees, even though it means she doesn’t get a single day off in a week.

She’s also involved in multiple social groups, and she gets roped into helping plan and coordinate events, even when she can’t make it to the event (because she’s working so much).

I pointed out that this is not a sustainable pace, and she fully acknowledges that. She’s constantly sleep-deprived, and her naturally sunny personality is slowly being replaced by a grumpy, snippy, unmotivated person who she barely recognizes.

Molly knows that something’s got to give, but whenever she considers backing out of a commitment or saying no or taking something off her very-full plate, she becomes consumed by guilt.

Recently she told me, “I really wanted to tell my boss I couldn’t take on another shift this week, but I knew they didn’t have anyone else they could turn to, and it felt selfish to say no when I didn’t have any other plans that day.”

We dug more into what “selfishness” is all about, and she (like most of us) has a warped view of what it means to be “selfish.”

I told her, “You’re so afraid of being selfish that you’ve gone to the other extreme and become a martyr. But those aren’t your only two choices, you know.”

I’m breaking down why so many of us are terrified of being selfish (and yet the alternative can be just as destructive), and how to strike a healthy balance, in this week’s brand-new blog.

TIRED OF PUTTING YOURSELF LAST?

If you’re feeling burnt out from taking care of everyone else at your own expense, or if you don’t even know who you are and what you need/want because you’ve spent so much energy looking out for other people’s needs … that’s something we can help with in 1-on-1 coaching.

The whole point of coaching is to help you discover the REAL you — your needs, your wants, your desires, your passions — and then build a life that’s right for that person (instead of living your life solely to make other people happy).

If that sounds like exactly what you need, and if you’re ready to invest in yourself (maybe for the first time ever), then we should chat about 1-on-1 coaching!

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

We doubt there’s a person on earth (well, maybe excluding the sociopaths who walk among us) that doesn’t feel that they’re either “too much” or “not enough.”

You know what we’re talking about:

“You’re too quiet. You’re not interesting enough. You’re too weird. You’re too intense. You’re not attractive enough.”

We’ve all got a silent-but-insistent inner monologue that’s terrified we aren’t EXACTLY who we need to be in order to be liked, loved, and respected.

In this month’s Side Chat, we’re coming at this from opposite ends of the spectrum and meeting in the middle:

  • Kristen shares her experience with feeling “not enough.”
  • Rachel talks about how she’s always identified as “too much.”
  • We break down where this comes from and why all we do it.
  • And we get in to how to let this deep-seated fear go, as well as how we personally stopped buying in to those fears.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know whether you resonate as “not enough” or “too much,” and what parts of this episode stuck with you the most.

FEELING CHRONICALLY BROKEN OR NOT ENOUGH?

It’s super sad to admit, but undoubtedly true that EVERYONE feels like they’re not enough or broken in some way. Seriously. If you think you’re alone in your feelings, it’s only because other people have been keeping quiet about their own insecurities.

But just because it’s normal to feel this way doesn’t mean it’s necessary. And the whole point of coaching is to help set you free of this type of crippling anxiety so that you can get clear on who you are and go after what you really want.

If that sounds like exactly what you need, then we should chat about 1-on-1 coaching!

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I once knew somebody who was excellent at deluding herself.

Her M.O. was to spend many thousands of dollars every year (money she certainly didn’t have) on courses and personal development programs and fancy wellness retreats in Europe.

What was pretty genius was that it was easy to justify pulling out the credit card for these things because, on the surface, they all looked like really positive, empowering, self-loving investments. But she often came back without much to show for her investment, and would quickly jump into the next pricey course or event.

So … is that the most loving thing she could have done for herself? I’m obviously skeptical.

I could make the case that a better route would have been not to dig herself deeper into debt year by year in an attempt to find self-love and self-acceptance.

Maybe the tougher, but more compassionate, approach would have been to take a good hard look at how she was spending her money, and find a more cost-effective and less glamorous way of caring for herself. (A good therapist would likely have been covered by her insurance, after all).

In an ironic way, creating big financial problems for herself through “self-care” experiences was an unconscious form of self-loathing. I think she believed that if she’d forced herself to stay home or not invest in the 10th course that year, that would somehow equate to not loving herself.

You can see how sticky this is, which is why I wanted to dive in to it. Because self-loathing isn’t always overtly mean, and tough love doesn’t always look warm and fuzzy. They can masquerade as each other.

So, for those of you who know all too well what it feels like to beat yourself up (and don’t want to keep doing that); BUT who also don’t want to delude yourself or let yourself off the hook, I’m diving in to how to parse the difference between self-loathing and tough love in this week’s brand-new blog.

TIRED OF BEATING YOURSELF UP?

It’s super sad to admit, but undoubtedly true that EVERYONE has some form of self-loathing. Seriously. If you think you’re alone in your feelings, it’s only because other people have been keeping quiet about their own insecurities.

But just because it’s normal doesn’t mean it’s necessary. The whole point of coaching is to help set you free of this type of crippling fear so that you can get clear on who you are and go after what you really want. And if you couldn’t tell already, we’re pretty excellent at tough love.

If that sounds like exactly what you need, then we should chat about 1-on-1 coaching!

Fill out the quick form on this page and we’ll talk it out.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

A little over 10 years ago, Lauren’s life was thrown into total chaos. Her relationship ended in a shocking, dramatic, and heartbreaking way, and she found herself a single mom to four kids, barely getting by while trying to navigate an intense emotional rollercoaster.

In the years since then, she’s gone through multiple stages of redefining herself, first through external factors (her struggle, her titles, and her accomplishments), and later by going inward to figure out who she is at her core, when all the external stuff is stripped away.

Lauren will be the first to tell you that she’s still a work-in-progress (as we all are!), but she’s come a long way in building a life that’s filled with lots more peace, love, support, and faith than she ever thought would be possible for her.

She’s sharing her story and some of the wisdom she’s gained along the way in today’s interview with a normal person. Listen in as Lauren and Kristen talk about…

  • How to process the grief, shame, and utter overwhelm that threatens to consume you during a crisis.
  • What resilience is really all about (you’re going to love her definition of this), and how to create it within yourself.
  • How to build self-worth from the inside and get comfortable within yourself, even without external titles and validation.
  • The challenge of going from fiercely independent to inter-dependent, and why relying on people in your life (emotionally, financially, and for basic day-to-day help and support) is a beautiful, generous, and deeply human thing.
  • How all identity crisis are, at the end of the day, spiritual crisis. Because you can’t answer questions about meaning and purpose and “What’s the point?” without acknowledging something bigger than yourself.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Lauren’s wisdom resonated with you.

MORE ABOUT LAUREN

Lauren is a wife, mom, step-mom, daughter, sister, and friend. Of all of her accomplishments, both personally and professionally, these are the aspects of her life she's most proud of. In her free time, you'll likely find her reading or researching something. She's a lifelong learner, and is currently pursuing certification in Christian Counseling. She lives in Northern Virginia with her husband, four children, and a gaggle of pets.

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Instead of a new blog this week, we’re doing something special that we’ve never done before — releasing our latest live workshop as a bonus podcast episode!

Technically the video replay of this episode expired last Friday, but we’re giving it a second life on the podcast. So if you didn’t get a chance to watch it the first time around, then you’re in luck!

This workshop was called “How to find your passion in 2019,” but in hindsight we really wish we could have named it “The Amorphous Golden Blob.” You’ll find out why when you listen. ;)

We talked about:

  • Why so many people are both desperate to find their passion and also completely clueless about how to do it.
  • What exactly brings on an existential crisis, and why your career is NOT an answer to that problem.
  • What “passion” is and isn’t, and how to pursue it the RIGHT way.
  • How to create a filter system for your life so that you can get unstuck and make decisions easily.
  • The two major first steps you need to be taking before you try to find your passion or make another career move.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know how our take on this issue resonated with you!

PPVE ENROLLMENT ENDS TOMORROW!

Here’s your friendly reminder that tomorrow is the last day to join the Passion Plan Virtual Experience! We won’t be opening enrollment again until this fall.

The PPVE is our 6-week online course where we walk you through the process of finding your passion and figuring out what you’re meant to do with your life.

  • About 500 people have gone through it, so its track record is pretty stellar.
  • The content requires about 3-4 hours of time per week.
  • You have the opportunity to connect with other members, and get your questions answered by us, in a group forum.
  • It’s meant for people who not only want to find their passion, but who want to get more meaning and purpose out of their entire life.
  • If you’ve been spinning your wheels for a long time and want some expert guidance getting un-stuck, this is very likely the right place for you.

If you’re still on the fence and you like making “game time” decisions, there’s a complete page of details that might help you decide whether or not this is your “thing.”

We’ve had a bunch of awesome people join us so far, and we’re having a great time meeting everyone and chatting together in the forum. We officially get started with the first week’s content on Thursday the 7th!

So if this feels like it could be the right thing, at the right time for you … we hope you’ll be one more of them.

You can sign up here when you’re ready.

LINKS

1-on-1 coaching

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Charlie, a published author who can’t get past the feeling that they should be doing something more intellectually impressive, like medicine or law. How can they get over the need to do something other people find “worthy”?
  • Jo, who has a “pipe dream” of opening a café. All her other ideas fall short in comparison, but it doesn’t seem realistic. Is it smarter to give it up or take a stab?
  • Jesica, who believes that no one sees her and is tired of feeling invisible. How can someone magically be seen when they’ve been wearing an invisibility cloak for so long?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three listeners resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our March episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

EARLY BIRD ENROLLMENT ENDS TODAY!

Here’s your final friendly reminder that today is the last day to join the Passion Plan Virtual Experience at the early bird price of $369 before it goes up another $100.

Officially, you have until 11:59pm Eastern today (Friday, the 1st) to take advantage of the early bird rate. Tomorrow, it’s going up to its regular price of $469.

The PPVE is our 6-week online course where we walk you through the process of finding your passion and figuring out what you’re meant to do with your life.

  • About 500 people have gone through it, so its track record is pretty stellar.
  • The content requires about 3-4 hours of time per week.
  • You have the opportunity to connect with other members, and get your questions answered by us, in a group forum.
  • It’s meant for people who not only want to find their passion, but who want to get more meaning and purpose out of their entire life.
  • If you’ve been spinning your wheels for a long time and want some expert guidance getting un-stuck, this is very likely the right place for you.

If you’re still on the fence and you like making “game time” decisions, there’s a complete page of details that might help you decide whether or not this is your “thing.”

We’ve had a bunch of awesome people join us so far, and we’re having a great time meeting everyone and chatting together in the forum.

So if this feels like it could be the right thing, at the right time for you … we hope you’ll be one more of them.

You can sign up here when you’re ready.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I can’t tell you the number of times I sat hunched over a desk at some of my old jobs thinking…

“What’s the point of this? What’s the point of this dumb report I’m writing? What’s the point of showing up to all of these countless meetings? What’s the point of staying here until 5:30pm every day?”

And once I headed down that path of questioning … watch out! It quickly spiraled in a dramatic and existential way:

“What’s the deeper meaning of any of this? What’s the point of working at all? This can’t be all, right? What are we all doing here anyway? What’s the purpose of life?

{Told you. That escalated fast. I think I missed my calling as a philosopher.}

I never could come up with a sufficient answer (I mean, come on, that’s only the greatest life mystery of all time), but that never stopped my continued questioning. I wanted to feel like my time, energy, and effort meant something … like I wasn’t wasting all of this time for no good reason. I needed to see the bigger picture.

If you’ve been questioning the point of everything and desperately seeking some answers, keep listening to this throwback blog from 2016, and then leave me a comment about how it resonated with you.

THE PPVE IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is open for enrollment NOW through February 6th (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

It’s a 6- week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbook assignments, and live video hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

Early bird enrollment is going on NOW through this Friday the 1st. That means if you sign up before then, you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

Get more info and sign up here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Sometimes change happens super gradually, and sometimes in lightning strikes. Ryan’s was definitely the latter.

Ten years ago, on a seemingly random walk through London, Ryan Mathie experienced a profound breakdown that became a huge breakthrough.

Since then he’s been incredibly motivated to help other people see how much they’re getting in their own way (like he was, pre-breakthrough), and help them set themselves free. He really LOVES busting through blocks, so we challenged him to help our listeners bust through their oldest, crustiest problems.

We picked submissions from six listeners for Ryan to tackle, and he totally delivered. We got into questions like:

  • “I sabotage every job and relationship I enter into it. How can I get out of this vicious cycle?”
  • “How can I stop feeling guilty for saying ‘no’ and having boundaries?”
  • “How can I overcome the fear and perfectionism that keeps me from pursuing my creativity full-out?”
  • “Should I say in my 22-year-long marriage? Or should I call it quits?”
  • “How do I move past ‘just getting by’ when it comes to money and actually thrive?”

We also got into what almost every submission we got had in common, and what’s often at the root of our most difficult blocks, regardless of what it may look like on the surface.

After you’ve listened, come leave a comment to let us know how Ryan’s coaching resonated with you!

FREE WORKSHOP ON JANUARY 28!

We’re hosting a free, LIVE online workshop on Monday, January 28, at 1pm Eastern, and we’d love for you to be there!

How to find your passion in 2019.

If you’re been feeling stuck, overwhelmed, confused, and uncertain about your direction in both your life and career, this is a REALLY great place for you to start.

We’re packing everything we’ve learned in the last 7 years about how to figure out what to do with your life into this workshop (well, everything that will fit in an hour, at least!).

We only do these kinds of free workshops a few times per year, so join us while you can! There WILL be a free replay video for people who register, so sign up even if you can’t be there live.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Monday, January 28!

It’s a 6-week course (with a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

MORE ABOUT RYAN

Ryan Mathie, 39, was born in the small town of Bellshill in North Lanarkshire, Scotland. At 20, Ryan moved to London where he lived for 18 years, with a short spell in the US before moving to Tunbridge Wells, Kent, in the idyllic southeast corner of the UK.

Ryan’s mastery developed over the last 10 years after a profound transformative experience while walking through the streets of Bethnal Green, London. He went on to work with one of the world’s leading organizations in personal development and growth as a Senior Coach and Program Leader. He has worked and continues to work with, be mentored and coached by some of the most progressive, transformational coaches and leaders in the industry.

With more than 13,000 hours of experience, he has coached over a thousand people all over the world, including multimillionaires, CEOs, actors and artists. He is regarded by his peers as one of the most highly trained and experienced coaches in the world.

Ryan loves people and their lives, talking for hours, dogs, running up and down mountains, playing golf, recycling and being on time.

Find Ryan on his website, connect with him on LinkedIn, and check out We Only Work Online, his joint venture that helps you become a digital nomad.

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Three years ago, I wrote this blog about things I wanted to want but didn’t actually care about.

Reading it now, in 2019, was fascinating because a lot of these things I have NO energy or shame around anymore.

So, what follows is my original blog from 2016, with (in the true spirit of a high school theater nerd) semi-dramatic asides from my 2019 self:
I want to tell you that I’m a go-getter. I’d like for you to believe that I spend my days hustling, achieving, and generally “crushing it.”

(2019 aside: I actually DON'T want you to think this about me anymore. All of this implies that "crushing it" is the absolute pinnacle of life success, and I know now that it's so NOT).

It’d be great if when you thought of me, you envisioned someone who easily and breezily works 8-10 hours a day. Someone who’s constantly on top of her inbox. Someone who has great hair and makeup and puts on real clothes and who juggles everything with a smile and a winning attitude.

(2019 aside: The number of hours you work per day is not the only metric of productivity. And I'm writing this from a Starbucks where I'm not wearing makeup, but I AM wearing jeans, so do with that what you will. Also, I was born with chronic bitch face. How likely is it that I’d EVER be someone who smiles constantly??).

I want to want that.

But I don’t actually want any of it.

After you’ve listened, come share the things you WANT to want (but don’t) in the comments.

FREE WORKSHOP ON JANUARY 28!

We’re hosting a free, LIVE online workshop on Monday, January 28, at 1pm Eastern, and we’d love for you to be there!

How to find your passion in 2019.

If you’re been feeling stuck, overwhelmed, confused, and uncertain about your direction in both your life and career, this is a REALLY great place for you to start.

We’re packing everything we’ve learned in the last 7 years about how to figure out what to do with your life into this workshop (well, everything that will fit in an hour, at least!).

We only do these kinds of free workshops a few times per year, so join us while you can! There WILL be a free replay video for people who register, so sign up even if you can’t be there live.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Monday, January 28!

It’s a 6-week course (with a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

OK, procrastinators, it’s time to face the music. (Does anyone here actually NOT procrastinate?? First of all, how dare you? And second, kindly show yourself out).

It seems like everyone is forever trying to overcome procrastination. A lot of us believe that if we just read enough “life hacking” articles we can force ourselves into submission. But if you couldn’t guess, we aren’t down with that.

In this month’s Side Chat, we’re talking about:

  • When procrastination means something deeper, and when it’s not a big deal
  • When your intuition uses procrastination to try to send you a message, and how to interpret it
  • Using education and research as a form of sneaky procrastination
  • When procrastination masquerades as perfectionism
  • How you can release the pressure so you don’t feel the compulsion to procrastinate as often

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how you’ve been procrastinating how this episode resonated with you!

FREE WORKSHOP ON JANUARY 28!

We’re hosting a free, LIVE online workshop on Monday, January 28, at 1pm Eastern, and we’d love for you to be there!

How to find your passion in 2019.

If you’re been feeling stuck, overwhelmed, confused, and uncertain about your direction in both your life and career, this is a REALLY great place for you to start.

We’re packing everything we’ve learned in the last 7 years about how to figure out what to do with your life into this workshop (well, everything that will fit in an hour, at least!).

We only do these kinds of free workshops a few times per year, so join us while you can! There WILL be a free replay video for people who register, so sign up even if you can’t be there live.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Monday, January 28!

It’s a 6-week course (with a mix of videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I can’t help but notice that my gym has been more crowded this month. The lines at my organic grocery store have been longer, too. Several of my clients have felt a sudden surge of motivation to move, or start online dating, or apply to new jobs in earnest.

I get it. There’s something sobering about entering a new year, especially if there are things you don’t necessarily want to repeat from the past year. The energy of newness and a fresh start is palpable, and it’s no wonder so many of us decide that NOW is the time to change our habits and improve our lives.

There’s nothing wrong with using the energy of the new year to be more reflective and set goals for yourself. But we all know how New Year’s resolutions tend to go. Come February, I guarantee you that my gym and organic grocery store will be much quieter. The collective surge of motivation we all felt at the new year will melt away, and we’ll settle back into our old habits and routines.

Not to depress you, but … to throw some stats into the mix, according to U.S. News, about 80% of New Year’s resolutions fail by February. And only 8% of people who make resolutions ultimately achieve them.

So clearly, the way most of us are trying to change our lives isn’t working the way we’d hoped.

I’m not against resolution-setting — a big part of being a coach is encouraging intentionality in all things, after all — but I think most of us are going about it dead wrong.

I’m sharing how to change your life in a way that’s actually sustainable so you don’t become a New Year’s resolution cliché.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Monday, January 28!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early-bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

The last few months of 2018 were pretty monumental for Marina. The turning point was in October when she met to a retreat with 300 other women hosted by powerhouse inspirational couple Glennon Doyle and Abby Wambach.

She returned from the retreat having witnessed real-deal true love, which solidified the realization that her partnership wasn’t that, and that it was time to end things.

But how do you break up in a more evolved, conscious way? Is it even possible? Rachel and Marina talked about…

  • How she knew it was time to end her romantic relationship, and what you may need to ask yourself if you’re in a similar position.
  • Why she and her ex decided to keep going to therapy and continue living together, post-breakup.
  • How to respond to the people in your life who may not understand your relationship choices.
  • The uncomfortable experience she had being one of only a handful of women of color at the personal development retreat.
  • How she bravely voiced her discomfort and got a very unexpected response from the event’s leaders, and the ripple effect she’s produced.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Marina’s wisdom resonated with you.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Monday, January 28!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

RESOURCES MARINA MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Resources for unpacking racism and white supremacy:

Rachel Ricketts
IG @iamrachelricketts
FB @rayrayricketts

Rachel Cargle
IG @rachel.cargle
FB @rachelcargle

Layla Saad
IG @laylafsaad

Catrice Jackson
IG @catriceology

Follow Black Women Conference

Val Day Sanchez
IG @authorvaldaysanchez

Mindful of Race by Ruth King

White Fragility by Robin DiAngelo

Resources for relationships:

Conscious Uncoupling by Katherine Woodward Thomas

Gottman Institute

Find a therapist (there's even a filter for Gottman Method!)

One other amazing human she mentioned:

Aaron Rose ("who benefits from this belief?")
IG @aaronxrose

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I feel like I need to offer a massive correction to all of the people, you included, I may have fooled over the years:

I’m not actually all that tough.

I know the resting bitch face (which is very handy in repelling unwanted small talk at the gym or grocery store) may have suggested otherwise. Or the fact that I’m blunt, loud, and opinionated. Or that I very clearly do not suffer fools.

The exterior may look tough, but the inside is plenty soft and sensitive.

And, like most of you, for a long time I thought that sensitivity equated to weakness. I thought the only way to get through hard times was to “tough it out.” Put my head down, plow through my problems, and take no mercy (on myself, most especially).

You may be surprised to hear me say that 2018 was not my favorite year, by a long shot. And while all the gory details don’t need to be put on display (yet—I’m positive it’s a story I’ll tell when I have more hindsight and perspective), I can tell you that, very much against my will, I became a MUCH stronger person this year (stronger, but not necessarily tougher).

Like most lessons you don’t ask for, this one taught me so much about the true nature of strength. And I have a suspicion that you probably need to hear, as much as I did, what real strength is, and what it isn’t.

So, this one goes out to you—especially if you’re under the mistaken impression that you’re weak.

After you’ve listened, come share your take on strength with me in the comments.

WANT TO BUST THROUGH AN OLD, CRUSTY BLOCK?

Later this month we’re having a guest expert on the podcast who revels in busting through your most troublesome blocks.

So, if you’ve got something you’d really like to let go of or move beyond, but just can’t get over it, share it with us and you may hear it tackled during our expert interview in late January.

Submit your question here!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Diana, who can’t figure out what her REAL Passion Profile is because her chronic health issues are getting in the way. How can she find career direction when her health is forcing her to live in a way that may not reflect who she REALLY is?
  • Samantha, who’s juggling 3 different jobs and side gigs, none of which are completely fulfilling. And yet, on the other hand, there would be downsides to letting any of them go. How can she circumvent this catch-22 and find real fulfillment?
  • Amber, who is burnt-out and has lost the passion she used to have for her job. That said, she can’t leave because she has to provide for her kids. How can she recover from burn-out when her circumstance may not change any time soon?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our February episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

HOLY CRAP, IT’S 2019

Before you try to set a bunch of New Year’s Resolutions that, let’s face it, you won’t stick to more than a week, hear this:

Resolutions don’t work! Why? Because their very nature is busted. They’re an attempt to solve an internal problem with an external solution. You can try all you want to lose 20 pounds, or find a new job, but if you don’t connect with the deeper issues under the surface, you won’t find success or be able to maintain progress.

Coaching is exactly the opposite of setting resolutions, which is why it works—It address problems from the inside-out, rather than the outside-in. So, if you’d like 2019 to end on a vastly different note than 2018, there’s no time like the present to chat with us about 1-on-1 coaching!

Reach out to us here and we’ll talk it out together.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode
Take the Passion Profile Quiz
Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

It’s our last podcast episode of the year! So, we figured what better time than now to bring on an expert who can help us predict the future, right??

We sat down with our friend Madeleine—astrologist, tarot reader, and intuitive extraordinaire—and asked her all about…

  • Some astrology 101 – What’s the difference between the sun, moon, and rising signs? Why do some people gel with their sign and others don’t?
  • Tarot – What is it? Where did it come from? And why is it useful?
  • Why are we all so obsessed with predicting the future? And when can that totally backfire on us?
  • How changeable is the future, exactly? What’s the deal with free will?
  • What’s the difference between a real-deal psychic/intuitive and a faker?
  • What’s in store for us in 2019? What can we expect coming around the bend?
  • Plus, she whips out our charts on the episode and gives us a quick compatibility reading!

This is a great episode for any of you who’ve always been intrigued by this stuff but, like us, don’t know how to actually use it. After you’ve listened come leave a comment and let us know what spoke to you!

LET’S GET 2019 OFF TO THE RIGHT START

The new year is a few days away! Cue wide eyes and mild panic!

…Or not. Because hey, not every year needs to be a repeat of the last! You’d be amazed by how much can shift in just a few months with a little consistency, accountability, and a willingness to make change.

So if you’d like 2019 to be vastly different than 2018 (or 2017, or 2016…), then we’re happy to talk to about the prospect of 1-on-1 coaching.

Reach out to us here and we’ll talk it out together.

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE YOU SHOULD ALSO CHECK OUT

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho

Side Chat: A mind-blowing, time-bending analogy

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez

Bonus Book Club! Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Paul knew he was a pretty self-aware person — he’d been on a personal development path for years — but he had no idea just how far he could go on this journey until he became a parent.

Having kids, he quickly realized, turned out to be the most intense crash course in personal growth he could have ever signed up for.

It’s made him redefine just about everything in his life — his values, his intentions, his concept of success, his sense of purpose, his relationship to his work, his sense of confidence and inner solidarity. Nothing in his life has been untouched by becoming a parent.

It’s been a wild ride and nothing like Paul expected, but it’s also put his life into perspective in the most clarifying, fulfilling way.

In an effort to become the best person and dad he can be, he’s been on a quest to learn everything he can about conscious parenting, which he explains and gives plenty of examples of in this week’s podcast.

Listen in to hear Paul share his journey with us in this week’s interview with a normal person, and hear us talk about:

  • How getting married sparked a lifelong journey of personal growth, self-awareness, and intentional living.
  • His path to redefining what success meant for him, after meeting all of his achievement goals and realizing he was miserable and unsatisfied.
  • The most important question to ask yourself to determine if you truly want to have kids.
  • The difference between having one kid, which was life-changing enough, to having two kids, which rocked his world and sparked massive change in his family.
  • How parenthood catapulted his personal growth beyond what he ever could have imagined.
  • What “conscious parenting” means and how to start implementing it, whether or not you have kids yet.
  • Why it’s OK to screw up at being a parent, and how to release your self-judgment when you don’t get it right.
  • Resources, tools, and tips he’s found valuable along the journey of conscious parenting.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Paul’s story resonates with you!

MORE ABOUT PAUL

Paul grew up in a suburb of Chicago with a younger brother and two parents who raised him in a home filled with love and a willingness to do anything to see their kids succeed. Anchored by the traditional definitions of success, Paul was able to graduate from a competitive liberal arts school, finish at the top of his MBA class, and work his way up the corporate ladder to achieve an income beyond his imagination. Despite these achievements, much of his motivation to succeed came from external validation and recognition, rather than from a true internal passion, which always left a void in him.

Eight years ago, Paul and his wife picked up and moved to Colorado, where they’ve been on a journey together to come to understanding their passions and defining success for themselves through the power of coaching, self-improvement, and intentionality. Paul just turned 40 years old and is currently facing the most exciting time of his life...the opportunity to parent his 1-year-old and 4-year-old children to help them define their OWN success and find their OWN passion! Unfortunately, kids don't come with a manual, and the only parenting experience that he had was that of his own childhood. Feeling a lack of confidence in this important job, Paul set out on a journey to come up with a parenting style that would help him maintain a positive relationship with their children, while still giving them the tools to live the lives that they wished to be. Earlier this year, Paul stumbled across the concept of Conscious Parenting and has been "all in" ever since.

LET’S GET 2019 OFF TO THE RIGHT START

The new year is right around the corner. Cue wide eyes and mild panic!

…Or not. Because hey, not every year needs to be a repeat of the last! You’d be amazed by how much can shift in just a few months with a little consistency, accountability, and a willingness to make change.

So if you’d like 2019 to be vastly different than 2018 (or 2017, or 2016…), then we’re happy to talk to about the prospect of 1-on-1 coaching.

Reach out to us here and we’ll talk it out together.

PARENTING RESOURCES

The Conscious Parent

Zen Parenting Radio

The Parenting Junkie

Headspace

The Self-Driven Child

Parenting with Love & Logic

How to Talk so Little Kids Will Listen

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

A client of mine, Jack, has been entrepreneurially minded for his whole life. He’s an idea machine, and he’s constantly coming up with cool business ideas. He can’t help it — it’s just how his brain works.

Naturally, he’ll get excited about a new idea and want to share it with people. As soon as inspiration hits (which is frequently), he’ll text his brother or call his mom or tell the coworker on the other side of his cube.

Their reactions aren’t always what he’d hoped for. In fact, they’re usually pretty discouraging. They’ll ask a million questions about how it will work — questions he can’t yet answer, since he’s still working out the idea in his mind — or they’ll jump to all the reasons why it’s risky or impractical or straight-up impossible.

Usually, after these deflating conversations, Jack will feel less enthusiastic about the idea, and often he’ll end up abandoning it altogether.

When Jack came to coaching, he told me he was afraid he’s all ideas and no action. He was feeling like maybe he wasn’t cut out to be an entrepreneur after all, since he couldn’t seem to stick with an idea and make it a reality.

“Your problem isn’t that you have too many ideas, or you’re flaky, or you lack follow-through, or anything like that,” I told him. “Your problem is just that you share your ideas too soon, and with the wrong people.”

In this week’s blog, I’m making a case for why you should keep new ideas to yourself for a while, and how to know when it’s OK to share them with others.

LET’S GET 2019 OFF TO THE RIGHT START

The new year is right around the corner. Cue wide eyes and mild panic!

…Or not. Because hey, not every year needs to be a repeat of the last! You’d be amazed by how much can shift in just a few months with a little consistency, accountability, and a willingness to make change.

So if you’d like 2019 to be vastly different than 2018 (or 2017, or 2016…), then we’re happy to talk to about the prospect of 1-on-1 coaching.

Reach out to us here and we’ll talk it out together.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Interested in 1-on-1 coaching with us? Check out all the details and sign up to talk to one of us here

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Quick question—Have you ever said (or thought) something about your career like …

  • “Something feels off, but I can’t figure out why.”
  • “I should like this job, but I just don’t.”
  • “Am I broken? Maybe I’ll never enjoy working.”
  • “Has everyone else figured out something I haven’t?”

If you’re nodding along with that, you definitely need to hear this conversation we had about the 4 Passion Profiles. (Make sure you’ve taken the Passion Profile Quiz first!).

We talked about how we came up with the quiz, what it measures, the differences between the 4 potential results, and how to use your Profile to find your career direction.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know your Passion Profile result and how it resonates with you!

LAST DAY TO SAVE SOME $$$

Today, December 14, is the LAST day to get $50 off the Passion Profile Short Course with code HOLIDAY.

The PPSC is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.

The PPSC is a quick, uncomplicated way to get unstuck. It’s designed to help you get clear on your career (and life!) direction in as little as 1 day.

It might be right for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour video-based DIY course).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You felt like your Passion Profile Quiz result described you really well, and you thought, “How can I get more of THIS?” when reading your result.

The PPSC is available 24/7, but before 11:59pm EST tonight you can save $50 off the usual price of the program with code HOLIDAY.

We’re also going to be offering a free, live Q&A workshop session to anyone who buys the PPSC during that window, as well as anyone who’s worked with us in the past.

The live Q&A workshop will be on Friday, January 11 at 1pm EST, which gives you plenty of time to complete the course and submit your Q’s ahead of time. There will be a video replay for those who can’t make it live! You’ll be emailed a registration link after you purchase the course. (And for those of you who’ve done either of our courses, or worked with us 1-on-1 and would like to join the workshop, just email us at contact@clarityonfire.com and we’ll send you a registration link, too!).

Need more details? Check out the full PPSC page to see whether this is right for you.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

When I was 7, I told anyone who asked that when I grew up I was going to be a journalist. I loved reading and writing, and sometimes I’d flip my mini indoor trampoline on its end and sit behind it and force a babysitter to “watch me on TV” as I read my version of the evening news.

When I was 15, I altered that to “journalist or lawyer” (because my teen years were the ones where I proved, mostly to my poor parents, just how good I was at driving my points home, debating anything and everything, and never backing down from a fight).

When I was 19, I decided to major in Public Relations because it was the closest thing to journalism that my school offered. And even though I was far from sold on either public relations or journalism, I didn’t know what else I wanted to do.

And when I was 22, I flirted with the idea of becoming an archaeologist, mostly because I’d majored in art history and loved it and had also watched The Mummy a lot as a kid.

Since then I’ve played around with the idea of becoming, in no particular order: A staff writer for an online women’s magazine, a relationship advice columnist, a marriage and family therapist, a life and career coach, and oh yeah … a private detective (my friends still want me to do this one).

You might think that these things are all really random. But they’re not. You might also think that it was hard to choose between them. But to be honest, once I knew how to choose, it wasn’t very difficult at all.

Today’s blog is a throwback to May of 2017! We’re re-sharing because it’s the perfect blog to compliment the holiday special we’re running on the Passion Profile Short Course. Scroll down for $50 off the course.

IT’S YOUR LUCKY WEEK!

Through this Friday, December 14, we’re giving you $50 off the Passion Profile Short Course with code HOLIDAY.

The PPSC is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life feeling broken and hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.

The PPSC is a quick, uncomplicated way to get unstuck. It’s designed to help you get clear on your career (and life!) direction in as little as 1 day.

It might be right for you if:

  • You’re looking for a way to get un-stuck that doesn’t involve a lot of time, money, or complication (it’s a 5-ish hour video-based DIY course).
  • You’ve been hoping for a simple answer to this whole “finding career direction” thing.
  • You don’t know where to start and wish someone would tell you what to do about your career situation.
  • You felt like your Passion Profile Quiz result described you really well, and you thought, “How can I get more of THIS?” when reading your result.
  • You’d like to narrow down the list of career options you’ve been considering to ONLY the ones that are worth pursuing.

The PPSC is available 24/7, but for the next four days you can save $50 off the usual price of the program with code HOLIDAY.

We’re also going to be offering a free, live Q&A workshop session to anyone who buys the PPSC during that window, as well as anyone who’s worked with us in the past!

The live Q&A workshop will be on Friday, January 11, at 1pm EST, which gives you plenty of time to complete the course and submit your Q’s ahead of time. There will be a video replay for those who can’t make it live! You’ll be emailed a registration link after you purchase the course.

And for those of you who’ve done either of our courses, or worked with us 1-on-1 and would like to join the workshop, just email us at contact@clarityonfire.com and we’ll send you a registration link, too.

Need more details? Check out the full PPSC page to see whether this is right for you.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Amy, a young woman in her late teens who’s ready to quit some childhood hobbies, but whose parents are reluctant to let her. How can she convince them that she’s serious and that it’s time to let go?
  • Erica, who’s eager to quit her job in corporate America and start her own business, but has no idea how to get started. She knows she needs help, but doesn’t know what to ask for. Should she work with a career coach? Or a business coach? Maybe a consultant? Or do an online course? We help her sort through the options.
  • Rebecca, who just got laid off and has no intention of ever working for someone else again … but knows her family will blow a lid when she tells them. Is it OK for her to lie to them over the holidays to avoid a family meltdown?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our January episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Starting this coming Monday, December 10 through Friday, December 14 we’re going to be offering a special holiday deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

We’re also going to be offering a free, live Q&A workshop session to anyone who buys the PPSC during that window, as well as anyone who’s worked with us in the past.

The live Q&A workshop will be on Friday, January 11 at 1pm EST, which gives you plenty of time to complete the course and submit your Q’s ahead of time. There will be a video replay for those who can’t make it live! You’ll be emailed a registration link after you purchase the course. (And for those of you who’ve done either of our courses, or worked with us 1-on-1 and would like to join the workshop, just email us at contact@clarityonfire.com and we’ll send you a registration link, too!).

Be sure to check your inbox on Monday for the special $50 discount code!

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Marie Forleo’s B-School Program

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

The following is a trick question:

Would you rather feel miserable, or would you rather feel neutral?

I get it. No one really wakes up in the morning wanting to feel miserable. If you had your choice between feeling misery — you know, the existential angst and the “I can’t do this for one more day” kind of stuff — and feeling indifferent, we all know which one of those sensations sucks less. Feeling neutral about your circumstances may not be fun, but it’s not awful.

And honestly … that’s exactly the danger of feeling neutral.

Like it or not, misery is motivating. If you feel like crap, you’re more likely to have a fire lit under you. You have nothing left to lose (since you can’t really feel worse), so you’re more willing to take risks and make changes and do something.

But when life is "just OK" … there’s practically zero motivation. And without any sort of big incentive to change, you can find yourself stuck in a no man’s land — where life isn’t getting worse, but it’s not getting any better either — for years.

Whereas misery … most people can’t tolerate misery for months, let alone years. Which means people tend to rebound after hitting rock bottom. But if you never hit it, you can’t rebound. You just sort of float above it, indefinitely.

A couple weeks ago I blogged about why letting the doldrums run their course may be your best bet, and this week I’m revisiting a blog from January 2017 with a bit of an opposite take. Same core issue, two perspectives. You decide which one feels right to you.

After you’re listened come share which approach felt truest to you, in the comments.

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Starting this coming Monday, December 10 through Friday, December 14 we’re going to be offering a special holiday deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

We’re also going to be offering a free, live Q&A workshop session (happening in January) to anyone who buys the PPSC during that window, as well as anyone who’s worked with us in the past.

Be sure to check your inbox on Monday for the special $50 discount code!

IF YOU LIKED THIS YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO…

Blog: What to do when you feel overwhelmingly “meh” about everything

Blog: When is it worth getting out of your comfort zone?

Dear Krachel: How do I get out of a really long rut?

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Have I ever told you guys about the time I fired my therapist? Well, to cut to the chase—she was god-awful. I left every session with her feeling worse about myself than when I’d walked in. Personal development is hard work, but it probably shouldn’t make you cry for hours after the session is over.

Honestly, that experience was part of what cemented my desire to become a coach. I knew I wanted to help people move forward with their lives, rather than continually delve into the past (which is what I perceived therapists as doing, for the most part).

But that experience didn’t turn me off of therapy entirely. In any profession (coaching absolutely included) you’re bound to find incredibly talented people and god-awful people.

Kristen and I have been dying to talk to a therapist of the “incredibly talented” variety for a long time—we’ve been compiling questions for years! And thankfully, one of my clients recently introduced me to her therapist, Sarah Rossmiller, who came on the podcast to talk to us about:

  • Why some people (like me) have a terrible time in therapy, and why others thrive. And what makes the difference between “good” and “bad” therapy.
  • The differences between therapy and coaching, and when it might be right to pursue one over the other.
  • Why SO many people are struggling with mental health issues, and how to tell if that’s normal (or if you might have a more serious problem).
  • How we can accept the emotional ups and downs of life without spiraling out of control.
  • Why so many women (1 in 4 in the U.S.!) are on psychiatric drugs, and Sarah’s perspective about when we might need to be medicated, and when we probably don’t.
  • Why people who are willing to rebel against norms tend to be the happiest and most fulfilled.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how our frank conversation with Sarah resonated with you!

MORE ABOUT SARAH ROSSMILLER, LPC

Sarah is a Licensed Professional Counselor and Trained Yoga Instructor offering individual and group therapy in "the heart of Houston," also known as the charmingly eclectic neighborhood of Montrose. She is devoted to helping others create and manage their own personal journey of becoming and shed any residual trauma blocks holding them back. Her rebellious spirit is central to her work as she encourages rebellion from false core-beliefs, harmful cultural conditioning, and shame-based untruths that prevent us from becoming who we are meant to be.

You can find her online at Rebellious Wellness Therapy.

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Heads up! From December 10-14 we’re going to be offering a special holiday deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

We’re also going to be offering a free, live Q&A workshop session to anyone who buys the PPSC during that window, as well as anyone who’s worked with us in the past.

You don’t need to do anything yet! We’ll remind you when the time comes. But mark your calendars if you don’t want to miss out.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)

Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt

You can’t cure the human experience with Kyle Ramsvig

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

You know that uneasy feeling you get when you know you’re doing something that’s not good for you … but you keep doing it anyway?

Maybe you’re staying in a job or a relationship that isn’t really working, or you keep making excuses for why you don’t have time to go to the gym. Whatever’s causing you to be out-of-alignment, it gives you that awful, knot-in-your-stomach, uncomfortable-in-your-own-skin, shifty kind of feeling.

I’ve been feeling that way a bit lately.

As a coach who’s trained to intuitively pick up on these inconsistencies in other people, it’s particularly uncomfortable to get this feeling myself. I realized I haven’t been the best at walking my own talk in one major way the past few months, so I’m outing myself in the name of getting back on track.

I’m forever telling my clients to pay less attention to what they don’t want, and to focus more on what they do want. In other words, stop complaining about what’s not working and start noticing and appreciating what is working.

Why? Because what you pay attention to has a huge impact on what you experience.

When I follow my own advice about this, my life starts to feel different — better, easier, lighter, more fun — almost immediately.

But I’m only human, which means sometimes I’m going to slip back into old bad habits. And lately, I’ve found myself giving more of my attention than usual to the things I don’t want.

I’m issuing you — and myself! — a challenge in this week’s blog that will change your outlook on life in a matter of one week. Leave a comment on the blog to let me know if you accept my challenge!

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Heads up! From December 10-14 we’re going to be offering a special holiday deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

You don’t need to do anything yet! We’ll remind you when the time comes. But mark your calendars if you don’t want to miss out.

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature — it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. This time we decided to have a conversation about one of our absolute favorite self-help books of all time, Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver.

We talked about:

  • How this book answers the BIG questions, like: “How do I stop worrying?” and “How can I know that things will work out?”
  • How you can start believing that the Universe (or whatever you choose to call it) actually has your back.
  • Why nothing is too small for “divine assistance,” and how to ask for help and signs along your path.
  • Why delays and things not going according to plan are actually a good thing.
  • Why the odds—even when they feel super low and not in your favor—don’t matter at all when you practice outrageous openness.
  • Our personal stories of letting the Universe lead the way, and the crazy/funny synchronicities that have happened as a result.

Come leave us a comment after you’ve listened and let us know what resonated most from this conversation. And in the true spirit of this book, we’d also LOVE to hear your stories of signs, synchronicities, and surrendering to the Universe, so come share that, too!

WANT $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE?

Heads up! From December 10-14 we’re going to be offering a special holiday deal ($50 off!) on the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day.

You don’t need to do anything yet! We’ll remind you when the time comes. But mark your calendars if you don’t want to miss out.

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE YOU SHOULD ALSO CHECK OUT

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho

Side Chat: A mind-blowing, time-bending analogy

Treating life like a magical scavenger hunt with Francisca Hernandez

LINKS

Leave a comment on this episode

Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver

E-Squared by Pam Grout

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Sailors used to live in fear of the doldrums—when the sea turns placid and the wind disappears, and your ship is left to float and drift as your fresh water and food stores dwindle ever lower.

You’d think a terrible storm would be worse, and maybe it is (I’m no sailor, so I can’t speak with authority). But at least in a storm you have no choice but to act; you respond to what’s in front of you and hope you make it through, but there’s not much time for reflection or despair.

I have precisely zero experience with either of those situations in a maritime setting, but a lot of experience in the proverbial sense.

And I can confirm that, at least when it comes to personal development, it’s way easier to coach someone when they’re miserable and at rock bottom (in the “eye of the storm,” so to speak) than when they’re in the doldrums.

Misery is motivating. Being down and out gives you a “what do I have to lose?” attitude. It lights a fire under your butt to make changes, take risks, and let go of crap that’s been holding you back.

The doldrums are the very opposite of motivating. They’re a place of complete inertia and stagnation. We may want to make change, theoretically, but realistically we feel completely uninterested in doing anything.

So, what’s a person to do when they feel completely meh about everything, and can’t work up the energy to give a damn about anything? I’m diving into a counterintuitive approach in this week’s blog.

After you’re listened, come share your own experience with the doldrums in the comments.

LET’S GET 2019 OFF TO THE RIGHT START

The new year is right around the corner. Cue wide eyes and mild panic!

…Or not. Because hey, not every year needs to be a repeat of the last! You’d be amazed by how much can shift in just a few months with a little consistency, accountability, and a willingness to make change.

So if you’d like 2019 to be vastly different than 2018 (or 2017, or 2016…), then we’re happy to talk to about the prospect of 1-on-1 coaching.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I’m unafraid to admit that I am a full-blown escapist. I can’t help it. I was born this way.

The places I’ve been in my imagination feel just as real to me as places I’ve actually been—I defy you to tell me that I haven’t ever sat in front of the fire in the Gryffindor common room doing homework with my quill and parchment!

The truth is, the world in my head is often way more interesting than what’s going on in the real world. And more often than not, I’d rather be in my own fantasy world than dealing with whatever annoyances are popping up in my real life.

But is that healthy? Doesn’t that make me (and the rest of us who are prone to escapism) immature, lazy, or irresponsible?

In this Side Chat, Kristen and I are going down the rabbit hole and talking about:

  • Who is most prone to escapism, and why.
  • Why we can’t help but do it, even when we feel we shouldn’t.
  • When escapism is normal and healthy, and when it crosses the line and becomes warped.
  • Why most of us escapists aren’t great at, and definitely don’t enjoy, many aspects of the tangible world (like money, schedules, sleep, exercise).
  • The link between escapism and highly sensitive people.

After you’ve listened, come share your escapist outlet du jour. What rabbit holes do you love delving in to? Leave us a comment to let us know!

TIRED OF EXPLORING YOUR INNER WORLD ALONE?

A quick question to see if coaching is a good fit for you:

Are you the person who’s looking around and thinking, “Why am I the only one who feels this way/sees a problem with this/isn’t happy with how things are?”

If so, you’re the exact type of person who thrives when they’re doing personal development. You’re not weird! In fact, you’re asking all of the right questions. It’s just hard to come up with the answers on your own.

That’s the point of coaching—To explore your vast inner world in a way that makes sense, and actually gets you headed in the right direction (instead of wandering aimlessly).

Want to talk more about the possibility? Reach out to us here.

THINGS WE MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

Exploring the 16 personality types with Leslie McDaniel

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones (how to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person)

Getting over your ‘all or nothing’ obsession with Amy Everhart

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp

Blog: How to make your own Rules for Sane Living

MORE LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

A client of mine, Erin, feels like she has the same frustrating conversation with her husband on at least a weekly basis.

She’s an external processor, so after a stressful day at work, she finds it helpful to come home and talk about all the challenges she’s dealing with. For her, it’s just a way of decompressing and venting out her feelings of the day.

Her husband, on the other hand, is a problem-solver. He’s logical by nature, plus his job requires him to be in solution-mode all day long. So the moment she starts talking about her problems at work, he starts offering solutions.

The problem is that, when Erin’s in venting-mode, she’s not ready to talk about solutions. She just needs to release some stress without the pressure to DO anything about it just yet. So she gets frustrated by him constantly trying to “fix” the problem, and he gets frustrated that she’s not open to his solutions.

Erin has tried to ask him to just listen when she’s venting, and he gives it his best effort. But because he cares about her happiness, and because he’s such a natural problem-solver, it’s hard for him to simply listen when she’s complaining.

So eventually, the conversation devolves back into him offering solutions, her shutting them down and feeling unheard, him feeling aggravated and helpless, and ultimately … them both feeling disconnected.

She asked me, “Is there a better way I can ask him for what I need in those situations?” I told her, “Sure, there are always ways you can communicate more clearly. But I don’t think that’s going to change much for you here. What you really need is to stop going to the hardware store for milk.

In this week’s blog, I’m sharing what the heck I mean by this, plus some ways you’re probably “going to the hardware store for milk” and how to get what you really need from your relationships, your career, and every other area of life.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

My previous blog: Are you an internal or external processor?

Rachel’s previous blog: How to know when it’s time to quit (a job, or anything else)

Interested in 1-on-1 coaching with us? Check out all the details and sign up to talk to one of us here

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

In December of 2017 Francisca Hernandez nearly died.

She’d spent months feeling unwell, bouncing from doctor to doctor, trying and failing to get to the bottom of her health struggles. It came to a head 11 months ago when she (pretty miraculously) walked into the hospital under her own power, and ended up needing six pints of blood transfused into her body.

What followed was a very serious surgery two months later. And, as people often do when they end up on death’s doorstep, she found herself taking a complete inventory of her life.

The gratitude of being alive brought sharp clarity and made her admit to the fact that, leading up to her health crisis, she’d spent many years in a numbed-out haze, trying to avoid the despair and pointlessness she felt on a daily basis.

Almost a year later, Francisca says she’s the happiest she’s ever been, and only getting happier. In this month’s interview with a normal person, Rachel talks to Francisca about:

  • Why she ignored her intuition for so long, and why she actively tried to numb almost everything she felt.
  • How being forced to take a huge time-out from her life finally allowed her intrinsic desires and interests to bubble to the surface.
  • The small ways she started to trust her intuition, and some funny stories about how it turned out.
  • How she decided to treat life like a magical scavenger hunt, and the crazy-awesome results she’s having.
  • Why she thinks hitting rock bottom allowed her to reach such joyful heights, less than a year later.
  • Her advice to you about how to start listening to and being guided by your intuition.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Francisca’s journey and wisdom resonated with you!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE

Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life

Bonus Book Club! The Alchemist by Paulo Coelho

Finding a dream job after years of searching with Teanca Shepherd

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Learn more about Francisca and get in touch with her here

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

It doesn’t matter where you’re from or what generation you belong to, I know you know someone who’s actually entitled.

I’m not talking about people who are called “entitled” but don’t necessarily deserve it. (A lot of Millennials bear the brunt of this, and it’s an unfair generalization to make about an entire generation of people, considering how hardworking and engaged most of the Millennials I know are.)

I’m talking about the person you know who thinks they legitimately should not have to work for anything, and who is sort of dumbfounded by the very idea of struggle.

I’m talking about the person who is so deeply deluded that they constantly talk about how spectacular they are, even though they’ve done little that’s brag-worthy.

We know this person. We roll our eyes at this person. The vast majority of us are definitely not this person. But here’s the kicker — most of us are still entitled, anyway.

How does that work? How can so few of us resemble “that person,” and yet so many of us still be entitled? Well, because there are two forms of entitlement, and I only learned about one of them recently!

For my throwback blog of the month, I (Rachel) chose to revisit this one from March of 2017. It’ll kick you in the pants, in a good way! After you’ve listened, come leave a comment if you’re willing to admit how you may have been acting entitled without realizing it.

LET’S GET 2019 OFF TO THE RIGHT START

The new year is right around the corner. Cue wide eyes and mild panic!

…Or not. Because hey, not every year needs to be a repeat of the last! You’d be amazed by how much can shift in just a few months with a little consistency, accountability, and a willingness to make change.

So if you’d like 2019 to be vastly different than 2018 (or 2017, or 2016…), then we’re happy to talk to about the prospect of 1-on-1 coaching.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Catherine, who’s having some difficulty with a “jackhammer”-type boss. How do you work with someone who inadvertently makes you feel judged or less-than?
  • Isabelle, who doesn’t want a spouse, kids, or a corporate career … which everyone insists she’ll regret not having. Are they right? Is there something she just isn’t seeing?
  • Jasmine, whose boyfriend of 4 years says he wants to get married, but clams up whenever she tries to talk about the timeline. What should she do if she wants to trust his words, but his actions just aren’t lining up?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our December episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

LET’S GET 2019 OFF TO THE RIGHT START

The new year is right around the corner. Cue wide eyes and mild panic!

…Or not. Because hey, not every year needs to be a repeat of the last! You’d be amazed by how much can shift in just a few months with a little consistency, accountability, and a willingness to make change.

So if you’d like 2019 to be vastly different than 2018 (or 2017, or 2016…), then we’re happy to talk to about the prospect of 1-on-1 coaching.

Reach out to us here and we’ll talk it out together.

THINGS WE MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE

On the subject of jackhammers and hummingbirds: Rachel’s blog about jackhammers and hummingbirds and our side chat about how to figure out what to do with your life.

Bonus Book Club! Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

Rachel’s blog about not taking responsibility for everything that sucks

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)

On the subject of masculine and feminine energy: Alison Armstrong and David Deida

Joanna Platt’s pre-marital coaching course, Engaged

MORE LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I think it’s safe to say that I don’t know a single person who hasn’t been through a period of burnout.

Some temporary burnout is normal, especially after you’ve expended a big surge of energy. I remember feeling exhausted and lethargic for a couple of days after finals in college or after completing a big project at work.

Temporary burnout is bound to happen from time to time, and as long as you give yourself some recovery time after a particularly busy or stressful period, you’ll recalibrate pretty quickly.

Long-term burnout, however, is becoming more and more common, and it’s extremely hard on the body and mind. It comes from having too many expectations and putting forth a huge effort over a long span of time.

I had never experienced long-term burnout until I started a business, which is a huge effort and takes years of intense commitment. I love what I do and I’m grateful for this business every day, but that doesn’t negate the fact that building a business from the ground up is a massive undertaking and has the potential to lead to serious burnout.

A while back, I told Rachel, “I feel like we burnt ourselves out during the first few years of getting a business off the ground, and I never fully recovered.”

My clients tell me a version of the same thing. Whether they’ve been raising kids for years, putting in long hours to get that promotion, having the life drained out of them at a job they hate, or feeling lost and confused for longer than they care to remember … the threat of burnout is real. And far too many of us are being weighed down by the pressure.

In this updated blog from 2016, I’m sharing the most valuable, restorative thing you can do to relieve burnout.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Rachel’s previous blog about Rules for Sane Living

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Raise your hand if you’ve ever been a couch potato who decided the best way to motivate yourself was to go all out: signing up for a marathon, weightlifting every day, or going to yoga 6 times a week.

Or maybe you decided it was time to clean up your diet, so you cut all sugar AND dairy AND wheat AND meat.

Or perhaps you wanted to get clear on your career direction, so you bought ten self-help books and signed up for four courses in the space of a month.

The obsession with “all or nothing” is REAL. And a lot of us are caught in a never-ending cycle of swinging from one end of the pendulum to the next, without feeling like we’re making any real progress (and driving ourselves crazy, to boot).

In this month’s interview with an expert, we had a conversation with our friend and fellow coach Amy Everhart, who has lifelong experience with this pattern and is still a work in progress herself. We talked about:

  • Where the “all or nothing” mentality comes from (we have multiple theories!).
  • When it’s actually OK — and when it isn’t — to be an extremist in your behavior.
  • Why living in the grey area between “all or nothing” is usually FAR more productive and likely to get you where you want to go.
  • How Amy is breaking free of this pattern, and her insights for you about how to do the same.

After you’ve listened leave a comment to let us know how this conversation resonated with you!

DO YOU HAVE “ALL OR NOTHING” WHIPLASH?

If you’ve been swinging from one end of the “all or nothing” pendulum to the other and aren’t getting anywhere, it’s likely because it’s very difficult to modulate your own behavior. How do you know when you’re doing enough, or too much, or not enough? And how do you know if you’re even taking the right action in the first place?

That’s the point of 1-on-1 coaching: You don’t have to figure any of that out for yourself. Instead, you get to work with someone who understands how to lead you through the process of getting clear on who you are and what you want in the right time, in the right away. It’s a huge relief.

It’s a great time to chat with us about coaching, so reach out here if you’re ready!

MORE ABOUT AMY

Amy Everhart is a women’s leadership coach, business midwife, and feminist troublemaker. Basically, she works with creative, passionate women in the start-up phase of their businesses to lay a strong strategic and energetic foundation for success. She’s the author of the Creative Business Plan Workbook, a free tutorial in her inspiring and no-nonsense resource library. When she’s not talking about business and consciousness, she’s plotting to overthrow the patriarchy and dancing (badly) to Rupaul songs.

Find her online at Amy Everhart Coaching, and follow her on Instagram @amyecoaching.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)

Rachel’s blog about ‘all’ not being a remedy for ‘nothing’

Kristen’s blog about why you need to stop fighting life and just go with it

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

One of my clients has a passion and expertise for parrots (yet another reason I love coaching—you meet people with incredibly diverse interests).

The other day we were talking about her desire to educate people with pet parrots about how to properly care for them, when she started dropping some facts that made me go, “Wait, hold up. Say that again.”

Here’s what she told me:

“Parrots are highly sociable animals programmed to live in a group. They’re also meant to fly dozens of miles a day (some species, like Macaws, fly up to 100 miles a day). They spend an enormous amount of physical energy doing this, as well as emotional energy in search of food, foraging, finding appropriate nest sites, and building and carving out those nests, as well as the energy it takes to raise young. They have voices meant to be heard up to 3 miles away so they can keep in constant contact with their flock.

Then humans put them in a cage, left alone and fed an inappropriate diet. They’re devoid of those things they are meant to do and eat, and oftentimes they suffer psychological and physical issues—like obsessively walking in circles, self-harming, and obesity—because of it.”

It’s obvious to us that birds aren’t meant to live in cages. And I bet as you read that, it made sense to you why a creature that’s meant to fly free might suffer when forced into a life that isn’t natural.

I’m guessing you weren’t like, “What’s wrong with you?! Suck it up, you dumb bird! You’re being overly dramatic. Your life is fine. This is just how it is.” Like me, you probably felt a pang of sadness and empathy for them.

But clearly our empathy doesn’t extend to ourselves. Because the thing that fascinates me most about these facts is how much they remind me of the human experience.

In this week’s blog I’m getting into our messed-up tendency to blame ourselves for everything that feels “wrong” in our lives, and why we shouldn’t be doing that.

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

What to do when you can’t focus and feel constantly distracted

How to make your own Rules for Sane Living

Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp

How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Have you ever heard something that felt so true that it resonated in your very bones? Even if you couldn’t explain why you knew it was true? You just knew.

That’s how I felt when I read this passage from the end of Elizabeth Gilbert’s mega-bestselling book Eat, Pray, Love:

“The Zen Buddhists say that an oak tree is brought into creation by two forces at the same time. Obviously, there is the acorn from which it all begins, the seed which holds all the promise and potential, which grows into the tree. Everybody can see that.

But only a few can recognize that there is another force operating here as well—the future tree itself, which wants so badly to exist that it pulls the acorn into being, drawing the seedling forth with longing out of the void, guiding the evolution from nothingness to maturity. In this respect, say the Zens, it is the oak tree that creates the very acorn from which it was born.”

I mean, damn, right?

In this brand new clarity-on-fire-side-chat (…get it?) Kristen and I are putting on our philosopher’s hats (debatable whether we ever took them off in the first place) and diving into this whole acorn/oak tree thing. We’re talking about:

  • What is the point of desire? Why do we crave certain things, and not others? And what does it mean for you to want something?
  • Why we believe desire isn’t random (and why wanting something might just be proof that you’re eventually going to get it—yes, you read that right).
  • The relativity of time, and why the veil between the present, past, and future might be thinner than any of us realize (no big deal).
  • Some mind-blowing facts about the Universe that put our itsy-bitsy problems into perspective.
  • A fun exercise to help you communicate with your past and future selves (sounds creepy, but isn’t).

If you like deep conversations, there’s nothing better than this one! Enjoy, and come leave a comment after you’ve listened to share your own deep thoughts.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

As many of you know, Rachel and I went on a 10-day Euro-trip this past August, and it was absolutely amazing. We explored ancient castles, ate incredible food, and went on so many walking tours that I’m now in need of new sneakers (including a Harry-Potter-themed tour of Edinburgh because, obviously).

Traveling back home, though, was … less than amazing.

After waking up before 6am and sitting through an 8-hour flight, we got in the longest customs line I’ve ever seen.

For nearly 3 hours, I lugged my heavy bags through endless weaving lines of people, feeling like I might get stuck in that warehouse-sized, fluorescent-lit beige room for the rest of my days.

Not anticipating this long of a wait, I hadn’t eaten much on the plane or stopped for a bathroom break (despite the several cups of orange juice I’d accepted from the flight attendant), so I was ill prepared for the marathon I’d unwillingly joined. Plus, because of the time difference, my body thought it was 10pm, even though it was only 5pm back in the States.

On top of the physical discomforts, I’m also a Highly Sensitive Person, which means that I tend to get overstimulated easily by masses of people. So standing in line with thousands of people — including crying children having temper tantrums (and who could blame them?) — felt like the sensitive person’s equivalent of nails on a chalkboard for hours on end.

The whole time I stood in that line, I remembered two mantras I’ve used to get me through challenging times in my life and played them on repeat in my mind.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Interested in 1-on-1 coaching with us? Check out all the details and sign up to talk to one of us here
  • Check out our e-book: Am I doing ‘life’ right? Wisdom, relief, and tough love for getting through difficult times
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Terece Hahn had it all — the job she’d always dreamed of, a 6-figure income, a loving husband, the ability to travel and buy a home and do all the things she loved.

And yet, she was miserable.

Her job was making her burnt out, anxious, depressed, and totally unsure of herself. Her confidence took a nosedive, and she started questioning everything in her life.

So what do you do when your dream job turns into a nightmare?

Terece used that experience as a catalyst to go on a deep inner journey of figuring out who she is, what really matters to her, and what she wants most out of life. And now, two years later, she feels like a completely different — and much happier — person.

She’s sharing her journey with us in this week’s interview with a normal person. Listen in to hear us talk about:

  • Her story about feeling lost and directionless after leaving school and getting a “real job.”
  • How she built back up her confidence after it hit an all-time low.
  • The huge perspective shift that helped her quiet her inner critic voice and start liking herself more than she ever thought was possible.
  • How people-pleasing used to run her life, and how she’s finally starting to let it go.
  • Ways in which she’s started speaking up for herself and being her own best advocate.
  • The challenges of setting (and actually sticking to) boundaries when you’re a people pleaser … as well as the freedom that exists on the other side.
  • Why people pleasers flock to helping professions and quickly get burnt out.
  • How changing your life can be simpler than you think if you start small.

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Terece’s story resonates with you!

MORE ABOUT TERECE

My name is Terece Hahn. Professionally, I am an Advanced Registered Nurse Practitioner, and I hold a Doctor of Nurse Practice (DNP) diploma. I am at the highest level of my education in my profession, and I achieved this about as early as a person
can achieve this level of education. Making 6 figures as a new graduate, married to an amazing man, being able to travel, and afford things that I have always wanted should’ve meant happiness and success. Emphasis on SHOULD. I was the person that had it all and was miserable. I knew there was more to life than this, but did not know how to get there. I had been banking that once I started my new career, making the money I did, that I would be happy. Jump to the desperate Google search of "What do I want to be when I grow up?" Which lead me to the Passion Profile Quiz, then
to Clarity on Fire 1:1 coaching with Kristen Walker, where I rediscovered who I was, what my values are, and why the HELL I was so miserable.

I am a normal person who, without the help from Kristen and Rachel’s business and podcasts, would have had to dredge for many years to accomplish the self confidence, love, and belief in myself that I didn’t even know existed. My journey is in the beginning stages of its existence, but you can’t unlearn what you have
learned; there is no going back. It is like a small fire was lit, and with each day that I cultivate it, with self-care, naps, being kind to myself, and understanding my values, I am able to slowly stoke that fire to burn more brightly every day.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Previous podcast episode: Curing your people-pleasing disease
  • The Disease to Please by Harriet Braiker
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

There was a time when Kristen and I thought we wanted to be corporate coaches.

In a way, this made perfect sense. Both of us had intimate experience with the mind-numbing bureaucracy of corporate America. We knew what the cube-people were secretly feeling — trapped, suffocated, bored, purposeless — because we had so recently been cube-people.



We had a vision of being “corporate ninjas” … we’d go in to stuffy offices and quietly, stealthily, and methodically shift entire cultures. We’d inspire people; we’d make it so that work was actually invigorating, purposeful, and fun. Leadership would be left a bit dazed and blinking by the overnight change, but they’d get used to a new and improved way of operating.



This is a story about how none of that happened, and how I got publicly insulted to boot.

In this week’s blog, I’m sharing something I originally wrote 3 years ago, and exploring why getting painfully rejected can be the best thing that ever happened to you.

ARE YOU A TRAPPED CUBE-PERSON?

If you were nodding along and relating a little too much to being trapped in a mind-numbing corporate environment, then it might be time to consider doing something about that.

Instead of doing what most people do when they’re unhappy—jumping to something else, hoping it will be better—you could spend some time becoming clear and certain that your next steps are not only going to make sense, but lead you to a fulfilled, inspired, and satisfying outcome.

That’s the whole point if 1-on-1 coaching! So if you’re tired of the status quo and don’t want to waste any more time, let’s talk.

Get clear on the details and reach out to talk about coaching here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Cath, who wants some advice about how to let things unfold naturally when dating someone new, instead of forcing and pushing. How do you not give in to the need for instant answers?
  • Jess, a Side Hustler in her twenties who lives with her parents and works as a freelancer. Should she get a part-time job to satisfy her parents, even though that would take time away from pursuing her passions?
  • Heather, who’s about to turn 30 and is struggling with the fact that all of her friends are married with kids. What do you do when you can’t help but ask, “Why not me?”

We got into a LOT of good stuff in this one, including our personal feelings about being unmarried at 30, too.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our November episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

DOWNLOAD OUR FREE E-BOOKS!

At the beginning of this episode you’ll hear us mention our free e-books series. Each one is a collection of about 7 of our most popular blogs centered around one main theme. We’ve got one called, “What am I meant to do with my life?” and another about how to be happy in a world where that sometimes feels impossible.

Check out all 4 of our free e-book collections here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Rachel’s blog about why the path of least resistance is so productive
  • Rachel’s blog about active vs. passive waiting
  • Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

For most of my life, I suffered from pretty extreme FOMO (fear of missing out).

My parents will tell you that up until the time I was 7 or 8, I would never admit to being tired — and not just out of normal childlike stubbornness, but because I was terrified that if I took a nap or went to bed early, I’d miss out on something fun.

The FOMO didn’t go away as I got older; it just evolved to focus more on my friendships and school. I hated taking a sick day from school because I was afraid I’d miss out on some inside joke with my friends or miss a crucial lesson in one of my classes and fall behind.

I said “yes” to pretty much every social invitation I got while I was in school and through most of college, even though I’m more of an introvert and it often totally exhausted me.

Once I got out of school and into the “real world,” my FOMO evolved again, this time into anxiety around whether I was in the right career. Since I had no direction for a while and a serious “grass-is-greener” complex, I was always exploring other options and feeling jealous of other people’s careers. It’s no surprise that I applied to grad school 4 separate times and ended up in 3 different full-time jobs, all within in my first 3 years out of college.

In this week’s blog, I’m sharing how I cured my FOMO for good, as well as one simple way you start making more confident decisions.

THE PPVE IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is open for enrollment NOW through October 3rd (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

It’s a 6-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round and there are only a few spots left. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

Get more info and sign up here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

A few years ago Emily Liou started to question her career in recruiting. Sure, she helped people get hired, but for every person she helped, there were so many more she had to reject. And the rejections were wearing on her.

That’s when Emily decided to quit her job, become a certified coach (she went to the same program as us!), and ended up starting her own business; one where she could leverage her experience as a recruiter and her knowledge as a coach to help people navigate both the deep, internal world of personal growth and the external challenges of finding a job.

We came to this conversation with SO many questions and common issues (ones we hear from our clients and podcast listeners all the time!) to bounce off of Emily, and she was a complete treasure trove of insight. We talked about:

  • What to do if you aren’t sure you have enough experience to apply for a job
  • How to make a radical career shift, especially when you only have experience in one thing
  • Why “hard skills” aren’t necessarily more important or desired than “soft skills”
  • How to have gaps on your resume without it looking like a big deal
  • How to actually find stellar job opportunities amidst the heaps of junk jobs out there
  • The best way to up your chances of getting a dream job, and what you need to be doing that you aren’t doing now
  • Traditional job search stuff you don’t have to keep doing (including applying for jobs online … YES, you read that right)

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Emily’s job searching wisdom resonated with you!

EARLY BIRD ENROLLMENT ENDS TODAY!

Here’s your final friendly reminder that today is the last day to join the Passion Plan Virtual Experience at the early bird price of $369 before it goes up another $100.

Officially, you have until 11:59pm Eastern today (Friday, the 28th) to take advantage of the early bird rate. Tomorrow, it’s going up to its regular price of $469.

The PPVE is our 4-week online course where we walk you through the process of finding your passion and figuring out what you’re meant to do with your life.

  • Over 400 people have gone through it, so its track record is pretty stellar.
  • The content requires about 3-4 hours of time per week.
  • You have the opportunity to connect with other members, and get your questions answered by us, in a group forum.
  • It’s meant for people who not only want to find their passion, but who want to get more meaning and purpose out of their entire life.
  • If you’ve been spinning your wheels for a long time and want some expert guidance getting un-stuck, this is very likely the right place for you.

If you’re still on the fence and you like making “game time” decisions, there’s a complete page of details that might help you decide whether or not this is your “thing.”

We’ve had a bunch of awesome people join us so far, and we’re having a great time meeting everyone and chatting together in the forum.

So if this feels like it could be the right thing, at the right time for you … we hope you’ll be one more of them.

You can sign up here when you’re ready.

MORE ABOUT EMILY

Emily Liou is a career happiness coach and career expert at CultiVitae where she guides ambitious corporate professionals to design AND achieve careers they love. She believes life is way too short to not wake up happy on Mondays.

As a former recruiter and HR professional for Fortune 500 Companies and Silicon Valley startups, she knows exactly what gets corporate professionals hired and promoted. Emily's career advice has been featured in Forbes, Fast Company, Business Insider, Fairygodboss, and The Muse. She is also the creator of The Happily Hired Formula, a comprehensive do-with-you program that covers A-Z of the job search process from designing a career to negotiating your salary.

Through her coaching programs, Emily not only provides the strategies to make any career transition possible but also works from the inside out, allowing clients to build a positive self-image to conquer all of their ambitious goals. When she is not geeking out over personal development topics, you can find Emily eating her way through Los Angeles.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I recently passed an anniversary of sorts.

It’s been six years since I quit my first job (not to be confused with the second or third jobs I also quit, which happened shortly thereafter). It’s also been six years since Kristen and I decided to start a business and six years since I enrolled in a certified coach training program.

I know anniversaries are supposed to be celebrated, or at least fondly acknowledged, but all I’m thinking about right now is the two weeks I spent in between quitting my first job and starting the next gig (as a part-time nanny to two-year-old twins).

Up until the day I walked out (of that unfulfilling, mind-numbing corporate existence), I was so excited for everything I was going to do before my new job started. I was going to go to yoga, bike around town, cook really healthy meals, meditate every night, and basically live the life I’d always imagined.

And then I spent two weeks on the couch.

In this week’s blog I’m revisiting something I originally published 3 years ago – the story of how quitting my first job was NOT what I’d imagined it would be, and how I made it through that bleak, difficult time that I now refer to as “The Quagmire of Suckage.”

THE PPVE IS OPEN FOR ENROLLMENT

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is open for enrollment NOW through October 3rd (or when we hit 50 people, whichever comes first).

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

Early bird enrollment is going on NOW through this Friday the 28th. That means if you sign up before then, you can get the course for $369 instead of the usual $469.

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you definitely don’t want to dally.

Get more info and sign up here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Hello from the other side … of 30.

It’s been a month since I left my 20s, and I’m (Rachel) honestly still processing this milestone. I didn’t expect it to bring up so much grief – anger, frustration, sadness, and waves of anxiety and depression.

And while I’ve been riding those waves, it’s become obvious that a lot of people around me are also battling that same current, just for different reasons.

So, this mutual experience got me thinking about big life transitions. What do they have in common? How do we ride them out? Why are they so emotional?

In this month’s Side Chat we’re talking about:

  • What counts as a transition (that might not have occurred to you)
  • Why all transitions always come with grief, even when they’re happy
  • The true purpose of grief, and how to let yourself feel the deep emotions of a transition phase, without bottling them up
  • Why you don’t need to try to understand your feelings about the transition you’re in
  • The difference between grief and depression
  • How can you use the often chaotic emotions of a transition to help catapult you forward in life

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know if you’re in a transition phase, and how this episode resonated with you!

FREE WORKSHOP ON SEPTEMBER 25!

We’re hosting a free, LIVE online workshop on Tuesday, September 25, at 1pm Eastern, and we’d love for you to be there!

How to figure out what to do with your life in 2 steps

If you’re been feeling stuck, overwhelmed, confused, and uncertain about your direction in both your life and career, this is a REALLY great place for you to start.

Obviously there are way more than just TWO steps when it comes to figuring out what to do with your life, but we’re going to get your momentum going with two big ones and send you off feeling more clear and at ease than you’ve likely felt in a long time.

We only do these kind of free workshops a few times per year, so join us while you can! There WILL be a free replay video for people who register, so sign up even if you can’t be there live.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Tuesday, September 25!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Kristen’s blog about the transition of quitting her full-time job
  • Rachel’s blog about honoring the space between ‘no longer’ and ‘not yet’
  • Emotional Constipation with Joanna Platt
  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

My client Dawn was in a major internal tug-of-war. Her boss had just announced he was leaving, which meant his job was opening up.

As soon as the job was posted, several of Dawn’s coworkers forwarded her the job listing with notes like, “You would be perfect for this,” and “This has your name all over it.”

Dawn was flattered, but torn. She’d never considered applying for her boss’ job, and she wasn’t totally sure she wanted it. It would mean a lot more responsibility, as well as becoming a manager, all of which made her extremely uncomfortable.

On the other hand, everyone kept telling her it would be such a great growth opportunity, and it would be a step up the ladder in her career, not to mention a bigger paycheck. It seemed like the logical next step.

She asked me, “How do I know if this is worth stepping out of my comfort zone?”

As someone who loves being in my comfort zone (whatever the opposite of an adrenaline junkie is … that’s me), but also knows that I can’t stay there forever if I want to keep learning and growing and making an impact, I grapple with this same question frequently.

While conventional self-help advice — not to mention countless inspirational Instagram messages — will tell you that all the good stuff in life is outside of your comfort zone, I don’t believe that’s true 100% of the time. I think it’s more nuanced than that.

Sometimes getting out of your comfort zone is the best thing you can do to grow as a person. And other times, discomfort is a sign that you’re doing something inauthentic.

So how do you tell the difference? I’m sharing 3 questions to ask yourself to determine if something is worth getting out of your comfort zone.

Much Love,

Rachel (& Kristen)

FREE WORKSHOP ON SEPTEMBER 25!

We’re hosting a free, LIVE online workshop on Tuesday, September 25, at 1pm Eastern, and we’d love for you to be there!

How to figure out what to do with your life in 2 steps

If you’re been feeling stuck, overwhelmed, confused, and uncertain about your direction in both your life and career, this is a REALLY great place for you to start.

Obviously there are way more than just TWO steps when it comes to figuring out what to do with your life, but we’re going to get your momentum going with two big ones and send you off feeling more clear and at ease than you’ve likely felt in a long time.

We only do these kind of free workshops a few times per year, so join us while you can! There WILL be a free replay video for people who register, so sign up even if you can’t be there live.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST! Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Tuesday, September 25!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Four years ago Teanca Shepherd was burnt out and craving a change. So she picked up and moved about as far away from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania as you can get—all the way to Japan.

She taught English in Japan for two years, but making a dramatic change hadn’t suddenly solved all of her problems. She was still unsure of what she really wanted out of life, and the clock was ticking loudly on her remaining time overseas.

It was at this point that Teanca discovered The Passion Profile Quiz and reached out to us. After coaching with me (Rachel) for a couple months, she felt clear about what she wanted, but her dream job hadn’t instantly landed in her lap … and it didn’t, for another two years.

When Teanca emailed me to tell me that she had FINALLY found her dream job, she said that she was SO glad that she waited, even though it had taken so much longer than she had hoped.

For that reason alone, I HAD to have Teanca on the podcast. We all (myself included) need to know—how do you weather rejection, uncertainty, fear, and doubt for YEARS, without giving up or losing your faith?

So, on this interview with a “normal person” I talk to Teanca about that, and:

  • How she stopped seeking approval, got over her passivity, dropped her people-pleasing habits, and learned how to speak up (& the specific homework I gave her that helped with this)
  • Why your life sometimes NEEDS to be hard, and how you can weather tough times with confidence
  • How she ended up on a team where people root for her success, naps are encouraged, and creativity is a virtue
  • Why your desperation to get a dream job may be the very thing preventing it from happening
  • Why you shouldn’t give in to the temptation to tell people what you think they want to hear in interviews, PARTICULARLY when you really want the job

After you’ve listened, leave a comment to let us know how Teanca’s wisdom has resonated with you!

FREE WORKSHOP ON SEPTEMBER 25!

We’re hosting a free, LIVE online workshop on Tuesday, September 25 at 1pm Eastern, and we’d love for you to be there!

How to figure out what to do with your life in 2 steps

If you’re been feeling stuck, overwhelmed, confused, and uncertain about your direction in both your life and career, this is a REALLY great place for you to start.

Obviously there are way more than just TWO steps when it comes to figuring out what to do with your life, but we’re going to get your momentum going with two big ones, and send you off feeling more clear and at ease than you’ve likely felt in a long time.

We only do these kind of free workshops a few times per year, so join us while you can! There WILL be a free replay video for people who register, so sign up even if you can’t be there live.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Tuesday, September 25!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

We recently got a question that was intended for our monthly Dear Krachel segment, but it’s a subject that I’ve been considering writing about for a long time, so I decided to tackle it at length in a blog, instead!

Here’s what Mary wrote:

“Hi Rachel!

You had mentioned on a recent podcast that you haven’t had an alcoholic beverage in 3 years. I was wondering if you wanted to share what brought you to this life change.

My husband has been sober for over a year and a half and I went through the rocky journey of cutting back/abstinence. I have now participated in “dryuary” (no drinking in January), took a break in April and am now completing a 90-day break. This is huge for me and challenging at times. Overall I feel better for it.

I got excited when you shared you don’t drink and wanted to know your story since I feel this lifestyle is very connected to socializing, productivity, and general outlook on life.

I’m not saying I’m never going to drink again, but would love your input on the subject since it’s so prevalent in our society. I listen to you and Kristen religiously and respect your interpretation of life.”

Mary is right—there are a lot of implications, both personal and social, when it comes to quitting something that a majority of people enjoy. It can be frustrating, lonely, and intimidating to break away from the crowd for any reason, let alone one that’s so woven into the culture.

So, I’m getting into the reasons why I stopped drinking alcohol, as well as how to deal when you want to go your own way but are afraid of being judged or left out.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Tuesday, September 25!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Sera, who is anxiety-ridden and depressed at her day job, and knows she wants to take a creative risk and publish her written work, but is paralyzed by fear at every turn—of failure, embarrassment, and success. How can she get out of her own way?
  • Bianca, who recently quit a toxic job without anything lined up. All she wants to do is rest, but she can’t afford not to work. How does she revamp her energy after being through hell and back during her last job?
  • Laura, who wants to try new things but holds herself back by saying “not yet.” On the other hand, she knows a lot of people who jump at EVERY idea, and they don’t seem any better off. So, how can we take action while avoiding either extreme (not enough, or too much)?
  • Amanda, who can’t decide between 3 career options that seem equally appealing and achievable, in their own ways. How do you get over the fear of picking the wrong thing?

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our October episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment on Tuesday, September 25!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

We’re only taking 50 people in this round, and enrollment is first-come, first-served. If you want in, you’ll definitely want to be on this list.

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

I tend to get wrapped up in my own thoughts. A lot. As in, I’ve gone on solo road trips and not even turned the radio on for hours. I’m very comfortable with silence.

Because of this, I’ve heard the same kinds of comments from people close to me for my whole life: “You got really quiet all of a sudden. What’s going on? Or, “You have to tell me how you’re feeling — I can’t read your mind!” Or, usually in an argument, “Are you even hearing me? Say something already!”

The strange thing is, anyone who knows me well will tell you that I can be chatty. I used to bring report cards home from school with all A’s and a little X-mark that said, “Talks to her friends too much in class.”

And if you’ve ever listened to our podcast, I think it’s pretty clear that talking — sometimes ad nauseum — about something I care deeply about is certainly not an issue of mine!

So what’s going on? Why is it that I can be so chatty sometimes, and so quiet and pensive other times?

It took me a long time to figure this out (and a lot of seeing similar patterns in people I coach), but it turns out it has everything to do with how I process thoughts, feelings, and information.

Most people in my life — my closest friends, and most of my family members, too — are external processors. Me, on the other hand? I’m an internal processor.

In this week’s blog, I’m explaining the difference between internal and external processing, as well as how to figure out your processing style and use it to better communicate with others.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment in about a month!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbook assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here
  • Get on the PPVE VIP list here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Calling all fellow bookworms, library nerds, and general lovers of literature—it’s time for another book club episode of the podcast!

Whenever there are five Fridays in a month, we devote the extra Friday to a book that we can’t get enough of. This time we decided to have a conversation about one of the best-selling books of all time (and for good reason), The Alchemist by Paolo Coelho.

We each pulled a few of our favorite parts to talk about, including:

  • Why realizing your destiny is your ONLY obligation in life (and why you don’t have to know what it is to get started)
  • Proof that the universe is conspiring to help you get what you want
  • How you can ask for and receive signs that you’re on the right path
  • Why the fear of suffering is always way worse than the actual struggle that you’ll go through
  • How to let yourself fail and be bad at things, without crumbling
  • Why you should think twice before taking anyone else’s opinion about what to do with your life seriously
  • Why it sometimes feel like you’re being tested by the universe, and how to not give up when things get hard

Come leave us a comment after you’ve listened and let us know what YOUR favorite part of The Alchemist is, and if you haven’t read it yet, what resonated most from this conversation.

And in the true spirit of this book, we’d also LOVE to hear your stories of signs and synchronicities, so come share that, too!

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment in about a month!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Leave a comment on this episode
  • E-Squared by Pam Grout
  • Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver
  • Submit your question for the next episode of Dear Krachel
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I’m writing about something today that’s going to seem really obvious in hindsight, but that never actually occurred to me for most of my life.

I used to (still do, but I’m working on it!) go down these absolute spirals of existential angst.

I wasn’t always sure what triggered them. All I knew was that I’d start the day out feeling ticked off or moody, and by the end of the day I’d be in a heap of tears or pulling my hair out while dramatically declaring, “What’s the point!?”

And by “the point,” I generally meant of anything. Having a business. Trying to be nice to other humans. Dating. Attempting to be healthy.

I’ve written before about the futility of questioning how your life is going when you’re in a crap mood. And I stand by that.

But what if you could prevent the crap mood from happening in the first place? (Sometimes, at least. 100% prevention of crap moods is not only unrealistic, it’s inhuman.)

And what if what triggers a lot of our daily angst is actually the most basic, obvious stuff that we’re taking for granted?

DOWNLOAD OUR FREE E-BOOK!

This blog is one of the featured pieces in our free e-book: Are happy people for real? What it takes to live a happy, contented life in a world where that sometimes feels impossible.

Download the e-book, and check out the other free e-book collections here.

LINKS

  • Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here
  • Free E-Book: Are happy people for real? What it takes to live a happy, contented life in a world where that sometimes feels impossible
  • Get on the PPVE VIP list here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Are you as fascinated by assessments and quizzes as we are? (I mean, we created a quiz, so obviously we love to nerd out on this stuff!).

It makes sense that most of us are so attracted to personality tests — there’s something innately satisfying and powerful about feeling understood and not alone. When you see a result you resonate with, it immediately makes you feel seen and heard, which is something every human craves.

So, in the name of understanding ourselves better and using that knowledge to pursue a life that feels good, we sat down with Leslie McDaniel, a fellow certified coach and expert on one of the most popular assessments ever: The Myers Briggs Type Indicator, or MBTI.

(If you’ve never heard of the MBTI, or don’t know your type, that’s just fine! You’ll likely walk away from this episode with a clear idea of your results, without having taken the assessment yet.)

We got into …

  • How the MBTI came to be (it was created by two women in the 1940s!)
  • What the results measure, and how to understand the 4 spectrums—Introvert/Extrovert, Sensing/Intuitive, Thinking/Feeling, & Judging/Perceiving
  • Common misconceptions that people have about their results (we were guilty of some of these!)
  • Why it’s so important to understand your personality type, and how you can use it to pursue a life & career that feels aligned with who you are (rather than contrary to who you are!)

MORE ABOUT LESLIE

Leslie is a certified professional coach who helps INFJ women bring their vision to life. She believes that few things are more powerful than someone at ease with her strengths, gifts, and quirks as she confidently lives out her purpose.

With a unique combination of creative skills and experience, Leslie brings a multi-perspective approach to helping others with the accountability and support they need to move forward. Her knowledge as an MBTI®-certified practitioner helps INFJ women understand their personality, celebrate their strengths, and claim their potential. Leslie serves other INFJ women through individual coaching and her weekly email, The INFJ Life.

You can get to know Leslie and check out her coaching offerings on her site, and connect with her on LinkedIn, YouTube, Facebook, and Instagram.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment in about a month!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Leave comments on this episode here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I vividly remember opening the front door of my old office building and feeling a wave of dread and exhaustion instantly wash over me.

No matter how much sleep I got the night before or what upbeat music I listened to in the car trying to start the day more positively … the moment I stepped into that building, my energy was sapped away.

I felt like a balloon with a slow leak, and by the end of the day, I always ended up completely deflated.

I’d look around that office to see everyone hunched over their keyboard, guzzling coffee to keep their eyes open, hardly noticing when someone passed by their cubicle. I was surrounded by people, but it felt like none of us were really, truly “there.”

The air was stale, and the walls were grey. It felt like a building full of people who had mostly given up. The energy of that office was so heavy that I couldn’t help but feel the physical effects of sitting in that space every day, and it weighed on me. It was destructive and unrelenting.

In this week’s blog, I’m sharing how to improve a draining workplace OR, if that’s not possible, how to recognize when it’s time to leave.

GET ON THE PPVE VIP LIST!

Our twice-yearly online group coaching program, the Passion Plan Virtual Experience, is going to be opening for enrollment in about a month!

It’s a 5-ish week course (with a mix of pre-recorded videos, workbooks assignments, and live Google hangouts with the two of us) that helps you figure out what to do with your life. Think of it as the “AP Life” class you should have taken in high school, but never got the chance!

If you’re on the VIP list, you’ll be the first to know about our early bird pricing and the handful of free coaching sessions we’re going to be giving away!

Join the VIP list here.

LINKS

  • Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here
  • Get on the PPVE VIP list here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

A while back, I happened upon a quote as I was scrolling through Instagram that felt like a benevolent smack in the face (if there is such a thing):

“The true joy of life is being used for a purpose recognized by yourself as a mighty one; being thoroughly worn out before you are thrown on the scrap heap; being a force of nature instead of a feverish, selfish little clod of ailments and grievances, complaining that the world will not devote itself to making you happy.” –George Bernard Shaw

I mean, DAMN. That’s some deep wisdom and a sick burn rolled into one!

I immediately took a screenshot and told Kristen that we MUST talk about this quote on the podcast.

So, on this brand-new side chat, we’re breaking down this mic-drop moment by George Bernand Shaw and getting into…


  • Why your purpose doesn’t need to be impressive or seem purposeful to anyone else.
  • How you can be fulfilled without needing to feel like the most significant person in the room.
  • Why it’s critical for you to question the common definition of concepts like “success,” “enough,” and “impact.”
  • Why living a thoroughly good life is about taking small, daily risks, rather than big, flashy ones.
  • How to let go of feeling like a victim to your circumstances (and get off the endless loop of complaining).

After you listen, come leave a comment about this episode! We’d love to hear how this quote, and our breakdown, is resonating with you.

Also, next week we’ll be sitting down to record the September episode of Dear Krachel. So if you’ve got a burning question that you’d like us to tackle, come ask us here. We’re game to answer just about anything!

IF YOU LIKED THIS, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

  • Breaking your phone addiction with Kristen Kalp
  • Getting unstuck from a beige existence with Nate Otto
  • Stop looking for proof of what you DON’T want

LINKS

  • Leave comments on this episode here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Allow me to assure you: I love the world we live in.

As screwed up as it can be, and as much work as it clearly needs (I’m lookin’ at you, American politics), I wouldn’t trade being alive in the 21st century for any other time. (You could tempt me with a time-traveling foray to ancient Rome, though. #historydork)

The western world is decidedly imperfect, but it’s hard to argue with equal rights and the opportunity to decide for myself what “freedom” means.

I also love how much I, and my fellow women, are benefitting from the really loud — and rightfully so — ongoing dialogue about equality, particularly when it comes to our pay. Feminism (which is really not a complicated concept) has been made normal, and at this point it’s pretty damn sketchy if you aren’t on board.

Are you sensing a “but” coming?

I’m a coach who spends most of her time helping people — the majority of them women — figure out what their passion is and how to live it through their career.

And as a female entrepreneur, I’m in circles with a lot of other women in business. So it’s safe to say that I’ve got a front-row seat when it comes to watching women “kill it” in their careers and actively pursue “having it all.”

We’re a pretty loud and proud bunch, too. And unsurprisingly, we’ve got a LOT of names for ourselves … in the form of hashtags, obviously. Say ‘em as fast as you can:

#girlboss #ladyboss #bosslady #badassladyboss #bossbabe #businessbabe #bizbabe #womeninbusiness #womeninbiz #womenentrepreneurs #femaleentrepreneur #femalefounder … you get it.

It’s quite rad that there are so many women making their mark on the world, and I love that we’re celebrating each other’s accomplishments.

BUT … (I feel like I’m telling a huge secret here) … I don’t actually want to be a #girlboss, or even a #ladyboss, and certainly not a #bizbabe.

DOWNLOAD OUR FREE E-BOOK!

This blog is one of the featured pieces in our free e-book: What am I meant to do with my life? (Almost) everything we know about finding your passion and having a fulfilling career.

Download the e-book, and check out the other free e-book collections here.

LINKS

  • Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here
  • Download free “I’m not in it to win, I’m in it to live” wallpapers here
  • Free E-Book: What am I meant to do with my life? (Almost) everything we know about finding your passion and having a fulfilling career
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

So, I (Rachel) am turning 30 in just a few days. And in true nerd fashion, I wanted to celebrate by having a deep conversation. It’s a party in Ravenclaw tower, ya’ll. BYOB. Bring your own butterbeer. ;)

I insisted on being the “normal person” for this month’s interview, because I’m always the expert (well, at least when you hear me on the podcast ... not so sure about the rest of the time!).

Kristen came up with a bunch of questions that I didn’t get to prepare for, so enjoy my spur-of-the-moment musings about …

  • How I feel about turning 30. (SO many mixed feelings!)
  • The best and worst things that happened in my 20s (I delve into the worst year of my life … it was a DOOZY).
  • What I used to believe, and why I no longer believe it.
  • Why I couldn’t take a deep breath for most of my 20s, and how I recovered from crippling anxiety.
  • My best wisdom for anyone still in their 20s and looking to make the most of it (in true fashion, my advice is so NOT age-specific).
  • PLUS, she subjected me to a SERIOUSLY DIFFICULT lightening round of “this or that” questions like, “Kate Middleton or Meghan Markle?” and “Order of the Phoenix or Deathly Hallows?” A true Sophie’s Choice situation!

Want to give me a birthday treat? If you haven’t had a chance yet, leave us a rating and a review on the podcast! It’d make my day!

And after you’ve listened, hop on over to the comments section and tell me how this episode resonated with you, and particularly what YOUR answers would be for the lightening round questions!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL ALSO LOVE…

  • Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt
  • How to find your tribe and grow a network with Carolyn Birsky
  • Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life

BOOK RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THIS EPISODE

  • Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver
  • E-Squared by Pam Grout
  • The Unmistakeable Touch of Grace by Cheryl Richardson
  • Love Warrior by Glennon Doyle

LINKS

  • Leave comments on this episode here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I hardly ever share this story because, well frankly, it’s not my proudest moment. But here goes…

I quit my first full-time “adult” job after only 5 weeks. I’m not a total jerk, so I did give 2 weeks notice, but that only put me there for a whopping 7 weeks total. (That was not a fun conversation with my boss, let me tell you.)

Almost immediately after starting that job, I realized I’d made a big mistake. In my impatience to get a “real” job after graduating, I said yes to the first offer I got. And on Day 1 — walking around that tiny government office, surrounded exclusively by men three times my age, sitting in subcommittee meetings about topics I can’t even care enough to try to remember now — I already had an unsettled feeling in my gut that was warning me, “Uh oh, this isn’t right. You don't belong here.”

A few weeks in, I’d just sat through my third hour-long meeting where we debated — inconclusively, once again — whether or not to create a company LinkedIn page (seriously?? This is LinkedIn, you guys, not a strategy for world peace), when I checked my email to see that I had another job offer.

The company offering me this new job was about as opposite as you could possibly get from the one I was already at. Where my current office was small, old, stuffy, and maddeningly slow-paced, this new company was large, young, casual, and fast-paced.

A total 180-degree contrast. I figured that if I hated this place, then I’d probably love something that was the complete opposite. So I jumped at it. Yeahhh, it doesn’t work like that…

In this week’s blog, I’m sharing how to use what you DON'T want to figure out what you DO want.

WANT HELP WITH THIS?

We made you a FREE downloadable worksheet that will walk you through 5 steps to use what you don't want to get clear on what you do want — particularly if what you do want is a dream job (though honestly, this process applies to anything and everything).

Enter your name and email at the bottom of this page, and we’ll send the worksheet straight to your inbox

LINKS

  • Download our e-book: What am I meant to do with my life? (Almost) everything we know about finding your passion and having a fulfilling career
  • Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode, we’re answering questions from:

  • Alyx, whose favorite team member just quit, making her realize that she actually hates working with the rest of her co-workers. Is it crazy to want to quit a job she loves because she can’t stand who she works with?
  • Amber, who’s tried everything and can’t find a way to get what she wants (be a stay-at-home mom to her son). What do you do when you’re at the end of your rope, nothing has worked, and you don’t know what else to try?
  • April, who’s curious about how we became coaches, and wants to know if we’ve got any advice for people interested in getting into coaching (we totally do!).

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our September episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

MUDDLED AND CONFUSED?

Sometimes it’s really hard to get out of your head and know how you actually feel. How can you figure out what you really want when you can’t see anything clearly?

If you’ve reached a point where you’re tired of being stagnant and confused, AND...

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you … all so that you can make more progress in a matter of months than you'd make in years on your own, then 1-on-1 coaching may be ideal for you.

Get clear on the details and reach out to us to talk about coaching here.

LINKS

  • Leave us a comment on this episode
  • Outrageous Openness by Tosha Silver
  • The International Coach Federation (ICF)
  • The Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching (iPEC)
  • Email us at contact@clarityonfire.com with questions about becoming a coach
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz
  • Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

A while back I was catching up with one of my very first clients-turned-friends. (Random aside: This is one of the things I love about coaching. You get to connect with really cool people who often end up becoming lifelong buddies.)

In our conversation she mentioned that an off-the-cuff (and definitely not super serious) analogy I’d made had actually really helped her to see life differently. So much so that she still thinks about it to this day.

(This story involves references to horses and aliens … so don’t say I didn’t warn ya.)

Rae, my friend and former client, originally came to me for some relationship coaching. Even though you’d think that talking about relationships is completely different than coaching around your career or passion in life … it’s really not.

You take your beliefs, triggers and deep fears with you everywhere you go and into anything that you do. What prevents someone from having a healthy relationship is often the exact thing that’s getting in the way of having an awesome career.

Anyway, Rae was struggling to let go of something (particularly, a relationship with a guy) that was no longer healthy for her. I’m sure you can relate, in one way or another—you know intellectually that you’d be better off moving on (from the relationship, the friendship, the job, whatever)—but you still feel tied to it because it’s all you know.

I sent her an email to help her see things differently, and it changed everything for her. I’m sharing exactly what I said in this week’s blog.

DOWNLOAD OUR FREE E-BOOK!

This blog is one of the featured pieces in our free e-book: What is the POINT? A jolt of hope and practical advice for anyone going through an existential crisis.

Download the e-book, and check out the other free e-book collections here.

LIKED THIS? THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE …

  • Getting unstuck from a beige existence with Nate Otto
  • Blog: Why I highly recommend selective amnesia
  • Blog: You’re not broken or alone (you’re just ahead of your time)

LINKS

  • Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here
  • Free E-Book: What is the POINT? A jolt of hope and practical advice for anyone going through an existential crisis
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

About a decade ago Katie Mongelli’s life fell apart—she got divorced, became a single mom, and had to move to a different state, far away from the accounting business that she had built on her own and which had become her family’s livelihood.

After losing almost everything and having to start over, Katie never took her survival for granted again. For the next 10+ years she built her business back up and then some, complete with staff in multiple physical locations, and a cash flow that provided for a beautiful home and lifestyle.

But even at the height of what looked like extreme success, Katie was the most miserable she’d ever been. Up until 18 months ago she was just scrambling to keep EXISTING; the possibility of LIVING and actively enjoying her life wasn’t even on the table.

To say that everything has changed in the last year-and-a-half would be a big understatement.

In this episode of the Clarity on Fire podcast we talked to Katie Mongelli, CPA and Certified Money Coach, about …

  • Why conventional, “responsible” advice about money leads so many people down the completely wrong path.
  • Why so many of us are viscerally afraid of our finances, and why when we worry, we tend to jump to extremes like imagining ourselves homeless.
  • How she transitioned from working 7 days a week, commuting often, and rarely taking breaks to working almost entirely remote, always taking weekends off, and building in plenty of time for naps, Pilates, and time with family.
  • AND how she cut WAY back on work without making less money (she even bought a second home after a year of working less!).
  • How changing her approach to work also completely altered her relationship with her husband and daughter for the better (neither of them recognize her now, in a good way).
  • The first steps you can take to heal your “money story,” so that you can stop existing and start LIVING.

IF KATIE DID IT, YOU CAN TOO

If you listen to Katie’s story, there’s no doubt you’ll be impressed. But she’d be the first to tell you that what she did isn’t unique to her. Anyone can make a HUGE life shift that leaves them happier and more fulfilled than they’d ever thought possible—but sometimes you can’t get there on your own.

Katie and Rachel worked together through 1-on-1 coaching to completely turn her life around. If you’re interested in that kind of transformation, with the benefit of expert guidance focused solely on you, 1-on-1 coaching may be a great fit for you, too.

Check out more details and get on our calendar to chat about the possibility, here.

LIKED THIS EPISODE? YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO …

  • Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)
  • Emotional constipation with Joanna Platt

LINKS

  • Join Katie’s month-long Facebook Live series about healing your money story
  • Learn more about Katie and get info about her group coaching program
  • Leave comments on this episode here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

A client of mine, Isabel, feels like her life is majorly in transition right now. She’s looking for a new job, applying to graduate programs, and putting her house on the market simultaneously.

All of these things came to a head at the same time this past week: She got two job offers, an acceptance letter for full-time admission to a graduate program, an offer on her house, as well as someone interested in renting her home.

Quality problems, right? But problems, nonetheless. She obviously can’t accept both jobs. Nor can she take on a full-time job and go back to grad school full-time. She also can’t sell her house, while also renting it out and keeping it as an investment property.

Oprah said it best: “You can have it all. Just not all at once.” So Isabel has to make choices. Big choices. Choices between equally appealing options, in different ways.

In this week’s blog, I’m giving you 2 specific ways to cut through the overwhelm of too many choices to get to the heart of what you really want, no matter what everyone else thinks you should do.

WANT HELP WITH THIS?

If you’re overwhelmed by all of the contradictory advice from people in your life that feels unhelpful and confusing (no matter how well-meaning it is), talking to a coach might be exactly what you need.

Coaching is NOT advice — it’s a proven process of helping you get clear on what YOU want, based on your goals, values, and unique personality, so you can make more confident decisions.

If that sounds like the kind of support you need right now, then 1-on-1 coaching might be the perfect thing for you.

Check out our 1-on-1 coaching page and get on our calendar to chat about it, here.

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Do you remember that scene in E.T. when he (E.T., that is) shuffles out of a closet wearing a dress, high heels, a blonde wig, and a little bowler hat? Do you remember that scene in E.T. when he (E.T., that is) shuffles out of a closet wearing a dress, high heels, a blonde wig, and a little bowler hat?

Yeah, I didn’t really remember it either, until Rachel brought it up on this week’s podcast.

She was using that very vivid mental picture (you should really Google “E.T. in a wig” if you want to laugh) to describe how she’s always felt about dating—she’s E.T. in a wig, and everyone else is a tan, gleaming contestant on the Bachelor.

Obviously this made me LOL. Not only because it’s a hilarious analogy, but because from the outside, it’s patently ridiculous. Of course she’s not a weird alien, trying and failing miserably to perform a common human ritual (dating).

But as dubious as it sounds to me, it feels true to HER, and that’s what impostor syndrome is all about—You’re constantly afraid that you’re going to be “found out” as the fraud you fear you “truly” are, regardless of how silly or illogical it seems on the outside.

In this episode of the podcast, we dived in to impostor syndrome and how to overcome it. We covered…

  • Where impostor syndrome comes from, and why it’s so sneaky (hint, it’s because everyone has it, but no one’s willing to talk about it).
  • Why high achievers and intelligent people are actually the MOST likely to suffer from it.
  • Why impostor syndrome tends to go hand-in-hand with the feeling that something came “too easily” to us.
  • How to tell if you’re experiencing impostor syndrome, versus when you might ACTUALLY be an impostor.
  • Plus, I coached Rachel on the fly about her impostor syndrome, and we got to the bottom of what’s going on.

YOU DON’T HAVE TO DO THIS ON YOUR OWN

As you’ll become very clear on after hearing this episode, the roots of impostor syndrome run deep. And they can be hard to completely eradicate on your own. After all, the fears and old, sticky beliefs that make you feel like a fraud are often things you’re not fully conscious of.

The whole point of coaching is to help you become conscious of things you didn’t know were there, but have been sabotaging you nonetheless. If you’d like some expert help with letting go of that old crap once and for all (while being able to relax into a process that’s worked for thousands of other people), 1-on-1 coaching may be the perfect fit for you right now.

Want to get more info and set up a time to talk to us about the possibility? Check out our 1-on-1 coaching page here, and click “Let’s talk about it.”

LINKS

  • Leave comments on this episode here
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Most of you know by now that my six-year-old black lab, Scarlett, is having a boring summer.

She tore a muscle in her back leg a few months ago, and since then she’s been going to physical therapy and slowly getting back to normal. But it’s going to be a while until she’s cleared to run and swim and jump—all the things she’d rather be doing, basically. For now, all she’s allowed to do is walk.

This shouldn’t be a big deal because most dogs love walks. But not mine. Even in colder weather she’s not much of a fan (Walking just for the sake of it? With no other goal in mind? That’s insanely dull. And on 97 degree days? That’s tantamount to torture).

Which leaves me in a pickle. She’s got to exercise so that she doesn’t go stir-crazy. But when I take her out, she’ll only walk for 10 minutes and then turn around. Or she’ll lay prone on the path and refuse to move. Or she’ll roll over and play dead.

And trust me. There is NO WAY to get a 70-pound animal to do what you want if they refuse. I’ve tried dragging, pushing, bribing, and cajoling. There’s no amount of force that works on this dog.

So, I’ve had to outsmart her. I’ve taken to enlisting friends to walk with me, when I can (“pack walks” are magically entertaining compared to just me, it turns out). I pick random locations in my area and drive there to let her explore a new place. Sometimes we walk home and I have to go back and get the car later.

This battle with her has been a really good example of something I’ve tried to master for a long time, but clearly I’m still learning—the path of least resistance works SO much better than force.

So, on this week’s blog I’m talking about the ways in which we make life harder than it needs to be, and why doing the “easy” thing is far more productive (and not at all lazy).

LIKED THIS? THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE …

Side Chat: How to work like a woman (in a world that doesn’t want you to)

Why watching Netflix is my secret life purpose

Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones (how to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person)

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

If you’ve been feeling trapped, stuck, and directionless in your life and career, it can feel like you’re living life in beige, when all you really want is to be living in vibrant color.

Nate Otto has been fighting the beige for years.

In this month’s interview with a normal person, Kristen chats with Nate about how he finally broke through a colorless existence and started to find his place in the world. Nate is a brilliant, creative, innovative thinker who suppressed his inner inquisitive nature and vibrant spirit for much of his life before deciding enough was enough.

He decided to stop complaining, get curious, seek support, and make changes. He shares his whole journey with us, in this interview.

On this episode we talk about:

  • Why so many of us get stuck in complacency, and the dangers of not questioning the status quo.
  • How it feels to be too colorful for your workplace (& life in general), and the heartbreak of not belonging.
  • Why complaining is the first step toward change, and how to turn your complaining into action.
  • The value of seeking support, instead of always trying to go it alone.
  • The stages Nate went through to go from feeling trapped and lost to empowered and directed, and the positive changes he’s made as a result.

MORE ABOUT NATE

Nate
is a fellow human
who loves.

He lives in Seattle, is very tall, and often spends time teaching machines to be polite. He is also often found doing his rendition of the slowly waking up dance.

Like most people, he’s felt short and tall, happy and depressed, gay and straight, fat and thin, sick and healthy, old and young, tired and awake, popular and bullied, rich and poor, light and dark, and a good number of vague things in between.

He leaves you with one of his favorite quotes: “What is to give light must endure burning.” - Viktor Frankl

LINKS

  • Leave comments on this episode here.
  • Michael Hyatt’s Focus Planner
  • The book Captivate, by Vanessa Van Edwards
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

As some of you may know, my grandpa passed away a few weeks ago. Sitting in his memorial service, surrounded by the people he loved the most, hearing the minister and family members reminisce about my grandpa and his life, I had an intense moment of clarity.

All the memories that were shared about my grandpa that day centered around who he was as a person.

There were stories about his extreme generosity, his humor, his steady positivity, his hardworking spirit, his dedication to his family, his beliefs, values, and convictions. People remembered him for his quick smile, his bear hugs, his unexpected gifts, his commitment to his church, his love of golf and car racing, and the way he started every conversation with a family member with, “Hello, I love you.”

Only one line of his eulogy mentioned his career as a salesman. That’s it. And this was a man who loved working! He got a huge sense of purpose and pride from his career and its ability to provide for his family. Yet, in the end, that was the least talked about aspect of who he was.

Viewed in that light, it’s wild to think of how much time and energy we all spend focusing on what we DO for a living, when in the end all that really matters is who we chose to BE in our lives.

Want to shift your focus to what really matters? You’re going to want to try this exercise that I’m sharing in this week’s blog…

WANT HELP WITH THIS?

Figuring out who you want to be in the world — and then actually sticking to it — can feel like a huge undertaking all on your own.

You don’t get extra points in life for going it alone and not asking for help … all you get is more angst, confusion, pressure, and loneliness.

So if you’d like some support in becoming the person you want to be in life, that’s a huge part of what we do in 1-on-1 coaching. If you’re considering working with us, now is a great time!

Check out our 1-on-1 coaching page and get on our calendar to chat about it, here.

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Rachel’s blog: For the love of god, stop asking people, "So, what do you do?"

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode we’re answering questions from:

  • Sharon, who realized that she feels threatened by opinionated women because she’s insecure about her own self-expression, and wants to know how to get comfortable using her voice.
  • Robert, who’s torn about whether he should break up with his on-and-off boyfriend of 6 years and date other people, or stay committed.
  • Grace, who’s been living at home and applying to jobs for a really long time, and is tired of nothing working out for her. She knows she’s in a rut and needs a way out, but can’t figure out how to make that happen.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three people resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our August episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q!

MUDDLED AND CONFUSED?

Sometimes it’s really hard to get out of your head and know how you actually feel. How can you figure out what you really want when you can’t see anything clearly?

Advertisers say this about potential customers, but it applies just as much to everyday life: Confused people don’t take action. They elect to stay put and do nothing.

So, if you’ve reached a point where you’re tired of being stagnant and confused, AND...

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you … all so that you can make more progress in a matter of months than you'd make in years on your own, then 1-on-1 coaching may be ideal for you.

Get clear on the details and reach out to us to talk about coaching here.

LINKS

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

Something’s been coming up lately that’s clearly resonating with a LOT of people. It boiled over during a workshop Kristen and I were doing a while back.

During a Q&A someone asked a question that, all of a sudden, prompted other people to chime in with variations of, “OMG, it’s not just me?!”

The issue? It went something like, “How do you ‘break up’ with toxic people?”

The person who shared her story said that she’d been trying to distance herself from a group of friends that were always making her feel bad about herself, never “got her,” and were actively harassing her over email (yikes).

While hopefully most of you aren’t being actively harassed, I think it’s VERY worth addressing right now, don’t you? Because I know a lot of you have been there when it comes to funky or downright toxic relationships (be they platonic, familial, or anything else).

And even if you’re blessed with non-toxic friendships, I bet you’d like to know how to handle generally difficult people, yes? On today’s blog I’m sharing 5 steps to break up with toxic people, with as little guilt as possible.

LIKED THIS? THEN YOU’LL ALSO LOVE …

Kristen’s blog about how to find your tribe

Our podcast episode about finding your tribe and growing a network with Carolyn Birsky

The giving-burnout-resentment cycle in relationships

STRUGGLING TO DO THIS ON YOUR OWN?

Toxic connections are just one thing that weigh a person down. We’re often barraged on all sides by crap that keeps us feeling heavy, stuck, and incapable of being who we really are.

Letting go of that crap (in a way that’s sustainable and permanent) is a big part of what we do in 1-on-1 coaching. If you’re considering working with us, now is a great time!

Check out our 1-on-1 coaching page and get on our calendar to chat about it, here.

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Where are all of our bookworms/nerds/fellow Ravenclaws at??

We figure you guys are probably just as obsessed with reading as we are, which is why we’ve got a special BONUS podcast episode for you this week—a book-club-style conversation about one of our very favorite non-fiction books, Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert!

If we were to create a Life Syllabus, this book would be on the reading list FOR SURE. It’s one of those rare books that doesn’t just put a slightly new spin on stuff you’ve heard over and over again, but makes you see SO many facets of life (and especially creativity) through a completely new lens.

We each pulled a few of our favorite parts to talk about, including:

  • What the REAL definition of creativity is, and why most of us are totally wrong about it
  • Why being “good” at something is overrated (and irrelevant)
  • How to not get caught up in other people’s feedback (negative AND positive) about the work you create
  • Why perfectionism is nothing to brag about (and is actually just fear wrapped in a fancy package)
  • The shit sandwich! One of our favorite analogies for deciding if something is worth pursuing
  • How to release the pressure of needing the thing you’re passionate about to pay the bills

Come leave us a comment after you’ve listened and let us know what YOUR favorite part of Big Magic is, and if you haven’t read it yet, what resonated most from this conversation!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO:

  • Side Chat: How to figure out what to do with your life
  • You can’t cure the human experience with Kyle Ramsvig
  • Blog: Why watching Netflix is my secret life purpose

LINKS

  • Leave a comment on this episode
  • Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert
  • Submit your question for the next episode of Dear Krachel
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I should probably out myself, first and foremost, as a huge school nerd. When other kids used to dread the first day of school after a long summer break, I was secretly excited.

In elementary school, I used to assign myself summer “homework assignments” — books to read, short stories to write, that kind of thing. (Yep, total nerd here.)

I was so disappointed when college was over that within a couple of years after graduating, I applied for grad school four separate times … not because going back to school was the right next step for me (which is why I ultimately turned it down every time), but because I didn’t want to feel like my education was over.

I was so good at learning when I was in school (if you could make a profitable career out of just being a student, I totally would’ve done that), but I didn’t know how to continue that into the “real world.”

All of that is to say, it’s probably no wonder that I love this week’s topic so much.

GET $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE THIS WEEK!

Last week was crazy for me and Rachel—we both had a lot going on personally that made it hard for us to focus and be present for the current promotion we’re running on the Passion Profile Short Course.

Today was supposed to be the deadline for you to get $50 off the PPSC, but in the wake of our recent life chaos, we’re extending the deadline! So now, we’re offering the PPSC for $199 (instead of the usual $249) through this FRIDAY, JUNE 29TH. Use code JUNE during checkout for $50 off!

Need more details? Check out the full PPSC page to see whether this is right for you.

We hope to see some of you in there!

LINKS

Sign up for the PPSC and redeem your $50 code JUNE

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

It doesn’t matter your age, gender, race, or body type – 99.9% of us know what it’s like to feel ashamed of how we look or uncomfortable in our body, in one way or another.

A lot of us fall into a trap of believing that when our outer appearance is EXACTLY how we’ve envisioned, THEN we’ll finally get to be happy, successful, rich, and snag a hot significant other to boot. (Logically, we know this doesn’t work. But that doesn’t stop us from doing it anyway).

When you’re fixated on trying to force your body into submission, you’re not really living. It’s almost impossible to find true enjoyment in anything you do. And that’s no way to spend your life.

So to help us break the cycle and get to the root of our insecurities we sat down with Nina Blagojevic, a coach who helps people release guilt and shame so that they can (finally) feel at home in their bodies.

In this episode we talked about:

  • How Nina went from feeling completely disconnected from her body to having the confidence to pose nude for an artist.
  • Why our obsession with dieting, exercise, and making our bodies look a certain way has everything to do with a need for control.
  • Why that need for body-control is a red herring for something deeper and more internal.
  • How Nina let go of her need to go to the gym, and how she reframed her idea of what it means to diet and exercise.
  • Why you don’t need to find every aspect of yourself beautiful (and still love yourself, at the same time).
  • How to tell if you’re “out of body” – a lot of us have totally severed the connection between our minds and bodies. We talk about the signs, and how to reestablish that connection.

This sounds like a super heavy episode, but in typical fashion it’s a lot lighter and more fun that you’d expect! Nina is a great friend with a fantastic take on a very loaded issue. We think you’re going to feel a LOT of relief after listening to this one.

GET $50 OFF THE PPSC BETWEEN NOW AND 6/26/18

For a limited time the Passion Profile Short Course — our 5-ish hour, totally online, go-at-your-own-pace program that helps you find your career direction in as little as 1 day — is even more affordable than usual!

Between now and Tuesday, June 26th, you can get the PPSC for $199 instead of $249. Use code JUNE during checkout.

Need more details? Check out the full PPSC page to see whether this is right for you.

LINKS

  • Sign up for the PPSC here.
  • Leave comments on this episode here.
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I’m 22 and sitting in one of many orientation sessions for my first full-time job out of college. The training instructor, a really nice guy who I’ll refer to as Marty, was having us watch a video about coming to work with a positive, can-do attitude.

The video was about people who tossed fish for a living. And weirdly, it wasn’t the first time I’d seen it. I remember watching it in my high school English class when I was a freshman, too. In short, it’s about the hardworking people employed at the famous Pike Place Fish Market in Seattle.

Their job is cold, wet, long, and not to mention, smelly. It’s also a job done in front of an audience, given the hundreds of tourists who pass through every day.

There’s every reason that you’d have a less-than-stellar attitude about a fish-hauling job, but that’s the point of this video — they don’t. They’re all happy and cheerful, and they’ve created a fun spectacle of tossing fish from place to place as they work. The way they do their job has become part of the attraction of the market.

Anyway, this training video is produced by some company that clearly wanted to create an experience for students, new hires, and anyone else who might need an inspiring lesson about their attitude.

So at the end, everyone gets a plush stuffed fish to remind them of the moral of the story. As Marty handed us our fish (this would be my second stuffed fish, though who knows where the high school fish ended up), he said:

“I keep my fish on my desk at all times, to remind me that you can always choose to be positive and happy at work!” Bless Marty’s heart. He was (and I’m sure continues to be) such a sweet guy. But let’s be honest … that damned fish wasn’t going to convince me to be happy in this new job.

What I’d started to fear during my orientation, and what became clear very quickly once I started my new job, was that I wasn’t like everyone else. I didn’t like my job, and I never did. From day one I was unengaged and faking all of my energy and enthusiasm. And the thought I kept thinking was this:

“Is there something wrong with ME? Or is there something wrong with this job?”

It took me YEARS to figure out why I wasn’t happy at that job (or any job that came after). And now, I want to share with you what I wish Marty would have known during my orientation all those years ago.

GET $50 OFF THE PASSION PROFILE SHORT COURSE THIS WEEK!

Between now and Tuesday, June 26th, we’re offering the PPSC for $199 instead of the usual $249. Use code JUNE during checkout for $50 off!

Need more details? Check out the full PPSC page to see whether this is right for you.

Remember, you have until June 26th to take advantage of this special price. After that, the course goes back to its normal rate.

We hope to see some of you in there!

FREE WORKSHOP ON 6/22/18

Are you kind of tired of yourself?

There’s a certain kind of annoyed you can only get when you’re fed up with yourself—for being stuck, for not having figured out what to do to move forward, and for being afraid of taking risks.

But at the same time, how are you supposed to get unstuck when you don’t know HOW? You’re caught between a rock and a hard place.

We feel you, and we’re doing a FREE online workshop on Friday, June 22nd 1pm EST especially for you:

3 ways to get unstuck (in your career & life) in record time.

Think of us expert mechanics—we’ve seen almost every problem there is to see, and we’ve learned a lot about fixing them ALL over the years. We’ve also got our hands on the kind of tools and fuel you haven’t had access to yet.

If you can’t make it to this workshop live, that’s OK! Anyone who registers will be sent a replay afterwards.

See you there!

LINKS

Sign up for the PPSC and redeem your $50 code JUNE

Register for the free workshop on 6/22/18

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Can we all be super honest with ourselves about what we secretly wish would happen?

Namely, that the heavens would part and the answers to all of life’s biggest questions (particularly, “What am I supposed to be doing?” and “Where do I go from here?” and “What’s my passion?”) would fall into your outstretched hands.

Don’t feel bad. We STILL wish that was the way life worked.

On this episode of the Clarity on Fire podcast, we had a side chat about how to figure out what do with your life, particularly when you feel stuck and unclear and confused.

We covered:

  • Why we’re all so obsessed with figuring out our passion (even though that’s not the best focal point), and what’s a better starting point than “passion.”
  • Why we don’t actually need a linear, logical career progression.
  • How to warm up to the idea of your next move being for now, instead of forever.
  • Why the most interesting people on Earth never really had a plan, and how to embrace life’s uncertainty.
  • How to tell if you’re a “hummingbird” or a “jackhammer” (you’re going to love this analogy!).
  • How to take the pressure off of figuring out what to do next and actually have fun and enjoy your life.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 6/22/18

Are you kind of tired of yourself?

There’s a certain kind of annoyed you can only get when you’re fed up with yourself—for being stuck, for not having figured out what to do to move forward, and for being afraid of taking risks.

But at the same time, how are you supposed to get unstuck when you don’t know HOW? You’re caught between a rock and a hard place.

We feel you, and we’re doing a FREE online workshop on Friday, June 22nd 1pm EST especially for you:

3 ways to get unstuck (in your career & life) in record time.

Think of us expert mechanics—we’ve seen almost every problem there is to see, and we’ve learned a lot about fixing them ALL over the years. We’ve also got our hands on the kind of tools and fuel you haven’t had access to yet.

If you can’t make it to this workshop live, that’s OK! Anyone who registers will be sent a replay afterwards.

See you there!

LINKS

  • Register for the free workshop on 6/22/18
  • Leave comments on this episode here.
  • Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Most kids view themselves as invincible. It’s why they climb trees that are a bit too tall, or ride bikes way too fast, or otherwise put themselves in overly risky situations. Not me. I was an extremely cautious child.

I much preferred the safety of my own imagination over the wild, unpredictable real world. I would cringe when the neighborhood skateboarder tried tricks on his new ramp, or when my friends would suggest a horror movie at a sleepover.

Blame it on my sensitivity, or my old soul, or being an only child (until I was 13, at least) with too much alone time to think … but whatever the reason, my tolerance for risk and fear and the unknown was barely above zero. This showed up everywhere, including trying new foods.

A lot of kids are picky eaters, but I was pickier than most. And it lasted well beyond my childhood, too. I’m slightly embarrassed to admit that I assumed I didn’t like all kinds of foods that I now LOVE (salmon, omelets, guacamole — what was I thinking??), when in reality I was just too afraid to try them.

At some point in my 20s, I realized how silly it was to be afraid of trying new foods. I mean, what’s the worst that could happen? You have a bad taste in your mouth for a few seconds? In terms of risk-taking, those are pretty much the lowest stakes you can imagine.

When I asked myself why I was afraid of this, I didn’t have a good answer. That’s because I wasn’t actually afraid of it anymore. It was just a holdover fear from my childhood that was now irrelevant. Because I’d lazily never bothered to question it, I was acting like the fear was just as strong as ever.

In this week’s blog I (Kristen) am talking about how fears can become habits. I’ll help you identify fears that you’ve outgrown (so you can let them go for good) and get over fears that are still active more quickly.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 6/22/18

Are you kind of tired of yourself?

There’s a certain kind of annoyed you can only get when you’re fed up with yourself — for being stuck, for not having figured out what to do to move forward, and for being afraid of taking risks.

But at the same time, how are you supposed to get unstuck when you don’t know HOW? You’re caught between a rock and a hard place.

We feel you, and we’re doing a FREE online workshop on Friday, June 22nd, 1pm EST especially for you:

3 ways to get unstuck (in your career & life) in record time.

Think of us expert mechanics: We’ve seen almost every problem there is to see, and we’ve learned a lot about fixing them ALL over the years. We’ve also got our hands on the kind of tools and fuel you haven’t had access to yet.

If you can’t make it to this workshop live, that’s OK! Anyone who registers will be sent a replay afterwards.

See you there!

LINKS

Register for the free workshop on 6/22/18

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I’m getting kind of meta with this blog today because, at the time I’m writing this, I DO NOT feel like doing it. (Sorry to anyone who thought that every time I sit down to write I’m inspired and brimming with wisdom! This is real life, and I’m in a funk today.)

Blame it on lack of sleep and that time of the month, but I’m feeling grumpy and dull and lethargic. I wish I could wait to revisit this blog, but this is my only time this week to make it happen. And in a weird way, it actually aligns perfectly with what I’d already planned to write.

The thing about being in a downward spiral (I’ve been riding this one for at least 5 days now) is that the lower you sink, the more real and believable all of your thoughts feel.

When I’m in this state, it’s really easy to start thinking some pretty bleak stuff like: “You’re looking gross right now” and “Nothing’s ever going to work out for you” and “You’ll never make enough money to do X” and on and on.

BUT, what’s critically important is that at this point in my life, I know not to trust the things I think and feel when I’m in a spiral. I know that, eventually, the mood will lift and I’ll see things in a MUCH more accurate light. I just need to wait it out.

But I didn’t always realize that. In fact, there have been many times when I picked apart my entire life, thinking I had a serious problem (that didn’t actually exist).

I think you might be able to relate. And given that I’ve talked to a couple clients recently about this very subject, I’m guessing we could all use a refresher. So, in this week’s blog I’m delving in to how to tell the difference between a REAL problem and a bad spiral.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 6/22/18

Are you kind of tired of yourself?

There’s a certain kind of annoyed you can only get when you’re fed up with yourself—for being stuck, for not having figured out what to do to move forward, and for being afraid of taking risks.

But at the same time, how are you supposed to get unstuck when you don’t know HOW? You’re caught between a rock and a hard place.

We feel you, and we’re doing a FREE online workshop on Friday, June 22nd 1pm EST especially for you:

3 ways to get unstuck (in your career & life) in record time.

Think of us expert mechanics—we’ve seen almost every problem there is to see, and we’ve learned a lot about fixing them ALL over the years. We’ve also got our hands on the kind of tools and fuel you haven’t had access to yet.

If you can’t make it to this workshop live, that’s OK! Anyone who registers will be sent a replay afterwards.

See you there!

LINKS

Register for the free workshop on 6/22/18

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode we’re answering questions from:

  • Kali, who can’t seem to stay focused and dedicated to her job, and wants to know how to find motivation when it seems chronically unavailable.
  • Julia, who’s struggling to break out of a career pigeonhole and wants advice about how to find a job in a totally different field (when you’ve got no experience and feel unqualified).
  • Reilly, who’s tired and offended from constantly being labeled “shy” and “quiet” by the people around her, and wants to know how to ignore it or let it go.

After you’ve listened, leave us a comment to let us know if our advice for these three ladies resonated with you, too.

Want to submit a question for our July episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

MUDDLED AND CONFUSED?

Sometimes it’s really hard to get out of your head and know how you actually feel. How can you figure out what you really want when you can’t see anything clearly?

Advertisers say this about potential customers, but it applies just as much to everyday life: Confused people don’t take action. They elect to stay put and do nothing.

So, if you’ve reached a point where you’re tired of being stagnant and confused AND ...

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you … all so that you can make more progress in a matter of months than you'd make in years on your own, then 1-on-1 coaching may be ideal for you.

Get clear on the details and reach out to us to talk about coaching here.

LINKS

How to apply for jobs you’re not qualified for (article + free download)

Quiet by Susan Cain

Leave us a comment on this episode

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

As far as career coaches go, I’m pretty unconventional. As in, I don’t care much about the things that “career experts” usually tend to obsess about.

I’m not interested in helping you write the perfect résumé or the most professional-sounding cover letter. (I’d much prefer that you reveal your humanity and personality throughout all phases of the application process, rather than sound like a highly skilled robot.)

I don’t believe in “best practices” when it comes to job searching. (I don’t care what worked for someone else. I care what’s going to work — and feel good along the way — to YOU.)

I have zero interest in writing “listicles” about “The 5 smartest job search strategies” or “7 interview tips you NEED to know.” (Yawn … aren’t there enough of those online already? I’m not here to add to the overwhelm.)

But there is one aspect of traditional career advice that I can fully get on board with: the informational interview. Although I may not like them for the reasons you think…

In this week’s blog I (Kristen) am sharing why I’m such a fan of informational interviews, plus how to get the most out of them.

LET’S ALL BREAK OUR PHONE ADDICTIONS, TOGETHER

Did you know that the average person thinks they’re LESS addicted to their phone than everyone around them, even though the average person is actually touching their phone over 2,000 times a day? Yes, you read that right. TWO THOUSAND.

So, to help break us our phone addictions, we sat down with Kristen Kalp, a poet, writer, coach, empath, introvert, and most importantly, person-who-has-somehow-managed-to-only-be-on-her-phone-for-an-hour-per-day.

If you’d like to join the two of us in doing Kristen’s 21-day email-based course all about breaking your phone habit, you can sign up here! It starts on June 11th.

Full disclosure, Kristen asked us if we’d like to be an affiliate of her program, and we said yes! So we may receive a portion of proceeds if you sign up for her course. But, in typical Krachel fashion, we only endorse things we personally love and are doing ourselves. This is one of those things!

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here:
http://clarityonfire.com/informational-interviews

Space: Kristen Kalp’s 21-day email-based course about breaking your phone habit

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions

View Details

The first step of recovery is admitting you have a problem. And to be frank – We’ve got a problem. And we’re pretty sure you do, too.

Did you know that one of the metrics that measures phone addiction is if you can go 5 or more hours without touching it? Can you even REMEMBER the last time you did that!? ‘Cuz we can’t. GULP.

Did you know that the average person thinks they’re LESS addicted than everyone around them, even though the average person is actually touching their phone over 2,000 times a day? Yes, you read that right. TWO THOUSAND.

So, to help break us of our phone addictions we sat down with Kristen Kalp, a poet, writer, coach, empath, introvert, and most importantly, person-who-has-somehow-managed-to-only-be-on-her-phone-for-an-hour-per-day.

On this episode of the Clarity on Fire podcast we talk about:

  • The uncomfortable facts and figures that prove that you, like pretty much everyone else you know (except maybe like, your 85-year-old grandparents) is addicted to your phone
  • Why we compulsively reach for our phones 24/7, and what we’re avoiding when we scroll
  • Why you’ll never be as creative, interesting, smart, well-rested, grounded, and at ease if you’re always tied to your phone
  • Why being addicted to your phone is 100% tied to feeling like you’re “existing” rather than “living”
  • Strategies to help you let go of your habit gradually, and how to handle the withdrawal when it inevitably sets in

If you’d like to join the two of us in doing Kristen’s 21-day email-based course all about breaking your phone habit, you can sign up here! It starts on June 11th.

Full disclosure, Kristen asked us if we’d like to be an affiliate of her program, and we said yes! So we may receive a portion of proceeds if you sign up for her course. But, in typical Krachel fashion, we only endorse things we personally love and are doing ourselves. This is one of those things!

After you listen, come leave a comment to let us know just how addicted you are to your phone, and what you intend to do to break your habit.

MORE ABOUT KRISTEN KALP, IN HER OWN WORDS

My work advocates for the aliveness and fulfillment you’ll only reach by rummaging around in the depths of your being and then being honest about what you find.

I’m here to help your life come into alignment with your deepest desires — especially if you’re a bookworm, introvert, hermit, empath, or sensitive soul.

I offer practical-yet-soulful business direction in my books, help clear emotional residue and blocks through breathwork, and make space to usher in whole-life transformation through coaching. (And action. Lots and lots of action.)

LINKS

  • Emotional Constipation with Joanna Platt
  • Submit your question for the next episode of Dear Krachel: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz

View Details

I used to be a big fan of soap operas growing up.

No kidding, when I was 4 years old, I knew all of the characters and plot lines of Days of Our Lives. To this day, even though I haven’t watched it in years, I could still tell you all about Hope and Bo and John and Marlena and the villainous Stefano.

I loved how ridiculous they were … people “died” on a regular basis, and just as quickly came back to life. Shocking pregnancies were par for the course. Dramatic cases of amnesia happened every other day. And no one ever worked! They just looked fabulous and had intense conversations over lunch.

And while I definitely wouldn’t recommend modeling your life after most of those plot lines, there’s something about the regular bouts of amnesia that’s worth considering.

In this week’s blog I’m talking about why our memories are sometimes the ONLY thing that keep us stuck, and why administering yourself a bout of selective amnesia might be the most productive thing you could ever do.

I originally wrote this blog nearly 3 years ago, but the topic has been coming up over and over again both for me and my clients lately, so I decided it was time to dive back in and update it with my latest thoughts!

NEED HELP FORGETTING YOUR OLD HABITS?

We get it. It’s one thing to say, “Hey, what if you just forgot about all the times you failed and how often you’ve felt not good enough and hopeless?” It’s quite another to actually change that pattern, especially on your own.

If you've reached a point where you’re ready to stop hoping things will change and start knowing that they’ll change AND ...

If you want individual attention, someone to hold you accountable, and the benefit of our substantial experience focused solely on you…all so that you can make more progress in a matter of months than you'd make in years on your own, then 1-on-1 coaching may be ideal for you.

Get clear on the details and reach out to us to talk about coaching here.

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: www.clarityonfire.com/selective-amnesia

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

View Details

As Samuel L. Jackson said in Jurassic Park: “Hold on to your butts.”

He was talking about dinosaurs, but honestly, we’re talking about something that a lot of people find equally as terrifying: How to let go of your compulsion to please everyone around you.

In preparation for this episode we both read The Disease to Please by Harriet Braiker, PhD., and OH MAN, there is a lot to get into.

If you’re someone who feels impaired by the compulsion to put others’ needs first, to never say “no,” to strive endlessly for everyone’s approval, and to try to make everyone else happy, all while being as NICE as possible and avoiding conflict like it’s your job … strap yourself in and get ready to have your world rocked (in a GOOD WAY).

On this episode we talk about:

  • How to recognize ALL the signs of people-pleasing, even the ones you aren’t aware of
  • Why people-pleasing is an addiction, and how you got the “disease” in the first place
  • Why you struggle with saying “no,” being rejected, and feeling guilty 24/7
  • Why you’re so burnt-out and quietly resentful of others
  • How to let go of your need for approval and being “liked”
  • How to get comfortable with conflict and confrontation
  • How you can actually learn what YOU like and who YOU are (because the real you has been buried under trying to be everything for everyone else)

Come leave us a comment after you’ve listened and let us know if you’ve got the disease to please, and what you’re going to do about it now!

IF YOU LIKED THIS EPISODE, YOU SHOULD ALSO LISTEN TO:

  • Emotional Constipation with Joanna Platt
  • Side Chat: We are not the crazy ones (How to tell if you’re a highly sensitive person)
  • You can’t cure the human experience with Kyle Ramsvig

LINKS

  • The Disease to Please book
  • Submit your question for the next episode of Dear Krachel: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

View Details

If there’s one line I’ve heard from just about every client I’ve coached over the years, it’s this: “I really just want to help people.”

Look, I get it. It’s human nature (well, the good side of human nature, at least!) to want to help and support and lift up other people. Life would be pretty unfulfilling if you never felt like you were making a positive difference for other people.

Plus, it just feels good to help others. Who doesn’t enjoy the warm, satisfied feeling they get after doing something nice for someone? But being a nice, helpful, giving person can very quickly go too far. And it’s not pretty when it does.

Over-giving is a fast road to burnout. And not feeling appreciated for all the things you do for others, or not receiving the same kind of support that you’re always giving, leads straight to resentment.

In this week’s blog I (Kristen) am sharing how to balance your desire to help others with the tendency to over-give, so you can break the giving-burnout-resentment cycle once and for all.

CHECK BACK ON FRIDAY FOR MORE ON THIS TOPIC

If this resonated with you, you’ll definitely want to tune in for our next podcast (coming out this Friday, May 18) about how to cure your people pleasing disease.

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: http://clarityonfire.com/the-giving-exhaustion-resentment-pattern-in-relationships/

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions

View Details

Ever felt like you’re a ghost wandering the halls of your workplace? Sure, you’re physically there, but the REAL YOU is nowhere to be found. You’re mentally checked out, emotionally drained, and showing up as a watered-down, hollow version of yourself.

In this month’s interview with a normal person, Kristen is chatting with Lana Jackson, who was all too familiar with that feeling. After years of feeling like a ghost of her real self, trapped by a boring, soul-sucking job, she decided it was time to get clear on what she really wanted out of her life and career. Now she’s a budding entrepreneur and personal stylist helping women express themselves from the inside out. She shares the whole journey with us, in this interview.

On this episode we talk about:

  • The heartache of feeling lost, directionless, and inauthentic
  • The 3 questions Lana asked herself to figure out exactly what she wanted to do career-wise
  • Lana’s advice for staying sane while balancing a full-time job and a side hustle
  • Why making time for silence is the most productive thing you can do
  • Style tips for women who want to feel more empowered and confident (and just generally in life)

MORE ABOUT LANA

Lana Jackson is a wardrobe stylist and founder of Narrative Styling, an image consulting firm that helps women build versatile and effective wardrobes that work from day to night and every occasion in between. Lana believes that style can be used by women to take back their power, because the way you style yourself can give you power over the story you present to the world, and change the narrative of how you feel and how you want others to feel about you too.

Lana is passionate about teaching women how to simplify their dress routines, make the most of the clothing they have, and find clarity with a beautifully refined wardrobe – one that fits their lifestyle needs – allowing women to focus on the things that really matter, like their family, career, and other passions.

Use code NARRATIVE to get $100 off any service with Lana: https://www.narrativestyling.com

Or, for 20% off any service, follow Lana on Instagram and DM her with the code STYLEME: https://www.instagram.com/narrativestyle

Lana will be speaking at the Women Empower Expo in DC on Saturday, May 26, 2018. Buy tickets here: https://www.universe.com/events/women-empower-expo-washington-d-c-tickets-washington-81JYMF?ref=LANA

Links:

  • The Blue Book, by Jim Branch
  • Cleo Wade
  • Lana’s blog post about women and the future of the work economy
  • Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz
  • Interested in 1-on-1 coaching? Find out more here: http://clarityonfire.com/work-with-us/1-on-1-coaching

View Details

OK, so you know that part in Back to the Future when Marty McFly gets on stage during the Enchantment Under the Sea dance? He straps on a guitar and starts playing so that his teenaged parents will dance, kiss, fall in love, and ensure that he eventually gets born.

Well, one of my favorite moments of that scene is when he loses himself for a few minutes in a crazy electric guitar riff of Chuck Berry’s Johnny B. Goode. All the 1950s teens stop dancing and just stare at him, mouths slightly agape, before he comes to his senses and realizes they have never heard anyone play a guitar like that.

Marty awkwardly gets up and mumbles, “I guess you guys aren’t ready for that yet. But your kids are gonna love it.” The joke lands because we, the audience, know how popular rock n’ roll will become. But to a 1950s teenager, Marty just looks sort of insane.

I love this vignette because it’s EXACTLY what happens to anybody who lives in a world that, in some way or another, isn’t ready for them—they’re misunderstood, labeled “crazy,” ostracized, and made to feel “wrong.”

In this week’s blog I’m talking about what to do when you feel alone in the crowd— maybe you’re the only one questioning the status quo, or wanting to live your life differently than the people around you, or you have ideas and desires that are misunderstood—and why that might make you the most sane one of all.

CHECK OUT OUR FREE E-BOOK

At the end of the episode you’ll hear us mention one of our free e-books: WHAT IS THE POINT? A jolt of hope and practical advice for anyone going through an existential crisis. Find that, and the other 3 e-books here: http://clarityonfire.com/ebook-collections/

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: http://clarityonfire.com/not-broken/

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, existential angst and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode we’re answering questions from:

  • Ashley, who’s realized that her childhood “dream” career isn’t for her, and wants to know if doing something unpaid (while continuing to work at a job she hates) will get her the experience she needs to change her direction for good.
  • Frank, who wants to quit his job to pursue his passion in voiceover work, but has a family to support and isn’t sure if the risk is worth it.
  • Sarah, who’s wondering how to be kind to herself after realizing she spent way too much of her life pretending to be someone she wasn’t (and ending up with a life that didn’t reflect who she really was).
  • Jo, who’s curious about how to navigate her relationship with her spouse given that they have different Passion Profiles.

Want to submit a question for our June episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

At the end of the episode you’ll hear us mention the Passion Profile Short Course. The PPSC is like a recipe for your career path. It’s the “secret sauce” that takes the thought out of trying to plot your career direction and prevents you from wasting years of your life hopping from job to job, hoping that you eventually stumble across something you love.

If your career has you feeling stuck, confused, and overwhelmed, and if you’re starting to wonder if you might be “broken,” then the PPSC is the perfect place for you to start your new career journey. The best part? You can finish the course in as little as one day!

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

The Passion Profile Short Course: http://clarityonfire.com/work-with-us/passion-profile-short-course/

View Details

I was taking a walk the other day, mentally replaying a couple of coaching calls I’d had that morning and thinking through everything I had to do the rest of the day. I turned the corner, and suddenly right in front of me was the most beautiful cherry blossom tree in perfect bloom. It was stunning.

I reflexively stopped to admire it, and my mind went completely blank for a moment. It was just me and the tree and nothing else. I felt warm, content, and totally at peace. After a few moments, I snapped out of my trance and continued on my walk, but I couldn’t stop thinking about that tree. It felt like a little spark of beauty and joy in the midst of the hustle and bustle of my day.

I started to wonder how many of those little moments of joy I was missing on a daily basis. I’d been so up in my head that I’d almost missed that moment of pure contentment that I’d felt admiring the cherry blossoms.

How many other moments just like that was I blind to every single day? How many opportunities for beauty and joy and love and peace was I letting go to waste? I decided I’d try an experiment to answer that very question.

In this week’s blog I (Kristen) am sharing the results of my experiment, along with some simple ways you can bring more joy into your everyday life.

CHECK OUT OUR FREE E-BOOK

If you’ve been comparing yourself to all of the seemingly happy people around you, and you feel like you don’t match up … this is definitely the book for you:

Are happy people for real? What it takes to live a happy, contented life in a world where that sometimes feels impossible: http://clarityonfire.com/happy-people-real

LINKS

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: http://clarityonfire.com/joy-go-to-waste

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions

View Details

People, let’s get real. We are BACKED UP, emotionally speaking. We live in a culture that, by and large, is not super comfortable with feelings and self-expression. A lot of us have gotten REALLY good at numbing out, suppressing, and generally doing whatever we can to avoid having to feel anything difficult or uncomfortable.

Except you can’t bottle it up forever. Eventually, something’s gotta give. And whether or not we realize it, a lot of us are paying a high price for all that suppressed emotion. To help us literally start flowing again, we brought on our fellow coach Joanna Platt, who is The Queen of Feeling All the Things.

On this episode we talk about:

  • How parents inadvertently make kids uncomfortable with emotions from a VERY early age
  • Why people are so pathologically uncomfortable with feelings
  • Signs and symptoms that indicate how emotionally constipated you are
  • The case for why you need to feel your feelings (Hint: You can’t feel the good stuff if you aren’t willing to feel the gnarly stuff, too)
  • Joanna’s advice for how to turn your feelings back on in a way that won’t overwhelm you or freak you out

MORE ABOUT JOANNA

Joanna Platt is a life and relationship coach for high achievers who need space to feel their feelings, permission to put themselves first, and guidance on how to do it.

Through intuitive, deep coaching conversations that feel like heart-to-hearts, she’s here to help you quiet your inner critic and bring your best self to the surface so you can connect and contribute in both your work and home life.

When she’s not coaching, you can find her loving her husband Mike, reading multiple books at one time, and working in coffee shops in DC.

Meet Jo and get ready to go deep, feel your feelings, and get your sparkle back at joanna-platt.com.

Links: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz * Heidi Dupree * Breathwork with Kristen Kalp * Love Always, Jo Podcast * Engaged (pre-marital coaching course)

View Details

Sometimes I feel like I’ve lived most of my life with only one foot in this realm. The other foot has been exploring Hogwarts, or on a stroll with Lizzie at Longbourn, or running away from white walkers (and TOWARD Jon Snow, if you know what I mean).

I’ve spent nearly three decades being mildly annoyed that real life gets in the way of fantasy. To me, fiction and art and music often feel more REAL and TRUE than the monotony of everyday life, with its bills and laundry and mountains of responsibilities.

Could you make a case that maybe this is a PROBLEM? That I’m trying to escape reality and live in a perpetual state of denial? You probably could. But hey, I’m still paying my bills, and my laundry gets done, and I’m not shirking my responsibilities. So cut me SOME slack.

Thankfully, I’ve found a way to weave creativity into my daily life. I’m not just absorbing other people’s creativity—in the form of books, movies, TV, music, and art—I’ve also built a business that’s fueled by my own creative inspiration (in the form of blogs and podcasts, mostly).

But I get that a lot of people don’t have that kind of seamless integration.

I was talking to one of my clients, Gwen, about this recently. She was feeling guilty about wanting to pursue writing—something she finds really fun and inspiring—because it’s not “practical.”

It got me thinking about how warped our definition of “creativity” is, and how many weird “rules” we silently follow about what we’re “allowed” to pursue, creatively.

In this week’s blog I’m (Rachel) talking about why you should never feel guilty about doing what you love (be it writing, Netflix, or anything else), and what the REAL definition of creativity is.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18

If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review by TODAY, Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles this Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: http://clarityonfire.com/secret-life-purpose/

Submit a question for the next episode of Dear Krachel, our monthly podcast advice column: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

View Details

Do you ever feel a little bit crazy? Like you’re alone in a crowd of people who don’t FEEL things as deeply as you do? Maybe sometimes you find yourself wondering, “Am I broken? Why is life so much easier for these people?” If so, you’re likely a Highly Sensitive Person.

Being highly sensitive is an awesome gift. It means you’re probably extra creative, intuitive, and capable of being deeply moved by the small things in life. But here’s the problem—we don’t live in a world that places a high value on those things. So what do we do when the world wants to tell us we’re broken? That the very traits that make us awesome are also what people believe need fixing?

On this episode we talk about:

  • How to tell if you’re a Highly Sensitive Person (we run through a list of attributes and give you guidance on where to take a self-assessment)
  • Why the most highly sensitive people are always the most genius artists and creatives, too
  • Why HSPs are VERY likely to get diagnosed with anxiety, depression, and other disorders
  • How to let yourself feel all the things without shutting down or going crazy
  • The most critical things you can do to protect and take care of yourself so that you can have the best of both worlds—getting to be sensitive without feeling crazy, anxious, or overwhelmed

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18 If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

Links: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz * Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com * Elaine Aron’s tests for sensitivity * Submit your question for the May episode of Dear Krachel

View Details

You know how it goes … you see someone’s incredible vacation photos on social media, while you watch the rain pour down outside your tiny office window (or, worse, as you stare at the windowless grey walls of your cube).

Or you hear about an old friend who just got an amazing promotion at a company you’d kill to work at. Or your coworker gushes about how sweet her husband was for surprising her with concert tickets for their one-year anniversary, while you haven’t even been on a date in months. The envy starts to creep in, and you’re left feeling annoyed, resentful, deflated, or just plain sad.

The worst part of jealousy is the self-judgment and shame that often comes along with it. Many of my clients, after embarrassedly sharing a situation where they felt envious, will say things like, “I have to plaster on a smile and fake excitement, even though I feel like the jealousy is strangling me. What’s wrong with me? Why can’t I just be happy for that person??”

I’m guilty of this, too — both feeling jealous and judging myself for it. Thankfully, in the past few years I’ve completely reframed how I feel about jealousy and I stopped feeling guilty and ashamed of it.

In my first podcast edition of our blog, I’m (Kristen) talking about how I now actually LOVE when I get jealous because I believe it’s one of the very best tools for figuring out what you’re passionate about, making authentic decisions, and getting over analysis paralysis.

This blog was originally published in December of 2016, but I brought it back for our podcast launch because it’s something I remind myself and my clients of often, so I figured you might benefit from the same reminder.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18

If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

LINKS

Take the Passion Profile Quiz: www.clarityonfire.com/quiz

Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: http://clarityonfire.com/why-i-love-jealousy

Submit a question for the May episode of Dear Krachel (our monthly advice column): http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions

View Details

I believe that every person is actually two people: The person you really are (deep down, on the inside, where you think no one can see). And the person you think you should be in order to be liked, loved, and accepted.

Glennon Doyle (who wrote one of my favorite books of 2016, and maybe my favorite memoir ever, “Love Warrior”) calls that second person “the representative.”

Your representative is a version of you that’s sent into the world in your place. It’s a blander, less authentic person who stands in for you when it doesn’t feel safe to expose the REAL you. Your representative is the one who …

  • Plasters on a fake smile, when you’d rather be anywhere else than the meeting you’re sitting in.
  • Doesn’t speak up, even when you’ve got an opinion, for fear of being judged.
  • Knows exactly what to say to keep being liked and praised.
  • Keeps you jumping through hoops, constantly trying to prove your worth.
  • Has a bunch of acquaintances, but very few real connections.

Most of us have been sending out representatives for so long that we can’t remember NOT having one. They spring to life for almost all of us at a VERY early age. And every time a representative is born, it ALWAYS emanates from the same deep fear:

Who you really are is not good enough.

In this inaugural blog reading, I’m (Rachel) talking about how to let go of your representative, and actually be accepted for who you are. This blog was originally published in October of 2016. I brought it back for our podcast launch because it touches on the themes of connect and belonging—things that kept coming up in our other episodes.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18 If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

Links:

Take the Passion Profile Quiz

Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com

Read the written version of this blog and leave comments here: http://clarityonfire.com/tired-of-pretending/

Glennon Doyle’s book, Love Warrior

View Details

Welcome to the inaugural episode of Dear Krachel, a monthly advice segment where we answer audience questions about life, career, relationships, and anything that helps you become a more whole, fulfilled version of yourself.

On this episode we’re answering questions from:

  • Jen, who wants to find a mentor in a field where women (and particularly women of color) are scarce.
  • Matt, who’s taking the road less traveled and is wondering how to find life satisfaction outside of a career.
  • Eryn, who’s questioning how important “career direction” really is, and why there’s so much pressure to be a “girl boss.”
  • Saska, who’s been through a whirlwind year of loss and upheaval in her life, and want’s to know why we’re all so obsessed with “change for the sake of change.”

Want to submit a question for our May episode of Dear Krachel? Fill out this form and you might hear us tackle your Q: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18 If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

Links: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz: clarityonfire.com/quiz * Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com * Submit your question for a future episode of Dear Krachel: http://clarityonfire.com/podcast-questions/ * Rachel’s Blog: “Confession: I have no desire to be a #girlboss”

View Details

Making friends in college was easy. How could you NOT, when you’re in a bubble with people your own age that you have so much in common with? But eventually that bubble bursts. We enter the “real world” and find that it’s HARD to make authentic, genuine connections as an adult. We live in a world that’s as connected as we’ve ever been, while simultaneously feeling as lonely and DISCONNECTED as we’ve ever felt.

Neither of us are great at making friends (introvert problems), so for our inaugural interview with an expert we brought on one of our favorite extroverts and certified coaches, Carolyn Birsky, to help us get to the root of how to find your tribe—be they friends, colleagues, or ANYONE we want to build a meaningful, fulfilling relationship with.

On this episode we talk about:

  • Why letting your guard down and being vulnerable is the prerequisite to finding your tribe
  • How to ask someone on a “friend date”
  • How to stay connected with friends when you start to drift apart
  • When to “break up” with a friend, and when to try harder
  • Where to go to find likeminded people and strategies for staying in touch once you’ve met a potential tribe member
  • How to navigate your way around the awkwardness of networking and small talk

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18 If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

Links: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz: clarityonfire.com/quiz * Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com * Rachel’s Blog: “For the love of God, stop asking people, ‘So what do you do?’” * Carolyn’s Blog: “Making friends as an adult”

View Details

Women didn’t have the right to vote in America until 1920. We couldn’t apply for a credit card on our own, without the permission of a father or husband, until 1974. And in 2018, we’re STILL waiting for a guarantee of equal pay. We’ve come a long way, but there’s a lot further to go.

When women entered the workforce en masse in the first half of the 20th century, the system had already been built in a way that suits people who are masculine—but not necessarily people who are wired in a feminine way. And having to fit into that system is taking a HUGE toll on us. It’s a quiet way that we’re still struggling for equality, and it’s about time we started talking about it.

On this episode we talk about:

  • Why “equality” doesn’t mean having to become masculine in order to succeed in your career
  • What “masculine” and “feminine” actually mean (we guarantee you’ve got some misconceptions on this one)
  • Why you might be struggling with burn-out, fatigue, and overwhelm
  • How to go after freedom and flexibility, even if you feel trapped in a rigid environment
  • How to embrace your intuition and emotions in a workplace that doesn’t encourage you to
  • How you can get more done, in less time, and still feel rested and energized

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18 If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

LINKS: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz: clarityonfire.com/quiz * Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com

View Details

When Kyle Ramsvig was a teenager she found out that nearly all of the girls in the senior class of her small, private high school were either in therapy or on anti-depressants—all of them had thought they were broken, but none of them were talking about it with each other because they were ashamed.

In this inaugural interview with a “normal person,” Rachel talks to Kyle (one of her clients) about why we’re so afraid of our feelings and how to live a happy, fulfilled life in a world that often makes us feel wrong for being human.

We talked about:

  • Why millennials being told that they’re “special” may have backfired
  • How almost everything you feel is normal, and why none of it makes you a freak
  • How you can experience all that life has to offer—the high-highs, low-lows, and the vast amounts of mediocrity in between—and be happier than you’ve ever been
  • Why so many of us pour ourselves into trying to find an identity through our careers, why that never works, and what actually DOES work instead
  • How to be content with life even when you don’t have a “title” or ton of career direction

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18 If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

Links: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz: clarityonfire.com/quiz * Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com * Rachel’s Blog: “For the love of God, stop asking people, ‘So what do you do?’”

View Details

Welcome to Clarity on Fire, a podcast for people who know what they DON’T want out of their life and career, but aren’t sure what they’d RATHER be doing.

In this inaugural episode you’ll meet us, Kristen and Rachel (two best friends from college and certified life coaches), and get a taste of what we’re here to do. Namely, help you cut through the information overload, get unstuck, and focus not JUST on how you can have a career you’re passionate about, but how to create a whole LIFE that feels fulfilling.

New episodes will drop twice a week. On Tuesdays you’ll get quick 7-10 minute audio editions of our weekly blog, and on Fridays you’ll get a rotating array of interviews with experts, fireside chats with the two of us, interviews with normal people (because the wisdom of 95% of humanity is way underrated), and a listener advice column called Dear Krachel (don’t you have a celebrity couple nickname with your BFF? No? Just us?).

In a world where it’s easy to exist but hard to feel alive, we want you to experience the relief of knowing that YES, you’re allowed to want more out of your life and career. And NO, you don’t have to wander through the dark anymore. Our job is to light the fire that shows you the way.

FREE WORKSHOP ON 4/27/18

If you enjoy any of our current episodes and decide to subscribe, rate, and review before Tuesday, April 24, then we’d love to invite you to a FREE online workshop and Q&A session we’re doing about Passion Profiles on Friday, April 27 at 1pm Eastern.

To get access, take a screenshot of your review and email it to us at contact@clarityonfire.com. We’ll send you a link to register for the workshop! There WILL be a replay for those of you who register but can’t make it live.

Links: * Take the Passion Profile Quiz: clarityonfire.com/quiz * Send us screenshots of your review at: contact@clarityonfire.com